UC-NRLF 
 
 B H D2fl flfl3 
 
 ? Htutwrmfu, of OXt|ira0n 
 
 Studies In 
 Greek Prepositional Phrases 
 
 dcdj ano, k, €is ; fr. 
 
 
 m 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 ^ - 
 
 A DISSERTATION 
 
 SUBMITTED TO THE FACULTY OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND 
 
 LITERATURE IN CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF 
 
 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 
 
 (DEPARTMENT 01 OSXXX) 
 
 9 fiH I 
 
 BY 
 
 EMILY HELEN DUTTON 
 
 A Private Edition 
 Distributed by 
 The University of Chicago Libraries 
 1916 
 
uty? fttrtttmitg of (Eftuarjo 
 
 Studies In 
 Greek Prepositional Phrases 
 
 did, atrb, en, els, kv. 
 
 A DISSERTATION 
 
 SUBMITTED TO THE FACULTY OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND 
 
 LITERATURE IN CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF 
 
 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 
 
 (department of GREEK) 
 
 BY 
 
 EMILY HELEN DUTTON 
 
 A Private Edition 
 
 Distributed by 
 
 The University of Chicago Libraries 
 
 1916 
 
3It[c Collegiate \Jrtaa 
 
 George Banta Publishing Company 
 Menasha, Wisconsin 
 
1 
 
 3)1 
 
 (yp 
 
 PREFACE 
 
 I wish to take this opportunity gratefully to acknowledge my 
 indebtedness to the members of the classical department of The Uni- 
 
 >tt 
 s&' K 
 
 at 
 ERRATA ** LTT * m 
 
 / P. 6, note 17, read els for oh 
 
 /P. 6, note 18, read ovtuv for evruv he 
 
 ^ P. 37, 1. 12, read aluvos for aluvos 
 
 * P. 92, note 17, read Ar. de for hxde 
 " P. 105, 1. 28, read eis for as 
 'P. 150, 1. 12, read ev for ev 
 
 "P. 155, 1. 29, read ets for ets 
 
 y P. 156, 1. 10, read Kara for KaTtz 
 v P. 161, 1. 33, read rosv for rm 
 
 * P. 202, 1. 14, read iriveu> for *rlwj> 
 
 N. — Nauck, Tragicorum Graec. Fragmenta. 
 
 RP — Ritter-Preller, Historiae Philosophiae Graecae, 8th ed. Goethae, 
 1898. 
 
 371J26 
 
I 
 
 37 
 
 PREFACE 
 
 I wish to take this opportunity gratefully to acknowledge my 
 indebtedness to the members of the classical department of The Uni- 
 versity of Chicago with whom I have studied, — to Professors Abbott 
 and Capps now of Princeton University, to Professors Hale, Buck, 
 Merrill, and Tarbell, and especially to Professor Paul Shorey, at 
 whose suggestion and under whose general direction this dissertation 
 has been prepared. 
 
 The abbreviations used will ordinarily be understood from the 
 context. The following are noted for convenience: 
 
 Anth. Lyr. — Anthologia Lyrica, ed. Bergk-Hiller, 1877. 
 B. L. — Butcher and Lang, translation of the Odyssey. 
 Diels 2 — Vorsokratiker, 2te Aufl. 
 
 GMT. — Goodwin, Syntax of Moods and Tenses of the Greek Verb. 
 K— Kock, Com. Alt. Frag. Leipzig, 1880-1888. 
 K. G. — Kiihner-Gerth, Gramm. d. griech. Sprache, 1898. 
 L. L. M. — Lang, Leaf and Myers, translation of the Iliad. 
 L. and S. — Liddell and Scott, Greek-English Lexicon. 
 N. — Nauck, Tragicorum Graec. Fragmenta. 
 
 RP — Ritter-Preller, Historiae Philosophiae Graecae, 8th ed. Goethae, 
 1898. 
 
 371.126 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 Introduction, pp. 1 — 13. 
 
 Part I 
 8ta 
 Introduction, p. 14. 
 
 A. Homer. 
 
 I. Prepositional idioms. A. c. Gen. a) With nouns, p. 15; b) With adjectives, 
 
 p. 16. B. c. Ace. a) With nouns, p. 16. 
 II. Temporal, p. 17. 
 
 III. Adverbial, p. 17. 
 
 IV. Tags. A. c. Gen., p. 17; B. c. Ace, p. 18. 
 
 V. Use of preposition. Variation between Gen. and Ace, p. 18. 
 
 B. Literature after Homer. 
 
 A. c. Gen. 
 
 I. Idiomatic phrases, a) With nouns, p. 18; b) With pronouns and adjectives, 
 p. 19. 
 
 II. Proverbial phrases, p. 20. 
 
 III. Technical. 1. Military, p. 20. 2. Legal, p. 20. 3. From the field of Rhet- 
 oric, p. 21. 4. Of Games, p. 21. 
 
 IV. Temporal. 1. Phrases for day and night, season, etc., mainly of extent 
 through a period of time, p. 21. 2. 5td xpbvov and related phr. mostly of 
 an interval of time, p. 22. 3. Adv. Phr. of continuance, p. 22. 
 
 V. Adverbial, a) With nouns: 1. Mainly abstractions, p. 24. 2. bib. c. gen. of 
 medium of communication expr. manner, p. 26. b) With adjectives: 1. Almost 
 or quite pure adverbs, p. 26. 2. Quantitative phr. of space or time, p. 26. 
 
 VI. Periphrasis, a) With verbs of motion, p. 29; b) With verbs of being and 
 related verbs, p. 30. 
 
 VII. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 1. Instrumental, p. 31. 2. Distributive, 
 p. 32. 3. Pregnant, p. 32. 4. Plastic, p. 32. 
 
 B. c. Ace. 
 
 I. Idiomatic phrases, p. 32. 
 
 II. Abstractions, really causal but sometimes with adverbial force, p. 32. 
 
 III. Pronominal expressions, p. 33. 
 
 Part II 
 
 6.TTO 
 
 Introduction, p. 34. 
 A. Homer. 
 
 I. Idiomatic phrases, p. 34. 
 II. Temporal, p. 35. 
 
 III. Adverbial, p. 35. 
 
 IV. Tags. 1. Military, p. 35. 2. Semi-tech, from the race-course, p. 36. 
 3. Literal, but slight id. tinge, p. 36. 4. Lit. and plastic, p. 36. 5. Pronomi- 
 nal, p. 36. 6. Lit. but elsewhere idiomatic, p. 36. 
 
 V. Noteworthy uses of the preposition: 1. Local, p. 37. 2. Partitive, p. 37. 
 3. Temporal, p. 37. 
 
vi TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 B. Literature after Homer. 
 
 I. Idiomatic phrases, a) With nouns, p. 37; b) With adj. of quantity, p. 39. 
 
 II. Proverbial phrases, p. 40. 
 
 III. Technical. 1. Military, p. 41. 2. Legal, p. 41. 3. Political, p. 41. 4. From 
 the race-course, p. 41. 5. From the field of games, p. 41. 6. From the field 
 of religion, p. 41. 
 
 IV. Temporal. 1. Of the starting point in time: a) With nouns, p. 42; b) With 
 pronouns, p. 43. 2. Of immediate consecution, p. 43. 
 
 V. Adverbial, a) With nouns, p. 43; b) With adjectives, p. 44; c) With 
 participle, p. 45; d) With articular adverb, p. 45; e) Adv. phrases of direction, 
 p. 46. 
 
 VI. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 1. Instrumental, p. 46. 2. Causal, p. 46. 
 3. Pregnant, p. 46. 4. Plastic, p. 46. 5. Of the starting-point, p. 46. 6. 
 Metaphorical motion from, p. 46. 7. Change from one condition to another, 
 p. 46. 8. Of a state of separation, p. 47. 9. awo and ht in antithesis, 
 p. 47. 10. Of price or value, p. 47. 
 
 VII. Local designations, p. 47. 
 
 VIII. Phrases of comparison with ws and ibavrep, p. 48. 
 
 Part III 
 
 tK 
 
 Introduction, p. 49. 
 
 A. Homer. 
 
 I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 50; b) W T ith adjectives, p. 50. 
 II. Elliptical phrases, p. 50. 
 
 III. Temporal. 1. Of the starting-point: a) With nouns, p. 50; b) With pro- 
 nouns, p. 50. 2. Of immediate succession, p. 51. 3. Of a date, p. 51. 
 
 IV. Tags: 1. Military, p. 51. 2. Literal and plastic, p. 51. 3. Lit. but might 
 easily have become phr., p. 52. 4. Miscellaneous, p. 52. 
 
 V. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 1. Local, p. 52. 2. Partitive, p. 52. 
 
 3. Material, p. 52. 4. Succession, p. 52. 
 VI. Prepositional compounds, p. 53. 
 
 B. Literature after Homer. 
 
 I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 53; b) With adjectives, p. 55; c) With 
 participles, p. 56. 
 
 II. Proverbial, p. 56. 
 
 III. Technical: 1. Military, p. 57. 2. Legal, p. 57. 3. Political, p. 58. 4. 
 From the field of Rhetoric, p. 58. 5. Of logic, p. 58. 6. From the race-course, 
 p. 59. 7. From navigation, p. 59. 8. From the field of religion, p. 59. 
 
 IV. Elliptical, p. 59. 
 
 V. Temporal. 1. Of the starting-point: a) With nouns, p. 60; b) With adj., 
 p. 62; c) With pronouns, p. 62. 2. Of immediate consecution, p. 63. 3. 
 Of a date, p. 63. 4. k xpbvov c. adjectival modifier, p. 63. 
 
 VI. Adverbial, a) With nouns, p. 64; b) With adj.: 1. Almost or quite pure 
 adv., p. 69; 2. Quantitative expressions of space or time (only partly adver- 
 bial), p. 73; c) With participles, etc., p. 74; d) With articular adv., p. 75. e) 
 Adv. phr. of direction, p. 76. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS Vll 
 
 VII. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 1. Of change from one condition to another, 
 p. 77. 2. Of an existing situation or plight, p. 78. 3. Of means or instrument, 
 p. 78. 4. Causal, p. 78. 5. Of origin, p. 78. 6. Of source, p. 79. 7. Of agent 
 viewed as source, p. 79. 8. Of separation or removal, p. 79. 9. Partitive w. 
 added meaning of choice or distinction, p. 79. 10. Of material, p. 79. 11. tic 
 and 6.ir6 in interchange and antithesis, p. 79. 12. Plastic, p. 79. 13. Local w. 
 idiomatic tinge, p. 79. 14. e« where simple Gen. would suffice, p. 80. 15. Of 
 succession, p. 80. 
 
 VIII. Pronominal expressions, p. 80. 
 
 IX. Local designations. 1. Noun of place omitted, p. 81. 2. Descript. k* 
 
 phrases, p. 81. 3. Article omitted, p. 81. 
 X. Phrases of comparison, p. 81. 
 
 Part IV 
 
 Introduction, p. 82. 
 
 A. Homer. 
 
 I. Prepositional idioms: a) With nouns, p. 82; b) With adjectives, p. 84. 
 II. Elliptical expressions, p. 84. 
 
 III. Temporal. 1. Of a limit in time determining a period, p. 84. 2. Extent of 
 time, p. 85. 3. Setting a date, p. 85. 
 
 IV. Adverbial and temporal, p. 85. 
 
 V. Tags. 1. Military, p. 86. 2. Local designations slightly idiomatic, p. 86. 
 
 3. Familiar and freq. local desig., p. 86. 
 
 VI. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 1. eis after verb of motion c. ace. of person, 
 not of going 'against' but simply 'to' the person, later cos, p. 87. 2. eis within 
 reach of, p. 87. 3. Pregnant, p. 87. 
 
 B. Literature after Homer. 
 
 I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 87; b) With adj., p. 92. 
 II. Imprecations and curses, p. 96. 
 
 III. Proverbial, p. 97. 
 
 IV. Technical. 1. Military, p. 98. 2. Legal, p. 100. 3. Political, p. 102. 
 
 4. Commercial, p. 102. 5. Fishing, p. 102. 6. From the race-course, p. 102. 
 7. From athletics, p. 102. 8. From games, p. 103. 
 
 V. Elliptical, p. 103. 
 VI. Temporal. 1. Of a limit in time determining a period, p. 104 2. Extent of 
 time, p. 105. 3 Setting a date, p. 105. 4. Phr. c. xpovos, p. 107. 5. Adver- 
 bial: a) With nouns, p. 107; b) With adjectives, p. 107; c) With participle, 
 p 108; d) With temporal adv., p. 108. 
 
 VII. Adverbial phr. (For temp. adv. phr. v. supra), a) With nouns, p. 109; 
 b) With adjectives, p. 112; c) With participles, p. 117; d) With adverbs, 
 p. 117; e) Adv. phr. of direction, p. 117. 
 
 VIII. Quantitative idioms, p. 120. 
 
 IX. Periphrasis type. 1. Verbs of motion with els and an abstraction, p. 121. 
 2. Affinity of certain verbs for eis in fig. expressions. fiXeireiv eis, eXavveiv eis, 
 epxeadai, etc., eis \6yoi>, \6yovs; KadloTTini, tr. and intr., necelv eis, <t>epeiv eis, 
 p. 123. 
 
Viii TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 X. Noteworthy uses of prep. 1. els of tendency, end or purpose, sometimes half 
 idiom, or half adverbial, p. 127. 2. To express relation, meaning 'in regard to,' 
 'in respect to,' 'as to,' 'concerning,' p. 129. 3. eh where dative might have been 
 used, p. 130. 4. ds= 'against,' p. 130. 5. els of tendency towards, not purpose, 
 p. 130. 
 XI. Pronominal expressions: a) To such an extent, p. 130; b) To the same place, 
 
 p. 131; c) Temporal, p. 131; d) Use of prep., p. 131. 
 XII. Local designations. 1. Places in the Athenian market named from the wares 
 sold, p. 131. 2. Noun of place omitted, p. 132. 3. Omission of article, p. 132. 
 
 Part V 
 kv 
 Introduction, p. 134. 
 
 A. Homer. 
 
 I. Prepositional idioms: a) With nouns, p. 135; b) With adjectives, p. 138; 
 
 c) With demonstrative, p. 139; d) With participle, p. 139. 
 II. Proverbial expressions, p. 139. 
 
 III. Technical: Military, p. 139; From the race-course, p. 140. 
 
 IV. Elliptical, p. 140. 
 V. Temporal, p. 140. 
 
 VI. Adverbial, p. 140. 
 
 VII. Tags. 1. Military, p. 140. 2. Expressions meaning 'in the heart,' 'in the 
 mind,' etc., p. 141. 3. Local designations: a) 'in the house, the halls,' terms 
 for parts of the house, p. 142; b) Of the place of a wound, p. 143; c) Miscel- 
 laneous, p. 143. 
 
 VIII. Local use transferred to Abstractions, p. 144. 
 LX. Noteworthy uses of prep., p. 145. 
 
 X. iv 5e as adv., p. 145. 
 XL Prepositional compounds, p. 145. 
 
 B. Literature after Homer. 
 
 I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 145; b) With adjectives, p. 156; 
 
 c) Pronominal, p. 160; d) With participles, p. 161. 
 II. Imprecations and curses, p. 162. 
 
 III. Proverbial, p. 162. 
 
 IV. Technical. 1. Military, p. 164. 2. Legal, p. 165. 3. Of forms of punish- 
 ment, p. 166. 4. From the field of politics and government, p. 166. 5. From 
 the field of rhetoric and logic, p. 167. 6. Commercial, p. 167. 7. From the 
 field of athletics, p. 168. 8. Musical, p. 168. 
 
 V. Elliptical, p. 168. 
 
 VI. Temporal: a) Phrases for day and night, time of day, season, p. 170; b) With 
 xpbvos expressed or understood, p. 171; c) Expressions for various periods of 
 life, p. 172; d) General phrases of time, p. 173; e) Pronominal, p. 174; f) With 
 participle in adv. force, p. 174; g) With articular adv. without XP^V. P- 175; 
 h) With articular adv. partly temporal, partly spatial, p. 176. 
 VII. Adverbial: a) With nouns, p. 177; b) With adjectives. 1. Neut. adj. c. 
 eo-ri impersonal, p. 183. 2. Adj. c. ■KoiCioBa.i, Tideadai. iv, p. 184. 3. Other adv. 
 phr. with adjectives, p. 185; c) With articular adverbs, p. 191; d) Adv. phr. 
 of direction, p. 192. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS IX 
 
 VIII. Periphrasis type. 1. a) Abstractions c. elvat. kv, ylyveaOaL, etc., p. 193; 
 
 b) Similarly verbal nouns and expressions, p. 195; c) kv of a pursuit or calling, 
 elvat usu. expiessed or implied, p. 196. 2. Local use transferred to abstractions, 
 p. 196. 3. Affinity of certain other verbs for kv in periphrasis and allied phe- 
 nomena, a) Abstractions c. kxetv, iroulffdat, etc., p. 197; b) ruOevai, rldeaOat h>, 
 'to reckon, regard, consider as,' p. 198; c) KaOlaT-qui kv, trans., intr., p. 199; 
 d) kv voco exetv, P- 199; e) ttItttuv kv, p. 199. 
 
 IX. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 1. Instrumental, p. 199. 2. Circumstan- 
 tial but mainly causal, p. 200. 3. ev of attendant circumstance, p. 200. 4. iv— 
 Lat. coram, p. 200. 5. Forensic ev, p. 201. 6. ev= Lat. penes, p. 201. 7. Of 
 the object of the action or feeling, p. 202. 8. Idiomatic, p. 202. 9. Plastic, 
 p. 202. 
 X. Pronominal expressions. 1. Personal pronouns, p. 202. 2. Demonstratives, 
 p. 202. 3. Relatives, p. 203. 4. ev reus with superlatives, etc., p. 204. 
 
 XI. Local designations. 1. Noun of place omitted, a) sc. x^P'v; b) sc. x^pa; 
 
 c) sc. k\Lvti, p. 204. 2. Half phrases or tags, p. 204. 3. Places in the Athenian 
 market colloquially named from the articles sold, p. 205. 4. Omission of article, 
 p. 205. 5. Fig. and semi-tech., p. 207. 6. Descriptive prep. phr. with art., 
 p. 207. 
 
 XII. Phrases of comparison: a) From the field of games, p. 208; b) From paint- 
 ing, p. 208; c) From various fields, p. 208; d) us kv introd. an adv. expression, 
 p. 208. 
 XIII. Expansions and tags, p. 209. 
 Bibliography, p. 210. 
 
STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Introduction 
 
 8l6., airb, els, en, ev. 
 
 On the grammatical and etymological side prepositions have been 
 fully discussed in the grammars, particularly those of Brugmann and of 
 Kuhner-Gerth. The use of prepositions by individual Greek authors 
 has been the subject of numerous dissertations and articles (see accom- 
 panying bibliography), many of which are largely devoted to enumera- 
 tion and statistical tables of the occurrence of certain prepositions in a 
 given author. But there has not heretofore been made such a study of 
 prepositional phrases as we propose, the main purpose of which is the 
 consideration of Greek usage from the point of view of idiom. Several 
 of the treatises referred to above include for one author, or a group of 
 authors, a few of the uses here dealt with, so notably Lutz on the Attic 
 orators; adverbial uses particularly are cited by Lina (for Plato), Hel- 
 bing (Herodotus), Golisch (Thucydides), Sobolewski (Aristophanes). 
 The idiomatic side is considered briefly in the introduction of textbooks 
 of Greek composition where short lists of prepositional phrases are some- 
 times given. But none of these, nor even Auden's Phrase Book, cite 
 the passages from which the phrases are drawn, and aira% \eyo,ueva are 
 not designated, but are given equal authority with frequently used 
 expressions; they furnish, therefore, no basis for the study of any particu- 
 lar phrase, while all such lists are limited to the immediate purposes 
 of the textbook. The best work on Greek idiom is still the old book of 
 Viger, (1627) (ed. Hermann 1834), whose chapter on the prepositions 
 most nearly approaches the attitude of this collection, which has been 
 independently made and which, we trust, may, from its greater fullness, 
 have added value in the field it covers. 
 
 The notes of certain editors are rich and suggestive in quotation and 
 comparison of groups of related phrases and in the application of them 
 to the interpretation of their author. This is true always of Jebb, so, 
 too, of Starkie in his first edition of the Wasps (Macmillan 1897). All 
 editions of Blaydes abound in such citations, but they are not always 
 used to so good advantage as by Jebb and the comparisons are sometimes 
 extended so far as to lose their aptness. It has been thought that such 
 lists as are here given would furnish a convenient source of reference in 
 the interpretation of authors that have not been edited by a Jebb or a 
 
I STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Blaydes. On the other hand, they may give help in Greek composition 
 as being more complete not only than the phrase books, but in some 
 cases than even any of the lexicons. 
 
 The field chosen for these studies is the period of classical Greek 
 literature from Homer to the time of Aristotle. In order not to extend 
 the limits of this paper unduly by dealing with the large class of technical 
 phrases found in his works, Aristotle has not been included except for 
 occasional passages that seemed interesting by way of comparison. Later 
 literature has sometimes been drawn upon in the same way. 
 
 Similar collections have been made for all the prepositions through- 
 out this period, and it is hoped that the rest may be published at a later 
 date. In dealing with such a mass of material as has been collected, it 
 is inevitable that there should be mistakes and omissions despite pains- 
 taking endeavor. There is room, moreover, for difference of opinion 
 in regard to the inclusion of certain phrases, but in questionable cases 
 the intention has been to err on the side of fullness rather than other- 
 wise, although the limits of such a paper as this preclude the claim of a 
 thoroughly exhaustive treatment of the subject. 
 
 did was selected first for discussion for the sake of considering in a 
 preposition which governs more than one case, the historical relation of 
 different cases. 1 airb and k were taken in connection with each other 
 because of their close kinship in meaning, ets and kv belong together, 
 since they are really one preposition which appears in Attic in two forms. 
 
 A prepositional phrase, like an idiom, is not easy to define, but every 
 one understands what an idiom is, and although no attempt will be made 
 at a formal definition of the term prepositional phrase, yet the meaning 
 here given it will be sufficiently clear from a statement of the criteria 
 that have been employed in its use: an idiomatic, 2 proverbial, 3 or fami- 
 
 '5td in Attic prose and later Greek shows almost a reversal of the Homeric usage. 
 Whereas in Homer 5id c. ace. is frequent, later, owing to the disappearance with that 
 case of the spatial and temporal uses, oid c. ace. becomes mainly restricted to the 
 causal force, while the genitive is much more frequent and is used in nearly all idiomatic 
 expressions. 
 
 2 E. g., St ovSevds iroieiv 'to make of no account' Soph. O. C. 584; oid 7X010-0-775 
 (dei) «x«" ti Eur. Andr. 95, parallel withdvd crr6p.a, cf.oid arofia Ar. Lys. 855, 5id 
 arSfxaTos Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25; a-rrd aTonaros elwelv, 'to speak from memory' Xen. Mem. 
 3. 6. 9; &ir' oDaros w5e yevoiro II. 18. 272 'heaven forfend,' tiro dvp.ov .... iatat 
 II. 1. 562 'you will be alienated from my heart,' (k 6vp.ov 'from the heart' 'sin- 
 cerely,' Lat. ex animo, II. 9. 343, Aesch. Ag. 48, so k 4>pev6s, Aesch. Sept. 873, etc., cf . 
 T&7rd Kapdias Eur. I. A. 475 (v. fee, airb, pp. 54, 38) ; e/c iroSos 'out of the way' 
 Pind. Nem. 7. 67; b> 71-00-1 'before our feet,' i.e., 'close at hand.' Pind. Py. VIII, 
 32; Soph. Ant. 1327, etc.; « SiaKovpa XeXetirro, Horn. II. 23,523 'he was a whole disk- 
 
INTRODUCTION 6 
 
 liar tone, 4 metaphorical uses often repeated until the figurative meaning 
 becomes associated with the phrase, 5 technical association, 6 frequent 
 
 cast behind,' es xeip<« eXdelv, etc., 'to engage in hand to hand conflict,' Aesch. Sept. 
 680, cf. kv Thuc. 4. 43. 2., etc., cf. extension by Eur. Her. 429, eis x«'P<* yfi cvvrj^av 
 'they came close to land.' irpdyp.' ks xkpes \a(36vra of taking a matter in hand, 
 undertaking it, Eur. Hec. 1242 cf. 5td xa-pos exet-v Thuc. 2, 13, kv x«P' (Plat. Theaet. 
 172 E), xepoiv (Soph. Ant. 1345), x«p<^'«x«"'Hdt. 1. 35. 7. 5. (sing., dual andplural 
 used with no apparent difference in meaning, cf. other phrases w. x«P v. infra); 
 els &pas Od. 9. 135, 'every season as it comes around,' i. e., 'at the appointed time', 
 cf. h. Horn. XXVI. 12, but es rds ibpas 'for all time to come,' 'hereafter,' Ar. Ran. 
 380, etc., kv &py Od. 17. 176 'at the proper time,' Hdt. 1. 31. 'in due time,' 
 'in good season,' etc.; kv wavrl rjaav p.17 Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 29, 'they were in 
 extreme fear lest;' imprecations— ks nopanas, Ar. saepe, ks 4>96pov, Aesch. Sept. 252, 
 is na.Ka.plav, Ar. Eq. 1151, ks b\{5iav Com. Fr. adesp. 1092, els tv\ov 
 (Menand.) ks Ke4>o.\rjv col Ar. Pax 1063, cf. kv nopaKeoai nal kv <j>06p<# 
 Theogn. 833, etc., etc. 
 
 3 E. g., 5id Trvpbs ikvai Xen. Symp. 4. 16 (cf. Eng. ' to go through fire and water') ; 
 awaai rinds kK rpLKvp-las tov \6yov Plat. Euthyd. 293 A; Sp/cous kyili ywawds 
 
 els v5u>p ypa.4>co Soph. Fr. 742; eis (ppeard re Kai irdffav airoplav kpirlirTiiiv Plat. 
 Theaet. 174 c, cf. kv <t>pkari ib. 165 c (so kwl); arrival kv rpt.65w of a person in 
 doubt, Theogn. 911, Plat. Legg. 799 c; kv rw Kapl KivSweveiv Eur. Cycl. 654, 
 Plat., etc. It may be questioned whether proverbial phrases are really prepositional 
 phrases, but they are of such closely allied interest as to warrant the inclusion here 
 of those observed in the literature studied. 
 
 4 E. g. 5id Znaiibv II. 3. 263; kv aynaXais (v. sub, kv, so els, krrl ,); d7r' d<j>da\no)v 
 II. 23. 53 'away from their sight,' after Horn, in various uses, cf. aw' onp-aros, op-fxaruv 
 e£ 64>0a\p.(j}v, ets btpiv, els Trpoatoirov, els o,ajj.a, 6/j.p.ara, kv 64>6a\p.ols kv 6p.p.aai, 
 etc. Most of these and many similar expressions vary from a merely familiar 
 or from a plastic and picturesque use to clear idioms. This is not a separate cate- 
 gory, but idiomatic usages constantly start either in familiar or metaphorical expres- 
 sions. 
 
 6 In Horn. &4>' 'Iwivoiv, I-kttwv always of fighting from the chariot, so e£ 'iiriruv II. 
 5. 163, Kad' ittttuv II. 5. Ill; 6. 232; ok aird ctkottov . . . p.vdeirai, Od. 11. 344 
 'not away from the mark,' so Xen. Symp. 2. 10, Plat. Theaet. 179 c (elprjKev), etc. 
 xepds e/c dopiiraXrov 'on the right hand' Aesch. Ag. 116, so ets 86pv 'to the right' 
 Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18, so with other preps, opp. e7r', 7rop' do-7ri5o, 7rap' a<nrl5os (Aesch. 
 Sept. 624); also fj£av els 56pv, 'rushed to arms,' so eis acrirld' jj£eii> Eur. Phoen. 
 1326, kv aairlaiv 'in battle' Eur. Suppl. 572; kv op<j>va 'in darkness' = ' at night' 
 Pind. 01. 1. 73 et saepe, so bi 6p4>vas Eur. Suppl. 994, but ks 6p<t>vav Eur. H. F. 352 of 
 the nether world; kv ev<pp6vri 'in the kindly time' for 'at night'; v. sub. kv, history of 
 phrases kv awapyavois, kv yd\a^iv, p. 172, ftn. 134, original meaning entirely lost 
 sight of in later use, so in late uses of kv xpv, P- 163, ftn., etc., etc. 
 
 e E. g., aird vvaar\s 'from the start' (of the foot-race) II. 23. 758, kv vvaa-ji 'at 
 the turning post' (of the chariot race) II. 23. 338, 344; military terms: ol a,ir' ovpds 
 'those from the rear' Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18; e/c tuv ottXuv 'from the camp' Thuc. 1. Ill; 
 ■xapayyeWet els rd 6w\a 'to arms,' Xen. An. 1. 5. 13; kv 6ir\oi.s elvai 'to be 
 
4 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 repetition until the expression becomes or approaches a tag, 7 phrases 
 used adverbially, often directly equivalent to an existing adverb; here 
 the force of the preposition frequently fades until it serves merely as an 
 instrument to turn the noun or adjective into an adverb. 8 The omission 
 
 under arms' Eur. Bacch. 303 et saepe; hvl o-raSttj 'in close combat' II. 7. 241, kv 
 TeXkeccn 'in squadrons' II. 11. 730, etc.; kv TrXaiaLa) TtTaxOai Thuc. 7. 78, cf. 6. 67., etc., 
 iv /ueTW7rw 'in line' often in Xen., etc.; legal: SUas two £vn(36\o)j> v/xlv SiKa^onkvovs 
 Antiphon 138. 78; eKirapaicXrio-eus Dem. 275. 143; els avanpio-iv Aesch. Eum. 365, Isae. 
 VI, 13, etc., ol kv alrlq. Dem. 631. 36; also from the courts in the orators, kv tu knv 
 vSari, 'in the time allotted to my speech,' Dem. 274. 139; political, ol kv rkXet, of the 
 magistrates Soph. Ai. 1352, similarly ol kv apxals, ol kv 5vva.fj.ei, kv rivals, ol kv toIs 
 irpay^xacnv of the public men; Is oKlyovs p.a,Wov Karkariqaav 'set up a more oligarchical 
 government' Thuc. 5. 81. 2, etc. — from various fields. 
 
 7 In Homer particularly, large numbers of these have been collected, v. infra; 
 in later literature cf. especially local designations omitting the article with familiar 
 words, oZkos with all preps., so do/xos, ayopa, etc., etc. 
 
 8 E. g., awo atrov5rjs, 'in earnest' II. 7. 359; 12. 233; but Attic 8ia o-rrovdijs 
 'hastily,' Eur. Bacch. 212, Thuc. 6. 69. 1, Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 28; k£ ay X ip-6\oio 'from 
 near at hand' II. 24. 352; k£ avTocrxeol-qs 'off-hand,' h. Merc. 55, — these three are 
 not found afterwards. 4k 8vp.ov v. supra, n. 2; es reAos 'at last' 'finally' h. Merc. 
 462, Hes. Op. 218, 294, 664 often later, so « TekevTrjv 'at the end,' 'at last' h. 
 Horn. VII. 29, Hes. Op. 333, Theogn. 201, Pind., Soph.; kv noipu 'rightly' 'duly,' 
 'fitly,' II. 19. 186, Od. 22. 54, cf. Plat. Legg. 775 C, cf. the Homeric /card nolpav 
 constantly repeated; kv rio-vxlr] =ricrvxcos h. Merc. 356, cf. Hdt. 5. 92, etc. es avpiov 
 'to-morrow', II. 8. 538, Od. 7. 318, but also 'until to-morrow' Od. 11. 351; es varepov 
 'thereafter', Od. 12. 126 the preposition has little force, cf. Hes. Op. 351, Hdt. 5. 41. 
 74, etc.; es biriaaa 'in + ime to come', Od. 18. 122; 20. 199, cf. es t6 6irlo-u mostly 
 spatial, 'backwards' 'behind' Hdt. 4. 42, etc., v. infra. Numerous examples might 
 be given of the fading of the prepositional force in such phrases. A few will suffice 
 here, but there will be occasion again to mention further illustrations. e/c wapkpyov 
 Lat. obiter, Thuc. 1. 142. 9 does not differ from kv wapkpyt?; hi Plat. Polit. 300 A, 
 &ir6 rvxris, Lysias 21. 10; kv tvxv Aesch. Ag. 685, Kara tvxv saepe, etc. vary little as 
 far as the meaning of the preposition is concerned; so be /3tas 'by force' Soph. Ph. 
 563, 5td f3Las Plat. Phileb. 58 A and the frequent -rvpbs (tiav; « to \onr6v 'for the 
 future' Aesch. Pers. 526, etc., els to. Xoixd Menand. Sam. 434 (Capps) (perhaps 
 metri causa), kn tov \oitvov Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 9, etc., Ik tuv \olttuv Isocr.'XVII. 15, 
 Plato, might be replaced by to \oi-k6v, to. \onra, or tov Xoittov except where 
 it would interfere with the metre. In Eur. Phoen. 1210, tovt els viroirrov eliras, the 
 phrase has become a pure adverb and the preposition merely expresses manner. So 
 prepositions with adverbs often add no meaning to the simple adverb, but the same 
 expression may show the force of the preposition at any time (cf . supra, ks avpiov, es bpk 
 merely 'late,' Thuc. 8. 23. 2, but id. 3. 108.3 'until late' and many others); both 
 uses of such phrases are usually found and it is natural to think that they started in 
 cases where the preposition was needed and that afterwards it became so associated 
 with the adverb that it was used when not necessary, but this cannot be proved by 
 historical evidence. 
 
INTRODUCTION 5 
 
 of the article, 9 the ellipsis of the noun, 10 the absence of a modifying geni- 
 tive are often indicative of the familiarity of an expression. 
 
 The variation of phrases is one of the interesting points to be noted 
 and may sometimes be a sign of idiomatic tendency. Singular, dual 
 and plural occur with no difference in meaning. 11 Different prepositions 
 with the same noun expressing virtually the same meaning show a blunt- 
 ing of the original force of the preposition which may be due to a feeling 
 for the phrase as a whole. 12 Often a wide variety of phrases denote the 
 same idea. 13 
 
 9 Cf. familiar English, 'to town' 'to market,' etc., and see below large classes 
 of similar local designations in Greek, (v. also Gildersleeve, Synt. Class. Gk. Part II. 
 §§ 568, 569). But it is not only in such spatial uses that the lack of the article serves 
 as a criterion of familiarity, but throughout these pages it will be seen that the article 
 is commonly omitted in idiomatic phrases, although the same phrase often varies in 
 this respect. 
 
 I0 E. g., €«, els, kv with a genitive which is not governed by the preposition but is 
 commonly explained (but v. n. kv p. 168) as depending on some familiar omitted noun 
 like oZkos, 86p.os, iepov, etc., are familiar from Homer on (v. e/c pp. 50, 59, 60, 
 els pp. 84, 103, 104 kv pp. 140, 168, f). Interesting cases are Ik yurbvuiv 'from the 
 neighbors' or 'next door'; also kclo-tiv ovk kv avrov Ar. Vesp. 642 v. kv p. 169. 
 Certain frequently recurring nouns of place which may be easily supplied are often 
 omitted, as xwptoi', x&P a t yv> etc. 
 
 n Cf . n. 2, kv xeipi- xeP "') X e P°~l txeiv ', n. 3, e Is to \oiirbv, to. \onra, 4k tov Xoi7ro0, 
 Tdv \ouruiv ; Horn. II. 11. 789 6 8k weicrtTaL eis ayadov irep 'for his profit' (cf. 
 9. 102 also sing.), but 23. 305 nvBelr els ay add. 4>povkcov where the plural 
 cannot be explained on metrical grounds; sometimes the plural refers back to a plural 
 antecedent, sometimes it suggests a repetition of the act or a recurrence of the condi- 
 tions, but there are not infrequent cases which admit no such explanation. 
 
 12 This has been illustrated above (n. 8) under adverbial phrases. Temporal 
 adverbial phrases also give some interesting variations, particularly for 'by night' 
 and 'by day.' The preposition may at any time retain its meaning but 'at night' is 
 expressed by 5id vvkto Horn. II. 8. 510; 10. 101; Od. 19. 66; (cf. kwl vvktI II. 8. 529), 
 later the gen. Plat. Criti. 117 E p.e6' ijpepav nal Sid wktSs) Theogn. 460 iroWaKis 4k 
 vvkt&v ; Aesch. Cho. 288 paralovs 4k wktcov <t>6(3ovs (cf. Od. 12. 286) (the pi. here is 
 probably due to a recurrence of the conditions); els vvkto Aesch. Suppl. 769 (but 
 Thuc. I. 51. 3, 'until night-fall'); kv vvktI Aesch. Ag. 653, etc.; so airb pkauv wktuv 
 'at midnight' Ar. Vesp. 218; 'at even' acj>' kawkpas Ar. Vesp. 100, ds kcnrkpav Ar. 
 PI. 998; 4$ r/nkpas, 'by day' Soph. El. 780 parallel with wktos 'by night'; kv i)p.kpq. 
 Eur. Bacch. 488 referring back to p.e0' nixkpav in 485 and contrasted with vmrup; 
 Tro. 446, balanced with wktos. But in the early poetry the night appears to be 
 thought of as an object which may be gone through (cf. sub. Horn, frequent use of 
 5id vvkto. w. verbs of motion); perhaps this notion is behind 8ia wktos in Anth. 
 Lyr. Ion. 2. 7; so the winds arise "out of the night" Od. 12.286, and in Aesch. Cho. 
 288 there may be a slight suggestion of the coming of the fears "out of the night." 
 If the use of the local prepositions in such phrases began in this conception the transi- 
 tion to the meaning "at night" was easy and the extension of the use could readily 
 
6 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Certain verbs have a marked affinity for certain prepositions in figura- 
 tive expressions, an appreciation of which often assists in interpreting a 
 given passage (cf. e. g. Jebb on Soph. Ajax 799). This is often only a 
 periphrasis and may sometimes be resorted to for metrical reasons; 
 but it regularly adds some meaning to the idea which would be given 
 by the simple verb and this meaning may at any time be pressed, increas- 
 ing the idiomatic tone which is commonly present. Hence such cases 
 are included here, although many of them are not strictly phrases and 
 for this reason there is no attempt to treat them exhaustively. 
 
 8ia c. gen., usually of an abstraction, is frequent with a more or less 
 colorless verb of being or motion 14 as a periphrasis for the action or state 
 which might be described by the verb indicated by the noun in the 
 phrase, eis shows -wtaelv eis, 15 fapeLv eis, eis \6yovs, \oybv c. epxtcrdat. 
 and similar verbs; KadiaT-qm eis tr. and intr., "to bring into," "to come 
 into," "to be in a given state," 16 also with iv but less often; a like peri- 
 phrasis is seen in verbs of motion with eis and an abstraction, 17 a favorite 
 device of Euripides both for increasing the poetic effect and for the sake 
 of the metre. 
 
 A very large class is tlvai h, ylyueadat ev 18 with abstractions, with 
 verbal nouns, and with adjectives merging into adverbial phrases. 
 
 follow. Variation of preps, may be metri causa, so instead of the usual a<*> 'tinruv, 
 we have the variants e£ 'Linrcov and nad' linruv in the Iliad (v. supra n. 5). Examples 
 might be greatly multiplied, but may be found in the text by cross-reference. 
 
 "Instances are given under nn. 2, 4, 5, but may best be seen in the text. 
 
 14 E. g. Eur. Hel. 978 i\6elv di.a p.dxv^ ercjj avyyovy, Soph. Ant. 742 5ta 51k7js 
 luv warpi, 'engaging in controversy with' cf. Thuc. 6. 60. 3, 'to go to law,' Soph. 
 O C 905 el /xiv 8i opyijs t\kov (vb. nearly = elvai) , Eur. Or. 757, 5id 06/3ou 
 yap tpxop.a.1 so 5td irodov etc., etc.; w. elvai, ylyveadai, exeiv, \a8elv, — Ar. Ran. 1412 
 5i' exOpas ovderepw yevr)<rop.ai) Ar. Eccl. 888 Kei yap 8i oxXov tovt' karl, 
 'to be' or (c. yiyvtadai) 'to become troublesome', Thuc. and Plato; Hdt. 1. 
 206, iravTcos fiaWov f; 5t rivvxiys elvai.. 
 
 15 E. g. 'to fall into evil' 'misfortune,' 'extremity,' «s inrvov irkor\ Soph. Ph. 826, 
 so iv virvcf) irtatlv Pind. Is. IV. 41, cf. old Eng. 'to fall on sleep' Eur. frg. 140 ds 'ipur' 
 cf. Eng. 'fall in love,' ets bpyr\v wecrelv Eur. Or. 696 'to fall into a rage.' 
 
 I6 E. g. Thuc. 1. 82. 4 « awovoiav Karadrija auras avrovs, 'making them desperate,' 
 so eis exdpav, nivbwov, aicrxvvrjv, etc., but intr. Thuc. 7. 67. 4 is airbvoiav KaOeaTrjKaaiv 
 'became desperate', etc. 
 
 17 E. g. eis rip\//LV et/n Eur. I. T. 797, eis advp-lav a&Kecrd' id. Bacch. 610, 
 
 Us davp.ar' iXOtlv Ion 248, eis ypdav c. gen. i\0dv Ale. 719, etc. 
 £.7 5 
 
 18 E. g. iv advp.La fiaav Thuc. 6. 41.2, cf . iv iravrl c. gen. 7. 55. 1 iv Travri 5i) advfiias r\oav 
 
 'in utter despair;' iv ^>povr\p.ari ovres c. inf. 'aspiring to' id. 5. 40. 3; iv <Wfj 
 
 dtvruv Xen. An. 2. 1. 3; iv KaXti iarl Eur. Her. 971; iv eiifxapel icrri id. I. A. 969, 
 
 etc., etc. 
 
INTRODUCTION 7 
 
 Also exetv, iroieladai, riOeadai h™ mainly with abstract notions, "to 
 hold, regard, consider as." 
 
 A more or less idiomatic kit type denotes change from one condition 
 to another, e. g. Soph O T 454, rw/>\6s yap e« bebopnoTos. 
 
 airb and he of immediate consecution in time begin with and deiirvov 
 'immediately after supper' in II. 8. 54, and continue in Hdt. 1. 126 
 et saepe, ck belirvuv Eur. Hec. 915, e£ dpiorou Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 18, etc. 
 
 Pronominal expressions vary from mere tags to real idioms. 
 
 Some uses of prepositions with idiomatic tone, even though not quite 
 phrases, are noteworthy, e. g. d7rd KdXco irapa-Khelv Thuc. 4. 25, ' to sail 
 from' or 'by a rope,' i. e. 'to be towed along the shore'; airb with 
 pregnant force, xpvat<-ov and pcuaTripos ernjercu, Anth. P. 7.5 'from a 
 hammer,' i. e. 'to set up a statue in beaten gold.' Half cases are seen 
 in els of the metaphorical end or purpose and others. Other phenomena 
 allied to various phrases under consideration are also added. 
 
 These tests have not. been so strictly applied to Homer, but under 
 the head of tags are grouped many frequently occurring expressions, 
 some of which develop into phrases, others which might have done so 
 but did not, others which gain interest from their mere repetition, and 
 still others which occur in Homer and not in later literature. Partly for 
 this reason and partly for convenience of comparison, Homeric usages 
 have been kept separate from those of later times and a section devoted 
 to them will precede each chapter. 
 
 The object of this paper is by no means theoretical, as is perhaps 
 already evident from this statement of the class of material included. 
 Theories of the development of the use of various prepositions from 
 original local or spatial meanings are set forth in the grammars and in 
 special treatises on the subject and need not be here dealt with in detail. 
 Whatever may seem probable as to the way in which these uses would 
 be likely to grow up, the question arises how did they in fact develop? 
 The only foundation for an answer to this question must be obtained 
 from the actual instances as they occur in literature from Homer down. 
 The evolution of the Greek language as we know it starts in Homer. 
 Much has already happened before that time, but, however plausible a 
 theory may be, we cannot really go back of the Iliad. If, therefore, 
 an idiom is found already developed in Homer or evidently on the way 
 to become an idiom, it has been traced to its source for the purposes of 
 Greek literature. 
 
 19 E. g. ev aXoyiji exuv Hdt. 6. 75, kv aiaxpy Oecrdat tl Eur. Hec. 806, 
 cf. Soph. Ph 875, etc. v. kv pp. 184, 197 f. 
 
8 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 A moment's consideration of our own or any other language will 
 remind us that the origin of an idiom frequently cannot be defined or 
 explained, and, in most cases, is at any rate soon forgotten. Often the 
 original force early becomes blunted or almost wholly lost. Its meaning 
 however, as commonly used, is of prime importance for the understanding 
 of the language. This may best be seen in Greek by an examination and 
 comparison of the usages in chronological order from the time of their 
 earliest appearance in literature. This we have considered our chief 
 aim. The material herewith presented is therefore arranged in accord- 
 ance with this purpose. Thus the first mention of a phrase gives its 
 earliest occurrence, unless it begins in Homer, when it is so stated in the 
 text. Except that it has proved more convenient to group together 
 Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides and Aristophanes, and Herodotus and 
 Thucydides, the only violations of the chronological order are clearly 
 made for immediate comparison of like uses. 
 
 Each preposition has a brief etymological and grammatical intro- 
 duction, — following the grammars, chiefly Kuhner-Gerth — in which is 
 presented the usual classification into spatial, temporal and metaphorical 
 uses. The purpose of this is merely to clear the way and to put in con- 
 venient form before the reader the general force and use of the preposi- 
 tion as a whole. This grouping is thereafter mainly disregarded and no 
 attempt is made to pursue any theory beyond the presentation of the 
 material in historical sequence under specific phrases in such order as 
 their meanings suggest. 
 
 The sections on Homer and the early literature are classified sub- 
 stantially as follows: (1) Phrases which seem to be real idioms, whether 
 with a noun, adjective or participle. (2) Phrases less clearly idiomatic, 
 but approaching idioms, or the apparent beginning of phrases which 
 later developed real idiomatic force. (3) Technical expressions from 
 various fields of human life, (4) Elliptical phrases, (5) Temporal and 
 adverbial expressions, (6) Tags, more or less idiomatic, or plastic, 
 picturesque and pleonastic, local designations and others, especially 
 those connected with later phrases, (7) Special uses of the preposition. 
 
 In general the arrangement of the phrases from later literature is 
 similar, with such additions and variations as develop naturally out of 
 the material, although certain difficulties present themselves in its 
 selection and classification. Literal uses merge off into idiom and the 
 idiomatic feeling may not always be recognized. The vividness of the 
 Greek imagination and language leads to frequent expressions that are 
 only plastic and picturesque, but sometimes to our mind approach idiom. 
 
INTRODUCTION 9 
 
 Some of these, as has been seen, are quoted. It is not always easy to 
 distinguish unusual and peculiar uses of the preposition from real phrases 
 and numerous cases of this kind are given as of related interest. On 
 the other hand, many phrases quoted may be subject to the criticism 
 that it is the use and meaning of the substantive or adjective governed 
 by the preposition rather than the phrase which is discussed or which is 
 the ground for its citation. Sometimes this has been noted (cf. kv aycovi 
 in Horn.), but usually the meaning of the noun and the phrase are so 
 closely interwoven that no effort has been made to separate them. 
 So many phrases start in metaphorical uses of nouns with a preposition 
 that it is not always clear when such cases become phrases; many prepo- 
 sitional expressions have been rejected as merely metaphors, others 
 have been included where the idiomatic force might be a matter of 
 opinion. 
 
 Phrases resist hard and fast categories and are therefore often dif- 
 ficult to classify. Almost any given phrase that occurs many times 
 really belongs under several categories. This is frequently true of 
 adverbial phrases, many of which will be found under other heads. 
 Comparison of kindred phrases, which has been considered one of the aims 
 to be sought, also occasionally interferes with a logical arrangement. 
 But it has seemed to be on the whole easiest to group together, 
 under some one of the types in which they are included, phrases in which 
 a preposition governs the same word and to give cross references under 
 other headings. Large groups are arranged alphabetically where this does 
 not interfere too seriously with the chronological order. 
 
 A few typical instances may serve to illustrate further the character 
 of the information that is gained from these studies. 
 
 A definite answer may be given, for example, to such questions as 
 whether kv with apxh is used only in the singular to mean 'in the be- 
 ginning' (although kclt' apxas in this sense is regular), and only in 
 the plural 20 to mean 'in office', — Plat. Legg. 671 A has kv apxals 'in 
 the beginning,' Thuc. II.37.3, Isae. VII.34, kv apxfi "in office" 21 , al- 
 though both these uses are rare; yet the singular is used with els (particu- 
 larly with Kadiaraadat of entering upon office) and kirl (Ar. Pol. 1284 2 
 yeveadai kir' dpxT/s)- 
 
 20 It is noticeable that apxal meaning 'officers,' Plat. Rep. 460 B et al. has ol kv 
 Apxa« as a variant, a sense which is arrived at only by way of a different meaning of 
 the noun, i. e. ' those in power, in office.' 
 
 21 L. and S. give neither of these. 
 
10 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 The history of certain phrases is well known, as of the Homeric els 
 p.eaov TiOevat (II. 23. 704), ev p.eaui nelaOat (II. 18. 507) of a prize set 
 up or lying in the midst for which all may contend, recurring a number 
 of times in Attic 22 and always suggesting the ancient custom. Their famil- 
 iarity and Homeric association make it almost a matter of surprise 
 to find each of these phrases actually occurring but once in Homer. 
 Even a stereotyped expression, like "standing in the midst to speak," 
 gains some interest from the consciousness of its history from Homer on, 
 while the mere collection and comparison of other idiomatic uses of ev 
 fxeaco and ets pecrov"* for instance, throw light upon the meaning of some of 
 the passages. 
 
 ev avdpu-rrois with a superlative, or related notion, (colloquial "in 
 the world") has a continuous history beginning in Homer, which, so 
 far as we know, has never been so fully traced. It seems to start in Od. 
 1. 391, 17 (f>r)S tovto KaKiGTOv ev avd pdo-rroi<n tc-tux#cu and appears in 
 Theogn., Soph., Eur., Hdt., Andoc, Antiphon, Xen., Plato, Aesch., 
 Dem., (v. ev p. 146, f.) often with a partitive genitive, as Theogn. 273, 
 tuv travTwv be kclkmttov ev avdpcoiroLs. The best known and most striking 
 case is Plato, Lys. 211 E, tov 'apicxTov ev avdpooirois oprvya 'the best 
 quail in the world.' The usage is also extended to e£ avdpcoiruv. 
 
 ev avopavLv although found in Homer, does not gain idiomatic force 
 until Euripides, who uses it frequently meaning "to count as a man," 
 an idea which seems to come not merely out of the characteristic signifi- 
 cance of avqp, but to be helped by the fusion of other expressions, cf. 
 Hdt. 3. 120, av yap ev avBpwv Xoyu (sc. el), Eur. Andr. 590, 591, av yap 
 fier avdpuv, cl> nanicre kclk ko.ku>v ; / vol irov pereanv <hs ev avbpaatv \6yov ] 
 
 ev x^pa begins in II. 23. 349, evl x&PV I ef €T ' <sat down in his 
 place,' i. e., his proper place, appears in Bacchyl. V. 80, araQl r' 
 ev x&pa 'stay where thou art,' is similar in Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 23, then, 
 from the military association, 'they fell fighting at their posts' (Hell. 
 4. 2. 20; 8. 39); parallel and more frequent is /caret x&pav elvai, jx'eveiv. 
 
 Another local but idiomatic phrase with a long history is 'ev raurw 
 p.evetv ; the earliest use noted is in Xenophanes, and it is repeated (v. 
 ev p. 160), evidently with familiar connotation, on down until Plato 
 
 22 Cf. (eis) Dem. 488. 102, (ku) Theogn. 994, Anth. Lyr. p. 307. 36, Bacchyl. XIV. 
 53, Ar. Pax 1118, Xen. An. 3. 1. 21, Dem. 41. 5, cf. Lat. Ter. Phorm. Prol. 16; cf. also 
 Soph. Tr. 516. 
 
 ^Interesting are such idiomatic developments as II. 23. 574 « ukaov aix4>ortpoL<ii 
 hiKaaaaTe about =' impartially,' ex nkcrov narriaTo Hdt. 3. 83, of taking 
 no part in a contest, ev peo-w elvai Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 52; Dem. 682. 183 w. gen. of 
 articular inf. 'to stand in the way of,' i. e., to prevent one from doing something. 
 
INTRODUCTION 11 
 
 where it is used of the argument which 'goes around in a circle and 
 won't stay in the same place,' or which does 'stay in the same place' 
 and makes no progress (Euthyphro 11 C, Phaed. 86 E, Euthyd. 288 A). 
 
 Some real phrases in Homer occur only once and are not repeated 
 later, e. g. ev -ireivo (v. ev p. 136) Od. 20. 23, ev 6017/ 'in doubt,' II. 9. 
 230, (occurs also Callim. Iov. 5) ev /capos alay II. 9. 378, 'I hold him in 
 the measure of,' i. e. 'not worth a hair' (v. ev p. 135), but both this 
 and ev relay are much debated because they are so idiomatic and lack 
 the light which would be thrown upon them if they were used else- 
 where. 
 
 It will be seen that Euripides greatly extends the use of prepositional 
 idioms, largely through metaphorical expressions, some of which remain 
 peculiar to him and are not really developed into phrases, e. g. Bacch. 
 848, avj)p els fio\ov KadLaraTcu, 'falls within the cast of the net,' 
 so Rhes. 730 24 ; again, a metaphor from the race-course, Eur. El. 659, 
 iraXiv tol fxvdov els KafjLTrjv aye 'bring your speech to its turning point,' 
 which Way aptly translates ' yet toward thy goal turn thou thy speech' ; 
 Med. 766, Keis 686v fieP-qKa/jLev i. e. 'we have come to a way of action.' 
 
 In the case of these five prepositions Euripides, however, does not 
 add so many adverbial phrases as Sophocles. The adverbial phrase is 
 already well developed in Homer, (v. n. 8), but limited to comparatively 
 few expressions, — these five prepositions show less than twenty includ- 
 ing the Homeric hymns. Pindar nearly doubles the number previously 
 found, Aeschylus adds about as many more as Pindar. Sophocles has 
 nearly twice as many new ones. Euripides and Herodotus each increase 
 the list nearly as much as Sophocles. Almost twice as many adverbial 
 phrases with these prepositions start in Thucydides as in any other 
 author, but a large proportion of them are purely formal in character 
 and of the same type, like ev 4>avepu>, ev t<# e/j.(pavel. ev a^avel, e/c, airb 
 tov ebd'eos, airo tov irpocfiavovs, phrases with articular adverbs, ev t$ 
 avTiirepas, e/c tov, els to irapaxpwa, and local and military phrases like 
 ex irXaylov, ev irXcucrLio. Xenophon adds many of this last class. About 
 half as many are seen for the first time in Plato and Xenophon respectively 
 as in Thucydides. In Aristophanes the number drops again by nearly 
 half and other authors add comparatively few. These few statistics 
 show how rapidly the tendency to the adverbial use of prepositional 
 expressions increased, — between three and four hundred different 
 phrases of this kind have been noted for these five prepositions in this 
 
 "This illustrates els in the sense coming 'within reach of which is to be dis- 
 tinguished from coming 'into.' 
 
12 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 period. The question suggests itself, whether the extension of prepo- 
 sitional idioms by Euripides and of adverbial phrases by Thucydides, 
 who also shows many other prepositional phrases, is due wholly to the 
 style of the authors or partly to the period in which they lived, which 
 might naturally have been a time of growth in the language. 
 
 But it is not due to the best type of growth and to real enrichment 
 of the language that these phrases are so greatly extended in the later 
 literature, into which it would be exceedingly interesting to continue 
 these studies. A few examples which have been cited from the later 
 period will illustrate the manner in which many phrases developed away 
 from their original meaning (v. kv xpv & P- 163, ftn. 108 and kv ya\a^Lv 
 kv p. 172, ftn. 134), Rossberg 25 has recently shown the great extension of 
 prepositional usages during the Alexandrian age, both in colloquial 
 speech and in official documents. The inscriptions also offer suggestive 
 material (v. Giinther 26 ). These studies are confined mainly to litera- 
 ture and inscriptions are included only by the way. 27 
 
 An examination of the evidence will show that certain words tend to 
 form idiomatic and adverbial phrases with different prepositions. A 
 collection of many of the same phrases under the governed word, which is 
 withheld until it can include the other important prepositions, would 
 illustrate this most convincingly, but the cross references in the text 
 under any of the large groups for a single word, make it sufficiently clear. 
 The use of a phrase with one preposition seems to help its extension to 
 other prepositions. 
 
 Certain ideas, on the other hand, tend to idiomatic expression, so 
 that a variety of phrases are often found for the same notion. Many 
 of these appear in corresponding idiomatic prepositional phrases in other 
 languages. 28 A few parallels with Latin and English have been noted. 
 
 x De Praep. Gr. in chartis Plolem. aet. aegypt. usu., Jena, 1909. 
 
 M Die Pr'dp. in d. griech. Dialektinschriftcn, Strassburg, 1906. 
 
 "Prepositional phrases in the theory of literary criticism and in rhetoric would 
 furnish a subject for a paper by itself; a few only have been noted and are cited from 
 Spengel Rhett. Graeci by volume, page and line. 
 
 28 Cf. for example, a few of the English idioms for which Greek phrases are here 
 given: 'in season' 'in the nick of time,' 'on the whole,' 'on the spot,' 'on the 
 spur of the moment,' 'on a sudden,' 'to have a word with some one,' 'reduced to 
 straits,' 'in straits,' 'in a corner,' 'on a level,' 'on an equality,' 'to have a matter 
 in hand,' 'in place' (of a proper place), 'to be out of one's head,' 'to come to one- 
 self,' etc. Modern English novels furnish not only 'on one's own,' but 'in the 
 know' developed to 'in the very utmost know' 'a dock policeman on the make,' 
 and other phrases which illustrate the growth of present da)' idiom on lines analogous 
 with the Greek. 
 
INTRODUCTION 13 
 
 These might be greatly increased and others will occur to the reader 
 not only from these languages, but also from German or any other 
 language with which he is familiar. 
 
 The consideration of such usages not only leads to a more intimate 
 and sympathetic understanding of the Greek language in general, 
 but also gives a new appreciation of its picturesque vividness and enables 
 one to enter as it were into its secrets and approach some of the sources 
 of its inner life and growth. 
 
PARTI 
 
 8ia 
 
 It is generally said that the fundamental meaning of 5td from an 
 original idg. *dis, 1 formed on the analogy of pera, with disappearance of 
 intervocalic sigma (* 5i[o-]a, Lat. dis-, bis, Ger. zwei, zwischen, etc.), 
 is apart, hence, between, between and through. Its primary meaning 
 apart is still seen in certain compounds, e. g., dLaaxtfw, Lat. discindo; 
 diayiyvcoanu, Lat. dignosco. It may be thought of as applied to the 
 interval which keeps objects or periods apart; thus its 
 
 A. I. Spatial uses with the Genitive 2 are usually referred to three heads, 
 1.) of motion directly through a space from one end to the other, or through 
 and out again, sometimes emphasized in Homer by the addition of k or irpd, 
 8Uk neyapoi.0 . . . avax<Jipr)otiv, Od. 17. 460, cf. Od. 18.386; biairpb, II. 14. 
 494; 
 
 2.) of extension through a space not in a line, II. 11.398, 68vut] 8£ 8l6. 
 xpoos rj\d' aXeyeivq, 'through all his frame' ; 
 
 3.) of an interval of space, Hdt. 7.30, 8lcl ara8luv cos irevre, at 'an interval 
 of five stadia'. 
 
 II. Similarly in temporal uses, 1.) of extent through a period of 
 time. 2.) of an interval between two points of time. 
 
 III. From these meanings and their extensions and figurative 
 uses develop various causal notions: 
 
 a) origin (rarely), b) condition, state, sitution, c) means, — of 
 both persons and things, d) material, e) manner, f) value. 
 
 B. With the Accusative, the spatial and temporal uses are mainly 
 confined to the poets, chiefly Homer, while the causal force, which may, 
 as a rule, best be given by a translation 'owing to' the person or thing 
 through which anything happens, in later literature, and especially in 
 prose, came to refer to a more remote and less immediate cause than 
 5id with the Genitive. 3 This distinction was a growth and is not found 
 in early literature, nor consistently maintained in the poets. 4 
 
 'Walde, Lateinisches Etymologisches Worterbuch, 2 te Aufl. Heidelberg, 1910. 
 Brugmann, Kz. vergl. Gr. S. 478 § 616. But Gr. Gr? (1900) §512, derivation fr. *dui, 
 cf. Ger. 'zwei' still doubtful. 
 
 2 Kiihner-Gerth, II. 1. 485 ff.; Brugmann Kz. vergl. Gr. 1. c. 
 
 3 In addition to the Grammars referred to above, v. Gildersleeve, A. J. P. XL 
 372; Chas. F. Adams, Selected Orations of Lyslas, ad Lys. XII. 87. 
 
 4 Aesch. Ag. 447. 
 
PART I <5id 15 
 
 For our purposes, however, it is futile to try to reduce all instances 
 to these formal heads, since, as we have already stated, we are approach- 
 ing the subject from a different point of view and are dealing largely 
 with idiom and idiomatic tendencies which defy all rule. 
 
 A. HOMER 
 
 The essential facts about the use of Sid in Homer are given in the 
 Grammars. 5 
 
 A comparison of the use of cases shows that whereas in later Greek 
 and in Attic prose the Genitive is used much more freely than the Accusa- 
 tive and almost all idiomatic expressions have the Genitive, in Homer 
 the Accusative is very frequent, a difference which is largely due to the 
 disappearance after the early poetry of the spatial and temporal uses of 
 Sid with the Accusative. 
 
 The Genitive is used in a spatial sense with the notion of going through 
 and beyond or out again, 6 II. 3. 263, Sid Skcucoj; 'through the Scaean 
 gates'; in wounds of the spear passing through and out, II. 4. 481, 
 Si' &nov (very frequent); cf. II. 22. 309, ireSiopde Sid vecfreuv] Sid irpofxax^v 
 and Si' o/jllKov often, of making one's way through the press. 
 
 The Accusative with Sid in the spatial use in Homer denotes the 
 space or object through which motion takes place. Even in Homer, the 
 temporal use is chiefly limited to the phrase Sid vvkto 1 and the spatial 
 point of view is probably at the base of this expression. The night 
 seems to be thought of as an object through which motion takes place 
 and by far the larger number of occurrences are with verbs of motion. 
 
 oid with the Accusative is also used to denote cause or agency, but 
 the Genitive does not occur with this meaning in Homer or Hesiod. 
 
 Only a few idiomatic uses with Sid have developed by the time of 
 Homer. 
 
 I. Prepositional Idioms 
 
 A. c. Gen. a) With nouns, (omission of irvkawv) . II. 3. 263, tw 5d Sid 
 ZKcuwy irebiovb 1 exov co/ceas itttovs. The omission of irvXacov gives an idio- 
 matic touch suggesting that the familiarity of the name of this gate 
 made the expression of the substantive unnecessary. In other cases 
 the noun is closely implied in the context or supplied by a pronoun 
 
 6 D. B. Monro. A Grammar of the Homeric Dialect. Oxford, 1891. §§214-216, 
 Ebeling. Lexicon Homericum, Leipzig, 1885. 
 
 •For apparent violations of this principle, v. Monro. §216. 
 
 'Ebeling says entirely. Monro includes II. 2. 40, 5id Kpartpas vafiluas, 'lasting 
 through hard fights.' 
 
16 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 whose antecedent has shortly preceded: II. 5. 752 = 8. 396, 6V avrkoov nev- 
 Tprjveneas exov Ittttovs (i. e., 7rv\aojv); cf. II. 7. 340 = 439. Od. 19. 564, 
 oi p'ev k eX0oocrt 5td ■Kpiarov eke^avros ; 566, ol 8e 5td %eo~To~jv nepacov ekducn. 
 
 6V ayuvos (not an idiom, but might have become so), II. 23. 696, 
 oi' niv ayov oV aywvos, i. e., 'through the assembly met to see the con- 
 tests,' the transition is easy to the later meaning of the contests them- 
 selves, (v. sub ev ayuvL, p. 135). An idiom might easily have devel- 
 oped from this, especially in the meaning found in tragedy, 'trial', 'danger'. 
 
 b) With adjectives. 5td iravroov, II. 12. 104, 6 5' eirpeire /cat 5td 
 iravTuv 'and he was conspicuous even among all.' 8 Some edd. com- 
 pare Pind. Is. III. 55, dXX' "OpTjpos rot Terlpanev 5t' avd p&iroov , i. e. apud 
 omnes homines. 5td may be translated "among" in both these cases, 
 but they are really different. In the Iliad its meaning is helped by the 
 verb and approaches the partitive force of en iravTwv; in Pindar it has 
 none of the sense of preeminence, but really is about equivalent to 
 'Homer sang his praises (i. e. the praises of Ajax) throughout the 
 world.' 
 
 B. c. Ace. a) With nouns. 
 
 5td oTo/xa, II. 10. 375 literal, but II. 14. 91, pvdov ov ov Kev avrjp ye 
 Sid arbpa irapirav ayoiTo is an idiom which survives in this form and shows 
 also the variants of 5td c. gen., and dj>d c. ace, the latter already in 
 Horn. II. 2. 250. cf. Aesch. Sept. 51, oIktos 8' ovtls i\v oid crropa ; Ar. Lys. 
 855, dei yap i] yvvq a' ex«<- 8ia arbpa. 
 
 But Aesch. Sept. 579, Xe7et 8k tovt eiros 5td GTopa, and Eur. Or. 103, 
 avafioa 5td arbpa are merely plastic, not idiomatic. We should 
 expect the Genitive here and should doubtless have had it in prose; 
 but in all these cases later than Homer <5td arbpa occurs at the end of 
 an iambic line and the Accusative is probably metri causa, although 
 possibly helped by familiarity with the Homeric phrase. 
 
 Cf. pi.: Hes. Th. 65 (of the Muses), kpaTrjv 8k 5td oTOjuar' oaaav, 
 UZacu, merely a poetic periphrasis. 
 
 Cf. for var. c. gen. (in more literal, plastic sense) Theog. 18, tovt' 
 tiros adavarcov rfkde 8ia GTopaTuv, and for the idiom, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25, 
 iravres tov Kvpov 8lo\ aroparos ex^v Kai kv \byop /cat ev cooats; later, Theocr. 
 12. 21, 7rdcrt oid crro/iaros of the 'common talk'; cf. ava aropa exzw, 
 II. 2. 250; Eur. Andr. 95, ava. aTop ael /cat 5td yXojaarjs ex^v (strength- 
 ened by the variant oid yXcWo-^s, note otd c. gen. v. p. 18); El. 80; 
 Xen. Hier. 7.9. 
 
 8 Ebeling: inter omnes, paraphr. Siewpeire tv ttckxiv, non recte sch. V, inrtp tclptuv; 
 but K-G. 'vor alien hindurch.' 
 
PART I <5ld 17 
 
 //. Temporal Phrases 
 
 ha vvkto, II. 8. 510; 10. 101; Od. 19. 66 seem not to mean much 
 more than 'in the night-time,' differing little from kiri wktL, II. 8. 
 529, 'at night-time,' and irapa vvktos, II. 9. 470. 
 
 With stronger force of prep, as if the night were an object through 
 which motion could take place: 9 II. 10. 297, fiav p Ipev . . . 8io vvkto 
 pehaivav, cf. Hes. Th. 788; dor/v 8ia vvkto pehaivav (c. levai) II. 10. 394, 468 
 (c. 15olto) II. 24. 366, 653; (c. dXdX^flcu) Od. 12. 284; cf. Hes. Th. 481 
 II. 2. 57, rp\6ev . . . afx(3poa-irjv 5td vvkto. ; 10. 41, 142; 24. 363 
 Od. 9. 404; 15. 8; Od. 15. 50, vvkto. ha, 8vo(f>epi]v eXaav, cf. Theogn. 
 672; cf. Anth. Lyr. Ibyc. 3, 8ia vvkto paKpav; vvkto 8l 6p4>valrjv 
 (c. Zpxee-dai) II. 10. 83. 386; (c. iSelv) 276 ; 10 {^epoveve) Od. 9. 143; 
 (■qxepoirevei) h. Merc. 578 cf. in Eur. 8i' 6p<t>vr]s. In Attic Greek 5tct 
 vvkto becomes 5td vvktos, v. p. 21. 
 
 III. A dverbial 
 Abstraction which, although strictly causal, approaches adv. force, 
 Od. 19. 523, 8i' a4>padlas, 'in his folly, 'usually expressed by dat. pi. II. 5. 
 649; 16. 354; dat. sing. II. 2. 368, cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 93, a<j)pa8ir, 'un- 
 wittingly,' others, 'in their folly.' In mock heroic line (pl.) Ar. Pax 
 1064. (kv might have been used with these datives, cf. II. 9. 491, etc.) 
 
 IV. Tags 
 A. c. Gen. 
 Si' aidepos, II. 2. 458; 17. 425 c. adj.; (cf. 14. 288;) 19. 351; Od. 
 15. 293; h. XXXIII. 13; cf. in fig. sense h. Cer. 67 aKovaa 8i aidepos 
 aTpvycTOLO' cf. II. 22. 309, ha vecfrkoiv kpefiewwv. 
 
 Expressions for 'through the press' or 'the thick of the fight': 
 
 a. 8l' 6/j.IXov, II. 12. 191; 17. 293, e7rcu£as 8l' op..; 13. 204, rjKt 
 e\ii;ap.evos 8l' on. ; 11. 147, Kv\Lv8eo-9ai. 8l' op. ; but II. 6. 226 simply 'in' 
 or 'amid the crowd.' Cf. e0' bp'ihov, II. 11. 546, cf. els, h, etc. 
 
 b. 8ia irpopaxccv, /3t} 8e otd ivpopax^v : II. 4. 495; 5. 562, 566, 
 681; 17. 3, 87, 124, 592; 20. 111. dvve 5td irpopax^v : II. 5. 250; 11. 
 342; 20. 412; cixero Std irpop. II. 11. 358; Wvaev 8ia rpop. : II. 10. 582; 
 17. 281. cf. h. 
 
 C. 8ia 8e Tptooiv 7rerer' ?]5' eKLKOvpwv, II. 13. 755. 
 
 'Something of this feeling seems to be present c. gen. in Anth. Lyr. Ion 2. 7. 
 
 10 I1. 10. 276, although 'through the dark night' is probably all that is meant 
 here, the later meaning of Sid c. ace. is suggested both here and in h. Merc. 578, 'owing 
 to the dark night.' 
 
18 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 B. c. Acc. 
 
 8t.a (3ov\as (c. gen. or adj.): Od. 11. 437, exdype yvvaiKeias oid (3ov\as; 
 II. 15. 71, 'AdrjvaLris 5id /3ouXds, of. 10. 497, 8ia p.r\7iv 'Ad-qvrjs, h. Cer. 
 414, KpovL8eo) irvKivrjv 8ia \xr\riv ; Hes. Op. 71, Th. 572, KpovlSeu 8ia 
 jSoi/Xds ; Od. 8. 82, Aios p.eya\ov 8ta (3ov\as, so Hes. Op. 122; Th. 
 465; Od. 11. 276, dew 8lcl /3oiAas; Hes. Sc. 318, ov 5 id /3.; Id. Th. 653, 
 ri/jLerepas Slcl /3. 
 
 8ia Kparepas vafxivas, II. 2. 40; Hes. Th. 631, 712. cf. Kara II. 2. 345. 
 
 <5id fxeyadvixov 'Adrjvqu, Od. 13. 121, cf. the Hesiodic tag, ev <Pl\6ttitl 
 8ia xpixreyv 'Acppodiryv, Th. 822, 962, 1005. 
 
 Local designations: 
 
 Slo. 8up.a, Od. 7. 139; 16. 276; 18. 153, 341; pi. Od. 4. 24, 679; 6. 
 50; 10. 546; 15. 109; 17. 479, but in II. 1. 600 u and Od. 22. 495 it does 
 not mean 'through and out of the house,' but 'about in the house.' 
 Later, Si' o'Uwv, Soph. Tr. 864; Eur. Med. 1139. 
 
 V. Use of Preposition 
 Variation bet. Gen. and Acc. 
 
 h. Merc. 421, 8ia <ppkvas r{\vd' Icorj. Later the gen., Aesch. Sept. 
 593, fiaBelav akona 8lcl <f>pevbs Kapirobjievos ; cf. Soph. Ant. 1060, opaeis 
 p.e TaKLv-qra. 8ia 4>pevu>v (ppaaai. 12 
 
 B. LITERATURE AFTER HOMER 
 
 A. c. Gen. I. Idiomatic Phrases. 
 
 a. With nouns. 
 
 otd y\co<T<T7]s, Eur. Andr. 95, kpiirecbvKe yap / yvvai^i repyf/is tup irapsa- 
 tcotoiv naxcbv / ava arbp! ael kcll 8lcl y\<loa(r-qs exet^, reenforcing the id. d^-d 
 arofxa ; cf. c. Ikvai, Eur. Suppl. 112, irepas yap ovStv fir/ 5id y\6j<ro"os ibv 
 'without using the tongue,' probably more literal. 
 
 Cf. 8lcl aropLaros 'exew, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25 13 v. supra, Horn. p. 16. 
 
 (5id x^pbs tx^v, 'to have in hand,' i. e., 'under one's control,' so 
 'to have a work in hand' i. e., to take care of it. Ar. Vesp. 597, dXXd 
 
 n Ebeling: hie illic in aedibus. 
 
 12 Ebeling gives II. 7. 247, e£ Se dta tttvxo-s fyOe as a case where the poet had the 
 choice of gen. or acc, cf. II. 20. 269. Homer probably avoids the gen. for metrical 
 reasons. 
 
 13 Cf. Dion. H. de Lys. 10, 5i' 6\\ov 7 dp fi5r) tovto ye 'for already this is in the 
 mouths of the people.' 
 
PART I Slcl 19 
 
 4>v\a.TT€i, 8ia x^pos ex o)V > 'keeping us carefully in hand.' 14 So Thuc. 
 II. 13. 2., to. tcov avfj./j.ax^i' 8lcl x et Pos excoy 15 (cf. 5i' clvtov tl ex* LV > 
 etc.) cf. (pi.) Ar. Pol. 1308 a 27; Eur. Hec. 673, 77s an-^yy ekd-n rd^os/ 
 Trdi/roji/ 'Axcitwi' 5ca x«P°s <nrov5r)i> ex^LV, 'is receiving attention at the 
 hands of all the Greeks,' looks like this phr., but is not, although it 
 might have been used here without <nrov8i]v, the insertion of which dig- 
 nifies what would otherwise have been a rather trivial and familiar 
 phrase. 
 
 b. With pronouns and adjectives. 
 
 8l' avrov, avTuv, cf. 81a x ei -P°s '^X eLV '• Isae. VI. 35, evKbirovv oVcos 
 8l ai>Tccv eaoLTo 17 ovala, 'should be in their hands,' 'under their 
 control,' in sua potestate, id. VIII. 16, dXX' avros 5i' iavToviravT eiroLei, 'but 
 he did everything by the hands of his own household'; id. VIII. 37, 
 St' avrov roieladai tl 'to place something under his control.' Cf. 
 Dem. 1234. 22: [Dem.]. 1172. 15, Ktd to apyvpLov tovQ' airav &x tv aiVos 
 8l eavTov 6 avdpunros, 'had under his exclusive control'; cf. Dem. 605. 38, 
 o'lirep kKtlbC eavTWV tlxov ix^to-tovtov To^ovKevTi]pLOV. Cf. Ar. Pol. 1301 12, 
 ttjv p.ev KaTaGTaoiv TrpocupovvTou Trjp avTijv, 8l avTOiv 5' elvai (iovhovTai 
 TavTrjv ; 1293 a 28, Si' avToiv exeip ) 1318 34, at re 7 dp apxo.1 5td twv 
 /SeXTtcrrcov eaovTai ; 1306 a 16, rrjs ttoXlthiis 81' b\Lyoiv ovo-qs ', Ath. Pol. C 
 29, 1. 9, eav 81 okiyoiv TroL-qao^VTaL tt\v TroXireiap ; cf. ib. C. 2. 1. 6, 17 8e iro.oa 
 yrj8C oKlywv r\v, so c 4. 1. 24, 17 x&paoL 7 b\iyuvr\v. (v. Eucken, Sprachgebr. 
 des Ar. p. 38). 
 
 8lol Kadapov, Hdt. 1. 202, peei, 8lol nadapov sc. x^pov (of a river 
 whose course is clear and open), cf. ev Kadapw, Horn. II. 8. 491; 10. 
 199; 23. 61., etc., v. pp. 138, 156. 
 
 8iap.eaov, 1., Spatial, Hdt. 1. 104, dXX' ev to 8lol p.eaov Wvos avraiv eo~TL 
 'between'; Thuc. V. 64. 4, £w«c\fle 7dp 8l6l p.eaov 'for he shut off and 
 intercepted them'; Xen. Cyr. VI. 3. 3, <5td fxecrov iroLovixevoL rd aKevccfropa ; 
 Plat. Alcib. II. 139 A; Gorg. 455 E (used as adj.), so Meno 82 C; cf. 
 
 14 v. Starkie ad loc. L. and S. are wrong in interpreting this passage literally, 
 although it may be a printer's error, for the position of the citations Ar. Vesp. 597, 
 Thuc. II. 76 should be transposed (v. x<^ II. 6. c). 
 
 15 Cf. Democr. frg. 279 (Diels 2 p. 435), reus iraiai yudXicrra dareladai to xPVH aT a-t Kal 
 a/xa tTri/jitkeladcu. avribv, p.r] tl arrjpov ttol£lc<tl 5lcl x«POS exoires, which Diels translates 
 'dass sie mit dem, was sie in Handen haben, keine Tollheit begehen,' but we find no 
 other case of 5td x«P°s ex«" in the sense of possession, as of holding something in 
 the hand as Diels takes this. Ought it not to be 'keeping them in control' repeating 
 the idea in «7ri/xe\ei<70ai, even if this necessitates the emendation of exo^res to 
 Ixovras? 
 
20 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Rep. 474 E; cf. Com. Fr. Adesp. 343 K., oW r\rrov ovre /xaWov ovre 5td 
 pkaov. 
 
 2. Temporal, Hdt. 9. 112, kv 8k roiiru tu> 5td /xkaov xpwy 'interven- 
 ing'; Thuc. IV. 20. 1, rrpiv tl avrjuearov 5td pkaov yevbp.evov 17/xds narakafieiv ; 
 V. 26. 2, Tqv ha ixkaov ^vp,/3aaLv, "the interim agreement.' Cf. kv pp. 158, 
 159. 
 
 3. ol oid ixkaov of the moderate or neutral party (id. and semi- 
 tech.): Thuc. VIII. 75. 1, virb ruv otd ixkaov KiShvdkvres 'by those of the 
 moderate party'; Xen. Hell. V. 4. 25, k<$>ofiovvro, /cat rovs 81a pkaov 8k. 
 
 8t' ov8evbs iroieZaoai, Soph. C 584, ra 5' kv jxkaw / r) Xrianv tcrxets 
 r) 8l oi>8evos iroLel, 'thou dost make of no account,' the only instance of 
 this phr. instead of ov8evbs or irap' ov8ev iroieladai ; cf . also kv ov8evl 
 \6yo) kwoirjaaTo, Hdt. 3. 50 v. p. 197 ff. also irepl iroKKov iroteladai, etc., 
 saepe. 
 
 II. Proverbial Phrases 
 
 81a irvpos, 1. Eur. Andr. 487, otd yap irvpbs rj\9' erkpco Xexet (Way: 
 'As fire is her jealousy burning'); El. 1183, 5td wvpbs ejxo\ov a rahaiva 
 fxarpi rah 1 '. 
 
 2. But Ar. Lys. 133, Kav p.e XPV> 0La T0V nvpbs efleXco fia8L£eiv(w. art.); 
 cf. 136. As a test, cf. Eng. 'to go through fire and water,' Xen. 
 Symp. IV. 16, ky&yovv p.eraK\eivlov kolv Siawvpos iolr]v;Oec. 21.7 (of success- 
 ful generals), dXX' ol dv 8vvoevrai. kp-TOLrjaat, rots arpanwrais aKovXovdrjrkov 
 elvai Kav 5td irvpbs /cat 81a wavrbs klv8vvov ; 'through fire and swords', Posi- 
 dipp. 1. 10 K., cov els ovroal / oid ruv ixaxaipwv rov wvpbs r ehrj'hvdev, 16 
 cf. Ovid, Met. 8. 76, ire per ignes et gladios ausim. 
 
 3. But Dem. 1269. 40, bp,vveiv oid wvpbs 'to swear at the altar 
 upon which the sacrificial fire was burning.' 
 
 Later, (cf. also other preps, with 6w£): Plut. 2. 128 E, 17 p.kv ovv 
 aKpifiris a(f>b8pa /cat 01' ovvxos \eyojxkvr\ otaira, of a most careful, close life. 
 Cf. ev ovvxi, p. 163. 
 
 III. Technical 
 
 1. Military: 6V oir\uv, Plat. Rep. 557 A, kav re /cat 6V oirXuv ykvyrai. 
 kav re /cat 5td (frofiov (note juxtaposition of <5td c. gen. and c. ace). 
 
 2. Legal: oid TponXrjaeus kvej3a\ovro, Dem. 1111. 31; pi.: xoXXd 
 oid irpoiihriaewv icplverai, Hyper. I. I. I. 8. Cf. e/c p. 57. 
 
 le Cf. Zenob. 3. 19, 5t& naxoupcov /cat wpbs piirrt.iv Set" ktrl rosv ■wapafia.Woixkvwv ko.1 
 pvpOKlvbvva iroLovvroiv, so Apostol. 6. 2. 
 
PART I 5id 21 
 
 3. From the field of Rhetoric: 5td rwv dadruv rds airobel^eLs iroiovukvois 
 Uyois. Plat. Phaed. 92 D. 
 
 Cf. ib. 6 . . . \dyos 81 viroOeaecos d£ias airobQaoOon, e'lprjraL. 
 
 4. From the field of games: Plat. Theaet. 181 A, &<nrep ol kv rals 
 iraXaiarpais 81a ypa.jj.ij.ris irai^ovres, of a game played by two parties 
 pulling against one another across a line. 17 
 
 TV. Temporal 
 
 Commonly either of extent throughout a period of time, or of an 
 interval of time, usually, 'after an interval.' 
 
 1. 8C i)ij.kpas, 'through the day,' i. e., 'all day long': Telecleid. 
 Incert. 28; Hermipp. 4. 6, bi r)p.epas dat]/j.epaL 'all day and every day'; 
 Pherecr. 64 K; Ar. Nub. 1053, a rihv veavicrawv del bi' 17/xepas \a\ovpruv ; 
 Eccl. 63, Pax 56, cf. 27; Ran. 260, 265; Vesp. 485 ; 18 Hdt. 1. 97; 2. 173; 
 7. 210. 2; Thuc. VII. 82. 1; but cf. II. 29. 3, h' iifxepccv ttoAAc^ 'at a 
 distance of many days'; Apolloph. Incert. 6 K. 5t' dp.epas ; Plat. Legg. 758 
 A; cf. Rep. 343 B, 5id wards aal rjfjepas 'night and day', i. e., 'through' 
 or 'by'; but 5td rplr-qs rj/jepas Hdt. 2. 37, et al. 'every third day' (cf. 
 5td xpbvov); cf. bia rpLr-qs Ael. N. A. 457 'in the course of the third 
 day.' Amphis 43 K, Tivova' e/cdtrrrys rj/xepas burjijepas; Timocles 8. 13 K. 
 
 Cf. Eur. El. 909, 5t' opdpwv 'each morning early.' 
 
 bC erovs, Ar. Vesp. 1058, 'all the year round'; cf. Xen. Reip. Lac. 2. 
 4, evi lp.arico 5t' erovs irpocredL^eadai. 
 
 bia vvurbs, Anth. Lyr. Ion 2. 7, tru 5td wards aoibi], 'let the 
 song go through the night' (as if piercing it). 19 
 
 Xen. An. 4. 6. 22, nai inat.ov irvpa iroXKa bia wards, 'during, in 
 the course of, the night.' Plat. Criti. 117 E, fied' rnjepav aal bia wards, 
 differs slightly, if at all, from the use of various other prepositions with 
 vb%, cf. fjed' rj/jepav here. 
 
 bi' 6p4>vqs (Dor. 6p<j>vas), a poetic variation for wards, 'through 
 the darkness of night,' hence, 'through the night.' Eur. Suppl. 
 994, Rhes. 697, 774 (c. adj.) ttuk^s bi' 6p<j>i>r)s. 20 
 
 bta xtw&vos, 'in the course of,' during the winter,' Plat. Tim. 74 C 
 (cf. w. art. Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 9.). 
 
 17 Cf . &7r6 Theocr. 6. 18, rov two ypannds KiveZ \l6ov, where, however, the metaphor 
 appears to be from the game of ireaaol (v. Cholmeley, 'and moves out the piece on 
 the centre line'). 
 
 18 v. Starkie ad loc. 
 
 19 The night seems to be thought of as an object. Cf. did vvkto. in Homer. 
 
 20 Cf. use by Eur. of other preps, with the same noun, kv Ion 955, Rhes. 69, 587; 
 els H. F. 352, /cord Rhes. 678. 
 
22 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 2. 5td xpbvov, usually 'after an interval.' Soph. Ph. 758, iji<a 
 yap avrrj 8lol xpbvov, 'from time to time,' 'intermittently'; but 
 ib. 285, 6 (xfr xpopos 8r) 5id xpbvov irpovfiaivk p.oi, 'one space of time 
 after another,' 'day after day.' Eur. I. A. 636 (if these verses are genu- 
 ine) Slol xpovov 'at last,' i. e., 'after an interval,' note in close 
 proximity (640) xoXXw xP°vy, var - with same meaning; but in I. A. 
 1172 5id does not have this meaning, but 8lol panpas airovaias = ' during 
 a long absence.' Pherecr. 132 K; Telecl. 38 K; Ar. Lys. 904; Pax 570, 
 710; Plut. 1055, (in 1045 emphasized by an adj., eoine <5id rroWov 
 xpovov a iopau'evai, so Vesp. 1476, cf. Hdt. 3. 27); Vesp. 1252; Hdt. 
 4. 1, 5id xpovov Toaovrov koltlovtols ; Thuc. II. 94; Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 1; 
 4. 4. 5; Lys. I. 12; Plat. Phaedr. 247 D; Parm. 136 E; Rep. 328 C; Charm. 
 153 A; Tim. 22 D (note pi. and adj.) 8ia p.aKpoov xpbvuv; Politic. 269 B, 
 Sua 8e xpovov (note intrusive particle); Euthyd. 273 B; Hipp. Mai. 281 A, 
 ojs 8ia xpbvov 7iiJ.lv Karripas ds ras 'Adr)vas (strong idiomatic tone) ' what 
 an age it is since you put in at Athens!' Tim. 26 A; 38 A. Isocr. 
 IV. 46 (5td TroXkov xpbvov, so Aeschin. III. 59; Menand. 13 K) cf. 
 Aeschin. III. 220, rd <5id xpbvov \kytiv 'at intervals,' 'intermittently.' 
 Cf. for meaning 'after an interval,' Plat. Tim. 23 A. hi dwdbrwv krwv 
 et al. 
 
 Cf. 5i' erovs irefxiTTov, Ar. PI. 584 (of the Olympic games); Xen. 
 Reip., Ath. 3. 5. cf. d^d Hdt. 8. 65; 8l' eviavrov Tepirrov Plat. Criti. 
 119 D; 5ict TrevTenjpLbos, Hdt. 3. 97; 4. 94. Cf. Plat. Legg. 834 E, 
 5td irenTTToov kreov, 624 B,<5t' evarov erovs, etc. 8l' evcavTov, Ar. frg. 569 
 K; Xen. Reip. Ath. 3. 6; Antiphon frg. 28. 
 
 3. Adv. phr. of continuance. 
 
 5t' alwvos, 'forever,' 'for all time to come.' Aesch. Ag. 554, 
 m 8e Tr\r)p dewv / airavr' cnrr)p.uiv rbv 8i aloovos xpbvov (note adj. use); cf. 
 Cho. 26; Eum. 563; Soph. El. 1024; Eur. Ale. 475; Dem. 1390. 6. 21 
 ButDiels, Vorsokr., 204. 2 (frg. Emped. B. HO) 22 = 'throughout your 
 lifetime'. 
 
 5i' b\lyov, v. infra p. 28. 
 
 <kd iravrbs, 'from the beginning to the end,' 'continually,' 'for- 
 ever,' 'throughout.' Aesch. Prom. 283, tovs aovs 8c irbvovs / xpflfa bia 
 
 21 Cf. R P § 68 fr. Philolaus, e£ aiuivos es aiuva, 'from everlasting to everlasting.' 
 In Aesch. Sept. 219, knov kclt' aluiva, although Kara differs little in force from 5ia, 
 the modifying possessive prevents it from being a phrase, bia. (Siov 'throughout 
 life,' Plat. Rep. 586 A et al., Bato AirwX. K. III. p. 326, seems to have a tang of 
 familiarity, perhaps not more than a tag. 
 
 "Text corrupt. 
 
PART I 5id 23 
 
 iravrbs auovaai 'from lac beginning to the end,' (virtually synon. w. 
 5td reXovs ib. 273); Cho. 862, fj irapv drjaeip ' A7 ayieixvopiuv / o'luuv oXedpop Sid 
 iraprbs ', ib. 1019, ovtls p.epbirwp dcrinjs (3'lotop / 5id iravrbs airrjpiop' 
 and\pei cf. ha rkXovs in Eur. Hec. 1193, H. F. 103, Suppl. 270). Aesch. 
 Eum. 975 'forever'; Soph. Ai. 705, 'AirbXXup . . . / ep.ol ^wdt] ha 
 iraprbs ev<f>puv, similar although, instead of xpovov, the ellipsis 
 might be thought of as tov (3Lov 'through all my life.' Eur. Ale. 888, 
 k£bv areKvovs / ayap.ovs r elvcu 81a iravrbs, here although iraprbs is neut. 
 it seems to be equal to Sid iravrbs tov /3iou. 23 Eur. I. T. 1117 
 'continually'; Hdt. 1. 122, rjte rt ravrr\p aivkwv 5td iraprbs ) Ar. 
 Pax 398, Sid iraprbs aei; Thuc. I. 38, 76, 84, 85; II. 16, 49. 
 6 ('continually,' 'by night as well as day'); III. 58. 3, 93. 2; IV. 
 61. 5, 119. 3; V. 69. 1, 105. 2; VII. 6. 1, 61. 2; Xen. An. 7. 8. 11; Reip. 
 Lac. 11. 8; Plat. Cratyl. 416 B; Phaedr. 240 E, 4>v\aTTop.kvu ha iraprbs 
 'continually'; Polit. 294 C ( = semper); Rep. 407 D 'throughout' 
 (adj. use); 429 C (Ms); 430 B; 433 A, 561 D; Prot. 327 D; Tim. 18 B, 
 40 B (adj. use); 49 E, wvp to Sid iraprbs toiovtop nai airav ; 88 E; Alcib. I. 
 108 B; Legg. 836 C; Axiochus 366 C; els aycoyrj 'AXklp. XIV.; Dem. 
 263. 110; 668. 144; Philemon 131 K; cf. Phoenicid. 4. 5 K diairavrbs; 
 Dem. 301. 219, 'completely,' 'altogether.' 
 
 But pi. Sid TvavT0iv, u semi-tech. Crat. 157 K, Sid irapraip ay&p, 
 explained by Bekker, Anecd. 91, 10 as equivalent to 6 eaxo-Tos v. Kock 
 I. p. 62, n. Cf. Plat. Rep. 580 B, uxrirep b Sid iraprup npirris airo^alveTat. 
 usually translated, ' as the judge gives his opinion after going through all 
 the evidence' ; 25 id. Soph. 253 C ( = omnino, cf. Si' bXaip in same passage with 
 same meaning) ; 26 ib. 254 B, Koivwvelv . . . dXX^Xois . . . rd y.ep 
 eir' bXiyop, tcl 5' eirl 7roXXd, rd 5^ nai Sid tclptuv oiibep KwXveLP toIs iracri 
 KocoLixjiKepai 'altogether.' 
 
 Sid reXovs, 'from the beginning to the end,' 'continually,' 'com- 
 pletely:' Aesch. Prom. 273, <hs jxad-qre Sid reXovs to ttclp, 'from the be- 
 ginning to the end'; Eum. 64, Sid reXovs be col (pvXa^ / eyyvs Tapeorws, 
 'continually'; Soph. Ai. 685; Eur. Hec. 1193; H. F. 103 (if verse is 
 genuine); Suppl. 270; Bacch. 1260 (w. ad); frg. 275. 3; 287. 15 27 (a 
 commonplace in this often repeated thought); frg. 953. 15 ; 28 Mosch. 
 
 2J v. Earle ad loc. 
 
 ^Contrast Horn. II. 12. 104 supra, p. 16. 
 
 ^v. Stallb. 
 
 ^Similarly /card wavruv Tim. 60 B. 
 
 "Nauck ed. Teubner. 
 
 "Nauck, Trag. Fr. 2d ed., 1889. 
 
24 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 10. 2; Antiph. V. 42 (flis) 50,51; Andoc. I.9;Lys. VI. 30; XIX. 11; XX. 14; 
 XXI. 19; XXV. 17; Isocr. III. 25; V. 24; VIII. 17; XV. 17, 54, 216; 
 XIX. 4; Xen. An. VI. 6. 11; Plat. Soph. 237 A, 'from the beginning to 
 the end'; Phileb. 36 E, 60 C (w. dei); Alcib. II. 142 B; Rep. 519 C; 
 Tim. 38 C, 85 E 'completely'; Legg. 635 B, 646 C, 687 C, 721 C, 807 E, 
 865 A, Epist. 353 A; Antiphanes 134. 2 K; Alexis 125. 16 K; 237 K; 
 Amphis 33. 4 K; Timocles 8. 5 K; Lycurg. 16; Dem. 216. 17; 668. 145 ; 29 
 Menand. 325. 16; 349. 4 K; Hegesipp. 2. 3 K. Cf. pp. 86, 112, 167, 183. 
 
 V. Adverbial 
 
 a. With nouns, 1. mainly abstractions, ot' al8ovs, equiv. adv. 
 atSokos, Eur. Bacch. 441, Kayto ot' aidovs elrov, 'with reverence,' 
 'respectfully.' 
 
 <5t' alicvos, v. supra p. 22. 
 
 6V anpifidas, a,dv. anpificbs, 'with minuteness' or 'precision,' freq. 
 in Plato. Plat. Theaet. 184 C; Polit. 295 B; Rep. 414 A; Tim. 23 D, 
 52 C, 56 C, 73 B, 89 D; Legg. 763 B, 807 B, 818 A, cf. 876 C, Std Trdcnjs 
 cu-pijSeias. Cf . Legg. 809 E, els anpifieiav . . . Irkov ; 983 C, 
 els aKpLfieLav . . . iropeveadai ; 769 D, Trpbs rr\v bxpifteiav, 807 E, 
 anpificos, etc. So Rhett. Spengel III. 334. 20, eir 1 anpifidas. 
 
 But Plat. Legg. 844 B, eav 8e (sc. v8wp) 6V anpifidas r\ kox toIs ye'iTOicn 
 'if water was scarce,' a different and rare meaning which in this phr. 
 occurs only here. 
 
 hi acrefieias, adv. acrefiws (late pr.) Isocr. IX. 25, TapacrKevaadrivai 
 5t' durejSeias, pie peragi non posse (Didot ed.). 
 
 8l' aa<frahdas . . . cokovv, Thuc. 1. 17, adv. acnpaXibs. 
 
 §td /3tas, so 8l' enovToov in same passage, Plat. Phileb. 58 A, 
 Tcavra yap i>4>' avrfj (i. e., r\ tov irddtiv rexv]) 8ovka 8l' enoPTuiv, dXX ov 
 5td (Sias woloIto, 'voluntarily not forcibly,' adv. /3taicos. 
 
 8l evXoyias, Eur. H. F. 356, vpv-qaat . . . 8i evXoylas. 
 
 8l' evTerdas, ' easily' = adv. evireribs, Eur. Phoen. 262. cf. per' 
 evweTeias Plat. Tim. 64 D; Kar evwereiav Dion. H. 6. 52. 
 
 5t' ei<f>ripLas, 'euphemistically,' Plat. Legg. 736 A cf. adv. evcfrrjpus. 
 
 Cf. 5td Kapreplas, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 20, at 8e 5td /capreptas e7T(.peXetai 
 = adj., 'through patience,' i. e., long-continued exertions. 
 
 Sid Koa jj.lot7]tos = /cocyutcos, Dem. 1372. 80. 
 
 8iap,e9r]s, Plat. Symp. 176 E, avyxwpelv iravras fq 6td peflr/s ttolyjo aad 'at 
 rr\v tv TiJo wapovTL avvovaiav. 
 
 29 Lutz, Prap, bet d. atlischen Rednern, S. 64 states that this is the only occurrence 
 in Dem., apparently overlooking 216. 17. 
 
PART I 5id 25 
 
 5id vdfxcov {ijv, Plat. Legg. 780 A 'in conformity to law,' an exten- 
 sion of oid c. gen. to express manner, probably influenced by <5id radios 
 in same sentence (v. <5td c. elvai, p. 30 f.). The use of vo/jlos (sing. 
 and pi.) c. /card, 7rapd, ev, helps the tendency to extend the phr. to other 
 preps. 
 
 6V opyrjs, dat. adv. opyfj, Soph. 0. T. 807, walco 6V opyrjs 'in 
 anger'; so Thuc. II. 11. 4. 30 
 
 (W. modifying adj.) 6V 6\lyi]s Trapaanev-qs, 'at short notice,' 'off- 
 hand', Thuc. IV. 8. 8. 
 
 Cf. R P §62 (Porphyr. v. Pyth. 53), rd p,ev KapiTLfxa afarepLcraaOcu 
 oid fipaxeias 'eiruxKev-qs, 'with slight alteration.' 
 
 otd 7reXd7oi;s, Thuc. VI. 13, 'out at sea' opp. to 7rapd yijv r\v rts 
 7rXep. 
 
 <5td 7rto-recos, adv. ttkjtws, 'with good faith,' Xen. An. 3. 2. 8, 
 tovs (TTparriyovs, ot otd Triarews avrols eavrovs evexeipiaav. 
 
 otd 0-17775, dat. adv. 0-1777, Plat. Gorg. 450 C; cf. /uerd 0-17775 Soph. 
 264 A. 
 
 3td (tkotovs, fig. expression nearly equiv. to adv. Xen. An. 2. 5. 9, 
 avev 8e aov Taaa p,ev otd vkotovs 77 686s sc. eon, i. e., 'is dark and obscure.' 
 
 5td (nrov8r)s, 'in haste,' 'hastily,' dat. adv. airov8r}. Eur. Bacch. 
 212, Uevdevs Tpos o'lkovs 68e <5td airov8r)s irepa, so Thuc. VI. 69. l;Xen.Hell. 
 6. 2. 28, <5td airovoris opp. to nad' rjavx'i-w, cf. ck, p. 68. But contrast 
 awo Horn. II. 7. 359; 12. 233 'in earnest, 'v. p. 35. 
 
 otd aw4>poavvrjs adv. aaxfrpovoos. Aeschin. I. 159. 
 
 5td raxovs, raxeco^ = adv. rax«os, no apparent difference in use 
 of sing, and pl. 5id rdxow : Soph. Ai. 822, cf. 853 avv Taxei rivi 
 Tr. 595; Thuc. I. 63. 2; II. 18. 4; III. 18. 2; 109. 3; IV. 25. 2; 85. 2; 106. 4 
 VI. 69. 1; 79. 3; 98. 2; 104. 1; VII. 22. 2; 29. 2; VIII. 2. 1; 12. 3; 15. 2 
 Plat. Polit. 271 A; Legg. 812 E; Dem. 1145. 20; 1154. 50; 1208. 6; 1210 
 12; 1379. 100. oid raxeuv : Thuc. I. 80. 3; III. 13. 2; IV. 8. 4; 96. 1 
 VI. 66. 2;Lys. II. 26; Isocr. VI. 69; XII. 202; XVI. 7; Ep. 7.13; Xen 
 An. 1. 5. 9; Plat. Apol. 32 D; Isae. VII. 15; Dem. 867. 14; 1162. 76 
 1247. 5; Aeschin. I. 145, etc. (freq. in Orr. from Isocr. on). So rdxos 
 w. other preps., d^o p. 44, eh p. Ill, ev p. 183, /card, vera, avv, also 
 adv. ace. 
 
 otd reKovs, v. supra, p. 23. 
 
 Cf. w. above uses, 6V birovoiwv, Alciphro 2. 4. 'by insinuation,' 
 'covertly,' so /card, oV virovoias, ev virovoia in late prose. 
 
 30 Cf. adv. phr. w. other preps, with this noun; perhaps also Sid c. ace. Aesch. 
 Eum. 981. 
 
26 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 2. did c. gen. of the medium of communication, expressing manner 
 and practically equivalent to adv., closely allied to previous group: 
 
 Soph. Tr. 1131, Tepas rot Sid kclkwv eOeairiaas (sc. \6ywv) ; Eur. Hel. 
 309, 7r6XX' av y'evono koll Sid \f/evbuv eirr]. Plat. Polit. 272 B, to p,^ 
 pbvov avOpwirois dXXd. Kal 6rj plots Sid \byoov bvvaadai ^vyylyveadai ) cf. 
 Symp. 176 E, i^ds 5e Sid \bywv dXX^Xois ovvelvox to Trjpepov et al. Minos 
 320 B, dXX' tjv avTrj 17 avvovala, cbairep eyu \eyw, bia \6ycov eirl iraibela els 
 apeT-qv (probably a reminiscence of 17 SiarpijS?) rd 7roXXd ev \byois, Lysis 
 204 A), cf. Isocr. Ep. I. 2, Sid ypappcnwv iroieladai rrjv avvovalav. Aeschin. 
 I. 147, iva be nal bia tov p'eTpov Tas yvwpas d/coucrryre tov iroirjTOV. Plat. 
 Legg. 773 C is a little different, raOra Si) Sid X6701; p.ev vbp.y irpoaTaTTeiv, 
 'to prescribe by express provision of law.' 
 
 6V alviypuv epeiv, Ar. Ran. 61 (almost a phr., but may be taken 
 literally); cf. Plat. Tim. 72 B; Aeschin. III. 121. 
 
 b. With adjectives: 
 
 1. Almost or quite pure adverbs. 
 
 6V airopp-qTov, 'secretly,' 'in secret,' late adv. airoppriTws. Dem. 
 1372. 79 (cf. 80, ev airopprjTu Kal Sid KocrpiorrjTos, where ev seems to be 
 used merely for variety). So pi. St' airoppi]Tuv, Plat. Rep. 378 A 
 (aKovav); Aeschin. III. 96; Lycurg. 85. Cf. ev p. 185. 
 
 bi evdelas, 'directly' (late), Plut. 2. 408 E avvTopLus Kal dTrXws ko.1 bi 
 evdelas cf. Rhett. Spengel III. 120. 16 (note for comparison w. other 
 preps, atrb p. 45, e£ p. 70 also e7u). 
 
 6V 'iaov, Plat. Rep. 617 B, dXXas be Kad-qp'evas 7repi£ &V laov Tpeis, 
 'and three others sitting around at equal distances.' This adj. more 
 closely equiv. to adv. with other preps, cf. airb p. 45, e£ p. 71, ev p. 
 188, els p. 113. 
 
 Sid Kevris, 'to no purpose,' 'in vain,' 'idly,' adv. nevios. Eur. 
 Tro. 758, Sid Kevrjs ixpa / ev airapyavois aepaaTos e^edpeil/' obe ; Ar. Vesp. 929, 
 'iva plt] KeK\ayycx> bia Kev-qs dXXcos €70; (defined eK irapaWifKov by dXXcos) ; 
 Thuc. IV. 126. 5, 77 re Sid Kev-qs eiravaaeicns tojv 6ir\cov ex et two. b-'qhuaiv 
 aireiKris (as adj.), 'the empty flourishing of arms'; Plat. Com. Frg., 
 174. 21 K. \xaTt)v . . . bta Kevrjs ; cf. biaKevrjs Alexis 174. 10 K. 
 Timocl. 27. 5 K.; Menand. Samia 403, 470 (Capps); cf. Ar. Probl. 881 a 
 39, bia Kev-qs pl-KTeiv. cf. ev p. 189, Kara (v. L. and S.). 
 
 2. Quantitative phrases of space or time, mostly with adv. force: 
 bia fipaxeos, Thuc. II. 83. 5, Sid Ppa\eos irapayiyvbp,evoi, 'being close 
 
 at hand,' (sc. x w P<-°v) of an interval of distance like Si' 6X1701;. So 
 Thuc. IV. 14. 1; 76. 5. But Sid p P a X euv (sc. X67WJ;), 'briefly,' in the 
 
PART I did 27 
 
 Orr. and Plat.: Lys. XXIV. 5; XXVI. 3; Isocr. VI. 32; XL 9; XIV 
 3; XV. 68, 76, 113; Plat. Theact. 172 D; Polit. 279 C; Prot. 336 A 
 Gorg. 449 A (in 449 B, Kara fipaxv has same meaning); Rep. 424 B 
 Tim. 17 B, 23 E, 69 A, 90 E; Minos 319 C, 321 C; Legg. 791 B; Dem 
 460. 11; 479. 75; 641. 64; 667. 144; 772. 8; 852. 25; 1075. 73; 1098. 60; 
 1430. 19; Aeschin. I. 109; III. 9, 60, 69, etc. 
 
 otd j3paxvTa.Tcov 'as briefly as possible,' regularly, both in the Orr. 
 and Plato, with cos av Svvoipai., cbs av olos r cl>, or cos: Lys. XII. 62; 
 XVI. 9; XXIV. 4; Isocr. XXI. 2; Plat. Theaet. 170 A; Gorg. 
 449 B, D; Tim. 89 E; Dem. 814. 3; 817. 12; 945. 3; 967. 3; 1055. 18; 1102. 
 2; 1257. 2; 1422. 2. Cf. (sing. w. \6yov expressed) Dem. 654. 102, 
 'iva 5' cos 5td fipaxvrarov \6yov 8rj\ov o jSouXopat Tocrjaco. In contra- 
 distinction are 5td p.ai<pibv, 'fully,' and 5td paKpor'tpwv (v. infra). 
 
 cV kXaaaovos, 'at less distance,' Thuc. III. 51. 2. 
 
 tV ekax't-crTOv, Thuc. III. 39. 4, e't'co0e 8e ruv woXewv als av pdXtcrra /cat 
 cV k\ayJ.crrov (sc. XP^ V0V ) arr pocr86Kr]TOs evirpayia eX0j7, ts vfiptv rpkivtiv. 
 Cf. late use, Rhett. Spengel, III. 140. 11, 5t' eKaxlcrrov crvpirXoKaL 
 But (pi.) Lys. XII. 3, o/xcos 8e wecpaaopaL ujuds e£ apxijs cos av 8vvcopai cV 
 thax'wTwv (sc. Xo7coi') r5i5a£cu, 'as briefly as possible' (very rare for the 
 usual formula of the Orr. 5td fipaxvTarwv). 
 
 cud /.laxpov, Eur. Rec. 320, <5td nanpov yap 17 x<*P ts that is a favor 
 that lasts a long time'; 31 this use is infrequent, but occurs again Eur. 
 I. A. 1399, ravra yap pvqpela pcv / 8t.a paKpov. But Phoen. 1069 5td 
 panpov pkv, dXX' opcos / e£eX0e 'after a long time,' 'long delayed'; I. T. 
 480, cbs 5td paKpov pev 777^6' ewXevaare x^ova, / paKpav 5' dx' oIkow xd° v os 
 ecread' del /cdrco; 32 Thuc. VI. 15. 4, oh Sua paKpov, ' not long after' ; so ib. 91. 
 3 and Plat. Alcib. II. 151 B; *i8*darrov 8e /cat oh oid paKpov irepipopev cot. 
 cf. 01' oXiyov Thuc. V. 14. 1, etc.; cf. es pa/cpcV (Pind.), es pa/cpdv, 
 p. 108. PI. 8t,a paxpwv, Eur. Frg. 424, opas rvpdvvovs 81a panptov rjh^rjpevovs cos 
 pt/cpa to. cr^aWovra 'through a long time,' like 5td p.anpov ; but Plat. 
 Gorg. 449 B, 6td pa/cpcov rovs X6701/S iroieladai, 'at length'; so Theaet. 
 172 D, Euthyd. 282 D. Cf. Anth. Lyr. Sem. 10. 1, rl ravra p,anpibv 5td 
 Xoycoj.' ct.ve8pap.ov, showing possibly an earlier step in the history of the 
 phrase. Such phrases may have started in cases where the omitted 
 
 31 L. and S. are wrong in interpreting this 'after a long time,' 'long delayed.' 
 32 I. T. 480: this might refer to time or distance. Most edd. apparently take it 
 of the latter and translate 'a long journey'; to make it refer to time, 'after a long 
 interval,' as Phoen. 1069, would seem to fit the antithesis better, although perhaps 
 somewhat illogical. Is this a woman's lack of logic, as she thinks of the time she has 
 been waiting? 
 
28 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 noun was clearly implied in the context, cf. 8ia iravpwv, Aesch. 
 Frg. 99. 4 v. infra. 
 
 Sid ixaKporkpwv, 'more fully' (of arguments or discussions): 
 Lys. XXII. 7; Isocr. IV. 106; VIII. 27; X. 22; XII. 118; XIV. 3; Ep. 8. 
 10. Plat. Phileb. 28 C; Dem. 1206. 2; cf. Ar. Pol. 1279. b 11, p.lk P u 8ia 
 fxaKpoTepwv, 'at somewhat greater length.' 6V bXiyov. Spatial: 33 Eur. 
 Phoen. 1098, cos tw vogovvtl retxeoou elr) 8opbs / aXurj cV oAryou (sc. x&P ov ) 
 'at a short distance,' Thuc. II. 89. 9; III. 21. 4, 43. 4; V. 66. 1; 
 VII. 15. 2, 36. 5, T7)v yap avanpovaiv ovk eaeadat to'ls 'Adripaiois e%u)dovp.evois 
 ixXXoae rj es rr\v yijv, Kal ravT7]v 6V 6X1701; /ecu es 6A170V ; ib. 71. 3. 34 
 Temporal: Thuc. I. 77. 6, elirep ola nai rbre Tpbs tov Mrjdou 6V bXiyov 
 rjyrjaapevoi vweSei^are, bp,oia nai vvv yvuxreade 'for a short time'; id. IV. 95, 
 <5i' 6A170U p.h> 17 TapaLveais yiyveraL = L,a.t. brevis; V. 69. 2, eioores epyu>v ex. 
 ttoXXov jxeXer-qv irXeiui odo^ovaav r\ Xbyuv 81 okiyov koX&s prjdelaav irapai- 
 veaiv (note Ik ttoXXov in antithesis); so II. 85. 2, ovk avTiriQevTes r-qu 
 'AdrjvaLwv ha ttoXXov ep.Trepiau ttjs afarepas 6V bXiyov jxeXkr-qs. But Thuc. 
 V. 14. 1, Kal 5i' bXiyov avdis kv 'A,uo>t7r6Aet of an interval of time, 'shortly 
 afterwards'; so VI. 11. 4; VII. 39. 2. Cf. Dion. H. 6. 34, ical 8l' bXiyov 
 iraaa 17 irbXis tjv aKoa/jdas irXrjprjs Kal dopvflov. But pi. 6V bXiyoJV, (sc. 
 Xbycov) = paucis verbis, cf. 5td /Spaxeuw supra. Plat. Phileb. 31 D, el 8el 
 SV bXiycov irepl peyiaTWV otl Taxiara pr\6r}vai ; so Legg. 778 C. But cf. 
 R P §149 (Plut. Nic. 23. 3), airbppr)To% en Kal 6V bXiywv (of something 
 communicated to a few). 
 
 6Y bXiyivTwv, Plat. Ep. 351 D, tolvtop 8r) Kal Aiwva eafaiXe 5i' 
 oKiyiaTuv, Lat. aliquantulum. 
 
 81a iravpuu, cf. <5td fipaxeuv, &V bXiywv. Aesch. Frg. 99. 4 (Nauck), 
 IV ovv ra ToXXa Kelva 81a iravpoov Ae7co. 35 
 
 8lcl koXXov, Thuc. VI. 11. 1, 'at a great distance.' But cf. later of 
 time, Luc. Necyom. 15 (sc. xpbvov), 'through,' i. e. 'lasting a long 
 time,' but Nigr. 2, 'after a long interval.' 
 
 33 Cf. Aesch. Sept. 762, fxera^v 5' dXxd 6V okiyov [ reivei nvpyos kv evpei, which Flagg 
 renders 'But between' (us and the waves of battle) 'defence for little space extends, 
 a tower in width' (5id of the interval, the intervening space). dX*d 5i' 0X1701; is MS. 
 reading, but the text is corrupt and disputed; dX/cap (M. Schmidt, Rh. M. XIX. 627) 
 68' oXlyti) W. 
 
 34 A late use c. nerd is interesting, R P §151 (Simpl. Phys. 155. 23), p.tr okiyov 
 . . . juer' d\iya, 'a little further on' (in a book). 
 
 ^Interesting for comparison in the history and growth of such phrases. This 
 might easily have become a phr., but did not maintain itself. 
 
PART I Sta 29 
 
 8ta irXeLovos, Thuc. I. 124. 2, ttjs 6' d.7r' avrov Sta irXdovos dp-!]vt]$ 
 tTn8vfj.i)(ravTes (sc. xpbvov), 'lasting through a longer time.' PI. oca 
 TrXaovuv, Isocr. III. 17 of discussing a thing at large, fully. Cf. Isocr. 
 XL 2; XII. 182. 
 
 8ta w\ei<TTov, Thuc. II. 97. 2, ravrfi yap Sta ir\e'i(TTOV (sc. x^P 101 ') 
 airo 6a\a<T<jr}s avu kyiyvero, 'for by this route the distance from the 
 sea into the interior was the greatest'; id. IV. 115. 3, Kai /xdXio-ra ol Sta 
 ifKeicFTov . . . (pvyfi . . . ibpp.r}o~ai>, 'those at the greatest 
 distance'; so Thuc. VI. 11. 4, to. yap Sta ir\eiaT0v -rrai'Tes 'i(xp.ev dav- 
 pa£6peva. But id. VI. 11. 6, ocrco nai irepl ir\doTOv Kai <5id irXeiaTOV 
 do£av aperris peKercbaLv (sc. xpovov), (Jowett: 'the rather because they 
 have labored so earnestly and so long to win a name for valor'). 
 
 5td tg(tovtov, 'at so short a distance,' Thuc. II. 29. 
 VI. Periphrasis 
 
 Prepositional phrases with a more or less colorless verb of being or 
 motion used as a periphrasis for the action or state described by the verb 
 indicated by the noun in the phrase. 
 
 a. Verbs of motion c. <5id and a Gen. most frequently of an abstract 
 noun: 
 
 Aesch. Pr. 121, tov ivacn deols /St' airexdelas k\dovd' , where it appears 
 to mean 'hated by all the gods' ; this, the earliest case, is the only one 
 with this passive and objective meaning. 
 
 Aesch. Suppl. 475, Sta naxw rj& reKovs (c. dat.) 'through the issue of 
 battle' like the later Sta paxis k\8elv, etc., e. g. Eur. Hel. 978, k\6elv 
 Sia p.axys croj avyyovw ; Hdt. 1. 169 (acbLKveladai.) ; 6. 9. 4 (epx eo "^ a 0j 
 so Thuc. II. 11. 3, etc. Cf. Xen. An. 3. 2. 8, 5td ravTos iro\ep.ov ikvat; 
 allied is Eur. Phoen. 754, Kai ^varadevra Sta p.axys eXelv Sopi. 
 
 Soph. Ant. 742, Sta <5uojs lav TrarpL, 'engaging in controversy with,' 
 so 'to go to law,' cf. Thuc. VI. 60. 3. 
 
 Soph. El. 1509, 8i' e\ev9epias /xg\ls 'e&jhdes. This is at the same time 
 idiomatic and admits of a literal interpretation which is helped by the 
 force of !£ in the compound. 36 
 
 Soph. O C 905, d ixh St bpyr/s tikop rjs 68' d£ios, the meaning of the verb 
 is here blunted until it has little more force than elvat 'if I were in 
 such wrath as this man deserves'; this phr. is frequent with verbs of 
 being, an extension of the idiom found first in Hdt. and Eur. 
 
 3, Jebb's note here, that 5td in this idiom usually denotes a course of action and 
 not a state, is misleading and not in harmony with Soph. O C 905 and with examples 
 from Eur. cited below. The difficulty in this passage arises from the blending of the 
 literal and idiomatic uses. 
 
30 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Soph. O T 773, 5id rvxys rcidcrS' Lwp, here more lit. than some of the 
 later cases; not an emotion, but an actual plight ; the adj. modifier also 
 lessens the idiomatic feeling, cf. Eur. Hippol. 543. 
 
 Eur. Phoen. 20, Kai 7rds cros olkos (Hyo-eTai cV ai'juaros, local metaphor 
 partially faded, 'steeped in blood,' not 'wade through blood.' 37 
 
 In Phoen. 479, Euripides combines the abstract and concrete, 
 Kai /at) 8l' exdpas rwde nai cpbvov fj.b\coi> ; cf. Hippol. 1164 (dc/nyueras), cf. 
 also c. yiyveadcu, Ar. Ran. 1412; cf. further, Eur. Phoen. 384, cud rbdov 
 5'eX:;Xu0a ; Andr. 416, rarpl tw era; 5id 4>ihr)uaTwv iwv) Or. 757, end 
 <f>6(3ov yap epxopai (cf. c. dvai infra); Ale. 874, cV bdvvas ( = r?s) efias / o-a<j>' 
 oZ5a = El. 1210, cf. Eng. idiom, 'they went through great trouble' and 
 'they have been through everything' (of trouble); Xen. An. 3. 2. 8, 
 aureus iSict </>iXtas i'evat. 'to enter into friendship with them,' (but 
 Xen. Reip. Ath. 2. 5, ha fyChlas levai, 'through a friendly country'); 
 cf. Plat. Pol. 304 E; Prot. 323 A, cud cUKaiocruj^s ikvai. 
 
 Allied phenomena: 
 
 Eur. Med. 872, eyw 8' k/iavTy cud \byuv dc/uKo//^, 'I held converse 
 with myself; Tro. 916, eyu 8' , a a' ol/xai 8La\byowibvT kjxov \ KaT-qyop-qo-eLV, 
 'to come to open speech'; cf. Suppl. 112, Ttpasyap ob8ev p.r) 5td yXoVcrr/s 
 
 Ibv. 
 
 b. cud c. gen. of a state or condition with a verb of being (eluai, 
 ylyvtadai), or with excw, \a(3elv, an extension of cud c. gen. and a 
 verb of motion. Cf. also elvai kv pp. 193 ff. 
 
 Eur. I. T. 683, tovt ovv 4>ofioi>p.ai /cat Sl' aiaxvvqs exco ; Hec. 851, <re 
 . 8l o'Lktov xdpa 0' luefflav exw ; cf. Suppl. 194, 8l' o'Utov rds 
 e/jias \afielv ri/xas. 
 
 Ar. Ran. 1412, cV exOpas ov8erep<x> ytvqao\iai, 'I won't become an 
 enemy to either of them.' Eccl. 888, net yap cV ox^ov tovt kaTi, 'if 
 this is a bore to the spectators' = bx^ypbv elvai; so Thuc. I. 73. 2; 
 Plat. Alcib. I. 103 A. Cf. 8ia nbxQuv dvai, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 25. 
 
 Hdt. 1. 206, iravTws p.ah\ov fj 8l } rjavxiv* dvai, cf. Thuc. II. 22. 1. 
 
 Hdt. 2. 91, 5td 7rdcrr/s ayuvias exovTa, 'extending through every 
 kind of contest.' 
 
 Thuc. II. 60. 4, Kai 6//e re . . . Kai v/jias ai)TOvs . . . cV airias 
 ex^re et al. cf. Dion. H. 1. 70, dvai 5i' curias = aindaflai. Cf. h, p. 165. 
 Thuc. I. 40. 4, Si' clvokwxvs yiyveadal tlvl, ' to be at truce with one' ; S8 
 id. II. 11. 4, dSryXa yap to. twv TroKkp-uiv , Kai e£ o\iyov ra xoXXd Kai oi bpyqs 
 
 37 Cf . Pearson ad loc. 
 
 38 Cf. Isocr. XVIII. 28, aid awdriKuv elvai tivL; for prep, idioms c. <r\>vQ-r\Kt), v. e/c, p. 63. 
 
PART I 8l6l 31 
 
 at eirLxet-pycreis yLyvovrat,; cf. 37. 2, 64. 1; V. 46. 5 (c. «x etJ/ ); id. VI. 
 34. 2, alel 8lcl <j)6j3ov elai, so VI. 59. 2 cf. pi. Plat. Legg. 791 B. 
 
 Thuc. II. 81. 4, 5id ^uXcuojs (Ixodes (absol. no object ace.) 'keeping 
 a look-out,' semi-tech.; so id. VII. 8. 3; cf. VIII. 39. 3, cud <t>v\a.Krjs 
 Troirjaa.iJ.evoL c. ace. cf. ev <\>v\a.\cr\ elvai, exw infra. 
 
 Xen. Hier. 9. 2, bC ennxddas yiyveaQai, cf. c. eXdelv supra. lb., 
 Sid xo-P'^tuv elvai, yiyveadai., but id. Reip. Lac. 2. 12, 8ia xapt™i> rfj wpq. 
 XP&vrai 
 
 Plat. Phaed. 82 E, 8i eiridvplas elvai; id. Tim. 88 A, <5i' epiScoi' /ecu 
 <f)i\oveu<ias y ly vo/j.evcov ; cf. Plut. Caes. 33, 5i' eptScoy ^j>; Plat. Legg. 780 
 A, iravra Sia rd£ecos . . . ylyveadai, 'to be orderly in all respects.' 
 Isocr. IV. 138, dia. p.ids yevajrai yv6)p.r)s Isae. VII. 14, ov e/ceZi>os 
 . . . 8l' eTTLpeXelas eZxey, Lat. fovere.™ 
 Allied is Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 6, kou 5id 7re^0L's to 7rjpas Siaycov. 
 Somewhat different is Soph. Ant. 639, ovtw . . . XPV 5td o-rkpvuv 
 ext iv > a periphr. for 4>poveiv or oiaaeladai.™ 
 
 VII. Noteworthy uses of preposition 
 
 1. Instrumental: 5td x^pos and oia x^pwv in certain literal uses 
 are clearly instrumental, in others they may be so translated, or may 
 be interpreted with slight idiomatic tinge. E. g. Aesch. Sept. 513, 5id 
 Xtpos /3eXos (/>Xe7w^ (cf. ib. 433); so Pers. 239, ixbrepa yap to%ov\k6s 
 aixp-r) 3td x € P°s XaoZs Trpeirei; and Suppl. 193, inTrjp'ias . . . aepvus 
 exovo-ai bid. x*pwv evuvv/jLcov 'in their left hands.' Closely related is Soph. 
 OC 470, irpicTcv pev ipas e£ aeipvrov xods/zcpr/VTjs eveynov, 8i' oaicov x €L P&v 
 Biywv. Cf. Soph. Ant. 916, nai vvv cryei p.e 8ia x^P&v ovtco Xafioov, i. e. 
 forcibly. Cf. ib. 1258, pvrnj.' eiriayipov 8ia x^tpos ex^v ; Thuc. II. 76. 4, 
 afiieaav rr)v 8okov . . . iced oi 1 8ia x €t P°s exovres, 41 'no longer 
 grasping it firmly.' 
 
 2. Distributive: Soph. Ph. 285, 6 fuv xpovos 8r) 8ia xp^ov irpovftaive 
 poi) Eur. Andr. 1248, (3acri\ka 5' Ik rou5e xP 7 ? ,/ dXXoi' 5V ixXkov Sia-rrepav 
 MoXocrcrtas, 'one after another.' 
 
 39 Cf. later, Luc. Amor. 13. 5i' evpapelas ow> kariv. Hdn. 2. 2. 17, 5id rtyuijs re *cal 
 davfxaros ecrxere. Different but a slight phr., is Diog. L. X. 12 tous yvupipovs (i. e., the 
 pupils of Epicurus) Kal 5:d (J.jrf]in]s exsty ra eaurou avyy pamxara. 
 
 <0 Jebb: The gen. does not here, as in other cases, denote a state or act of the 
 mind, but the mind itself, and rwrw with i\eiv shows that the vert) is inlr., whereas 
 usually in such phrases ex«" is trans. 
 
 41 L. and S., so Mills and Marchant, are wrong here in translating fig. 'to have in 
 hand,' i. e., 'under control.' For such idiomatic uses of 8ia x«pos «x«'" v. supra, p. 1 . 
 
32 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 3. Pregnant: Ar. Nub. 583, Ppovrr) S' eppayq 6V aarpairris, 'thunder 
 burst through the lightning,' i. e. 'through the rift cloven by the lightning,' 
 quoted from Soph. frg. 520. 2 (Nauck). 
 
 4. Plastic and picturesque. Aesch. Cho. 56, ce@as b' apaxov, aba- 
 naTOV, awoXepov to irpiv /'bi cotccv 4>pevbs re ocuuas irepalvov j vvv a<plaTaTai, 
 'that filled the people's ears and minds'; Soph O C 1250, &V opparos/ 
 aaraKTi XeLfiwv baupvov cl>5' bboiiropel ; Ant. 1188, /ecu pe (pdbyyos olneiov 
 KOKov/PaKKei cV &tcov] cf. El. 737; O T. 1387; cf. sing. El. 1439; 
 cf. Eur. Rhes. 294, 566, (sing. Theocr. 14, 27). 
 
 B. c. Ace. 
 
 I. Idiomatic phrases 
 
 Idioms with 6"id c. ace. are rare in Attic Greek. 
 
 el p.7] <5id . . ., Lys. XII. 60, el prj 6V avbpas a-yadovs, had it not 
 been for good men'; Plat. Gorg. 516 E, el p.ri Sia tov irpbraviv, ev'e-ireoev 
 <xv, 'had it not been for the PrytamY; so Isocr. VII. 92, el pi] bid. livpov 
 av k(T(j)a\r]aav; Dem. 364. 74, ov yap cbs el pi] ha AaKebaipoviovs, 
 ovb' cbs el pr\ ol x Y[yr)o~nncov,ovb' > cos el pi] 5id to /cat to ( as if it had 
 not been for this or that') ecrudrjarav av ol 3>co/ce!s so 370, 90; 375, 172; 
 680, 180. In Latin this is absque c. abl. Plaut. Capt. 754. absque hoc 
 esset, 'had it not been for this man,' so Trin. 832, absque foret te, so 
 1127, Bacch. 412, Men. 1024, Pers. 836; Ter. Hec. 601, Phorm. 188, etc. 
 
 5id aTOfxa, Aesch. Sept. 51, cuctos o' ovtis -qv ha arbpa; Ar. Lys. 
 855, ael yap 17 yvvr] cr' exei 5id o-ro/xa. v. supra sub Horn. p. 16. 
 
 Possibly a slight id. feeling in Thuc. 1. 140. 5, cos cud pixpbv eiroXepirjaare 
 'for a trifle.' 
 
 6V avayKrjv, as used in Ar. Nub. 377, while not a phr. was a catch- 
 word of the philosophy of the time, semi-tech, of what we call 'natural 
 laws'; Democr. said that TravTa nar avayKrjv ylyveadai. 
 
 II. Abstractions 
 
 c. <5id, really only causal use of prep., but sometimes with more or 
 less adv. force; very frequent, a few examples only will be cited: cf. 
 Horn. cV a4>paoias, p. 17. 
 
 Plat. Rep. 465 C, rd ye fxrjv apiKpoTara rco> naKcov 6V airpeireiav okvco 
 /ecu 'heyeiv; bi' aaxo^lau, 'because of business' Eubul. 119 K. cf. kv] 
 Thuc. IV. 40, kcu twos epop'evov . . . &V axOybbva ' for the sake of 
 teasing:' Plat. Rep. 358 A, 6 piodicv 6' evena /ecu evboKipi]o-ea)v ha bb^av 
 eirir-qbevTeov ; cf. Menex. 247 B; Rep. 466 C, bid bvvap.LV eirl to airavra to. ev 
 
PART I did 33 
 
 rr\ to\u oUeLovadat, cf. other preps, which do show phrases with do£a 
 and Svpapis; Thuc. I. 71. 5, \vov<tl yap criropdas ovx oi di' kpypLap dXXois 
 irpoaLOPTes 'from being left alone'; di' evaefieiap Aristophont. frg. 
 12. 5 K; di' opyvv, Dem. 527. 41; Ar. Eth. N. 1138 a . 9; did o-vpydeiap, Plat. 
 Soph. 248 B; did Tv X r)i>, Isocr. IV. 132; IX. 45; Philemon 99 K.;Menand. 
 426 K.; Ar. Pol. 1368 b 34; Phys. 195 b 32; so /card, but Ar. usually has 
 d7rd Tvxns; 5id Tv\as Ar. Pol. 1303 a 3, cf. airo, p. 44, k, p. 69, 
 5i' vflpiv, Dem. 527. 42; did 0iXia/> 'through friendship', Xen. An. 
 5. 5. 15; Thuc. I. 91. 1; did <j>6Pov, Xen. Hier. 1. 38, etc. 
 
 Cf. adj. as abstraction: Eur. Fr. 642. 3, irevia de aocfriap eXaxe did 
 to avyyepes. Eubul. Incert. 114 K., kcu yap 6 raws did to cnvapiop 
 davpa^eraL 'owing to its rarity' (slight id.). 
 
 77/. Pronominal expressions 
 A few pronominal expressions in which did has the same causal 
 meaning are so often repeated as to become equivalent to conjunctions, 
 oi' oirtp, 'wherefore,' Thuc. I. 130. 2, 140. 1; Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 14 
 et al. Cf. 8l6t€ P Isocr. V. 131; XV. 322. 
 
 6id t'l, 'why?', 'wherefore?', Ar. Nub. 58; Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 25; 
 Plat. Prot. 355 C; Alexis 244 K. et saepe. 
 
 5i' dXXo tl 'for some other reason' Plat. Euthyphro 3 D. Cf. 
 Thuc. III. 11. 3. 
 
 did tovto, 'on this account,' 'therefore,' often followed by on Xen. 
 Mem. 2. 3. 6; ib. 6. 3; 3. 5. 13, 7. 2, 12. 5; An. 4. 1. 21 et saepe. Lys. 
 I. 35; II. 1; IV. 14 et dl. Aeschin. I. 27, 73, 126, 165; II. 35; III. 
 47; III. 191, on . . ., did tovto; id. I. 73, did tovto . . ., 
 6ti so III. 229; etal. Also with the particles, oiras, Iva, e. g. did tovto 
 . . . c7ro)s Aeschin. II. 123; did tovto . . . iVa Lys. XXXII. 
 22 f Aeschin. III. 135. 
 
 did TaxiTa, 'on account of these things,' 'for these reasons,' 'there- 
 tore.' Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 7; 2. 1.3, pv did ravTa, 'not for these reasons,' 
 to be distinguished from the idiom el pi] did noted above; ib. 3. 10. 14; 
 An. 4. 1. 24. But in these cases it is hardly felt beyond its literal force, 
 while in its constant use in Plato, although it really retains its lit. mean- 
 ing, it seems to have become practically an illative conjunction, Plat. 
 Rep. 341 E; Prot. 327 B, 328 B et saepe. So in the Orr. ; cf. Alexis 242 K. 
 
 42 v. Adams ad too. 
 
Part II 
 
 Idg. *apo, Gr. airb, epic airal, Ai. apa, Ital. *ap, Lat. ab, abs, Got. 
 af, cf. Eng. of, off. meaning from, away from. 1 
 
 airo and be often have a similar meaning, but in general airo refers to 
 motion away from, Ik out of a, place or object; airo does not imply previous 
 place within the object, whereas e/c means proceeding from within it; 
 the one bears a more external relation than the other. So airb may indi- 
 cate removal from the region of, Ik from the midst of, the city or battle. 
 Hence in the causal relation a-rro ordinarily is used of a more remote, 
 in of a more immediate cause, yet even in Homer they are sometimes 
 used together with the same meaning, e. g. Od. 10. 350, yiyvovrai 8' apa 
 rat y' e/c re npriv'ewv airo t oKaeoov/eK 0' Upoov Trorapccv. 
 With both airo and e/c the Genitive is Ablatival. 2 
 
 The ordinary classification 3 of the uses of airo is substantially the 
 following: I. Spatial: 1. removal from a place or object with verbs 
 of motion. 2. Absence from a place or object with verbs of rest. It is 
 possible to refer various metaphorical uses to one or the other of these two 
 groups. 
 
 II. Temporal, from a point of time, after, sometimes of immediate 
 consecution. 
 
 III. Causal and figurative: 1. of origin and source; 2. partitive; 
 
 3. of the author or agent of an act, approaching viro with the Genitive; 
 
 4. of cause; 5. of material; 6. of means and instrument, 7. of man- 
 ner. 
 
 Or, 1. starting point; 2. separation; 3. remoteness; 4. origin. 
 
 A. Homer 
 /. Idiomatic phrases 
 airo 86£r]s, airo <tkottov, II. 10. 324, vol 8' eyw ovx a\t.os aKOiros ecrcro/xat 
 ov8' airo 56^7/s, i. e. 'contrary to your expectation of me'; but in 
 Od. 11. 344, ov p.av rip.LV airo (XKOirov oi'8' airo So^rjs / pvdelraL /3acrtXeta 
 irepicppcov, 'not contrary to our opinion,' i. e. the opinion of the person 
 speaking. Here also the phr. airo oko-ivov? 'away from,' 'wide of the 
 
 'Walde, Prellwitz, Brugmann, Kz. vergl. Gr. 
 
 2 Monro §224; Kiihner-Gerth §430. For force in composition, v. Monro. 
 
 3 K-G.;L. andS. 
 
 4 For question of accent, v. ftn. 16 airb rpowov p. 39. 
 
part II aro 35 
 
 mark'; this idiom continues in later Greek, v. p. 38, cf. also in 
 Attic airo yvufxt]s, airo rpbirov. Cf. in Attic irapa oo£ai>. 
 
 airo dv/iov / p.a\\ov kfxol co-eat, II. 1. 562 'you will be alienated from 
 my heart,' (L-L-M 'thou wilt be the further from my heart'); 5 
 cf. II. 23. 595, k dvfxov Trtaktiv, k still fig., but more nearly lit. with 
 verb of motion. 
 
 &7r' ouaros,Il. 18. 272, air' ovaros code yhoiro, 'may it never strike 
 my ear,' i. e. 'Heaven forfend'; so II. 22. 454, at yap air' ovaros 
 ep.ev tiros. 
 
 acf)' 'lttoov, in the sense of fighting from the chariot, II. 5. 13 
 (balanced by d7ro x^ ov os) ,t<j) p.ev d</>' livirouv, 6 5' airo xQwbs &pvvro ire^bs ', 
 so 5. 19; 15. 386; Od. 9. 49. Cf. xad' lirirwvll. 5. Ill and 6. 232 of 
 leaping down from the chariots, and e£ 'iwiruiv II. 5. 163, 'he thrust 
 them both from out their chariots,' where Kara, and e£ have precisely 
 their own force. 
 
 In contrast with d<£' linrw is airo reixeos, II. 9. 353 of fighting 'far 
 away from the wall,' i. e. 'from the plain'; also II. 18. 256 of position 
 far away from the wall, 'for we are far off from the wall.' II. 18. 
 215 is a little different, 'standing away from the wall,' 'clear of 
 it'; cf. 22. 16. None of these refer to fighting from the wall in the 
 sense of on it; they indicate remoteness, not the starting point. We 
 find this, however, in II. 12. 390 'an arrow from the wall.' 
 
 77. Temporal 
 
 II. 8. 54, airo 5' avrov (i. e. bdirvov), 'immediately after supper.' 
 This is the only case in Homer of transference of d7ro from the local 
 to the temporal use. From Hdt. on airo bdirvov is frequent, v. 
 infra, p. 43. hi Bdirvcov also occurs, v. p. 63. 
 
 777. Adverbial 
 
 airo awovbijs, II. 7. 359; 12. 233, 'in earnest,' cf. Attic Greek for 
 use with other preps., but with the meaning 'in haste,' v. pp. 25, 68. 
 
 IV. Tags. 
 1. Military: 
 
 d7rd xXiatTys, II. 10. 151, 'they found him away from his tent.' 
 airb vr}uv, II. 24. 401, 'they went away from the ships.' 
 d7ro vtvpijs, vevpfi<j>iv, 'the arrow from the cord,' plastic and pic- 
 turesque. II. 8. 300, 309; 11. 476, 664; 13. 585; 15. 313; 16. 773; 21. 
 113. Cf. Hes. Sc. 409. 
 
 5 So Ap. Rhod. 2. 253, Oeois airo dv/dov ttxeadai. Cf. ib. 863, e^ei /udXa raXX^ &.ir' 
 iXiriSos tw\(TO v6<ttos. 
 
36 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 From the battle, or the thick of the fight: airb irroXepoLo, 'remain- 
 ing away from, aloof from, the war,' II. 18. 64. airb arpaTov, arparb^L, 
 II. 10. 336, 341, 347, 385 et al. airb </>A6ier/3oi;, II. 5. 322; 10. 416. cf. e* 
 II. 5. 469, etc. 
 
 2. Semi-tech.: 
 
 From the race-course, airb viiararjs, 'from the start', II. 23. 758; 
 Od. 8. 121. Cf. p. 41. 
 
 3. Literal, but perhaps with slight idiomatic tinge: 
 
 airb upriffTris dXoxou, 'far from,' or 'torn away from,' II. 11. 242; cf. 
 II. 2. 292, nkvcov airb -qs dXoxoio of absence from. 
 
 air' b<j)da\fxibp 'away from their sight' II. 23. 53. 
 
 airb irpairl8u)v, 'away from my midriff,' 'my heart,' II. 22. 43; 
 24. 514. 
 
 d7ro tttoXlos, II. 4. 514. 
 
 airb (TKOTnfis, II. 4. 275; Od. 4. 524. Cf. Plat. Rep. 445 C, ihaivep 
 airb GKOinas. 
 
 airb x e <-P°s> H- 10. 371 might express agency and might mean 
 'from my hand,' 'thou shalt not long escape destruction at my 
 hand.' 
 
 4. Literal and plastic: 
 
 euro Kparbs re nal &p.wv, II. 5. 7. 
 d7ro 8e KprjTrjpos, II. 10. 578. 
 
 dvp-bs airb p.e\kw, II. 7. 131; 13. 672; Od. 15. 354. 
 airb iraaaaKov, II. 5. 209; 24. 268; Od. 21. 53, so Pind. 01. I. 26. 
 Cf. k p. 51. 
 
 d7TO (JTOjJ.O.T(jiV , Od. 12. 187. 
 
 dTr' &iMv, II. 5. 7; 7. 122; 15. 544; cf. Archil. 38 (21), freq. in Hes. 
 Th. 671, Sc. 468, etc. 
 
 5. Pronominal: 
 
 d7r' aVTO<pLV, II. 11. 44. 
 
 airb toIo 'from that,' II. 16. 587. 
 
 6. Literal, but elsewhere idiomatic: 
 
 II. 22. 126, ov fxkv irusvvv'eaTiv airb 8pvbs ou5' airb 7rerpr/s /tu bapi£ep.evai, 
 ' now is no time for dalliance from oak tree or from rock,' here is 
 used with literal meaning, 6 a phrase which elsewhere has idiomatic 
 
 6 It is unnecessary to read into this passage, as does Mr. Walter Leaf, allusion 
 to some unknown ancient fable. The phrase has given rise to much discussion, v. 
 A. B. Cook, CR XV. 322, but we disagree with Mr. Leaf in thinking its literal use here 
 out of harmony with Homer or Greek. A familiar expression such as this may be 
 used at one time literally and again idiomatically, cf. Eng. "stocks and stones" and 
 its use by Browning quoted by Miss Stawell, Homer and the Iliad, p. 77, n. 
 
PART II CLTO 37 
 
 force as shown by its recurrence with other prepositions and quo- 
 tation by Plato; Od. 19. 163, ov yap dx6 dpvbs eacri ira\ou<t>aTov ovd' dxo 
 7T€rp7js, quoted by Plato, Apol. 34 D, and alluded to in Rep. 544 D, 
 where Plato uses €k. Cf. Hes. Th. 35, irepl bpvv r) irepl irerpriv. 
 V. Noteworthy uses of preposition 
 
 1. Local. II. 14. 154, "ilprj 5' daelbe xP^^odpouos ocfrdaXpolcn/crTaa' 
 e£ Ov\v/jLiroLo dxd piov, 'out from Olympus away from the peak,' inter- 
 esting parallel use of £k and dxo. 
 
 2. Partitive. Od. 5. 40, Xax^y airo \r)t8os alaav. 
 
 3. Temporal. In II. 24. 725, avep, dx' alcouos vkos a>Xeo, 'fresh 
 from life,' ax' alcbvos is not a phrase, but if the text could be trusted 
 the evidence of Hesiod would indicate that it later became so. Cf. 
 Hes. Th. 609, tu> 5e r' dx' a\wvos kclkov k<jd\(Jo avTi4>epk^ et / ep.p.ej>at,' where 
 it equals ael and is a true adv. phr., but the text is uncertain. 7 Even 
 if genuine here, this form did not become frequent, but gave way 
 before 6V alwvos, v. sub 5td, p. 22. 
 
 B. Literature after Homer 
 /. Idiomatic phrases 
 
 a. With nouns. 
 
 dxo y\coao-ns, Theogn. 63, dxo y\cocrar]s <j>L\os elvcu, i. e. 'superfi- 
 cially,' 8 contrasted w. cpiXov en Ovpov; but Hes. Op. 322, contr. w. 
 jStfl, rj 6y' (i. e. o\j3ov) dxo y\wcx<T7)s X-q'iaaeraL ; cf. lit. but plastic, Pind. 
 01. VI. 13, aluos . . . ov ev b"uia/airb yXcocro-qs "Adpaaros . . ./ 
 (t>6eytaT.» cf. Py. III. 2; but also, 'by word of mouth,' Hdt. 1. 123; 
 Thuc. 7. 10; cf. Aesch. Ag. 813, 67/cas yap ovk dxo yXooaarjs deol/KXvovres, 
 'for the gods, hearing the cause pleaded (but not by the tongue)' 
 (Goodwin). But Cratinus 122 K. 'by word of mouth' as opp. to 
 reading = ' from memory,' cf. dxo o-TOfxaros infra, dXXd p,a At' ovk old' 
 eycoye ypafxpar 7 ovd' eirlaTafxai, / dXX' dxo y\coTTT]s (frpaaw oof p,vr]povevio 
 yap /caXws. (v. Bekk. Anecd. 436. 6 et Suid., dxo o-roparos). 
 
 dxo yv<!op.y]s, Aesch. Eum. 674, ij8r) KeXeixrco rovad' dxo yvu>pLrjs (frepeiv I 
 \pr)4iov dtKaiav, 'I charge you (these men here) to cast a just vote in 
 accordance with your judgment'; 10 but Soph. Tr. 389, dXX' elp.f 
 
 7 Schoemann reads 5i' a&os. 
 
 8 L. and S. mistranslate. Fennell ad Pind. O. VII. 13 gives a slightly different 
 force, 'friendly in speech.' 
 
 9 Gildersleeve : "He flung it off— 'roundly,' 'freely' "; Fennell, 'readily,' 'frank- 
 ly.' Gildersleeve compares O. VII. 1, A^feids bird x^pos, which there, as he says, 
 has the connotation of 'freely.' 
 
 10 Cf. later the dicasts' oath, Dem. 652. 96, y&nn rfi 5t/cotordrj7 Sinaaeiv bnunoKaaiv . 
 
38 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 kcu yap ovk airo yvdoprjs Xeyets, i. e. 'not contrary to my judgment,' but 
 this may also have a wider meaning, as if 'not contrary to the general 
 judgment,' = 'not unadvisedly.' Cf. airo bbfys Od. 11. 344, v. p. 34. 
 
 airo ttjs bbfys irtciiv [av], Hdt. 7. 203. 2 Lat. spe excidere. 
 
 airo /caipoO=dKcupcos, Plat. Theaet. 187 E cf. els p. Ill, ev p. 178. 
 
 airo Kapblas, Eur. I. A. 475, Ka.Tbp.vvix / r\ pi]v epelv crot 
 
 Tairb Kapbias a a<pws / 'kcu pi) 'ir'iT-qbes ptjbev dXX' oaov (ppovib, so Eur. Fr. 416. 
 3. Lat. ex animo. Later, Theocr. 29. 4, 4>Ckeeiv p airo 
 
 napdias ; U ttjs Kapbias, Ar. Nub. 86, v. p. 54. Cf. e/c (ppevbs v. p. 54; 
 also cf. infra p. 39, ovk air' ixKpas <$>pevbs Aesch. Ag. 805. 
 
 arowr]8r](xaPTes awo tov \byov, almost lit., but partly figurative, 
 Plat. Theaet. 164 C, 'away from the argument.' 
 
 d7r' opparos, opparcov, Aesch. Suppl. 210, Ibono diJTa irpevpevovs air' 
 opparos, not quite a phr., but the whole expression is equivalent to 
 an adv., or a Dative might have been used, 'from a gracious 
 eye,' 'graciously', Ag. 988, irevdopai b' aw' opparoov/vbaTov is similar, 
 almost instrumental use of prep. Soph. O C 15, cos air' bpparuv, 
 'if I see right,' 'to judge from the eyes,' (id. phr.), Lat. ex obtutu, 
 cf. dxd ttjs bxf/eoos infra Soph. Frg. 161 (Nauck), opparuv airo/\byxas lr\<sw 
 (metaph. in \byxcs, oppaTtov airo lit.); Eur. Med. 216, olba yap to\- 
 Xous pporuv / crepvovs yeyooras, tovs pev bpparwv airo, / tovs b' ev dvpaiois' 
 ol b' dc/>' rjavxov ivobbs / bvaKheiav eKTr\aavTO kcu paOvpiav, is a much de- 
 bated passage, 11 but both bpparuv airo and dc>' rjo-vxov to5os are meta- 
 phorically used as idiomatic phrases. But cf. ££, p. 54. 
 
 air' bipews, Lysias XVI. 19, &are ovk 'a^iov aw' 6\f/eccs . . . ovre 
 4>i\elv ovre piaeip ovb'eva, Eng. 'for his looks,' is really a causal use of 
 prep.; but Antiphanes, 33 K. arcb rr/s. . bipews 'EXXt?juk6s, 'to judge by 
 his looks' is more id. cf. air 1 bpparuiv Soph. O C 15, supra, cf. e£, p. 54. 
 
 airo tov irpaypaios, Dem. 701. 6, eorcu be tout ovk airb n tov rcpayparos, 
 'irrelevant,' cf. Ar. Ran. 1179, e£co tov \byov. 
 
 airo pvTrjpos, Soph. O C 900, airevbelv awb pvT-qpos, 'at full galop;' 13 
 cf. Dion. H. 4. 85; 11. 33; Diod. 19. 26. 
 
 airo o-Koirov, first in Horn., Od. 11. 344, v. supra, p. 34; Xen. Symp. 
 II. 10 (w. art.); Plat. Theaet. 179 C, ovk airo o-koitov eiprjKeiv; Tim. 25 E; 
 cf. Tapd GKoirbv, Pind. O. 13. 134. 
 
 11 See edd. ad loc. 
 
 12 For variation of accent in MSS cf. p. 39, n. 16, airo rpoirov. 
 
 13 Jebb explains, "away from," i. e., "unchecked by the rein," quoting Phrynich. 
 ap. Bekk. Anecd. p. 24, awo pvrijpos rpkxtiv lttttoV olov airb xaXiwi) f) 'avev x a ^<- v °V- 
 
PART II airo 39 
 
 d.7r6 aToparos, Hes. Til. 97, yXvuepq oi airo arbparos peei avbi], merely 
 lit. and plastic, apparently a reminiscence of Homer, II. I. 249, tov nod 
 invo y\6iaar]S pehnos y\vKiwv p'eev avdrj ; but d7rd UToparos eiireiv, a phr., 
 'by word of mouth,' i. e. 'from memory,' 14 Xen. Symp. 3. 6, 
 Kal vvv dvvalp.r]v av IXtdSa 6\r]u /ecu 'Obv<joet.av airo arbparos eiireiv ; 
 so Mem. 3. 6. 9; Plat. Theaet. 142 D, ovuovv ovtw ye airo arbparos. 
 Cf. supra, a-irb y\6saains, Cratin. 122 K. so Philemon 48 K., airo arbparos 
 awavr 7 , eav f3ovhriad\ epo). Xh But airo tov arbp.aros, Xen. An. 3. 4. 42, 
 tech. of the van of the army, opp. to arb ttjs ovpds. cos acp' epos 
 arbparos, Anth. P. 11. 159 cf. e£ epos arbparos, 'with one voice,' p. 55. 
 
 Cf. also d7ro pias bppr/s, Thuc. 7. 71. 6, etc., v. p. 43 with which cf. 
 pia bppfi Xen. An. 3. 2. 9. 
 
 airo rpbirov, 16 'unreasonable, absurd,' Plat. Crat. 421 D; Theaet. 
 143 C; Phileb. 34 A; Rep. 470 B (antithesis in C, irpbs rpbirov); Tim. 
 89 E; cf. axo tov rpbirov Com. Fr. Adesp. 143 K.; also Thuc. I. 76, 
 airo rov avdpojneiov rpbirov. Cf. also Call. Ep. 43. 5, ovk airo pvapov, 
 'not without reason.' But cf. e/c, p. 68. 
 
 airo rpvybs, 'from the dregs' = ' to the bottom,' Archil. 4. 3. 
 
 oiiK aw aKpas 4>pevbs, Aesch. Ag. 805, 'not from outside of the 
 heart,' i. e. 'from the inmost heart,' cf. airo Kapblas, supra, p. 38, 
 en 4>pevbs, 'ex Ovpov, etc., p. 54. 
 
 b. With adjectives of quantity, (slightly idiomatic, but not quite 
 phrases) : 
 
 $t)v d/ro twv b\iywp, 'to live on a little,' Theogn. 1156, cf. Hdt. 
 1. 216; 2. 36; 4. 22, 'to live on fish, game, barley,' etc. Ar. Pax 
 850, £wo~lv airo tovtccp Tiv'es, cf. d7ro<Tdco. Cf. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 25, eidLap'epoi 
 clto rvdKepov (3t.0TeveLV. Isocr. XV. 158, clt 7 eXarrbpup fco^Tes, cf. Dem. 
 1045. 22. Cf. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 14, fjbeaap be XcoKparrjp d7r' e\axl<rrcov 
 pep xPVl JLaTCj:u avrapKearara fapra. Cf. Thuc. II. 65. 2, a7r' eXaeabvaiv 
 
 14 L. and S. compare euro xapos as a similar half adverbial phr., Ar. Vesp. 656, 
 Xoyivcu 4>av\ccs' pif ipr)4>ot.s, &XX' airo x«pos 'to calculate roughly,' 'off-hand,' so Blaydes, 
 but Starkie's interpretation as lit. and instrum., 'not with counters, but on your 
 fingers,' 'by means of the hand,' is preferable. 
 
 15 Kock: Bekk. Anecd. 436. 6 el Suid. airoa-TopaTi^eiv cos r/pels, to pit 5id ypa.fj.fjia.Twi>, 
 dXX' airo pvqptfs. 
 
 16 Some edd. accent airo rpoirov, airo naipov, etc., so airo 56£?js, airo o-kottov in II. 
 10. 324, Od. 11. 344 el al., following MS readings based on a theory of the Greek 
 grammarians that airo suffered anastrophe when it was equivalent to airoOw, procul a 
 v. Stallb. ad Plat. Theaet. 143 C, Phileb. 34 A, Rep. 470 B; Bast, ad Gregor. Corinth, 
 p. 210, Hesych. Th. 1360, Bekk. Anecd. II. 931. 19; Chandler, Creek Accentuation, 
 2d ed. §919. Ebeling, Lex. Horn. d™. 
 
40 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 bppupevos, 'setting out, beginning with smaller means' (cf. euro of 
 starting point); Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 17, air 7 eXaxio-raw oppdopeva ; cf. Thuc. 
 I. 144. 4, ovk airb Toacovde bppoopevoi. 
 
 curd TToWcbv, (partitive use, almost id., a familiar expression of the 
 Greeks where change or choice was made of little from much or of a 
 little. after much): Aesch. Pers. 1023, /3cu& y' cos airb toXX&v; Soph. 
 Ph. 647, dXX' ecmv wv del, nalwep ov toWuv euro, 'Aye there are some 
 things that I need, though the choice is not large' (Jebb.); 
 Thuc. I. 110, 6X1701 euro 7roXXcoy . . . eacod-qaav, so VII. 87. 6. Cf. 
 Thuc. III. 24. 2, avbpes ScodeKa /cat Sta/cocnot airb ifheibvwv, 'from more,' 
 i. e. originally there were more. 
 
 77. Proverbial phrases. 
 
 a<p' ecmas, Aesch. Pers. 866, ou5' dc/>' earias avdeis, 'not departing 
 from his hearth,' i. e. from his home. But as a prov. Ar. Vesp. 846; 
 d</>' 'Ecrrtas apxbpevos ; 17 Plat. Euthyphro 3 A, drexfeos yap /xot 6o/C€i dc/>' 
 earias 'apxecrQai naKOvpyelv rr\v ttoKlv, e-mxeipdv abucelv o~e ; cf . Crates 
 frg. 52 K. 
 
 d7rd pr\xavrjs, Lat. deus ex machina, Dem. 1025. 59, Ttpo/cpdrTjs 
 6e pbvos, uxrirep a7rd pi)xavr}s, paprvpel; Alexis 125. 19 K., /cat Oclttov 
 a.TOTep.\f/ovai rovs dvovpevovs \ airb prjxavris Toikovvres coairep oi Oeoi. Menand. 
 227 K., airb prjxavrjs debs eire4>avr]s , 18 cf. 278 K. Cf. lit. use, Ar. Poet. 
 1454. b 2. 
 
 d7r' ovov ireaelv, Ar. Nub. 1273, t'l SfjTa Xrjpets ooaTep d-7r' ovov /cara- 
 7reow ; prov. for an act of stupid clumsiness; Plat. Legg. 701 C, 
 Kara r-qv irapoLpiav airb twos ovov Teaelv. 19 Cf. a perversion of it in Ar. 
 Vesp. 1370, dairep airb — rvpj3ov ireaoiv." 2,0 
 
 17 v. Starkie, ad loc. who quotes Eustath. ad Horn. Od. 1579. 43, p.trr\KTai 5£ . . . 
 6 X670S tK riov lepuv Wos yap 'Eo-tio. wpwrov airapxeffdcu : so in Dion. Chrys. (Dindorf) 
 Vol. I p. 182. 32, varepov r/yavaKTOvv kiri rols irtirpayp.kvois, Qbv &4> iarlas KcoXvtiv 
 (Schmid Alt. I. p. 120), cf. Soph. frg. 658, w -wpCbpa Xoi/3t;s 'Ea-rta, /cXi»«s rade] Strabo 
 I. 11. 20 (Meineke), aw' aXKrjs earias re Kal apxys- 
 
 18 v. Kock: eiri tuv airpooSoKrjTws eir' axfreKelq. Kal crwrripia <f>aLvofjievo)v, Schol. 
 Plat. 394. 
 
 19 There seems to have been some confusion about this prov. Bodl. MS Legg. 
 701 C reads vov; Schol. on Ar. Vesp. 1370, Kal tovto dis els yepovra avrl tov vov Karaireo-wv ; 
 'jostled from one's wits' would be a tempting perversion from air' ovov. Merry ad 
 Nub. 1273: it is thought that a pun is intended here between air' ovov and airb vov, 
 'not off your Ned!' but 'off your head.'" For the proverb Zenobius (Leutsch II. 57) 
 quotes also from Eupolis uxrirep air' oxOov Trecrcov and tiairep airb x^ovbs ireauv. 
 
 20 v. Starkie ad loc. 
 
PART II axo 41 
 
 III. Technical 
 
 1. Military: 
 
 0.71-6 bapoaias, Xen. Hell. 4. 7. 4, 7w airb bapoaias, 'those from 
 the king's tent,' so ol irepl bapoaiap, ib. 4. 5. 8; Lac. 13. 7 'the 
 king's council.' 
 
 oi a7r' ovpas, 'those from the rear,' Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18; An. 3. 4. 42 
 (w. art.); cf. ovpa with other preps. Cf. 6.7r6 tov arbpaTos, 'from the 
 van' Xen. An. 3. 4. 42. 
 
 to. airb (TTpaTOTTtSov, Plat. Charm. 153 C. 
 
 2. Legal: 
 
 6.7r6 £u/x/36Acoj/, Antiphon V. 78, bUas airb %vppb\cov vp.lv bt.Ka£op.evovs ; 
 cf. Aristot. frg. 1541. a 10, al airb avpfiokwv Unai) cf. 1541. b 3; cf. id. 
 Pol. 1275. a 10. V. L. and S. ovpfio\ov II for explanation of these terms. 
 
 3. Political: 
 
 Plat. Rep. 557 A, nai ws to iro\v airb KKrjpcov al apxal tv avrfj yiyvovTat.. 
 
 tt]v 6.7r6 Tip.7]p.a.Toov . . . ivoKirelav, Plat. Rep. 550 C; cf. Isocr. 
 XII. 131, rrjv aird tup Tip.rip.aToov (w. art.); cf. en tl/jlti narcov Xen. Mem. 
 4. 6. 12; Plat. Legg. 698 B; later, 6x6 timh&twv Ar. Pol. 1278. a 23. 
 sing, otto TLfj-maros ib. 1294. b 3, 10; 1306. b 7, cf. Rhett. Spengel I. 185.31, 
 6.7r6 TLp.7]p.a.T0)v avayKalov iroir]aa(TdaLTasel<x4>opa.s,ci.ib. 241. 28 ; okiy apx&v 
 bt dot bvo TpbiroC rj yap e^ eraipelas J) aird tuv Tip.-qp.arwv (note antithesis of 
 «£ and 6.7r6), v. also sub k p. 58; cf. Diod. 18. 18. Cf. Xen. Reip. Ath. 
 1.1 1, oirovyapvavTLKribvvapls ccttiv aird \py]paTusv ; cf. 3. 3. (but less tech., 
 illustrates use of prep.). 
 
 4. From the race-course: 
 
 6x6 j3aX0i8wv, 'from the start,' lit. of the line where the racers 
 started, Ar. Eq. 1159, extended to any start, Eur. H. F. 867; Ar. 
 Vesp. 548, tWvs y airb (3a\pL8wv; cf. otto vvaa-qs II. 23. 758; Od. 8. 121, 
 v. p. 36. Cf. Plat. Phaedr. 254 E, ooairep airb vairX-qyos avaireacov, 
 'he drops at the very start;' cf. Luc. Catapl. 4. 
 
 5. From the field of games: 
 
 Semi-tech, of the way in which the cottabus was thrown, 6.71-' ayKvXrjs 
 Vi, Bacchyl. f r . 24 (Blass 17); Cratin. 273 K. (Mein. 16 ubi v. n.). 
 
 6. From the field of religion: 
 
 Formula of dedication in thanksgiving for victory: Dittenb. 
 Syll. 2 n. 31. 2, SeKarav airb Tup, iroKeplcov ; six examples are extant in 
 inscrr. from 6th to 2nd cent. B. C: Ditt. 15. 1, ol l[irir]fis airb [t]5v 
 iroXeplov; cf. 97. 3; Fouilles d'Epidaure I. p. 39, n. 18; Bull, de corr. 
 Hell. I (1877) p. 84, n. 17; XV. (1891) p. 629; cf. Ditt. 3 (no prep.); 
 also Paus. V. 24. 7, to ot eiriypappa to e7r' avT<2 rovs ev Kn5a> 
 Xeppov-qalovs airb avbpwv avadeivat, iroXepiuu <f>rio-'iv. 
 
42 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 IV. Temporal 
 Temporal phrases c. airb show three uses, 
 
 1. Of the starting point in time, 
 
 2. Of immediate consecution, 
 
 3. Setting a date. 
 
 All of these are illustrated by d0' eairepas, Ar. Vesp. 100, 'at 
 even- tide,' the same as eairepas, cf. de node, de die; cf. Thuc. VII. 
 29.2; Xen. An. 6. 3. 23, apparently merely 'at evening,' 'at night.' 
 So Ar. Vesp. 218, awb ixeotcv wktcov, 'at midnight,' not 'in the time 
 after midnight.' But Thuc. III. 112, drd eairepas eWvs 'just after 
 night-fall,' so VIII. 27. 6; but Xen. Hell. II. 4. 24, d<£' eairepas 
 . . . irpbs opdpov. In Hdt. 2. 31 it is used not of time, but direc- 
 tion, clto eaireprjs re /ecu [17X101/] cWpecoy. 
 
 1. airb of the starting point in time, 
 a. With nouns: 
 
 a.7r' avaroXuv eirl cWpds, Plat. "Open 411 B; cf. air' avaroXris eirl 
 ovaiv, 'Etaaywyq 'AXk. XIV. cf. lb. airb dvaeccs eir' avaToKrjv ', so air 
 opdpov, Plat. Legg. 951 D. 
 
 air' dpxijs, cf. e£ dpx??s p. 60. Usually its meaning does not 
 differ from e£ dpx^s, but e£ begins in Homer, aw not until Hesiod; 
 e£ shows a somewhat wider variety of meanings; dir' is frequent, but 
 % far more so. Hes. Th. 425; Xenoph. 28. 1; Pind. P. VIII. 25; 
 Aesch. Suppl. 343; Soph. Ai. 1097; Eur. Ale. Ill; I. A. 1541; Ar. 
 Vesp. 1031 ; 21 Eq. 322, Ran. 1030; Pax 84; Hdt. 2. 104; 9. 46, TrdXcu 
 d7r' dpx^js, antiquitus, ab initio; Plat. Theaet. 206 D, 6 pi) evebs fj kw^os 
 dvr' dpx^s 'from his birth,' (so e£ in Hdt. 7. 203;) Phaedr. 264 A; 
 Tim. 48 D; Isocr. IV. 26; Dem. 91. 6; 286. 175; 396. 177; 442. 315; 
 518. 12; 932. 27; 1108. 25; Anaxilas 22. 8 K., etc. But Antiphanes 73 
 K is different, yepwu, aw' apxvs AaopecW /caXoupeyos. 22 Cf. awb TeXevTTjs 
 eir' dpx^, Plat. Soph. 268 C; Phaedr. 264 A. 
 
 d7r' EvK\ei5ov apxovros, 'beginning from the archonship of Eucl.' 
 Andoc. I. 87 (6 times), cf. eirl regular for 'in the archonship of.' 
 
 apcpl to. irevre nal rpiaKovra cr?/ d7rd yevtas, 'about thirty five years 
 from birth, i. e. of age,' Xen. An. II. 6. 30; Cyr. 1. 2. 8. But Isocr. 
 XII. 120, ebdvs airb 7€^eds, cf. airb yeverrjs Iambi, v. Pyth. (Nauck) 125. 
 9; 156. 13, cf. he p. 61. Cf. d;r' dpxr/s supra, Plat. Theaet. 206 D, etc. 
 
 21 v\ Starkie: for e£, airb found only in cantica and anapaests, cf. Sobol. Praep. 
 p. 95. 
 
 22 Kock: air' apxv*, i- e. a regia dignitate Laomedon ut tieSwv rod \aov dicitur. 
 But Herm. et L. Dind. yepuv diropyijs senex morosus pro d7r' opyi^s (Hunzicker). 
 
PART II <X7r6 43 
 
 airb SetXr/s, 'from the hour of afternoon,' Arist. H. A. 564. ,l 19. 
 cltto oixrews v. supra p. 42. 
 
 d0' r\fi-qs, to. Ska d(/>' r/^s (i. c. at Sparta twenty-eight years of age), 
 Xen. Hell. II. 4. 32; III. 4. 23; IV. 5. 14, 16; 6. 10; V. 4. 13, 40; VI. 
 
 4. 17 {bis); Ages. 1. 31. Cf. eh p. 104. 
 
 d7r' opdpov, v. supra, p. 42. 
 
 dTro Taldojv ap^apevoi, Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 11, cf. e* p. 61. 
 
 b. With pronouns: 
 dc/>' ov, Lat. a 92/0 (tempore), 'from the time when,' 'since,' 
 like d7r' dpx??s not found in Homer, who uses e£ ov and e£ dpx??s- Cf . e£ 
 
 05, pp. 50, 62. d0' o5, Soph. O T 758; Ant. 562; Ai. 600; Ar. Piut. 968, 
 1113, 1173; frg. 31 K. Hdt. 2. 44 (note c£ ov in same paragraph, no 
 apparent difference in use); Thuc. I. 14. 3, 18. 1; Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 20; 
 Mem. 3. 5. 4; An. 3. 2. 14; Cyr. 1. 2. 9 (cf. 13, d</>' oO xp^gi;) ; Plat. 
 Phaed. 76 C; Symp. 172 C; Minos 320 B; Isae. 6. 14; Dem. 110. 1; 
 411. 225; 753. 173; 986. 6 (bis) et alP 
 
 a<f>' ovivep, Aesch. Pers. 177; Isocr. XII. 98, 148, etc. 
 
 airb Tov8i, Ar. Nub. 431, to \onrbv 7' awb rovdi, 'from this time on.' 
 
 d7ro tovtov 'from this time on,' Xen. An. 2. 6. 5, etc., cf. en tovtov. 
 to 8e airb tovtov, 'after this,' Hdt. 1. 4; cf. 8. 23; so to <5e d-7r6 Tovde, 
 'after this,' 'next,' Hdt. 2. 99, cf. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.11; 2. 9. et a!. 
 
 2. Of immediate consecution. 
 
 d7ro bdwvov, 'immediately after supper' first in Horn. II. 8. 54; 
 Hdt. 1. 126, 133; 2. 78; 5. 18; 6. 129; 9. 16; Ar. Eccl. 694; Pax 839; 
 cf. Antiphon I. 17, wpb bdirvov . fj airb deiwvov. Cf. e/c deiirvoiv 
 
 Eur. Hec. 915. Cf. cctt' aplaTov Menand. 264 K. 
 
 clto 5opirr}(TTov, Ar. Vesp. 103, 'immediately after supper time.' 
 
 airb tokov, Xen. Lac. 15. 5, 'just after birth.' 
 
 d7r' curias evdvs rj rt.uwpta, Dem. 640. 63. 
 V. Adverbial 
 
 a. With nouns. 
 
 axo KekevapaTOS, Com. Fr. Eubul. 8 K. awb evbs Ke\evap.aTO$, 'all 
 at once,' Thuc. II. 92. 1, cf. Diod. 3. 15. Cf. d7ro ptds bppris, Thuc. 
 VII. 71. 6. Cf. k, p. 66. 
 
 airb KpaTovs, 'at full speed' (late). Diod. 17. 34; but di^d kpcltos, 
 Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23 et saepe. 
 
 "Meisterhans, Gr. d. alt. Inschr. S. 212. 5 states that atro and k are interchange- 
 able in inscrr. of the starting-point in time. 
 
44 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 awb irapayyeKaeus 'at the word of command,' Xen. An. 4. 1. 5. 24 
 Cf. &7r6 ndvov xp^o-ios, 'at his bidding/ Pind. O. XIII. 76. 
 
 &7rd irapaaKevris, Thuc. I. 133; cf. Antiphon V. 22; Lysias XXI. 
 10 (w. art. and adj.). Cf. he, p. 66. 
 
 airo irepiovcias, 'with plenty of other resources,' Lat. ex abundanti, 
 Thuc. V. 103 cf. k, Dem. de Cor. 226. 3, v. p. 67. 
 
 d7ro wpovolas tup 'EperpLwv, 'by their precautions,' Thuc. VIII. 
 95. 4. Cf. w. k, meaning 'purposely,' p. 67. 
 
 d7ro avvdrjpaTos, Lat. ex composito, 'by agreement,' Hdt. 5. 74; 
 Thuc. IV. 67. 4; VI. 61. Cf. k p. 68. Cf. with same meaning, airo 
 Zvufiaaeoos, Thuc. III. 67. 5; IV. 130. 6; cf. later, cicnrep airb avvTa^eus, 
 Plut. 2. 813 B. 
 
 Cf. w. cud raxovs, els rdxos, etc., Xen. An. 2. 5. 7, euro irolov tclxovs. 
 
 airo rvxys, 'by chance,' Lys. XXI. 10 (opp. to airb irapacwevris); 
 Dem. 1193. 31; Ar. Eth. N. 1105 a 23; freq. in Ar. who usually has 
 euro rvxys, but sometimes cud rvxw> Rhet. 1368 34; tvxos, Kara tvxw ) 
 in wider sense generally joined w. avTop.aTov, airb Tavrofxarov koll airo 
 Thx-ns, Phys. 196 b 31; cf . de part. an. 641 b 22; Met. 1032 a 29; but 984 b 
 14 dat.; opp. to e£ avaynys, Phys. 196 b 12 de inter pr. 18. b 5, 16, etc. 
 Lat. fortuito. Cf. e/c, p. 69. 
 
 Entire phr. adv. rather than the prep, expression: 6<rov /cat dxd 
 (3or)s evena (eveKa pleonastic), 'as far as sound went,' 'only in ap- 
 pearance,' Thuc. VIII. 92. 9 (opp. to rci dX^el); Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 31. 
 
 b. With adjectives: 
 d7r' a.p.4>0Tkpwv = ap-tfiorepudev, Lat. ex utraque parte, 'on both sides,' 
 i. e. 'by both parents,' Eur. Ale. 920; Hdt. 7. 97; lit. 'from' or 
 'on both sides,' cf. Eur. Hipp. 758; Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 17, 0-1717 . . . 
 air' ap4>0Ttpwv', so Ages. 2. 10. 
 
 d7ro tov apxaiov, Hdt. 4. 117, 25 'in olden style,' cf. Thuc. II. 
 15. 5; cf. ib. 15. 1, axd tov iravv apxaiov. 
 
 airo tov clvto/jlcltov, 'spontaneously,' 'accidentally': Hdt. 2 66.; 
 Thuc. II. 77; VI. 36. 2; Xen. Hell. I. 7. 32; Mem. 4. 2. 2, 4; An. 1. 2. 17 
 6. 4. 18 (cf. 1. 3. 13 where k replaces otto); Plat. Apol. 38 C, 41 D 
 Cratyl. 397 A, 402 B; Alcib. I. 118 C; Euthyd. 282 C, Prot. 323 C 
 Rep. 498 E; Dem. 139. 31; 738. 121; 1287. 14; 1301. 9; Aeschin. 1. 
 
 24 An unusual phr. is found in Polyb. 22. 21. 9 (Buttner-Wobst XXI. 38), 17 M*" <^ 
 vevnaTos ■wpoaeTa.&v, 'from a nod,' i. e. 'she bade him by a nod.' 
 
 25 L. and S. dpxalos III. 1. make this = dpxatcos, in the sense of 'anciently'; 
 but it should be rather under their III. 2 'in olden style.' 
 
PART II Ci7r6 45 
 
 127; Menand. Perikeir. 31 (Capps) et al. freq. in Aristot. e. g. Phys. 
 196 b 31; Metaph. 1032 a 29 parallel with Atto tvxw- Cf. k, p. 70. 
 
 airb rod eWeos, Thuc. III. 43. 2, rayada airb rov evdeos \eybpepa, 
 'spoken straight out,' later, cf. air' eWelas, Plut. 2. 57 A; id. Fab. 
 Max. 3. 5; cf. ha, p. 26, kk p. 70. Cf. Rhett. Spengel III. 11. 3; 
 59. 7, eir' evdeias (of a sentence expressed 'directly'), but e£ ib. 12. 
 28; 13. 29, SiA 120. 16, v. pp. 26, 71. 
 
 airb Tr\s 'io-qs, Lat. ex aequo, 'equally,' 'on an equal footing': 
 Thuc. I. 15. 2; III. 40. 6; Dem. 179. 6, Att' iVrys 26 (no art.). Att' Uov, 
 Thuc. III. 84. 1, cf. e£ p. 71, kv p. 188. airb rov Uov, 'on an equal 
 footing,' 'on equal terms,' 'equal': Thuc. I. 77. 3 (c. dfjuXelv, so III. 
 11. 1); I. 77. 4; 99. 2; 140.5; 143. 3; II. 89. 2; III. 10. 4; 37. 4; 42. 5; 
 
 IV. 19. 2; V. 101, 104. Atto tup Ucav, Plat. Rep. 343 D; cf. Atto t&v 
 bpolup, Thuc. VIII. 89. 3, 'competing with his equals.' 
 
 airb rov kolpov, 'by public authority,' Hdt. 5. 85; 8. 135; but 
 clto rov kolpov Xafitop 'from the common stock,' Thuc. VI. 17. 3; cf. 
 (without art.) Xen. An. 4. 7. 27; airo kolpov, 'at public expense,' 
 Xen. An. 5. 1. 12, 7. 18. 27 Cf. k p. 72 els p. 114, kv, p. 190. 
 
 A-7r6 rov Kpariarov (late), 'in good earnest,' 'seriously,' Polyb. 
 8. 19. 4; but cf. Kara to kpLtlo-top 'in the best way,' Dion. H. 2. 22. 
 
 awb iraXaLoi), 'from very early times,' Thuc. I. 2. 6. Cf. k Hdt. 
 1. 157 et al. v. p. 62. 
 
 airb rov irpocfrapovs, 'openly,' Thuc. I. 35. 4, 66; II. 93; III. 82. 7; 
 
 V. 9. 4; cf. eK III. 43. 3; VI. 73. 2 et al. v. p. 72. Cf. Atto to'v (frapepod 
 (late), Dion. H. 4. 4. 8; cf. k ib. 6. Cf. e« p. 73, els, p. 117, h p. 191. 
 
 6.TO 7rpcbrrjs (apxvs or bpprjs might be supplied, but v. ftn. 26 on 
 Att' lays.): Thuc. I. 77. 3; cf. VII. 43. 5 (w. art.); Antiphon V. 56. 
 
 Phr. used as adj.: Thuc. VI. 34. 8, tw aboKrjrw paXkop ap KarairXa- 
 yelev 77 rr\ airb rov a\r)dovs bvpapu. 
 
 c. With participle: airb tccp irapbprwp, Thuc. VI. 23. 3, cf. k 
 VII. 62. 1 v. p. 74, h> p. 175, ets p. 108. 
 
 d. With articular adv. (v. also sub adv. phr. of direction) : \kyup 
 
 awb rov TrapaxpypoL, 'off-hand,' Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 30. Cf. ds 
 p. 117, k p. 75, kv p. 191. 
 
 26 Rehd. Index, Rehd.-Blass. Dem. p. 69, on air' tarjs, awo Trpurrjs, (K kcuvtjs, «k 
 v'ei\%, e£ iKTrepijs, he rijs Wtr)s, etc.:-Die Ergiinzung bestimmter Subst. feminin. verwirft 
 Lobeck Paralip. 363 u. sagt: sic potius existimandum videtur Graecos a nolionibus 
 simplicibus progressos maximeque obviis, quae sunt silus viae et dircctionis, hinc simili- 
 tudinem traduxisse ad actionum humanarum direcliones et modos. 
 
 "For explanation of dird kolvov and ec kolvov as gramm. terms v. Apoll. 
 Constr. 94.9; 122. 14— 124. 7; Rhett. Spengel III. 76. 25; 256. 11. 
 
46 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 e. Adv. phr. of direction: ttjv d<£' 17X101* fio\cbv / tce\evdov Soph. Ai. 
 877. ct7r6 eaireprjs re uai [77X101;] 8vap.etov, Hdt. 2. 31, v. supra p. 42. 
 Cf. and Svaecos 'from the west,' C I 1755. 
 
 airb tov 8e£eov . . . airb tov evaivvp.ov, ihuc. VIII. 105. 2. 
 Cf. en p. 76, ev p. 192, eis p. 118. 
 
 oltto tov kcltclptovs, 'down-hill,' Xen. Hell. 3. 5. 20 (cf. ib. eis to 
 K&TavTes for distinction in use of prep.); id. Eq. 8. 8. Cf. eis p. 118, 
 ev p. 192 M, Plat. Tim. 77 D. 
 
 With artic. adv. : euro twv evOkvbe, Plat. Rep. 529 A. d'eeoaiv ev airb 
 Tthv kclto), airb 8e twv aveo fxrj, 'from the lower part of the race-course,' 
 'from the upper,' Plat. Rep. 613 B. 
 
 VI. N oteworthy uses of preposition. 
 
 1. Instrumental: airb /cdXco -rrapaTXelv, 'to sail from' or 'by a 
 rope,' i. e. "to be towed along the shore' (idiomatic tinge), Thuc. 
 IV. 25. 5. Cf. with different force, Ar. Ran. 121, /xta (i. e. one route 
 to the house of Hades) fxev yap e<mv airb k&Xo; nai dpaviov, / Kpep-aaavTi 
 aavTov. 
 
 2. Causal: ax' 6\pews 'for his looks,' i. e. 'because of Lys. 
 XVI. 19, v. supra, p. 38. 
 
 3. Pregnant^ Democr. frg. 235, Diels 2 , 427, ocnx airb yaaTpbs tcls 
 ■qdovas iroieovraL, of pleasures from eating, but e« yaarpos, 'from 
 infancy,' v. k p. 61. 
 
 xpvaeiov airb paL<jTr)pos o-rrjcrai, 'from a hammer,' i. e. 'to set up a 
 statue in beaten gold,' Anth. P. 7. 5. 
 
 4. Plastic: Aesch. Ag. 1630, 6 p.ev (i. e. Orpheus) yap r\ye irdvT J 
 airb 4>doyyr)s x^pa, 'with his voice,' 'by delight from his voice.' 
 
 5. Of the starting-point: Plat. Euthyd. 301 E, airb aov yap del 
 apxtcrdai, leXevTav 0' eis EWv8r]pov Tovhe. Cf. Trag. Fr. (Nauck) 
 Theod. 7, p. 804, axo twv detov apxv v oe iroieiodai irpeirov (for which 
 Nauck prefers be). V. also sub local desig. Plat. Ep. 358 B, 4>av\ot.s 
 avdponrois, ol ova airb tov fieXTiGTOv irpbs to. kolvo. irpooepxovTai. 
 
 6. Metaphorical motion from: Plat. Phaed. 98 B, airb dij davnaarris 
 eKiridos . . . tpxbp.r]i> fapofxevos, ' I was dashed down from my hope,' 
 a slight variation, as Burnet suggests, from the usual phr., which 
 would have Kaiej3\i]dr]p or KaTeireaov. Cf. Euthyphro 15 E, oltt' eX7r£5os 
 p.e KaTafta\wv p.eya\rjs. For possible reminiscence in 4>epbp.evos of II. 1. 
 592, v. Burnet ad Phaed. 98 B. 
 
 7. Change from one condition to another, cf. be p. 77. Aesch. 
 Cho. 262, airb apiKpov 8'av apetas pieyav/86pov. Eur. Heracl. 613, tov 
 
PART II and 47 
 
 (j.ev d<£' v\J,'r)\uv fipaxvv okiae, 'fate brings one man swiftly from high to 
 low estate.' 
 
 8. Of a state of separation: Xen. Reip. Lac. 7. 1, ol 8e kcu airb 
 Ttxvwv TpkfyovToa, 'apart from the professions.' Cf. aird dvpov, aw' 
 ovcltos, etc., supra Horn. p. 35. 
 
 9. Parallel and contrasting use of airb and k : 
 
 Eur. Frg. 1044. 2 (Nauck Trag. Fr.), ovt k X*pbs pedePTa naprepbp 
 \idop paov Karaax 6 ^ ovt' curb yXcoaaris \byop. Democr. frg. 242 
 Diels 2 , p. 428, TrXeo^es e£ aonijcnos ayadol yivovrai rj awb (pvat-os, ' more 
 are good from practice than from nature.' Thuc. I. 124. 2, k 
 wo\epov pep yap eip-qprj paWop fieftaiovrat., dc/>' 7]<jvx^ 5e pi] woXeprjcrat. 
 oi>x bpolcos clklpSvpop. 
 
 An interesting deliberate contrast of airb and k in antithesis, 
 airb of remote, e£ of immediate ancestry, is Isocr. XII. 81, tovs 
 pep awb dewp, tous 5' e£ avrwv tup Qewp yeyovbras, cf. Hdt. 7. 150, and for 
 awb of remote ancestry cf. Aesch. Pr. 853. 
 
 10. Of price or value: 
 
 airb and 4k are both used in inscriptions to give the value or price of 
 a thing (v. Meisterhans, Grammatik der attischen Inschriften, Berlin 
 1888, S. 212. 6) Ditt. Syll. 2 50. 11 = CIA I. 59, Hicks and Hill, Man. 
 Gr. Inscrr. 148. 74 (B. C. 410-9), woiijaa [i be top GTecfraPOP airb x^' LC0V 
 8p] axuwv. Cf. Ditt. 152. 64, 76; 153. 30, 31, etc. For additional 
 cases, v. Meisterhans /. c. But Ditt. Syll. 2 107. 15, 16 = Hicks and 
 Hill 134 (102), [o-T6(f)]avcccraL NavaawWop pep [kn 5ap]eu<wp wePT-qnoPTa, 
 ' ApTe[ptair]p] oe k TpirjKOPTa bape[i\K(hp. 
 
 VII. Local designations 
 
 airb yrjs, Ar. Pax 159; Plat. Tim. 90A et al. 
 
 awb daXaaaris: a. of the starting-point: Hdt. 2. 9, 15, 97; Thuc. 
 II. 97. 2, etc. b. of remoteness: awb daKaaa-qs . . . (hdaOriaap, 
 'inland,' Thuc. I. 7; I. 46. 4. Xen. An. 7. 3. 16, 'a journey of 
 twelve days away from the sea.' 
 
 aw' i'7r7roi', lirwcop 'on horseback,' cf. ewL. Hdt. 1. 79; 9. 62; 
 Ar. Lys. 679; Xen. An. 1. 2. 7; 3. 3. 10 (pi. w. art.); Plat. Rep. 328 A 
 (pi. bis); Legg. 834 D (pi.) etc. But in Homer it means 'from the 
 chariot,' v. supra, p. 35. 
 
 d7r' o'lkov, Thuc. I. 99. 3, tva pi] an o'Uov toci. Cf. other preps., 
 especially ew' o'Ikov. aw' clkcop, Soph. Ai. 762. 
 
 awb wepaToop yrjs, 'from the ends of the earth' (almost prov.) so 
 k, v. p. 56. Alcaeus 48 (53), ids [r'] awb weppaTup (cf. k id. 36. 1, 
 
48 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 cf. Matt. 12. 42); Xen. Ages. 9. 4. Cf. Aesch. frg. 74. 2, d7r' taxa-rwv/ 
 7aias. 
 
 d7ro retxous, Ar. Thesm. 495, avqp airb tclxovs elaLuv, familiar local 
 phr. in the Peloponnesian war, 'coming in from the walls' where he 
 had been mounting guard. 
 
 Sc. xwpiov. airb v\pr)\ov Kpe/jtaadeis, Plat. Theaet. 175 D; dc/>' inprj- 
 \orepov KadopwvTes, Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 29. 
 
 VIII. Phrases of comparison with us and tiairep : 
 
 Hdt. 4. 36, rijp yijv, kovaav KvuXorepka <hs airb rbpvov. Plat. Rep. 445 
 C, &<rirep awb anoinas p.oi (palveTai, in pr. simply 'a watchtower,' 
 Lat. specula, but in Homer always 'a mountain-peak,' cf. II. 4. 
 275; Od. 4. 524. Plat. Phaedr. 254 E, fig. from the race-course, v. 
 sub tech. terms supra p. 41. Eubul. 75 K, 7rco\os cbs airb £vyov. 
 Dem. 1025. 59, u><77rep airb nyxavfis, p.aprvpel (prov. v. supra, p. 40). 
 Examples might be multiplied. 
 
Part III 
 
 €K 
 
 he, Lat. ex, e, 1 means essentially out of, from in contrast to cur6 
 away from and kv in. Its uses are commonly classed as follows 2 : 
 
 I. Spatial: 1. Removal from the inside of a place or object, 
 out of union with it or from its immediate vicinity, with verbs of 
 motion; hence it is used of the immediate succession of one condition 
 or circumstance upon another. 2. Absence from a place with verbs 
 of rest, meaning 'outside of.' 
 
 II. Temporal: of the starting-point in time, t£ apxvs, Q ov, 
 etc.; hence of the immediate development of one act out of another, 
 or of the close succession in time of two acts, much stronger than 
 euro. 
 
 III. Causal and figurative, of the source from which something 
 goes forth. 1. Of origin and starting-point, more immediate and 
 direct than ql-ko. 2. Partitively, often with the added meaning 
 of choice or distinction. 3. Of the author or agent with passive 
 or intransitive verbs, instead of vto. Ionic, especially in Herodotus, 
 also in tragedy, seldom in Attic prose. 3 4. Of cause, only rarely 
 of lifeless objects for the usual instrumental Dative, — stronger than 
 airo. 5. Of material. 6. Of means and instrument. 7. Of ac- 
 cordance, conformity, suitability, e. g. 'according to ability,' etc. 
 8. Of manner, phrases often equivalent to adverbs. 
 
 ck is used, perhaps, more freely than any other preposition, 
 to form prepositional phrases in which the original force of the 
 preposition has faded until it serves merely to turn the noun or ad- 
 jective into an adverb, although it often gives the situation from which 
 a thing starts. A large number of such phrases will be found under 
 adv. phr. with nouns, a list which does not claim to be exhaustive, 
 although it includes a few cases found in literature later than this 
 period. Akin to these are many technical phr., particularly in 
 rhetoric and logic, with more or less adverbial force. 
 
 'For derivation, v. Brugmann, Kz. vergl. Gr. S. 467; Walde ex. 
 2 K-G. II. 1. 459ff. 
 3 K-G. I.e. 
 
50 STUDIES IN CREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 A. Homer 
 I. Idiomatic phrases 
 
 a. With nouns. 
 
 k yeverjs, (nearly a phr.), 'name him from his clan,' II. 10. 68. 
 
 e£ epibos fxax^dai, II. 7. Ill, naturally 'to fight a match,' 
 literally, 'to fight a battle arising from mere rivalry,' so clearly in Od. 
 4. 343; 17. 134. 
 
 k Oec^iv iro\e/jiL£a, II. 17. 101, 'he warreth with the gods upon 
 his side,' just the opposite of xpos balp.ova ib. 98; usu. expressed by 
 avv c. Dat. 
 
 k dvfiGv (a true phr.) adv.: II. 9. 343, 486, k 8vp,ov fyihkow, Lat. ex 
 animo, 'right from my heart,' 'sincerely'; so Aesch. Ag. 48, etc., 
 v. infra, p. 54. Cf. in later lit. oltto Kapblas, p. 38 k cj>pevos, p. 54, etc. 
 But II. 23. 595, k 6vp,ov irea'eeLv, 'to fall from thy heart," 'become 
 alienated,' a different idiom. Cf. oltto 6vp.ov, II. 1. 562. Cf. II. 10. 
 10, veibQev kit Kpadirjs, 'he heaved a sigh from the bottom of his heart.' 
 
 k KecpaXrjs . es wobas, 'from head to foot,' II. 16. 640; 
 
 18. 353; 23. 169, familiar tag as in Eng., id. feeling indicated by its 
 comic reversal and metaph. use in Ar. PI. 650. 
 
 (piXel be ae . . . Zeus/e/c irdar)s balqs, h. Merc. 470, summo 
 iure, adv. force. 
 
 b. W T ith adjectives, = adv. 
 
 II. 24. 352, e£ ayxwoXoio, Lat. e propinquo, 'from near at hand.' 
 
 e£ aiToaxtb'i-ys Tretpco^e^os, 'off-hand,' h. Merc. 55; (late) cf. Dio 
 C. 73. 1, e/c tov ai'TOcrx e blov eiirelv. But cf. es avToax^l'qv 
 Ikuai, Tyrt. 9. 12. 
 
 //. Elliptical 
 
 Sc. oo/jlov or o'Lkov: e£ Wlbao, 'At5os, Atbeco, II. 23. 76; Od. 11. 625, 
 635; 12. 17. k Weiaavbpoio, i. e. 'from his house,' Od. 18. 299. Cf. 
 infra, p. 59 f, ets, ev in Horn, and Att. pp. 84, 103, 140, 168, v. also ftn. 
 120 sub ev p. 168. 
 
 777. Temporal 
 
 1. Of the starting-point, a. W. nouns: e£ apxys, Od. 1. 188; 
 2. 254; 11. 438; 17. 69, freq. in Attic, v. p. 60. 
 
 k yevervs, 'from birth,' II. 24. 535; Od. 18. 7. Cf. Ar. Eth. N. 
 1144 . 6, eWvs k yeverris, etc., v. infra, p. 61. 
 
 k veo77]Tos es yr/cas, II. 14. 86. 
 
 b. With pronouns: 
 
 e£ ov, 'from the time when,' 'since,' Lat. ex quo tempore, 
 and ex quo. II. 1. 6; 8. 295; 13. 778; 24. 638, 766 = Od. 19. 223; 
 
TART III k 51 
 
 Od. 2. 27, 90; 8. 539; 11. 168; 14. 379; 16. 142; 17. 103; 18. 181; 
 21. 303; 24. 310, frcq. in All. v. infra, p. 62. Cf. dtf>' ov (but not in 
 Horn.), p. 43. 
 
 k toIo, tov, 'henceforth,' always temporal in Homer. 1 II. 1. 
 493; 8. 296; 13. 779; 15. 69; 24. 31; Od. 1. 74, 212; h. Cer. 440. Cf. 
 II. 9. 106, e£ en tov ore. Cf. k tovtov eTvetra, h. Ap. 343. k roD5e, 
 Od. 8. 540, cf. cxtto. 
 
 2. Of immediate succession: 
 
 II. 13. 493, iribiitv kit fiorauris, 'to drink after pasturage.' 
 
 II. 11. 227, k daXa/jiOLo . . . Uero, 'straight from the bridal 
 
 chamber,' w. slight suggestion of 'immediately after his marriage.' 
 
 3. Of a date: 
 
 Od. 12. 286, k vvktcov 8' ixvepioi x a Xe7roi • • • yiyvovTcu, as of 
 the winds arising out of the night; this easily merges into the 
 purely temp, meaning, 'at night,' and may be so translated even here. 
 Cf. infra, p. 63. 
 
 IV. Tags 
 
 1. Military: 'out of the battle,' k PeXtwv, 'out of shot,' 'out- 
 side the battle/ II. 11. 163; 14. 130; 16. 122, 668, 678, 781; 18. 152. 
 In II. 11. 163, 164, cf. also k Kopirjs, e£ apdpoKTaalrjs, e£ 0.1/j.o.tos. 
 
 e£ evowr/s, 'out of the war-cry,' II. 16. 782; 17. 714. 
 
 k KvdoLfjLov, 'out of the din of battle,' II. 11. 164. 
 
 k TToXeixov, II. 3. 428. 
 
 k irovov, 'out of the turmoil of battle,' II. 14. 429; 17. 718. 
 
 k Tpdxoy, 'to drive the horses from among the Trojans,' II. 10. 
 537. 
 
 k 4>\oi<jfioi.o, 'to save out of the tumult,' II. 5. 469; cf. awo. 
 But II. 20. 377, 'await him from amid the roar of battle,' i. e. 
 'in it.' 
 
 2. Literal and plastic: 
 
 k oifypoio, II. 22. 398, 'bound him from his chariot.' 
 
 e£ eipfjs, II. 14. 336; 15. 580; 22. 190; Od. 2. 2; 3. 405; 4. 307; 8. 2; 
 
 15. 58, 96. Also in later lit. 5 
 
 t£ oxeoov II. 13. 35, 'loosed the horses from out of the chariot.' 
 
 k iraaaaXov, Od. 8. 67, 105; h. Ap. 9. Cf. airo p. 36. 
 
 els a^vpov k TTepvqs, II. 22. 397. 
 
 k pedkwv, II. 16. 856; 22. 362 ; \p v XV 5' k pedeccu wrap-hr) ; cf. II. 22. 
 
 68, pedetov k dvpov eX^rat cf. 6vp6s airo /.teXecov, 11. 7. 131, v. p. 36. 
 
 4 Ameis. 
 
 6 Cf. further, Ap. Rhod. 1. 1104; 2. 1236, ctr. 
 
52 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 e£ &7WHO, II. 10. 162, 519. 
 
 3. Literal, but might easily have developed into phrases: 
 e/c Kpa8Lr)s, II. 10. 10 8 cf. &7rd napbLas p. 38, e/c p. 54. 
 
 e/c ttcitov, II. 20. 137, niovres e/c irarov es aKoini]V, 'out of the trodden 
 path,' 'apart.' 
 
 4. Miscellaneous: 
 
 e/c Aids oupoi/, II. 14. 19; oaaai' e/c Aios Od. 1. 283; 2. 217. 
 
 e/c ve&wv, II. 11. 62, cf. Hes. Op. 449. 
 
 e/c vrjw, II. 10. 337; 12. 72; 16. 87, 267, 293, 366; 18. 279. 
 
 V. Noteworthy uses of preposition 
 
 1. Local: 
 
 II. 18. 210, o'i re TvavqixepLOL OTiryepo) Kpivovrai "Aprjl/aareos e/c crc/>eTe- 
 pou. 7 
 
 II. 19. 375, e/c toptolo, not 'coming up from the sea,' but 'from 
 out at sea' they see something upon land. 
 
 2. Partitive: 
 
 e/c iravTwv, II. 7. 75, 'out of you ail,' cf. e£ evapcav, II. 9. 188. 
 
 e/c irokkiov, II. 15. 680, os r' e7ret e/c irohkuv wiavpas crvvaeLpeTdL linrovs,. 
 'four out of many' (slightly id.) cf. dxo in Att. p. 40; cf. p. 73. 
 
 With added force of choice or distinction: e/c iraaewv, 'above all,' 
 'more than any one else,' II. 18. 431; Od. 4. 723. 8 So II. 18. 432, 
 e/c n'ev p' dXXcW ahiawv ; II. 21. 370, e^ aWwv. 9 This meaning 
 emphasized by addition of superlative: II. 4. 96; Od. 2. 433, e/c 
 navTCOV 8£ pdXtcrra. 
 
 3. Material: 
 
 e£ uSaTos /cpucrrdXXaj, II. 22. 152, 'ice from water.' 10 Cf. infra 
 p. 79. 
 
 4. Succession: 
 
 II. 19. 290, cos pot Sexercu /ca/cdi> e/c KaxoD atei 'evil after, upon evil.' 
 Cf. Aesch. Ag. 1110; Dem. 1462. 3; Aeschin. I. 64, etc., v. infra, p. 80. 
 
 "The nearest approach to a phr. w. «k is Ar. Nub. 86, elirep be rrjs Kapdlas ix 6vtus 
 4>i\tls (fig. but art. expressed). 
 
 'Some edd. accent «k on the ground that it means 'from outside of their city,' 
 and that k in that case receives the accent on the same theory by which they account 
 for a-wo = procul,v. inrb p. 39 ftn., Herm. Op. II. 55. Others prefer to readolSe for olre 
 (of MSS) in the previous line and interpret ' from within the city.' v. Leaf ad. he. 
 
 8 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 620, oiij tK iraakosv. 
 
 "SoPind. 01. VI. 25. 
 
 10 This is one of the meanings noticed by Aristotle in his discussion of the uses of 
 'tK, Metaph. 1023 a 26 sqq. Cf. further, Ap. Rhod. 2. 843, vrjiov hi kotLvoio 4>a\ay£, 
 'a ship's roller of wild olive wood'; id. 3. 1325, «£ aSafxavros. 
 
PART III hi 53 
 
 VI. Compounds of k: 
 
 Trape* c. gen. t 7rap<=£ 68ov, II. 10. 349; 7rape£ "IXoto, II. 24. 349, etc. 
 C. arc. 7rape£ 'AxtXXrja, 'without the knowledge of Achilles,' II. 24. 
 434. u 7rapeK h'itov 'along the warp,' U. 23. 762; iraph vbov ffyayt, 
 'beyond, contrary to prudence,' II. 10. 391; pr) xaXe7rau>e iraptK vbov, 
 II. 20. 133, etc. 
 
 virU: II. 13. 89=15. 700, </>eu£ecr0at virtu nanod, cf. Od. 12. 107; 
 II. 17. 581, 589, virtu Tpwcov, 'from amid the Trojans' II. 4. 465; 18. 
 232, vireK 0e\eo>v; II. 22. 146, retxeos . . . virtu, 'away from 
 under.' 12 
 
 B. Literature after Homer 
 
 /. Idiomatic phrases 
 a. With nouns. 
 
 e£ avdpuTruv, an extension of the use seen in h avd pcoirois c. superl. 
 V. p. 147. Plat. Theaet. 170 E, o'i ye pot rd hi- avdpcoiruv irpaypara 
 irapexovaiv, 'they cause me a world of trouble'; so Lysias XIII. 73, 
 ovToal . . . oi'K &v 'Adrjvalos nai eStKafe /cat rj/v/cX^crtafe Kat ypacfras 
 tAs e£ avQpuiruv eypcKpero 'every kind of indictment possible'; Aeschin. 
 I. 59, rds e£ avOpwiruv Tkrjyas, 'the worst possible flogging.' Cf. 
 Gen. without prep. w. neut. superl. avdpcoiruv paXtaTa, Hdt. 1. 60, 
 Plat. Legg. 629 A^/acra Prot. 361 E, apiara Theaet. 148 B, opdorara 
 195 B, KdXXto-r' Legg. 637 A; cf. Soph. Frg. 524. 4 (Nauck). But 
 e£ avdpdoiroiv in its proper sense, e£ avdpuiruv ■q^aviaOrj, Lys. II. 11; Isocr. 
 V. 108; VI. 18; VIII. 113, etc. 
 
 e£ Upas, Soph. Ai. 788, rt pe . . / . . e£ eSpas avio-Tare, 
 'from quietude'; but ib. 780, 6 8' eWi<s e£ eopas/xep-Tret pe, 'he had no 
 sooner risen from where they sat, than he sent me' (J.). 13 
 
 e£ ekirL8os, Aesch. Ag. 998, euxopat e£ epds eX7rt5os, 'against hope'; 
 like airb 'away from,' v. p. 46, for other uses of e£ eX7rtdos v. p. 78. 
 
 "Leaf: 'behind Achilles' back,' lit. 'passing him by,' cf. 10. 391, 'led past 
 my sense,' much like Eng. 'made me beside myself'; 20. 133 'past' = 'in defiance of 
 good sense. Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 130, wapeK vbov Evpvadrjos, 'without the knowledge and 
 approval of Eurystheus'; cf. ib. 323, 1315. But Ap. Rhod. 2. 1 113, irapk£ bXiyov davaroio. 
 Schol. wap' oKlyov ht, rod Oavarov, ' within a little of death' ; wape£ not elsewhere in 
 this sense, -wap' o\iyov, irapa. p.inpbv, irapa (Ipaxv are common. 
 
 12 Also II. 5. 854; 8. 504; 16. 353; forte davaroio II. 15. 628; 20 300; cf. Ap. 
 Rhod. 1. 596, 1166, 1204. 
 
 13 v. Jebb ad loc. for different interpretations of this phr. and comparison of II. 
 19. 77, avrbdev e£ e'Sp^s, Od. 13. 56, avrbdev e£ kdpewv, 'even there as they sat,' 
 but avrbdev helps to fix the meaning; here evdvs indicates 'immediately after sitting.' 
 Note frequency of evdvs with he of strict consecution. 
 
54 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 k dv/jLov, Lat. ex animo: II. 9. 343, 486. Theogn. 62, pyjbeva ruvbe 
 <f>i\ov TTOiev . . . 4<ttwv/4k dvpov ; Aesch. Ag. 48, k dvpov KKa^ovres ', 
 Trag. Frg. Adesp. 458. 7 (Nauck) 14 cf. Hor. Ars P. 432. So k </>pej/6$, 
 'from my heart,' 'sincerely,' Aesch. Sept. 873, 919 ; 15 Cho. 107, tov 
 k (frpwbs \byov of hearty, cordial speech. Cf. Ag. 805, ok clt aKpas 
 4>pev6s. But pi. k <ppevcbv, Eur. Tro. 6 is lit., and nearly so, but 
 plastic and approaching force of sing. id. Frg. 659. 5, dAXco 5' apeanu 
 prjbev iryies k (ppevoiv /XeyovTt ireidf.LV tovs xeXas To\prj Kaxfi. Cf. other 
 phrases w. similar meaning, Ar. Nub. 86, dXX' elirep k rr/s Kapoias p 1 
 cWujs (piXels; Anth. P. 5. 69. 2, k Kpablris ; cf. 61. 2, e£ avTr/s upadLris; 
 cf. d7ro KapSLas, p. 38. k rrjs \J/vxv^j Xen. An. 7. 7. 43, k rrjs i/'. c/uXos ; 
 id. Oec. 10. 4, k rrjs 4/. acrira^eadat,. But. cf. Theocr. 8. 35, fibaKoir 
 k i/'uxds rds d/moas, 'according to his wish'. Allied phenomena are, 
 Hdt. 8. 97, k tclptos vbov, 'with all his heart and soul'; Plat. Gorg. 
 510 B, e£ a7ravros rou you . . . cfnXos yevkadcu. 
 
 e£ bpLp.a.Twv, 'out of my presence,' Aesch. Suppl. 949; Phrynich. 
 81 K. Cf. els p. 89, kv p. 151, same meaning of noun occurs c. /card, 
 Tapa. So e£ b(p8a\pcbv, 'out of one's sight' Hdt. 1. 120; 5. 24. 3; 106. 
 5; Xen. Hiero 6. 13. Cf. later, Alciphro 3. 20, e£ b^Bahpibv kiro'ui 
 C ace; cf. airb, p. 36 els p. 83 ev, p. 151, so c. Kara. But e£ wpews, 
 Dem. 1002. 27, vewrepov ovt epov nai ovxvop, 6a e£ cr/'eoos, 'so far as can 
 be judged from his looks,' cf. d7r6, p. 38. Cf. also els 6\[/iv but w. 
 diff. meaning p. 90. 
 
 k irobbs, 'out of the way,' Pind. Nem. VII. 67. Cf. Polyb. 2. 54. 
 2, avOis k Todbs kim. But Polyb. 3. 68. 1 et al. = Lat. pone, cf. 2. 
 68. 9 e vesligiis, so Dion. H. 2. 33, rots re 4>evyovaiv . . . k ttoSos 
 eirbpevos; so id. 3. 42, eKwodbs. Rare in sing., freq. in pi. com- 
 pounded as adv. enirohuv, Aesch. Cho. 20; Hdt. 6. 35; Ar. Vesp. 949 
 irapex' k irobcov, 'clear out,' lit. 'supply yourself out of the way.' 
 Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 16, et saepe and formed by false analogy with this 16 
 ep.wob'cov, Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 9 et al. Cf. cpd. adj. euwobios Hdt. 1. 153. 
 But Ar. PI. 650, cos eyco rd irpaypara/eK t&v ttoSohv ks rr/v KeqxxX-qv croi 
 7rdyr' epeb, comic reversal in metaph. use of the Homeric k Kecj)a\f)s 
 . . . es Troods. Cf. Eubul. 107. 24 K. 
 
 14 Cf. Theocr. 2. 61, e« dvp.u 8e5ep.aL. 
 
 I5 Cf., w. adj. modifiers, Aesch. Ag. 546, ap.avpas k 4>pevbs; 1515, #»« e/c (pi\las ; 
 Soph. OT. 528, «£ oppaTuv 5' bpOoiv re Ka£ bpdijs (ppevbs ', OC 486, e£ ebptvoiv / arkpvijiv 
 b'tx^Oai tov UkTijv aiorr\piov, 'with kindly hearts.' 
 
 16 But for different theory as to formation of these adverb?, v. ftn. b> p. 168 Brug- 
 mann, Grundr. II. 2. § 577, etc. 
 
PART III (K 55 
 
 e£ evbs arbparos, 'with one voice,' Ar. Ecj. 670; Plat. Rep. 364 A; 
 Legg. 634 E, (balanced by Dat.) pia be cfruvfi /cat eij evbs arbparos 
 wavras avp<puvelv, cf. cos dc/>' evbs arbparos, Anth. P. 11. 159, etc., v. 
 airo p. 39. Cf. e£ evos \byov, Ar. PI. 760; Lys. 1005, e£ evos X67C0 
 (genit.). Cf. e£ evos podov/iralovcL, 'with one stroke,' i. e. 'all at 
 once,' Aesch. Pers. 462. e£ evos KeXevaparos Sophron. Kaibel, (Com. 
 Gr. Frg.) 25, I. p. 158 . e£ evos rpbirov, v. infra, p. 68. 
 
 e/c x €l POS, Soph. Ai. 27, Karyvapiapevas /en x e 'pos avrols iroipvioov 
 eiriararais, 'yea, slaughtered by human hand' (J.) 17 Plastic force is 
 possible here, ' by violent hand,' nearly = adv. ' violently.' Cf . w. adv. 
 force, but w. modif. adj., Soph. El. 455, e£ birepr'epas x^pos, 'with 
 mightier hand.' But in military sense en xetpos = Lat. cominiis, 'from 
 near at hand,' 'close,' 'in hand to hand combat,' Xen. Hell. 7. 2. 14; 
 An. 5. 4. 25; Cyr. 1. 2. 9; 4. 3. 16; 6. 3. 24; Plat. Legg. 834 A. But 
 Bacchyl. V. 132, Tuc/>\d 5' e/c x et -puv /3eXi7 is lit. and plastic. Aesch. 
 Ag. 1110, Tporeivei be xelp eK/x^pbs bpeypara, 'hand following hand' 
 (only slightly id.) 18 
 
 en <t>pevos, v. supra p. 54. 
 
 b. With adjectives. 
 
 e£ airavTOs, Soph. O C 807, ocrrtj e£ airavros eu \e7e1, 'speaks well 
 on any theme,' i. e. starting from anything; id. Ant. 312, ovk l£ 
 a-rravTos 8el to KepSaivetv 4>i\elv, 'from every source.' Cf. Xen. Mem. 
 2. 9. 4, ov yap tjv olos airo iravTOS nepbaiveiv. Cf. Ar. Thesm. 736, 
 Kan ivavTos vpels p.r}xa.vto pevai ivielv. Cf. Dion. H. 4. 7. 4, coot' 'en Tvavrbs 
 eTTLdvprjaat T'envwv. 
 
 eK p.eoov, Hdt. 3. 83, of taking no part in a contest, remaining 
 neutral, ovtos p.ev brj o~4>l ovk evrjyuvi^eTO, dXX' eK piecrov KaTrjaTO ; so W. 
 art. w. Qeode id. 8. 22. 2. 
 
 Thuc. IV. 133. 4 (sc. Itovs). 
 
 But Eur. El. 797, tovtov p.ev ovv pedelaav eK peaov \byov, cf. els 
 p. 93 f., ev p. 157. 3a. of speaking 'before,' 'in the presence of an 
 assembly.' 
 
 Dem. 141. 36, el aveXotpev eK p.eaov /cat rds fi\aa(j>rip.las ; 323. 294, 
 to KaTaxj/evbeadaL /cat 6t' exOpav tl XeyeLV ave\bvras eK peaov. 
 
 Euphr. 8. 5 K., rts e/c p'eaov rd deppa betvbs apiraaai ; cf. (w. art.), 
 Anaxipp. 1. 6 K., rr\v dvtav rj(j>avi.<Tav eK tov peaov ; Capps compares these 
 
 17 V. Jebb ad loc: this is better than 'by force of hand,' i. e. by violence, not by 
 chance. The violence was so evident as to need no mention. 
 
 18 Epicrates 2. 24. 25 K. (id. tinge), To.pyvpi.ov l/c ttjs \upos fj5rj Xanfiavu, 'she has 
 became so tame that already she eats money out of your hand.' 
 
56 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 two passages for similar use of k, with Menand. Ilfpuceip. 203 (Capps), 
 [7r]<W a[v}i)piraaT k pkoov, 'all was lost, snatched from your grasp.' 
 
 Menand. 250 K., rd 5' k peoov Tpnr68ia nai rpayqpara. 
 
 Alexis 116. 5 K., otp.vo-Ka.pa.onov k peoov KaXovpevov. 10 
 
 c. With participles: v. also sub adv. phr. 
 
 e£ aKpa^ovrwv, 'from those in the prime of life,' substant. use of 
 ptc. without art. indicates slight id. feeling, note use of art. in the 
 corresponding adj. expressions, Plat. Rep. 459 B, k tu>v veooraTcov r) 
 k rihv yepaiTCLTCov r\ e£ aKpa^ovroiv 6 tl pdAicrra ; 'E£ anpa'^ovTUv., 
 SO 460 D, e<t>ap.ev yap 8rj e£ cuipa^ovTOiv 8elv to. 'inyova ylyveodat. 
 
 e£ eirtTpoirevopevrjs 8e tovtw yevkodai, Isae. VI. 13, v. infra, p. 57. 
 77. Proverbial 
 
 Ar. Eq. 467, ov 8' ovdev e£ apa^ovpyov Xe7eis, ' cartwright's slang,' 
 i. e. 'from the cartwright's shop' (the genit. not governed by i£, 
 but by the omitted word as in k Si8aoKa\a)v, etc.). Cf. Dem. 268. 
 122, ccowep e£ dpd£i7s. 20 Cf. Com. Fr. Adesp. 694 K, ovSev e£ aypov 
 Xeyets. Cf. olos k rpi68ov, i. e. vulgar, Luc. Hist. Conscr. 16; Peregr. 
 3; Prom. 1, etc. AoiSopicu e£ kpyaoT-qpiwv nai Tpib8oiv Dio C. 
 
 46. 4. Cf. Lob. Phrynich. p. 38. Cf. Lat. Senec. Controv. VII. 
 praef., idiotismus id est plebeius et ex trivio arreptus loquendi modus; 
 so A. Gell. 1. 22. 2, in compitis. But cf. kv p. 163. 
 
 Com. Fr. Adesp. 483 K., rrjpepov dp' e£o> irpaypar' e£ airpa^ias. 21 
 
 Plat. Tim. 81 B, olov ht 8pvbxwv, lit. 'as if from the stocks,' 
 i. e. 'freshly formed like the keel of a vessel just off the stocks.' 
 
 e£ airaXuv oviixuv, Anth. P. 5. 14, 129; Plut. de lib. ed. 3 c; Lat. 
 Hor. C. III. 6. 24, de tenero ungui. 22 
 
 k irepaToov yrjs, 'from the ends of the earth,' prov. of remote 
 countries, Alcae. 36. 1; Thuc. I. 69. 5; so airb, v. p. 47. Cf. ewl 
 reppara yrjs, Crat. 309 K., etc. 
 
 Plat. Euthyd. 293 A, otioai -qpas ... k rpuivplas tov \6yov. 
 
 Com. Fr. Adesp. 789 K., k riys avrrjs xptadou yeyovus. 23 Cf. ib. 465 
 K., ol 8' k ptds raJ5' olvoxbr]s ireTrrcoKOTas. 
 
 19 Kock: k/xnerpus Herwerd. Obs. crit. 69 conl. Plat. Cratyl. 395 E, SoKel roivo^a 
 ep^erpws KelcrOai, scribendum potius tv juto-w, i. e. ubique. But Hunzicker reads «k p.ecrov 
 'KKaKovnevov, e medio evocatum. 
 
 20 v. Goodwin ad loc. Cf. Philemon frg. (ed. Osann) p. 170, who defines it as 
 = ava.HJxvvTus i>/3pif«. Cf. Menand. 396 K. («ri)> v - nn - od loc. 
 
 21 LeutSch, Diogenian. 7. 59; Apostol. 14. 91, Trpay^ara e£ airpa&as : eirl tuiv irapd. 
 bb^av nai ehirlda avpftaivovTuv. 
 
 22 v. Shorey ad loc. 
 
 ^Leutsch, App. prov. 2. 47, 68, eirl tcov TrapairXricriuv kcll dfj.oiwv \ cf. «£ ivbs 
 TvrjKov ; ec rrjs avrrjs Kepafiias ', Suid. V. 'Eirkovpos : MicrffrjvioL Si kv ' kpnahiq. roiis 
 
PART III €K S7 
 
 III. Technical 
 
 1. Military: 
 
 Ik naTixXoyov, 'from the muster roll,' 'the list,' Thuc. VI. 43; 
 VII. 16. 1; 20. 2; VIII. 24. 2; Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 1 et al. 
 
 U MeTa/3oXr?s, Aeschin. II. 9; III. 64, 75 (L. and S. metaph. of a 
 speaker from military use 'wheeling about face).' Cf. Menand. 712 
 K. ubi v. n. Cf. Polyb. 1. 61. 7 = adv. of the wind changing to the 
 opposite direction. 
 
 tK twv oirXwp, Thuc. I. 111. 1, fxr) irpo'iovTes iroXv e/c twv 6t\wv, 
 i. e. 'from the camp.' 
 
 e/c 7rapara£ecos, 'in regular battle,' Thuc. V. 11. 2; Dem. 123. 49; 
 Aeschin. III. 88; cf. Menand. 52 K.; Polyb. 2. 33. 4. So Hdn. 5. 4. 5, 
 etc. 
 
 e/c irXayiov 'on the flank,' v. infra, p. 76. 
 
 eK irpoK\i]aLos, 'by or upon challenge,' Hdt. 5. 1. 2, p,ovvop,axlr] 
 tK -KpoKK.; so IX. 75; cf. 5td p. 20. 
 
 €K Trpopprjcrecos iro\e/j,l]aeLv, 'to make war in accordance with, from, 
 a proclamation,' Dem. 114. 13. Cf. eK KarcryYeAias eirtTeXtlv aycova, 
 'by proclamation,' Plut. Rom. 14. 
 
 Soph. El. 725, eK 8' viro<jTpo$r)s = viroarpexf/avTes, 'swerving,' 
 'wheeling round they went to meet the enemy'; so Polyb. 2. 25. 3; 
 3. 14. 5; Dion. H. 2. 41, etc. But extended in Dem. 283. 166 
 (ap. spurious document), e£ vToarpocfrris, 'reversing the procedure,' 
 i. e. doing the opposite of what the Thessalians have done. Cf. e£ 
 avaarpo^ris also of wheeling in battle, Polyb. 4.-54. 4, cf. 3. 115. 3. 
 Cf. e£ eTTKTTpocpris, 'by a sudden wheel,' Polyb. 1. 76. 5; 24 Plut. Timol. 
 27. 5. 
 
 €K x^tpos, v. supra, p. 55 =Lat. cominus. But Xen. An. 3. 3. 15, 
 oi €K xtt-pbs fiaWovTes = aKOVTiaral. 
 
 hi x&pas 6pp,6jPTes, 'setting out from a position;' Xen. An. 3. 4. 33. 
 Cf. h> xdipa. 'at one's post,' infra, p. 155. 
 
 2. Legal: 
 
 Dem. 565. 156, Karaaras (xoprffos) e£ avTidoaeus. 
 
 Isae. VI. 13, e£ e-rnTpoTrcvopevris 8e tovtco yeveadai, 'she was under 
 his guardianship' (note substant. use of ptc. without art.) v. supra, 
 p. 56. 
 
 eK rrjs avrrjs oiovtl <S>q.tv7)s e8r)8oKOTas e^Xaira^. Leutsch compares w. these Plat. 
 Gorg. 493 D, Ik tov avrov yvuvaaiov rfj, v. infra, p. SI. 64 
 
 2i bi phrases of this type are numerous in Polyb. cf. e£ e<j>68ov 'at the first assault.' 
 Polyb. 1. 24. 10, 36. 11, so Dion. H. 2. 33. etc.. etc 
 
58 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL TIIRASES 
 
 Dem. 1251. 14, l£ en<pavuv naraoT actus, of producing bail, evidence, 
 etc., in court. Lat. exhibitio, actio ad exhibcrulum. 
 
 tK irapa.K\-i)cr6(ics, Dem. 275. 143, cl pev e/c irapaKh.rj aecos ovyK.a6i)pevoi, 
 a packed party in the jury, i. e. by summons, summoning one's 
 friends to attend in a trial. 
 
 3. Political: 
 
 Rhett. Spengel I. 241, 28, oXtyapx^v oe elai 8vo Tpbiroc t) yap l£ 
 fraipeias i) airo ricv TLp.-qp.aTuv, 'from political clubs' (note use of 
 €K and &7r6 in antithesis). Cf. airb p. 41. 
 
 hi irpoKpLo-eus, 'according to selection by choice,' Plat. Pol. 299 A. 
 
 hi TLprjpaTcou, Plat. Legg. 698 B; Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 12. Cf. 6lt6 
 p. 41. 
 
 A large number of technical terms with he occur in Rhetoric 
 and Logic. Only a few will be mentioned here: 
 
 4. From the field of Rhetoric: 
 
 Rhett. Gr. Spengel III. 50. 10, nal eanv dirooLcoirriaLS kXen/as 
 iravT€\r)s tov e/c tt)s 6.nov}\Ov9Las 6<frei\ovTOS eirevexdrjvaL. 
 
 to l£ einTrioevo-eoos of a studied style. Dion. H. de Lys. 8, cf de.. 
 Comp. 25. 200, 203. 
 
 he xapaXX^Xou, 'in like manner,' 'parallelwise,' Plut. Comp. 
 Ag. c. Gracch. 1; so Rhett. Spengel III. 69. 20; cf. 101. 4; (also used 
 by mod. grammarians as a gram. term). 
 
 I£ virepfloKfis, Ar. Rhet. ad Alex. 2 ' 1430. b 9. (referring to sententiae 
 yvwpai), TroXXds 5e wot.riaop.ev avTas t) Ik tt)s Idias (jivaeus ?) I£ VTT€p(3o\r)s 
 i) hi irapopoiwaem. . . . I£ virepffoXrjs 51 TOLo.o8e' buvoTtpa p.oi 
 5oKovaiv ol KkkirTOVTes tu>v \r,'i£op.(:vo]v iroieiv ol ph yap Xadpalcos, ol 51 
 cfravepws to. xPW aTa ireptaipowTai. Cf. I£ iVepjSoXrj? as adv. Polyb. 8. 15 
 (17). 8. Cf. eis p. 112, also with kotcl. 
 
 5. From the field of Logic: 
 
 l£ avaiphjecos, Rhett. Spengel III. 130. 9, direct confutation of 
 arguments, avaipeacs, opp. by Aristot., Soph. Flench. 183. a 10, 11 to 
 5icupe<ns, confutation by drawing a distinction. 
 
 I£ d^atpeo-ecos, 'by abstraction,' 'in the abstract,' Ar. An. 
 Post. 81 b 3. Cic. jokes on this term ad Alt. 6. 1. 2; opp. to Ik wpoa- 
 dko-eus Ar. Metaph. 1077. b 10; also used especially of mathematical 
 abstractions, cf. Ar. Coel. 299. a 16; Metaph. 1061. a 29; de an. 403. b 
 15. 
 
 ha 5icuplaecos, Plat. Proleg. II, eK oiaipeo-ews irpoekdoipev, 'by 
 division.' Cf. Aristot. Cf. h, p. 167. 
 
 26 Some think this work earlier than Aristotle and some later. 
 
PART III hi 59 
 
 kx irpoadeaecos, Ar. Metaph. 1077. b 10, etc., v. supra. 
 
 e£ virodeaeoos, virodeoeuv, 'by hypothesis,' (sing.) Plat. Meno 86 E 
 (where Plato explains his use of the term); 26 pi. Rep. 510 B; freq. in 
 Aristot., v. Bonitz index w. definitions and references there given; 27 
 cvWoyLaixol e£ vwoQeaews, Ar. An. Pr. 45. b 16, etc.; a proof may be 
 given i) deiKTLKws r) e£ virodeaetos , ib. 40. b 25, etc.; opp. to a7rXws saepe, 
 e. g. Pol. 1278. a 5, ol iraldes tto\Ito.l ovx <x7rXcos, dXX' c£ viroOeaetos, 
 etc., etc. Cf. (later) R P 8 p. 135, Simplic. de Caelo 304. 3 (on Empe- 
 docl.); also ib. (id. 305. 21). 
 
 6. From the race-course: 
 
 Aesch. Ag. 1245, ret 6' dXX' aKovcras en opop.ov 7reow rpexw, 'I hear 
 and miss my path' (Plumptre). Cf. w. e£co, e£co 8p6p.ov 'foreign to 
 the purpose' (a real phr.), Aesch. Pr. 883; Plat. Crat. 414 B (e/cros). 
 
 7. From navigation: 
 
 e£ obp'utiv bpap.ovaav, 'running before the wind' (of the state,) 
 Soph. Ai. 1083; cf. Com. Fr. Adesp. 770 K., ovUv . . . k\ 
 ovpiwv deovcrip ear' airkjioTov . Cf. e£ oi'pias 5La.8patj.elv, x\elv, Ar. Median. 
 851. b 6 (cf. ib. 11, els ovpiov); Polyb. 1. 47. 2; cf. ev ovp'up ir\eiv Luc. 
 Lexiph. 15; also Dat. alone, Plat. Prot. 338 A, ovpla ecfrevra. 
 
 8. From the field of religion: 
 
 e£ clovtov, cf. Horn. II. 5. 512, -rriovos eij o.8vtolo (of the shrine of 
 Apollo); so Tyrt. 2. 4; Pind. Ol. 7. 32; Ar. Eq. 1016, tjv <roi 'kiroKKtav/ 
 'lax*v e£ clovtolo 5td tpltoooiv eptri/xcov ; Cf. metaph. Plat. Theaet. 162 A, 
 
 €K TOV O.0VTOV TT]S |3t/3Xoi». 
 
 / V. Elliptical 
 Cf. els and kv, pp. 84, 103, 140, 168 f. Cf. he Horn. Od. 18. 
 299, etc., v. supra, p. 50. These phrases are classified in accordance 
 with the explanation which has been commonly received in English, 
 i. -e. that the genitive is adnominal, depending upon an omitted 
 dopov, o'Lkov, or similar familiar and easily supplied word (cf. Eng. 
 'We have just come from the Browns' '), but Brugmann and 
 others believe that the gen. is locative. 28 
 
 28 v. Thompson ad loc. 
 
 27 v. Shorey, ~LvWoyi<rnoi «£ virodeaeus in Arislotle, A J P X. 460-462, who inter- 
 prets Ar. in the light of Platonic usage. As Prof. Shorey shows, 'it is evident that 
 Ar. had the Meno in mind all through the Analytics, but his thought has been obscured 
 by Aristotelian commentators through confusion with the post-Arist. doctrine of 
 hypothetical syllogisms. His proposal to classify syllogisms t£ virodiaeus is merely 
 a design to classify hypotheses habitually or frequently admitted by Athenian dis- 
 putants.' 
 
 M v. Grundr. II. 610 and infra kv p. 168 ftn. 
 
60 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Ar. Plut. 84, k IlarpoKkeovs, i. e. 'from his house'; so Pax 1154, 
 e£ kiaxwabov ; 1149, t£ e/xov 5' epeyKa.ro:, 'from my house,' Aair. 
 199 K., eK 5i5a<T/caXou ; Plat. Prot. 326 C, eireibav 8e en bibaoKokwv 
 airaWayoxnv ; e£ "kibov, saepe. 
 
 Similar but even more colloquial and idiomatic: eK t&v yenbvwv, 
 or k yeiTbvwv, = ' f rom the neighbors',' 'from' or 'in the neighbor- 
 hood'; Ar. Plut. 435, dp' early 17 Kairr)\is 17K twv yenbvwv ; cf. Nicostr. 
 22 K., 6 Kairr)\os yap ovk tuv yeirbvwv 'the one in the neighborhood'; 
 Ar. Lys. 701, ttjv fraipav e/cdXefr' eK t&v yenbvoiv ; Plat. Rep. 531 A, 
 oloy eK yenbvwv <j>o)vi}v drjpevbpevot. ; Lys. I. 14, rov \vxvov 
 eK to>v yenbvwv evaypaadat. In Lycurg. 21 some texts read eK, v. sub 
 ev p. 169. Cf. Alciphr. Frg. 19, piao) tov eK tuv yeiTovcov aheKTpvbva, 
 etc. Cf. 'ev p. 168 ftn. 
 
 V. Temporal 
 
 1. Of the starting-point. 
 
 a. With nouns: 
 
 «£ dpxrJSj usually like in meaning, but more frequent than air 
 hpXVs, = apxyQ*v, Lat. ab initio. Begins in Horn. Od. 1. 188, etc. v 
 supra, p. 50, but dr' apxris first in Hesiod. e£ apxvs, Hes. Th. 45 
 115, 156; Phocyl. Frg. 17. 4; Pind. 01. 7. 20; Py. 4. 132; Frg. 107 
 (74). 17; Aesch. Eum. 284, 583; Soph. O. T. 385, Kpkuv b thttos 
 ov£ apxvs 4>i\os ; Eur. Frg. 403; Ar. Ran. 591, 1137, etc. Hdt. 7. 203 
 to) kolkov e£ dpxrys yivop.evo) ov <rvvep,eix9v, i- e. 'from his birth.' Xen 
 Cyn. 12. 6, to e£ apxys. Often 6 e£ dpxr/s means 'the original, 
 or 'the former,' Plat. Theaet. 177 C, 6 e£ apxvs X670S, etc.; Rep. 366 
 E, awo twv e£ dpx'js rjpwoiv ap^ap.evoi ; cf. Dem. 1257. 3, -q e£ dpx- 
 exdpa nearly = prima; frequently in Plat. = adv., 'originally,' 'in 
 the beginning,' Rep. 411 B, cf. 433 A, etc. Also often without 
 art., as adv. = Lat. ab integro, denuo, 'anew, 'afresh,' frequently 
 with irdXtv or aWis, so Ar. PI. 221, 866, 1113; Pax 780, 997, 1327, 
 cf. Eur. Frg. 35. 2, aides e£ dpxris v'eov ; Pherecr. 108. 33 K, eWvs e£ 
 dpx^s TaXiy; cf. Com. Frg. Adesp. 295 K. Teleclid. 1. 1. K. ; Plat. 
 Rep. 450 A; Mnesimach. 4. 24 K., waXtv e£ dpx- Menand. 223. 2, e7rdv 
 awodavris, avdes el; dpx^s ecret. Cf. e£ vwapxys, infra, p. 61. cf. airb, p. 42. 
 The phrase is very common and is especially a favorite expression 
 of Plato and Demosthenes. Approximately it occurs in Andoc. 
 eight times; Antiphon once; Lysias eight; Xen. fifteen; Isocr. thirty; 
 Plat. 102; Isae. fifteen; Lycurg. once; Hyper, three; Dem. Ill; 
 Din. once; Aeschin. seven. 
 
PART III k 61 
 
 e£ alwvos es aicoua, 'from everlasting to everlasting,' R P §68 
 (Stob. Eel. I. 418, p. 172, 10 W. fr. Philolaus 21. Mull.); cf. 5i' aiuvos 
 supra, p. 22. 
 
 k (3pt<f>eos, 'from babyhood,' Anth. P. 9. 56. 7. 
 
 k yaarpos, 'from infancy,' Theogn. 305, but in 300 not a phr. 
 but d7ro yaarpos in cliff, use, v. p. 46. 
 
 k yever-qs, 'from the hour of birth,' 'at birth,' 'from birth,' 
 Horn. II. 24. 535, etc., v. supra, p. 50. 29 Ar. Eth. N. 1144 b . 6, 
 evdvs ex yeverrjs; ib. 1154 a 33, opp. to 8i' Wos ; later, Iamb. v. Pyth. 
 (Nauck) 143. 21, cf. d™ ib. 125. 9; 156. 13. v. p. 42. 
 
 k iJ.eipa.K.Lov, $ k /xeip. <f>l\os rjv, Isae. V. 40; cf. Aeschin. 1. 121. 
 PI. k p.Hpaniwv . . . p.kxp>- yvpws, Isocr. XV. 93. 
 
 k v'tov, 'from a youth, from youth upwards'; Plat. Apol. 21 A; 
 Symp. 209 A; Lach. 186 C; Gorg. 510 D; Rep. 485 D, 559 A, 572 C, 
 590 B; Legg. 694 D, 888 C. So Diog. L. IV. 6, etc. PI. k v'&av, 
 'from youth'; Plat. Theaet. 172 C, 173 A, C; Gorg. 483 E; Rep. 
 367 A, 395 D, 559 B; Legg. 635 C, 642 B; 791 B (bis); cf. Ar. Eth. 
 N. 1103 b 24, eWvs hi vkwv edl^adai; so 1104 b 11, etc. 
 
 Cf. hi vrjTiov, 'from a child,' 'from infancy,' Ar. Eth. N. 1105 a 
 2; cf. Polyb. 4. 20. 8 (pi.), ol iralSes k v-qiriuv adeiv WL'£ovtcu. 
 
 hi -Kcx.iho.piov, Plat. Symp. 207 D; (cf. Dem. 1252. 19, hi puKpov 
 iraido.piov.) 
 
 kn ircudLov, Ar. Eq. 412; Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 8; Cyr. 1. 6. 20; 2. 3. 10; 
 Isae. IX. 20, 30; (cf. IX. 29, hi p,uipov to.l8Lov). Cf. Lat. a parvolo, 
 Ter. Andr. 35. 
 
 he ttcllBos, -Kalbwv, Lat. a pueris, Ter. Andr. 539, a parvis, 'from 
 childhood': Eur. Ion. 102; Andoc. I. 7. 49; Xen. Cyr. 5. 1, 2; 
 Ages. 10. 4; Plat. Apol. 31 D; Theages 128 D; Lysis 211 D; Rep. 
 374 C, 519 A, 574 D, 582 B, 595 B, 608 C; Dem. 814. 4; 1486. 1; 
 Aeschin. I. 121, 180, 181; Sosip. 1. 7. K et al. k iraidoop, Xen. Hell. 
 5. 4. 25; 7. 1. 8; Mem. 2. 1. 21; An. 4. 6.14; Cyr. 1. 2. 9; 5. 7;Reip. 
 Lac. 3. 1; Plat. Apol. 18 B;. Rep. 386 A, eWvs k walduv, so 395 C, 
 401 D, 413 C, cf. without eWbs, Rep. 403 C, 408 D, etc. ib. 498 A, 
 apTi k TraL8ax> ; cf. Prot. 325 C, k 7rat5coi' apLLKpcbp dp^afxevoi ; cf. w. 
 art. Legg. 694 D, 942 C; etc. (k iral5cov in Plat, about eighteen 
 times); Dem. 564. 154; Aeschin. I. 40; II. 99, 167; cf. Ar. Pol. 
 1336 a 14. cf. drro p. 43. 
 
 e£ virapxns, Lat. de integro, 'anew,' 'afresh.' Soph. O T 132 
 (c. aitfts); Dem. 1013. 16 (c. rdX^). Cf. Ar. de an. 412. a 4 (TrdX^ 5' 
 
 29 Cf. (but text doubtful) Hes. Th. 271. 
 
62 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 u>o-7rep); G. A. 745. a 18; Rhet. 1355. b 24 (to.\ip ovv olop); de part. an. 
 685 b 29 (c. tvoKip), so Ath. Pol. ch. 4. 1. 17; cf. R P §503 (Nemes. de 
 Nat. Horn. c. 38 p. 309) c. ira\u>. Apparently this does not differ 
 from c£ apxijs in this use, v. supra, p. 60, but virapxh comes to be 
 mostly restricted to this phr. and meaning. 30 However, e£ vwapxvs, 
 = Lat. ab initio 'from the beginning,' Ar. Pol. 1293 a 2; cf. id. H. 
 A. 590 a 21; ra e£ virapx- tvpiGK.6p.ep a opp. to. Tap' erepwv \t]4>dkvTa, 
 Soph. Elench. 183 20, 18; cu . . . upbuai arpoyyvKai eialv, en 
 pcLKpoip tup \L6ojv . . . Toe^vrr. optujp, Mechan. 852 31. 
 
 b. With adjectives: 
 
 «£ exB^t-vov, Menand. 303 K., phoo yap e£ exOt^pov (v. Lobeck, 
 Phryn. 323 de voce exd^ivos). 
 
 e£ toodtvov, = adv. 'iudev, Ar. Thesm. 2; Pherecr. 90 K.; Plat. Symp. 
 220 C; Phaedr. 227 A, 228 B; Legg. 722 C; (pkxpi oeiXrjs) Xen. Hell. 
 1. 1. 5; Alexis 257. 4 K., evdvs e£ iwdipov. 
 
 hi Kaivrjs, 'anew,' Thuc. III. 92. 6; cf. Dittenb. Syll. 2 607. 8 
 (Inscr. of third or fourth cent. A. D.), aroap r)p p.ep k Kao^s Kare(TKe]v- 
 aaep. 
 
 So €K petjs, Hdt. 1. 60; 5. 116. Cf. e£ apxijs, virapxvS) Kaipfjs. 
 
 etc iraKaiov, Hdt. 1. 157; 7. 176. 5; Antiphon II. Aa 5; Xen. Hell. 
 4. 1. 29; 5. 1. 28; Mem. 3. 5. 8; Plat. Tim. 23 A; cf. d™ p. 45. 
 €*c iraXcuTepov, Hdt. 1. 60; tn 7raXatrd.TOu, Thuc. I. 18. I. 31 
 
 c. With pronouns: 
 
 e£ otov, 'ever since': a. Of a definite time: Soph. O C 345; 
 Ant. 12, 1092; Tr. 326; Ph. 493; Eur. I. T. 258; Or. 39; H. F. 702; 
 Ar. Nub. 528 (cf. k tovtov 533); ib. 1351; Av. 322; cf. Xen. Apol. 27, 
 e£ oTOvivep kyepbp.rip. 
 
 (3. Of an indefinite time: Soph. Ant. 457; cf. Eupol. 254 K. 
 
 e£ ov, 'from the time when,' 'henceforward,' 'since,' 'ever 
 since,' Lat. ex quo tempore, ex quo Hor. Sat. 2. 6. 41, etc., v. Horn. 
 supra, p. 50. Pind. 01. VI. 71; IX. 76 (II. 42, e£ ovwep); Aesch. 
 Pers. 762; Eum. 25 (e£o5re); Soph. OT 1201; Tr. 38; Ai. 661, 1337; 
 Eur. Tro. 4; Phoen. 868; Or. 89 (e£ ovwep); frg. 1094. 7 (^ otre); Ar. 
 Vesp. 888; Eq. 4, 644; Lys. 108, 759, 866 (e£ ovirep, so Pherecr. 69. 6 
 K.) (But Ar. Av. 696 lit. not temp.); Hdt. 2. 15, 44 (cf. ib. cur' oi>); 
 6. 109. 3; Lysias XI. 2; XIV. 4; Xen. An. 5. 7. 35; Isocr. III. 36; 
 V. 47, 51 (e£ oinrep); VI. 7; XII. 66, 204; Plat. Rep. 452 C; Hipp. 
 Min. 364 A; Ep. 353 A; Dem. 782. 40; Hermipp. 63. 2 K., et al. 
 
 30 Cf. Polyb. 1. 36. 8, (of rebuilding ships), tn Kara^oXijs, 'from the foundations, 
 anew.' 
 
 31 Cf. Plut. 2. 548 D, tKiraXai adv. fr. eK waXai. 'for a long time.' 
 
PART III he 63 
 
 hi Twvot, 'henceforth,' 'next,' 'hereafter,' Soph. T 235, 282, 
 1251; Ant. 578 (sing.); Ai. 537 ('next,' immediate sequence in 
 time), so 823; Eur. El. 31, 'from this time,' et al. Cf. pronom. 
 expr. infra, p. 80. 
 
 2. Of immediate consecution. (Cf. infra he denoting change 
 from one condition to another, p. 77). 
 
 e£ apicxTov, 'immediately after breakfast,' Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 18; 
 6. 5. 17; Ages. 2. 19; An. 4. 6. 21, cf. Lat. Plaut. Most. 697, somnus 
 de pr audio. 
 
 €K 8dirvwv, 'immediately after supper,' Eur. Hec. 915. Cf. ttirb, 
 pp. 35, 43. 
 
 e£ evvfis, Ar. Av. 1286, evdvs iravTes e£ ei^TJs ; Isocr. XII. 211, 
 d'dvs e£ evvijs €KTep,Tov<n tovs iraidas ; somewhat differently, e£ evv-ijs 
 . . . k^aviffTaadaL, Xen. Oec. 10. 8; 11. 14. Cf. Homeric tags, 
 p. 51. 
 
 hi rrjs dvaLrjs yeveadai, 'to have just finished sacrifice,' Hdt. 1. 50. 
 
 he upaiTcxXris, 'after a drunken bout.' Ar. Vesp. 1255; cf. Achar. 
 277 (more nearly 'in consequence of). 
 
 hi fiaxvs, 'after battle,' Aesch. Ag. 330. 
 
 3. Of a date. 
 
 e£ eco, Ar. Eccl. 102, riKKk-qaia 5' . . . e£ «o yevriaeTai, although 
 this really means 'at daybreak,' it may be thought of as 'begin- 
 ning from daybreak.' Cf. Hes. Op. 724, e£ rjovs, really 'at dawn,' 
 'in the morning,' but elsewhere 'from dawn,' Hdt. 7. 167. 
 
 Expressions for "day and night" may show any one of the three 
 temporal uses noted under airb, p. 42. e£ 17/xepas, Soph. El. 780, 
 ovre vvktos virvov qvt Q rj/jikpas, here the prep, has lost its force and the 
 phr. means 'by day,' parallel w. vvktos, 'by night.' So Aeschin. 
 Ep. 10. 4. But in Eur. H. F. 505, Hdt. 9. 8, (4k of the starting- 
 point) e£ rip.epr]s es r]p.epr]v. Cf. Henioch. 5. 13 K. 
 
 hi vvktos, Trag. Fr. Adesp. 7 (Nauck); Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 2 'just 
 after night-fall'; but Plat. Legg. 758 A, hi vvktos . . . trpbs 
 ■qp.epav (k retains its meaning); cf. Plat. Ax. 368 B; Theophil. Com. 
 Frg. 6 K. PI. : e/c wktcov, Theogn. 460, ttoXXclkls hi wktcov (prep, has lost its 
 force, phr. means simply 'at night'); cf. Aesch. Cho. 288 'fears 
 at night'; 32 Eur. Rhes. 13, 17; Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 12; Anth. P. 7. 444. 2. 
 
 4. he xpbvov c. adj. modifier: 
 
 "There may be a slight suggestion of the coming of the fears 'out of the night,' 
 as probably in Od. 12. 286, v. supra, p. 51. In all these cases, unless it be Eur. 
 Rhes. 13, 17 the pi. may suggest the recurrence of the conditions. 
 
64 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 k naKpov xpovov, 'at the interval of,' 'after a long time,' Soph. 
 O T 1141. 33 Cf. fob of an interval of time, k fwipov xpbvov avveCKey- 
 lievcov, 'at short notice,' Dem. 131. 1. Cf. e£ 6X1701; infra. k ttoWov 
 Xpbvov, cf. without xpovov infra, p. 73: Hdt. 2. 58; 7. 119. 1; Andoc. 
 
 1. 1. 6; Lys. XIX. 3; Plat. Menex. 234 C, 'a long time ago'; but 
 cf. Menand. 262 K., epyov k ttoXXoD xpbvov / avoiav fip.epa pLeraaTrjaaL /xta, 
 difficile est inveteratam stultitiam uno die inmutare. k wXeiovos xpbvov, 
 Thuc. VIII. 45. 2; Isocr. XIV. 2. bt irXelarov xpbvov, Dem. 1389. 4. 
 k wavTbs tov xpovov, Dem. 145. 54; 176. 35; 234. 26; 247. 66; 295. 
 203; 500. 141; 644. 73; 984. 60; 991. 22. k tov wapeXyXvdbTos xpbvov, 
 Dem. 40. I, 2; 729. 90; 806. 22 (pi.). k tcov epwpoadev xpbvuv, 
 Aeschin. III. 60; Hyper. 1. col. 21. 10, et al. k tuv avwdtv xpbvuv, 
 Dem. 1440. 2. k tov \olttov xpbvov, Isae. II. 32; Dem. 1360. 46; Din. 
 
 2. 22 'for the future.' So without the noun, k tov Xoltov, Xen. Hell. 
 
 3. 4. 9; Symp. 4. 56 and pi. k tuv \olwup, Isocr. XVII. 15; Plat. Legg. 
 709 E; Ep. 316 D. 
 
 In the above group k has largely lost its original force, and a 
 certain idiomatic familiarity is indicated by the repetition of the type 
 with little regard for the exact meaning of the preposition. 
 
 VI. Adverbial 
 
 V. also sub I. idiom, and V. temporal phr. 
 
 a. With nouns: 
 
 e£ ae\TTTir]s, Lat. ex insperato, 'beyond hope,' 'unexpectedly,' 
 Archil. 51 (36), KLxbvei 5' e£ ae\irTLr)s 06/3os, cf. e£ atkirrov, deXxrcov, in- 
 fra, p. 69. 
 
 e£ aiviynaTuv, 'in riddles,' 'darkly,' Aesch. Ag. 1113, 1183; 
 Cho. 887. Cf. 8ib. p. 26. 
 
 e£ ciko^s, 'from hearsay,' Plat. Theaet. 201 C; Phaed. 61 D. 
 
 e£ avayK-qs, 'by constraint,' 'of necessity,' 'necessarily': 
 Soph. Ph. 73; Thuc. III. 40. 3; VI. 44. 1; VII. 27. 4; Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 
 17, 18; Plat. Soph. 256 D, Utlv apa e£ avbyn-qs, 'it is necessary.' 
 This is a favorite phr. of Plat, who has it some fifty-two or more 
 times; 34 Antiphanes 166 K.; Isae. II. 22, III. 65; Hyper. VI. vm. 20; 
 Dem. 70. 17; 870. 24; 871. 28; 986. 6; Aeschin. II. 113; III. 40, 126; 
 
 33 v. Jebb. ad loc. who compares he irXeovos 'at a greater distance,' Xen. An. 1. 
 10. 11 and «k t6£ov pvnaros, 'at the interval of a bow-shot,' ib. 3. 3. 15. 
 
 34 Theaet. 176A; Soph. 228 B, 254 E, 255 D, 256 D (v. supra), 259 B; Pol. 269 D, 
 270 C, 271 C, 292 D; Phileb. 54 C, 64 D; Rep. 473 D, 477 A, 478 C, 490 D, 602 A, 617 E; 
 Tim. 25 C, 28 A (bis), 32 A, 37 C, 42 A, 46 B, E, 48 A, 55 E, 68 E, 75 A, 77 A; Legg. 
 662 A, 733 C, 734 A, B, 756 C, 767 D, 804 D, 848 A, 858 B, 867 C, 868 C, 876 B, 
 880 E, 889 C, 892 A, 898 C, 928 E, 930 B, 966 A; Demod. 384 D; Eryx 406 B. 
 
PART III e/c 65 
 
 Alexis 98. 20 K, ev<j>veis 686pto.s toxtv e£ avayK-qs 8el 7eXdp, 'she has 
 pretty teeth, she is compelled to laugh'; Aristophon 9 K.; Philem. 
 7; 91. 10 K. Cf. e£ avaynalov infra. 
 
 e£ dreXeias, 'without payment,' 'gratis'; Dem. 1358. 39, derived 
 from the technical use of exemption from some or all of the public 
 burdens. Cf. Poll. 4. 46. 
 
 h padeos, 'in depth,' Hdt. 1. 186. 
 
 ha fiadpwv, 'from the foundations,' 'utterly,' Lat. funditus. 
 Soph. frg. 460 (Nauck); Eur. El. 608, av 8', hi 0adpcop yap 7rds 
 avfiprjaai </u\ois / 'oi'8' eXXeXoi7ras eX-irlS' , (here the phr., originally plastic, 
 has become a pure adv.). Cf. Dion. H. 8. 1. Cf. hi fiadpols dvai 'to 
 stand firm,' Eur. Tro. 47, v. infra, p. 147. Cf. hi depedXwv, Lat. 
 funditus, Anth. P. 15. 22. 11. Cf. hi tcov depikiwv, 'from the founda- 
 tions,' Lat. funditus, (lit.) Thuc. III. 68; cf. Polyb. 5. 93. 2, i<al to 8ri 
 \eyopevov en depeXLwv ea(f>a\pevovs. 
 
 hi jStas, 'by force,' Soph. Ph. 563, 945, 985, cf. Tpds fiiav freq. 
 Cf. p. 70, wpos to fiiaiov, etc. 
 
 hi oLadoxys, 'in succession,' 'in turn,' Lat. vicissim: Dem. 
 45. 21; Antiphanes 8 K; Ar. Phys. 228 a . 28, 17 Xa/nrds k diadoxys 4>opa 
 exoixevri; cf. id. Soph. Elench. 183. b 30; frg. 1527. a 27; cf. Kara, Thuc. 
 VII. 27. 3. 
 
 Semi-tech: en 8t.a\r]\pecos opp. to hi /cara^opds as punctim is opp. to 
 caesim, thrusting to cutting, Polyb. 2. 33. 6; cf. ib. 2. 33. 5, hi Siapaeoos, 
 caesim pugnare; cf. Plut. Dio. 34, to rpavpia. . . . e£ e7ri7roX7Js 
 paWov r) Ko-Tacfropas of a sword wound; cf. Polyb. 3. 114. 3. 
 
 e/c Scavoias, Plat. Phaedr. 244 C, cf. e/c irpovoias, e£ tinj3o\ris, etc. 
 Cf. peTa SiavoLas. 
 
 kn 86\ov, 'by guile,' Soph. El. 279. 35 
 
 e£ e7rt/3oX^s, Lat. ex consulto, 'designedly,' Lysias VI. 21; cf. Diod. 
 13. 27. 3. 
 
 e£ kirifiovhris, Lat. ex insidiis, 'by a stratagem,' 'insidiously,' 
 'from malice aforethought.' Thuc. VIII. 92. 2; Antiph. I. 3; 
 II. Aa 5; V. 25; Xen. An. 6. 4. 7; Plat. Hipp. Min. 370 E, d filv yap 6 
 AxiXXeus l^euSercu, oi<n e| eiriftov\r)S 4>alveTai ipevSopevos dXX' clkcov 
 a. 8e 6 '08vcro-evs, endov re /ecu e£ €7rt/3oi;X^s ; SO 371 A (bis); Rep. 341 A, 
 380 D. 
 
 35 Jebb compares with this and e/c /3ias Ph. 563, Ph. 88, « rex^s . . . Kanrjs, 
 'by evil arts,' and Ph. 710, *£ &kvI36\wv rbfav, for «/c = 'by means of; also Ant. 
 
 475, binhv £k irvpos. 
 
66 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 e£ e7TLopopr)s, Hdt. 1. 6, e£ kirLopoprjs aprayr], 'plundering by means 
 of an inroad,' nearly or quite equiv. to ptc. e-irLbpapcbp ; hence adv. 
 phr., Plat. Rep. 619 D, ovk e£ e7ri§pop??s tlxs aipkaets woLeladaL, 'nearly' = 
 'in haste,' with slight added force from the original meaning of the 
 word; Dem. 559. 138, p?j<5k . . . e£ e7ri5popr/s iradelu, 'suddenly.' 
 
 e£ evripeXeias, Plat. Prot. 323 C, opp. to airo tov Ta.vTOjj.aTOv; ib. D; 
 324 A. 
 
 e£ eTrtuTjxavrjffeus, (later) 'on purpose,' 'artificially,' Chrysippus 
 ap. Stob. Eel. I. 378. 
 
 e£ hn<jTo\v,s, 'by command,' Hdt. 6. 50. 
 
 e£ eTTLTa.yiJ.aTos, Dem. 399. 185; (pi.) e£ eirLTaypaTcov, Andoc. III. 
 
 24. 11, 12; cf. k KeXeuaparos, 7rp0aTa.yiJ.aTGs, etc. 
 e£ evxys, Lat. ex volo, Anth. P. 6. 357. 
 
 k 6epW\cov, deixthiwv v. supra, p. 65. 
 
 k ko.t aaKevdo pares Lat. ex composito, Dio C. 52. 7. 
 
 k xe\evp.aTos, 'from,' i. e., 'according to,' 'at the word of 
 command,' x\esch. Pers. 397, cf. arrb, p. 43. 4k neXevo-paTos, Eur. 
 I. T. 1405; cf. e£ tvbs KeXeucrpa-ros, Sophron (Kaibel, Com. Gr. Fr.) 
 
 25. Cf. other e£ evos, acp' eras phr. k KeKevaecos ,C I 3607. 2; cf. airb, Kara, 
 k KeXevapuv, Eur. Ion. 1346; so ei; kiTLTa.yp.aTOS, kit lt ay paTwv supra; so k 
 ■KpoaT ay paTos, Dem. 216. 16. 
 
 k XoyLcxpov, 'from,' or 'by calculation,' Plat. Rep. 439 D; 
 Dem. 207. 20; 398. 181; 780. 32; Ar. Eth. N. 1117. a 21. 
 
 e£ bpoKoyias SLaXeyeadaL, ' to argue from premises agreed upon or 
 granted,' Ar. Top. 110. a 33. Cf. e£ bpoXbyov, Lat. ex compacto, 'by 
 agreement,' Polyb. 1. 67. 1; but id. 3. 91. 10 = Lat. ex confesso. (Cf. 
 w. other phrases meaning 'ace. to agreement,' v. infra). 
 
 k rrapadeaews, 'on comparison,' Polyb. 3. 62. 11; 12. 9 (10), 1; 
 16. 29. 5 (w. art.); cf. Kara 4. 28. 2. Cf. k TrapaXX^Xou, 'parallel- 
 wise,' v. tech. phr. 
 
 k TrapaKeXevareus, Thuc. VII. 40.5. 
 
 eK rrapaaKevris, Lat. ex institute, 'of set purpose,' 'by arrange- 
 ment,' Thuc. V. 56. 4; Antipli. VI. 19 36 parallel w. k irpopoias ; 
 Lys. XIII. 22; XXXI. 30; Dem. 921. 48; Aeschin. III. 3, 62, 73; 
 cf. Ar. Eth. N. 1117. a 20; N. A. 571. b 17; cf. Luc. Tox. 41. cf. 
 airb, p. 44. Cf. k irpovcias and similar phr. 
 
 k TcapaTpoirrjs (late), 'by a perversion of meaning,' Clem. Al. 490. 
 
 36 Lutz overlooks the passages in Ant. and Dem., also Lys. XXXI. 30, and states 
 that it occurs in the Orr. only in Lys. XIII. 22 and Aeschin. as cited above. 
 
PART III CK 67 
 
 ex irapepyov, Lat. obiter, 'as a bye- work, subordinate or secondary,' 
 cf. Ger. Nebenbei. Thuc. I. 142. 9, e/c irapepyov ixe\eTaaOai ; so id. 
 VII. 27. 4; cf. Polyb. 3. 58. 3. where it is opp. to l£ einaTaaews 'atten- 
 tively.' There seems to be no difference in meaning between this and 
 ev irapepyco first in Soph. Ph. 473, v. infra, p. 182. Cf. Ar. Coel. 
 306. b 27, e/c irapoSov opp. to aKpiftokoydo-Qai, 'by the way,' 'cursorily,' 
 so id. G. A. 757. a 12 ; 37 cf. de sens. 444. a 28, so k irapadpoprjs, Polyb. 
 22. 17. 2. 
 
 to l£ irepiaycoyijs . . . Xeyew, 'circuitously,' 'in round- 
 about-fashion,' Rhett. Spengel III. 272, 19, but ib. 27, en rrjs irepiayoi- 
 yrjs with no id. force. 
 
 he irepwSov, 'periodically,' 'in rotation,' Polyb. 2. 43. 1. Cf. tuv 
 Ik trepibbov irvp'tTuv 'intermittent fevers,' Luc. Fhilops. 9. 
 
 eK nepiovalas, Lat. ex abundanti, 'in abundance,' 'more than 
 sufficiently,' 'at an advantage': Thuc. VIII. 45. 2, ct valnai hi 
 wepiovo-ias v(3pi£ovTes ; Plat. Theaet. 154 D (L. and S. 'out cf their 
 abundance'); Dem. 226. 3, Ik wepLovcrlo.s p.ov Kar-qyopel, 'at an advan- 
 tage'; 1122. 67. Cf. Arist. Top. 118. a 6 ff.; Probl. 880. a 10; Eth. 
 Eud. 1243. a 38. Cf. k irepicvTos,'* Thuc. VIII. 46. 5, 'at an ad- 
 vantage'; but en rev TtpibvTos, 'from wantonness,' Dem. 1483. 36. 
 Cf. Luc. Amor. 33. 
 
 en xpocupecrecos, 'from deliberate choice,' or 'purpose': Dem. 528. 
 44, toIs en irpoaip. vfipiarals ; 535. 60 ; 1097. 57 (nal /SouX^crecos) ; 1489. 
 10. 
 
 he irpcf3ov\ris, 'of malice aforethought,' Antiphon I. 5; cf. Dio C. 
 47. 4. 
 
 Ik irpoypa4>ris, 'by edict,' Dio C. 56. 25. 
 
 eK irpovoias, Lat. consulto, 'purposely,' also in Orr. 'of malice 
 aforethought,' as a legal term, almost tech.: Eur. H. F. 598; Ar. 
 Eq. 848; Hdt. 1. 120, 159; 2. 161; 3. 121; opp. to Kara rv X W 8. 87. 3; 
 Plat. Phaedr. 241 E; Legg. 721 C; Antiphon I. 5, 22, 25, 27; VI. 
 19, pi) en irpovoias, p,r]8' eK irapaaKeviis ; (but cf. w. art. Lys. XXVI. 
 19 not id., ovdap.66ev aXKoOev r) eK tt]s tovtojv irpovoias yeyevi]Tai)', Dem. 
 528. 43; 634. 45; 635. 50; Din. I. 90. 6; Aeschin. III. 179, l£ Worn 
 dXX' oik U irpov.; ib. 212; cf. Ar. Pol. 1300. b 26 rd eK irpov. opp. to 
 
 37 Cf. Dion. H. de Dinarch. \,to'ls pi] l* irept^ufxaros hanovai pr)TopiKi)v, prov. 
 'with an apron on,' i. e. merely with the outward appendage of the art, 'superficially.' 
 
 38 But later, Themistius on Arist. Phys. 4. 22; 78. 27, *k irepiovros, 'superflu- 
 ously' in an argument, 'grant, by way of superfluity, that it is so, still they cannot 
 prove it' dike Plato's on iiaKiara 'though it be so never so much.'). 
 
68 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 aKovaia; Ar. Probl. 951. b 30; 952. a 2; 1188. b 35; Eth. Eud. 1226. b 38; 
 Ditt. Syll. 2 52. II. 39 Cf. hi irpo@ov\ris, e£ €7rt/3oXrjs, k diavoias, hi 
 irpocuptcreus, irapao-nevfis, etc. 
 
 k tt poa ay uyrjs, Dem. 678. 174, hi irpoaaywyrjs vjxIv 4>L\ov (L. and S. 
 'a friend by compulsion,' but usually = ' gradually'); cf. Ar. Pol. 
 1306. 14, k irpoaay. /ecu Kara jxuipbv ; ib. 1308. 16 opp. to adpocos ; 
 1315. a 13. 
 
 e£ kds pc#ou, 'with one stroke,' 'all at once,' Aesch. Pers. 462, 
 v. supra, p. 55. 
 
 k o-irovdris, Ar. Mirab. 837. a 15, cf. Sid p. 25. 
 
 he crvv9i]Kr]s, Lat. ex composito, Plat. Legg. 879 A; so /card crvvdr)Kr)v, 
 Ar. Eth. N. 1133. a 29. Cf. pi. w. art. Isocr. IV. 179, hi tccv awd^Kuv ; 
 cf. to illus. possible variations in form and meaning, Isocr. XVIII. 
 28, <5id avvQrjKuiv elvtu tlv'l, p. 31. Cf. ht avvdecreics, Diod. 13. 112. Cf. 
 (w. modifier) Hdt. 3. 86, chairep hi avvderov rev yevbjj.eva. he avv6i]p.aro% 
 (earliest form in this adv. use), Hdt. 6. 121; so d7ro, Hdt. 5. 74, 
 etc., v. p. 44. 
 
 hi Texvrjs (almost adv.), Plat. Ion. 533 E, 7rotrjrat ol ayadol ova hi 
 Texvrjs dXX' evdeoi. ovres. 
 
 eK iravTos rpoTov, 'in every way,' freq. in the Orr., as also allied 
 phr. cited below. Antiphon II. A /3 11; ib. 5. 3; ib. Ty. 6; ib. 5. 10; 
 Andoc. I. 1. 1; III. 25. 16; Lys. XIII. 28, 91, cf. IX. 19; 40 Isocr. 
 III. 31; IV. 95; VI. 91 (note close alliance of lit. and idiom, sense); 
 IX. 39; XII. 160; XIV. 3; XV. 135; Ep. II. 20; Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 24; 
 Mem. 4. 5. 11; Apol. 8; An. 3. 1. 43; Cyr. 7. 5. 55; Plat. Euthyd. 
 282 A; Rep. 499 A; Legg. 745 E, 938 C; Ep. 327 C, 338 B; (cf. 
 Isae. II. 1, ££ ix-KavTos rpoirov; Hyper. I. frg. III. XIV. 22;) Dem. 
 30. 7; 251. 78; 781. 39; 1050. 1. Cf. k robrov tov rpoirov, Lys. VII. 
 2; XIII. 16, k tov rpowov tovtov ; Isae. II. 5, 12; k tov rpoirov Dem. 
 1330. 27; cf. k rlvos rpoirov, Lys. XIII. 37; Isae. IV. 15; Dem. 945. 4. 
 e£ evos rpoirov, Thuc. VI. 34. 2; Lys. XXXI. 30; Isocr. V. 3; cf. Ar. 
 Acu5. 187 K., e£ evos ye rov rpoirov. e£ ov rpoirov, Isocr. VIII. 131. 
 e£ brov rpoirov, Isocr. Ep. VII. 3. 41 
 
 39 Cf. R P §168 (Plut. Fac. lun. 12 p. 926) of the physics of Emped., &xp« ol r6 inep- 
 tov riKtv kiri rijv <t>ii<nv ha irpovoias, from the thought of God,' 'by teleology.' 
 
 40 Cf . Lys. IX. 16, Pia^onevoi. fikawTeiv e£ airavros )<6yov. 
 
 41 Cf Rhett. Spengel I. 224. 8 (Anax.), be tov -irapaXeXeLnnepov rp6wov, an 
 idiom might arise from such an expression as this by omitting rpowov, cf. for such use 
 of ptc. w. noun omitted id. I. 233. 31, eirl tov be tov TvapaXwroixtvov towov p.era /3t/3d- 
 foires. 
 
PART III e/c 69 
 
 bt tvxvs, Plat. Pol. 300 A; Phacdr. 265 C; Rep. 499 B; Dem. 
 443. 317, ccairep kx tvxvs ', Aeschin. Ep. 5. 7; cf. diro, especially in 
 Aristot., v. p. 44, and other preps., particularly Kara. 
 
 e£ VTofidXfjs, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 37, dXX' ay aTrjTov el Kal e£ vwo(3oXris 
 bwaivro avbpes ayaOol thai. But Polyb. 15. 2. 12, Lat. ex insidiis. 
 But Diog. L. 1. 57 (ap. Dendridae), ra re 'Oprjpov e£ u7ro/3oXr?s 
 ykypacfre pa\f/w5eladaL, olov otov 6 irpuros eXrj&v, kneWev apxccrdcu tov 
 kxbpevov. 42 
 
 b. With adjectives: 1. Almost or quite pure adverbs. 
 
 e£ abrjXov. Soph. frg. 787, 5 (Nauck), e£ ab-qXov irpwrov epxtrcu vea/ 
 Trpoaoora (i. e., aeXi]vr]s). Cf. kv, p. 185. Cf. e« irpobrjXov, infra, p. 72. 
 
 tK tov abUov, Xen. An. 1. 9. 16; 4£ abinov, Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 18; Plat. 
 Legg. 743 A; Hyper. III. XL VI. 37, cf. U Slkcllov, etc., infra, p. 70. 
 
 e£ deXTrrou, Lat. ex insperato, 'beyond hope,' 'unexpectedly,' 
 Hdt. 1. Ill; e£ akXirTwv, Aesch. Suppl. 357; Soph. Ai. 715; but w. 
 art. hi toov aeXirruv, prob. lit. 'even out of desperate conditions,' 
 Eur. frg. 101; 554 v. p. 78; Nauck, Trag. Frg. p. 742, Ion. 50; cf. 
 e£ cnropwv, etc., p. 78. Cf. e£ deX^ri^s, Archil. 51 (36), v. supra, 
 p. 64. So also kK 8vaeXiri<TToou, Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 47. 
 
 hi tov alaxiovos, 'more disgraceful,' Thuc. VI. 10. 2. 
 
 tK tov aiavbvvov avopayaOi^eadat, Thuc. III. 40. 4= anivbvvcos, cf. 
 kv, p. 186, ftn. 184. 
 
 k% av ay kcllov, 'under compulsion,' 'from necessity,' Thuc. VII. 
 60. 4; Rhett. Spengel III. 456. 15. Cf. e£ avayKrjs, p. 64. 
 
 e£ airoiTTOV, 'from afar,' Soph. Ph. 467, 43 e£ aToirTov paXXov fj 
 'yybdev (rnoireiv ; Plat. Ax. 369 A, cos e£ airb-KTOV deupevos, Cf . kv clttotttu), 
 airoxpec, avvoTTU) infra. 
 
 e£ airpoaSoKrjTov, 'unexpectedly,' Hdt. 1. 191; 7. 204; Xen. An. 
 4. 1. 10; Plat. Charm. 153 B. Cf. e£ akXirTuv, etc., supra. Cf. 
 e£ ov tpo€l86tos, Lat. de improviso, Dio C. 69. 4. 
 
 "This passage has given rise to a spirited debate among German scholars. Wolf, 
 Proleg. II. p. 85 2 (140 1 ), supported by Boeckh C I 2. 675 ff. n. 3088 p. 1125, takes' 
 «£ ii7to|3o\tjs as = e£ vTro\r)\peus (of parts assigned to several rhapsodists) one taking 
 up the recitation where another leaves off; but Hermann, Opusc. V. 300ff., VII. 65ff. inter- 
 prets eij viro^oXrjs pa\pw5elv to recite on a suggested subject, a given cue, more nearly 
 in the sense of Polemo ap. Macrob. V. 19. 28, e£ viroffoXijs 5Uio-iv tov opuov, 'by 
 dictation.' But in Schol II. 19. 80 t£ viro^oXrjs means 'by interruption': 
 v0l3a.\\uv] inroKpoveo-Oai Oopvftq tov XeyovTa.; 19. 79 (Bekker end) , SiaKoirTeiv t£ viropoXrjs 
 t6v \6y:v. 
 
 43 v. Jebb, who also quotes Galen 3. 222. 
 
70 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 c£ d<T0aXoDs= ac<f>a\uis, Xen. Eq. Mag. 4. 16; cf. w. art. Thuc. I. 
 39. 1, 'from a position of security,' cf. kv, p. 186. 
 
 hi tov abrojiaTov, Xen. An. 1. 3. 13, 'voluntarily'; cf. Plat. 
 "Opol 411 B. Cf. Dion. H. de Comp. 25. 200. Cf. the frequent 
 
 CLTTO TCLVTOpCLTOV, V. p. 45. 
 
 e£ afyavovs, Aesch. Frg. 57. 9 (Nauck); Dem. 822. 29, e£ acpavovs 
 irodtv . . . dXX' ov 4>avepibs (i. e., 'from an obscure place'); 
 hi rov a<j>apod$, Thuc. I. 51. 2; IV. 96. 5. Cf. Plut . Marcell. 16. Cf. 
 kv, p. 186. 
 
 he tov Picuotcltov, (later), Dion. H. 10. 36. Cf. w. hi /3ias supra, 
 p. 65 and w. irpbs to fiiaiov, Aesch. Ag. 130. 
 
 kK Srjpoaiov, 'by public authority,' Thuc. VI. 31. 3; Xen. Hell. 
 5. 2. 10; Reip. Lac. 3. 3; cf. Plat. Rep. 465 D, r) r' hi tov bypoaiov 
 Tpocfri] ; cf. 343 E. Cf. e/c koivov, infra, p. 72. 
 
 k fanaiov, ' justly' = 8iKaLws, kv Sky. Ar. Plut. 755 (exactly = 
 adv.); Plat. Legg. 743 A; 44 Hyper. III. XLII. 32; XLVI. 37; w. art. 
 en tov SucaLov, Ar. Av. 1435; Thuc. II. 89. 3 (to he tov 8lk. 'the right'); 
 Andoc. I. 144; Lys. XIX. 9; Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 16; An. 1. 9. 19; Plat. Legg. 
 743 A; Dem. 1309. 36. So pi. e« tuv 8ikclLui>, 'according to justice,' 
 'as justice demands,' 'justly,' Ar. Nub. 1116, seems not to mean 
 much more than h> 8Lnr} ib. 1332, 1333, 1379. Cf. kv 8'ucri p. 177. 
 
 e£ eKovaias, Soph. Tr. 727, pr] '£ enovaias 'not wilfully' sc. yvupys, 
 but the phr. is really equiv. to hovcrlws. Cf. Kara Thuc. VIII. 27. 3. 
 
 ht tov ep(f)aveos, = ep,<t)avibs, Hdt. 1. 205; 3. 150; 4. 120; without art. 
 Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 2; Cyr. 1. 6. 41. Cf. kv p. 188, eis p. 113. Cf. 
 kn 4>avepov, irpo^apovs, etc. 
 
 e£ eToipov, 'at once,' 'immediately,' 'off-hand,' Xen. Mem. 
 2. 6. 16, e£ holpov . . . cf>l\ov elvai ; Oec. 14. 3, e^ eroipov 
 . . . viranovovTOLS ; Cyr. 8. 5. 12; Isocr. V. 96. 45 All these mean 
 simply 'at once,' but in compar. e£ froipoTepov Isocr. XIII. 15, 
 'more readily,' 'at once' more nearly = ' off-hand'; cf. superb 
 e£ eTOLpoTCLTov, Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 57, ws c£ froip. olcokol, Lat. promptis- 
 sime, cf. Hipp. Progn. 4. 6. 
 
 tK tov eWeos, 'outright,' 'openly,' Thuc. I. 34. 3. 8eopevoL$ re tn 
 tov evdkos pi) vTovpyelp, cf. 6.w6, supra, p. 45. So e/c rrjs iderjs, Hdt. 2. 
 161 (aireaTwav) ; 3. 127; 9. 37; cf. Hdt. 9. 51, Karidv that, 'to be 
 right over against,' 'opposite.' But e£ eWeias, 'directly,' contr. kclt' 
 
 44 Burnet reads this ck tup SikclIuv. 
 
 45 But vv. kv not until late, Theocr. 22. 61. kv erot/uy [ko-ri] ; Polyb. 2. 34. 2, etc. 
 Here kv tToi/xu tx*<- v i v. evp. 184, ftn. 174 . 
 
PART III e/c 71 
 
 avacf>opav 'by reference,' R P §487 (Sext. Math. VIII. 10); cf. e£ 
 evdelas eiirelv, Rhett. Spengel III. 12. 28; ib. 13. 29 opp. to oid ttjs 
 elpcoveias, 'ironically'; cf. <5t' eufletas, Spengel III. 120. 16; Plut. 2. 408 
 E, but cf. Spengel III. 11. 3; 59. 7, evr' eWeias. Cf. pp. 26, 45. 
 
 e/c tov evirpeirovs, 'in pretence,' Thuc. VII. 57. 7, avayKy p.kv e/c roD 
 einr ptivovs , (Jowett: 'under a decent appearance of compulsion.') 
 
 e/c toov 18'lojv, 'at his own expense,' C I 1104. Cf. other preps. 
 
 e/c T7/s Werys, v. supra, sub evdeos. 
 
 e| urov, e/c tov laov, e£ i'o-rjs, 'equal,' 'equally,' 'on an equality,' 
 Lat. ex aequo, 46 also expressed by adv. iVcos, adv. ace. laov and by 
 prep. phr. w. euro p. 45, ev p. 188. and tirl. e£ tVou, Aesch. Suppl. 405; 
 Soph. O C 254 (e£ laov /cat) ; 1374; O T 61 (e£ tVoi; . . . cos); 563 
 (note balancing adv. o/ioicos /c&£ laov); 627, 1019 (e£ t'crou tlvI); so Ant. 
 516, 47 644; Tr. 322; Eur. I. A. 804; Phoen. 1402, e£ laov 5' "Aprjs/ 
 qp (cf. cecyMO Marie, Verg. Aen. 7. 540); Eur. Anth. Lyr. p. 130, 1 
 (Bergk-Hiller); Ar. Ran. 867, ova e£ laov yap ear lv aychv vuv, 'not a 
 fair fight'; Eq. 1160; Agath. 24. 2 (Nauck Trag. Fr. p. 768); Hdt. 
 7. 135. 3; Thuc. I. 120. 1; IV. 62. 4; 63. 2; Andoc. I. 6; III. 24. 11; 
 IV. 32. 27; Antiphon V. 51, 64; Lys. XII. 81; XIX. 3; XXIV. 9; 
 XXV. 3, 35 (c. dat.); Xen. An. 3. 4. 47, ovk e£ laov eap.ev, 'we are not 
 on an equality'; Cyr. 4. 3. 16 (c. dat.); Isocr. VI. 96 (c. dat.); VIII. 3; 
 X. 34, 35; XVIII. 12; Plat. Crito 50 E; Soph. 227 B,250 E; Parm. 150 
 A (bis), D (bis) (c. elvai, cf. supra Xen. An. 3. 4. 47), iroWri avaynri e£ 
 laov elvai, e£ laov oe 6^ tow elvai, so in E; Symp. 177 E (c. dat.), 214 
 C; Alcib. I. 115 D (c. dat.); Gorg. 517 A (c. dat.); Menex. 238 
 E; Rep. 557 A, 561 B, C, 599 B; Legg. 777 D, ol e£ laov, 'those of 
 equal station,' so 919 D; 931 C; Isae. X. 1; Lycurg. 154. 48 (c. dat.); 
 Dem. 101. 47; 845. 4; 959. 48 (c. dat.); Aeschin. I. 28; III. 57 et al. 
 Ar. Rhet. 1384. a 12; cf. Polyb. 9. 4. 4, 6 e£ laov nivbvvos (use as an 
 attrib. adj. rare), e/c tov laov, Thuc. II. 3. 4, a<i>laiv e/c tov laov 
 yiyvwvTai.', III. 12. 3; IV. 117. 2; Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 16, e/c tov laov 
 pax^crdai, ' to fight on equal terms'; Hiero 8. 5, rots e/c tov laov imlv 
 ovai. Hardly to be distinguished in use from e£ laov. So also e£ i'cn?s, 
 Plat. Legg. 861 A. Closely akin are e/c tov 6/joLov, e/c tcov bp.oiu>v 'on 
 
 46 Cf. Tacitus, Agr. 13. 2. 2; 15. 13. 4. ex aequo = a.dv. 'equally'; but also Agr. 20. 
 3,civitates quae in ilium diem ex aequo egerant, 'had lived independent,' 'on an equali- 
 ty," so Tac. H. 4. 64. 5; Liv. 7. 30. 2. 
 
 47 In Ant. 516 and O T 1019 Jebb notes the peculiar force of e£ laov = ' only on a 
 level with'; so laov = 'equally little,' Hdt. 2. 3 or 'equally vain,' id. 8. 79; cf. id. 8. 
 109, to. re ipa nai to. I8ia h> by.o\.w eTroieero, i. e. 'made sacred things of only the same 
 account as things profane.' 
 
72 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 equal terms,' sing. Thuc. I. 143. 4; II. 44. 3; III. 12. 3; IV. 10. 4; 
 VI. 78. 4, 87. 5; PL: Aesch. Ag. 1423; Eur. Frg. Alex. 59; Plat. 
 Phaedr. 243 D. 
 
 tK kolvov, 'given or shared in common,' first in Hes. Op. 721; 
 Ar. Eccl. 610, eareu yap 0los ex kolvov] 612, tup tK kolvov 8t p,t8t^tL ; 
 cf. 671 (w. art.). Antiphan. 230 K. ovs . . . k kolvov . . . 
 'ibtL rptcptLV tov br)p.ov ; cf. Euphr. 8 K. t'ls cfrrjaiv tlvaL 8tLvbs tK kolvov 
 4>aytlv ; t'ls tK fxtaov to. depjxa 8tLvbs dp7rdcrcu ; cf. &7r6 p. 45, els p. 114, 
 kv p. 189. 
 
 tK TOV O/JLOLOV, TOiV OP-OLiCV V. SUpfd. 
 
 e£ bpdov, Plat. Tim. 71 C, to. pev e£ 6p#ou KaTaKap-TTOvaa, 'out of 
 their right place.' 
 
 tK TtplTTov, 'superfluously,' 'needlessly,' Plat. Soph. 265 E; 
 Prot. 338 B; Legg. 734 D; 802 D, so tK tov irtpLTTov, Rhett. Spengel 
 III. 32. 21. 
 
 eK Tpo8rj\ov, Soph. El. 1429, 'full in view,' so the adv. irpo8r)\cos, 
 Ai. 1311 contr. do^Aou v. supra, p. 69. 
 
 'etc tov irpo4>avom, Thuc. III. 43. 3; VI. 73. 2; VIII. 8. 4; 68. 1; 
 without art. tK irpofyavovs, Dem. 675. 165. Cf. airb, p. 45. 
 
 tK Tib paoTO) (for Genit.), Timaeus Locr. 96 A, 'most easily'; 
 tK tov paaTOv, Dion. H. de Comp. 25, cf . ib. airb tov paarov ; Plut. Fab. 1 1 . 
 
 tK raxtlas, Soph. Tr. 395, 'speedily.' Cf. <5id p. 25; cf. also 
 rdxos with other preps, tis, p. Ill, kv, p. 183, so /card, perd, avv. 
 
 tK tp'ltov, Plat. Tim. 54 B, e£ oh to lowXeupoi^ Tplywvov tK tp'ltov 
 o-vvt(TTr]Kt, 'as a third'; pi. tK tp'ltcov, Eur. Or. 1178, 48 'as a third,' 
 'in the third place'; Plat. Gorg. 500 A, avp.\pr]4>os wlv (i. e. Socr. and 
 Polus) tl Kai av tK tp'ltwv ; Symp. 213 B. 49 
 
 tK tov vTTtp(j)povos, 'from a sense of superiority,' Thuc. II. 62. 5. 
 Cf. Dio C. 45. 43. 
 
 e£ viroyvov, 'out of hand,' 'off-hand/ 'on the spur of the mo- 
 ment,' Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 43; Isocr. IV. 13; Plat. Menex. 235 C. Cf. 
 Ar. Rhet. 1354. b 3 opp. to k toWov xp° v °v o-KtyaadaL) ib. 1396. 6; 
 Rhett. Spengel I. 4. 15, at KpLatLs e£ u7roYiaoi;. 50 
 
 e£ vaTtprjs, 'later,' 'afterwards.' Adv. vaTtpccs used only by 
 late writers, but neut. ace. voTtpov may be used: Hdt. 1. 108; 5. 
 
 48 Cf. later etc 8evrepov, iterum, secundo, alia vice, Ev. Marc. 14. 71, k<xI eWus tn 
 frtvrkpov AXe/crcop e4>uvr]cre ) Matt. 26. 42, ttclXlv be Sevrepov aireXduv -Kpoar\bi,a.To. 
 
 49 Cf. Aelian, H. A. 9. 64. 
 
 60 Cf. (later) e/c x«-pos, Polyb. 5. 41. 7. 'forthwith,' 'instantly,' 'at once.' 
 Cf. (k tov TrapHTTdnkvov, Plut. Demos. 9. 
 
PART III e/c 73 
 
 106. 2; 6. 85. So e£ varepov, Plat. Proleg. II. cf. Diod. 14. 109; Dion. 
 H. 4. 73. Cf. kv, p. 191. 
 
 e/c tov (fravepov, adv. (pavepws, Hdt. 5. 96; 6. 77; 8. 126. 3; 9. 1; Thuc. 
 IV. 79. 2; Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 16; Mem. 3. 11. 8; Cyr. 2. 4. 17; Ages. 2. 6; 
 Isocr. IV. 147; Isae. VII. 32; Dem. 197. 24 (without art.); Aeschin. 
 III. 125. Later, cf. Dion. H. 4. 4. 5, ib. 8 airo, cf. p. 45, eis, p. 117, 
 cf. kv, p. 191, cf. e/c tov ep.4>aueos, wpocpavovs, etc. 
 
 2. Quantitative expressions of space or time; only partly adver- 
 bial: 
 
 e/c /3pdxeos, of distance: Thuc. III. 92. 4; VII. 49. 2. Cf. e/c €7710^05, 
 App. B. C. 4. 108. Latex propinquo. But tov e£ e\ax'<-o-TOv rpLrjpapx^v 
 @ov\6piei>op, Dem. 1230. 7 'at the lowest price.' 
 
 e£ 6X170U a. Of space, distance, Thuc. II. 91. 4; V. 65. 5. b. Of 
 time, 'at short notice': Thuc. II. 11. 4; 61. 2; IV. 108. 6; V. 64. 4, 
 72. 1; Lys. II. 1 (cf. ib. pi., e£ oXiyoov rjp.epcbv \eyeiv); cf. also Dem. 131. 
 1, e/c jiu/cpou XP 0V0V o~vveChe.yp.kvwv. Cf. 6V 6X17011, p. 28. 
 
 e£ oaou, a. Of distance, Thuc. VII. 73. 3, e£ ooov ns epeWev 
 anovaeadai, 'within earshot'; b. of time, Lys. VI. 25, ovdels yap xco, 
 e£ 6aov 'Adrjvcu aei/j.r](TToi eioiv, 'within the memory of Athens'; ib. 30 
 (but some edd. doubt the text); Plat. Legg. 722 C. 
 
 e/c ttoXXou, a. Of space, distance: Thuc. II. 89. 8, 'from,' 'at a 
 distance'; so IV. 32. 4; 100. 3; Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 13; An. 3. 3. 9, 
 k 7toXXoD 4>ebyovTas 'with a long start'; etc. b. Of time: 'for a 
 long time', (Nauck) Trag. Fr. Adesp. 449; Thuc. I. 58. 1; 68. 3; II. 
 85. 2, 88. 2; IV. 67. 3; V. 67. 2, 69. 2; Antiphon II. Aa 2; V. 19, 57; 
 Lys. III. 41; Isocr. IV. 30; Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 41; 3. 3. 57; 5. 4. 49; 6. 2. 25; 
 7. 1.27, k 7rd™ ttoXXoO ; Dem. 50. 36; 240. 43; 246. 63; 527. 41; 1440.2; 
 et al. cf. Rhett. Graec. Spengel (Anax.) I. 178. 32, e/c iroWov irpoadoTes. 
 
 In the pi. these uses disappear, but the use of the prep, is inter- 
 esting, he iroXkcbv, either a. partitive 'out of many,' especially 
 of a choice made out of many things, slightly idiom., cf. airo, p. 40, or 
 b. causal, 'from many things,' or 'reasons.' a. Partit. begins in 
 Horn. II. 15. 680 v. supra, p. 52, Soph. El. 1351, fjKelpos ovtosov ttot 
 eK toWqiv eydi/p.bvov irpoa-qvpov -kmjtov ; Thuc. VIII. 53. 1, Ke4>a\ai.ovvT€S 
 e/c ToWcbv, 'they said much in few words'; Lys. XIX. 61, e/c iroWuv 
 6\lya, so 28. 2. Cf. (later) Herodian. 7. 9. 8,6X1701 e/c iroWwv eauidrjaav, 
 so c. d7ro, Thuc. I. 110. But Plat. Rep. 611 B, avvderbv re e/c iroWuv 
 (prep. expr. denotes material). 51 b. Isocr. V. 65, fiovKo/xai yap e/c 
 
 51 One of Aristotle's meanings, 'the parts out of the whole, or the whole out of 
 the parts,' Metaph. 1023 a . 25ff. 
 
74 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 TroXXd^ ae ireurefivai; so 119; XV. 170; Dem. 659. 118; 917. 34, (not 
 an id., noted for comparison only) but c. like type below, of he 
 denoting change from one condition to another, Hes. Th. 447, e£ 
 oKiycov fipiaei, kcu e/c ttoWwv /xelova dr/Kev, ex paucis copiosos reddit et ex 
 multis pauciores reddit. Cf. Lys. XX. 13, ol av e/c TrXetovcov eXdrrous. 
 Cf. p. 77. 
 
 e/c ir\dovcs, a. of space: enirXeovos, Thuc. IV. 129.4; Xen. An. 1. 10. 
 
 11, e/c ir'heLovos fj to irpoadev e^evyov 'when at a greater distance from 
 them than before' (of the interval, cf. c-/c to&v pv/xaros, ib. 3. 3. 15). 
 b. Of time, 'for a long time,' also 'for some time past,' Thuc. 
 IV. 42. 3; 103. 4; V. 82. 3; VIII. 88. 1, 91. 1. 
 
 e/c 7rXeu7Tou (of time) Thuc. VIII. 68. 1, hi irXeiaTov eTTi,ue\T}deis, 
 'one who had been longest interested in it'; cf. ib. 90. 1; Xen. Lac. 
 
 12. 1, &v av e/c Tv\ei(jTOv irpoop&tv; Dem. 124. 51, cos e/c Tr\eiaTOV 
 4>vK6.TTt(j6ai, 'as long beforehand as possible'; 585. 220. Cf. other 
 preps. 
 
 c. With participles: 
 
 €K Tdv kvbexop.kvwv , Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 4, 'by all possible means', cf. 
 eis, p. 117. 
 
 e/c rihv %vynup.kvuv, Thuc. V. 25. 2, 'according to the terms of the 
 agreement.' Cf. (later) Polyb. 3. 111. 7, e£ 6p.6\oyop.hov = adv. 
 bp.o\oyojxkvus. 
 
 e/c tuv irapovTow, 'according to present circumstances,' Eur. 
 Tro. 1201; Thuc. III. 29. 2; IV. 17. 1; V. 40. 3; 87; VI. 70. 4; VII. 
 62. 1, 77. 1; Andoc. III. 8; Lys. XII. 9; Isocr. V. 115 (but here lit. 
 not 'under the circumstances'); Dem. 1447. I, 52 cf. other preps. 
 kv p. 175, euro p. 45, els p. 108. 
 
 e/c irepibvTos, v. p. 67 supra. 
 
 e/c tpo(ji]k6i>tcov, Thuc. III. 67. 2, 'in accordance with what is fit- 
 ting.' 53 
 
 hi tov irpoffTuxovTos (later) 'by accident,' Plut. 2. 150 E (but cf. 
 ib. 407 B, Lat. ex tempore, 'off-hand'). Rhett. Spengel III. 235, 
 4 differs a little, (of Alcaeus' figure of the ship of state as an ex- 
 ample of allegory), e/c fxev tov TpoaTvxbvTos x^^ v OaKaaaios vwaKovtTai, 
 /card 5e tt\v aXrjdHav toXltlkoov it pay paTOiv rapaxv tls e/c^cupercu. 
 
 62 Jerram compares pro tempore in Verg. Eel. 7. 35 to &c rwv Trapovrwv interpret- 
 ing it 'according to the present means,' so Papillon and Haigh. Others e. g. Ken- 
 nedy, translate ' for the occasion.' 
 
 53 For use of ptc. without art. cf. Hdt. 9. 26, nowofj.axv<rai exi bianeiixkvoHn, 
 'on fixed conditions'; cf. Hdt. 8. 94. 4; 9. 77, tiz i&pyaanhvoiac, Lys. XXXI. 9, 
 iXdelv kwl Kareipyaafiivois, Lat. re peracla, and other similar phr. c. htl. 
 
PART III 6K 
 
 75 
 
 k tuv virapxbvTwv, preceded by obs, Thuc. VII. 76; VIII. 1. 3, 'so 
 far as the situation allowed'; cf. Menand. 354 K, kKTeOpanpevos/ 
 ovk e£ virapxbvrojv, i. e., sumptuosius quam pro patris opibus. 
 
 Cf. similar use with verbal, k tuv bvvarwv, Thuc. IV. 51; Xen. 
 Oec. 7. 12; An. 4. 2. 23; Plat. Rep. 618 C; cbs k tuv dvvaruv, Thuc. II. 
 3. 4; VII. 74. 1; usually means 'according to his means,' 'so far as 
 possible.' Cf. els, p. 113, so /card to bvvaTov. 
 
 But masc. ptc. not adverbial, Thuc. I. 22, ovk k rod irapaTvxbvTos 
 irwdavonepos, 'from the first comer,' 'from a chance person.' But 
 later, e. g., Plut. 2. 154 A, (neut.) k tov irapaTvxbvTOS aroKpivao-dai, 
 'to answer off-hand,' cf. infra, ivapaxpv, ua - 
 
 Participle which has become a Substantive: 
 
 eK tov einoros, 'in all probability,' 'probably.' Thuc. IV. 17. 5; 
 
 V. 105. 3; VII. 66. 2, 68. 3; Antiphon V. 37; (without art.) e| eucoros, 
 Plat. Phaedr. 238 E; Dem. 858. 46. But cf. Plat. Euthyd. 305 E, 
 ttclpv e£ hkotos Xoyov. PL: eK rcbv eUoTwv, Antiphon II. A7. 9, ib. 
 8 8, 10; Isocr. XI. 35; XV. 169; XVIII. 16; Plat. Charm. 157 E; 
 Rep. 362 C, 365 B, 422 C; Legg. 950 D; Isae. III. 17, 27; Dem. 
 382. 135; 842. 23; 851. 22; 866. 10; 1384. 11; Aeschin. I. 91, etc. Cf. 
 other preps. 
 
 d. With articular adv. v. also sub e: 
 
 k rod Tapaxpma-, 'forthwith,' 'straightway,' 'off-hand': Thuc. 
 
 VI. 56. 3; Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 11; Mem. 2. 1. 20, cu hi rod wapaxp. 
 rjdopai, 'immediate'; Plat. Cratyl. 399 D, k tov irapaxp- ^eyeiv, 
 'to speak off-hand'; 54 so Symp. 185 C, cbs he tov irapaxp-, Euthyd. 
 304 A, Critias 107 E; but the earlier serine in Legg. 768 B; 867 A 
 (bis) where it is contr. w. juerd €7rt/3oi;X^s ; c. e'nrelv 'off-hand' Dem. 
 1420. 3; so 1401. 2; cf. 1465. 11, toIs k tov irapaxp- o-vp.Qaivov<nv 
 
 OpdwS XPW0 al - Cf. CLTTO p. 45, €tS p. 117, tV p. 191. 
 
 k tuv eixwpoadep, Plat. Cratyl. 389 A; Alcib. I. 118 B; Rep. 494 A. 
 Cf. k twv Trpoadev, Plat. Phaed. 105 D (sc. \eyop.kvoov) ; Gorg. 504 B. 
 k tov Tpoade, Antiphanes 87 K., opp. k ToviriaQev, Ar. Eccl. 482; Thuc. 
 
 VII. 79. 4; Xen. An. 4. 1. 6; Hell. 6. 5. 16; Reip. Lac. 11. 8. 
 k to)v vvv, Plat. Phaed. 105 C (sc. Xeyop-eucov, cf. B). 
 k tov iroTt, Plat. Parm. 152 B. 
 
 k Tdv o'Uodev, Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 10. 
 
 64 Cf. Plut. 2. 154 A, in tov TrapaTvxovTos cnroKplvaadai, 'to answer offhand'; sokrou 
 irpoffTv\6vTos, Plut. 2. 407 B. Schol. compares e/c tov irpoyeipov which might 
 easily have been used, but I have not found it. Sext. Emp. M. 6. 19 has « wpoxdpov 
 but = 'easily,' 'lightly.' Cf. Ar. Metaph. 356 1 '. 19 kv irpoxeLpi?. 
 
76 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 k Tob/nraXiv, Thuc. III. 22. 5. 
 
 e. Adv. phr. of direction: 
 
 Aesch. Ag. 116, x*pbs k bopiTaXTov, 'on the right hand,' idiom, 
 and metaph. Cf. in Eng. of the left and right, Milton, 'half wheel- 
 ing to the shield, half to the spear.' Cf. k bbparos Polyb. 3. 115. 9 
 contr. ib. 67r' ao-wlba, cf. eh, p. 99. 
 
 k tov avTiirkpas, 'on the other side,' 'over against,' Xen. Hell. 
 3. 2. 15. 
 
 k tov €7r' dpicrrepd, 'from the left,' Plat. Euthyd. 297 C. 55 Cf. oi 
 k tov eireneiva, 'those from the far side,' Xen. An. 5. 4. 3; cf. kv 
 Thuc. VII. 58. 1, els Plat. Rep. 587 B. Cf. k tov eiri 0drepa, 
 'from the other side,' Thuc. VII. 37. 2; Xen. An. 5. 4. 10; Plat. 
 Prot. 314 E, 315 A, k pk . . . k be tov bd dcnepa 'on the one 
 side and on the other.' 
 
 4£ dpicrrepds, Soph. El. 7, ov£ dpicn-epas ; Xen. An. 4. 8. 2; Cyr. 8. 5. 
 15; Plat. Euthyd. 271 B; Tim. 72 C et al. Cf. 4£ evcwbiwv, Hdt. 1. 
 72, etc. 
 
 k 5e£ids, Ar. Eccl. 488, rd/c betas', Ar. Eq. 639; Thuc. II. 81. 3; 
 Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 10, 5. 15; Plat. Euthyd. 271 A, 273 B; Dem. 428. 272; 
 et al. Cf. en 86pa.Tos supra. 
 
 ££ kvavTias, 'over against,' 'opposite,' Lat. ex adverso, opp. to 
 k TrXaylov: Hdt. 7. 225. 3; 8. 7 (cf. 8. 6., k r^js djmrjs); Thuc. IV. 
 33, 35. 3; VII. 44. 4, kcu wav to 6% kvavTias . . . iro'KefjLLOv kvbpi^ov, 
 i. e., 'every one they met'; Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 20, e£ kvavTias . 
 k TrXaylov) Hiero 6. 8 opp. to iraPTodev ; Plat. Phaed. 113 C; Tim. 
 68 A; Legg. 893 E; 897 D. 56 So also k tov havrlov, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 22; 
 5. 15 (opp. to k TXaylov); An. 4. 7. 5; 6. 5. 7; Cyr. 1. 4. 8, k tcw dimou; 
 cf. k tou dimou, Xen. An. 1. 8. 23; Reip. Lac. 11. 8; e£ evavTlov, Com. 
 Fr. Adesp. 366 K.; cf. pi. k tcoj^ havrlcov, Polyb. 5. 9. 9. 
 
 k tov naTavTinpv, 'from,' 'on the opposite side,' Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 
 22; Plat. Rep. 515 B; Critias 112A. Cf. th p. 118, h> p. 192. 
 
 k TovTucrdev, etc., v. supra, p. 75. 
 
 k 7rXa7toi», 'sideways,' in military sense, 'in the flank,' so Thuc. 
 IV. 33; VII. 6. 2; Xen. Hell. 4. 5. 15; 6. 5. 26; Cyr. 4. 1. 18; 7. 1. 20; 
 Symp. 5. 5, ot fxev vol to /car' eiidv pbvov bpcoaLV, oi be kftoi /cat to k 7rXa7tou; 
 Plat. Ion. 536 A, 'sideways'; so Rep. 598 A; freq. in Ar. (seventeen 
 times) in various forms, k tov irXaylov, k tu>v Tr\aylwv, k 7rXa7toi;, 
 
 65 v. Lobeck ad Phrynichus, p. 259 for eir' dpioTtpa, etc. 
 56 Cf. Ar. Eth. N. 1172 a 28 l| kvavrias 'on the contrary.' 
 
PART III IK 77 
 
 4k ir\ayiuv, ex 7rXa7ias, Meteor. 372. a 11; 378. a 9; cf. Ik irXayiwp Polyb. 
 1. 23. 9. 
 
 e£ vwtpde&ov, 'from above,' Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 13. Cf. Polyb. 3. 43. 
 3. PI. ck row vTrepde&ojv, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 14; cf. Luc. Tim. 45. Cf. ck 
 /vegixxXTJs, Lat. desupcr, Plut. Marcell. 16. 
 
 k toO vir-qve/jLov, 'on the lee-side,' Xen. Oec. 18. 7. 
 
 e£ virrias, 'backwards,' 'reversely,' Plat. Phaedr. 264 A, 
 os oi>8e air' dpx'js aXX' airb TekevrfjS e£ vttLcls avairoCkiv biaveiv eirtxei-pt 7 - 
 tov \byov ; Rep. 529 C, e£ virrias veuv b> yfj r) h flaXaTrr/, i. e., 'reversely 
 to the common mode'; Ar. Frg. 665 K., velv e£ vttLcls. 
 VII. Noteworthy uses of preposition 
 
 1. A large l/c type (allied to en of immediate consecution supra) 
 denotes a change from one condition to another, with a more or less, 
 but often only very slight idiomatic force. It will not be necessary 
 to quote all the examples collected, but some of the more interesting 
 and some which seem to have become stock phrases will be mentioned. 
 This antithetic form of expressing contrasting conditions was a 
 favorite one with the Greeks: Theogn. 577, pr)tov e£ ayadov dtlvai kclkov 
 r) 'k kclkov kud\bv ; Pind. 01. XIII. 66, e£ bveLpov 5' avrUa r\v virap, 
 'out of a dream there was forthwith reality.' Soph. T 454, 
 Tvcf>\ds yap en 8e8opKOTOs; 57 Tr. 284; so Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 17, e£ 'afypovos 
 a&cppuv ixv tls yevoLTo, cf. in Eng. Milton's 'speakable of mute.' 
 Ar. Eq. 1321, kclXov e£ cucrxpou ; Hdt. 2. 68, e£ k\ax't-<TTOV p.'eyi<TTOV ] 
 id. 5. 69. 2, 7rXeiV<xs e£ eXacrabvcov ; Isocr. II. 9, /xeyaXriv e£ pLKpas ; 
 Xen. Apol. 19, av 8e eiiri e'i tlvcl olada vt' ep.ov yeyevr)p.evov r] e£ eicre(3ovs 
 avbaiov r) h.K aaxppovos vfipL<TTr)v r) e£ evbialrov toXv8o.to.vov rj [cos] tn 
 perpLOTroTov oivbcfrXvya rj e« 4>iXotovov paXaKov, r] aXXr/s Tovrjpds r)8ovr]s 
 y\TTr\pkvov\ Plat. Pol. 297 B, apeLvovj tn x^povwv ; Rep. 411 B, XPV (T '-( X0V 
 e£ axPWTOv; 530 C; 566 A, Xvku e£ avdpoJTOv yeveaQai; 373 D, totc 
 apiKpa 8r) e£ Uavrjs ecrrcu, ' the country at that time sufficient to sup- 
 port them will then be small instead of sufficient'; Euthyd. 285 A, 
 coot' 6K irovrjpwv re kclI <x<$>pbv<s>v xpycTovs T€ Ka ' ip<i>povas TTOLelv, cf. B 
 (note clear relationship to £k of starting-point in most of these cases, 
 here also almost as if fig. use of e/c of material); Isae. VII. 9, e£ 
 evirbpov re airopurepco yeyevrjp.evtx> ; freq. in the Orr. 'rich instead of 
 poor,' Lys. I. 4, tXov<jlos he Tev-qros, etc. A typical case is of 'calm 
 
 67 Soph. Ant. 1318, t&5' o(jk kit' aWov (SpoTwv / t/uds dp/u6crei ttot' e£ curias, where 
 Jebb notes: tn here is not for bird, but is used as if we had, ovirort e£ vttcut'lov avainos 4>a- 
 vovnai. Thus e$ k/j.a.% alrias is really a compressed way of saying, 'by change 
 from a state of things in which the curia (blame) was mine.' 
 
78 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 after storm,' Pind. Is. VII. (VI.) 38, ev8iav . . . /ha x*Wuvos ; 
 Eur. Or. 279, e/c nvparuv yap aWis av yaK-riv' bpcb, 'calm after or out 
 of the waves after a storm,' quoted in Ar. Ran. 304; cf. Sammyrion 
 8. 5 K. Allied to this use is aarpairr) e£ aWpi-qs, 'lightning out of 
 a clear sky' Hdt. 3. 86; Cratinus 53 K.; Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 31; cf. Hdt. 
 7. 188. 
 
 2. Of an existing situation or plight; strictly e/c gives the starting- 
 point, but its force is pressed less closely than usual and it may often 
 be translated 'in'; (slightly idiom.): e£ ap,r)xavuv , Aesch. Prom. 59. 
 'he is clever to find a way out even from a desperate situation'; Eur. 
 El. 624, opco IXttiS' e£ ap.rixavcop (allied to previous group) ; Her. 148 
 'in their despair'; Trag. Fr. Adesp. 566 (Nauck). e/c twv aekirroiv, 
 'even out of desperate conditions,' Eur. Frg. 101,554; Trag. Fr. Ion. 
 50 (Nauck) p. 742; cf. p. 69. e£ dropc^, Plat. Legg. 699 B; but cf. 
 Plut. Rom. 14 masc. expresses material; (w. art.) Hdt. 8. 53, 'even in 
 the midst of their difficulties,' cf. kv p. 185. /ca/c ruv8e, 'even in my 
 present plight,' Soph. Tr. 1109, etc. Cf. Eng. 'out of the depths I cry 
 unto thee.' 
 
 3. Of means or instrument: Soph. Ant. 989, 6V e£ evbs fiKkirovTt; 
 ib. 990, rols TvcpXolai yap/avrr) KeXevdos e/c irporjyr]TOv 7reXet. Dem. 1466. 
 12, e£ optXtas . . . irpoaayayeaOaL, 'by talking,' 'by persuasion' 
 rather than /3ta; cf. 1468. 7, 6V optXtas irelaai. 
 
 4. Causal: e£ eX7u5os, Pind. Py. VIII. 90, 'by reason of,' 'at the 
 impulse of hope'; but cf. p. 53, Aesch. Ag. 998 idiom., peculiar 
 use of prep, like airb 'away from', evxop.au 8' e£ epas eXirldos 'against 
 hope.' Cf. airb p. 46. Aesch. Ag. 268, irkcpevye tovtos e£ airiorias, 
 'the word escaped me in consequence of distrust.' Soph. Ant. 766, 
 e£ bpyrjs raxvs, 'in haste caused by wrath,' cf. e£ eptSos II. 7. 111. 
 Cf. 8ia, p. 25. Soph. El. 398, e£ a(3ov\ias -rreaelv ; O C 620, e/c apt/cpoO 
 Xbyov, 'for a small cause.' Dem. 784. 48, twv 8e xPW r ^ v ex#pos & 
 0i>(7ecos /cat yevovs ; cf. 796. 87, etc. Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1073, e£ axeoov, 
 'by reason of grief.' 
 
 5. Of origin: Horn. II. 14. 472, ov p'ev pot naubs etSerat ov8e nanuv 
 e£. 58 Ar. Eq. 185, puv e/c koKoov el Kayaduv ; ib. 187, e/c irovqpwv ; cf. 
 Andoc. I. 14. 109, (ryaflcu e£ ayadoov ovres) e/c (ieXribvuv, 'better-born,' 
 Lys. X. 23, 6tl fieXrlojv /cat e/c fiehribvwv 6 cpevyoov ep,ov ; so id. XIII. 
 18. 64; Plat. Gorg. 512 D; Dem. 228. 10. For e/c of immediate 
 ancestry cf. airb, p. 47. 
 
 68 One of Aristotle's meanings, Metaph. 1023 a . 25ff. 
 
PART III e/c 
 
 79 
 
 6. Of source: a. of the head and fount of power: hi tov /3acuXeu>s, 
 Soph. O C 67; cf. El. 264; Ant. 63. rd 5' he dew, Soph. C 256. 59 
 e/c Alo'Aktov, i. e., by his command, Soph. Ant. 957. 
 
 b. Source, nearly of cause: Plat. Rep. 584 C. al rjdouai 
 e/c irpoadoKias yiyvo/jievat,, 'arising from anticipation.' 
 
 7. Of agent viewed as source, hence e/c rather than vwo. The 
 force varies from cases in which the idea of source is more prominent, 
 often best translated 'at the hands of,' to those in which the agency 
 is predominant and the translation 'by' shows little apparent dif- 
 ference from bird: Soph. El. 526, cos e£ kp.ov TedvrjKev 'at my hands'; so 
 Tr. 1235. O C 1425, a(f>ccv da.vo.Tov e£ ap-^olv instead of e£ a\\y]\oiv, 
 'each from the other's hand'; cf. Ant. 973 of the direct agent; Lys. 
 XVI. 18, e/c 8e tcov KLv8vvei)6Li> ede\6vToov, 'by'; Xen. An. 1. 1. 6, e/c 
 /3acriXea<s bebo^'evai ; ib. 2. 6. 1, e/c ttclvtwv tuv kfxire'ipws avTOv exbvTuv 
 56£as, 'as was agreed by all'; cf. Thuc. 1. 120, (ho-rcep /ecu ev dXXois he 
 ttclvtoiv irpoTi/xcbvTai, (e/c = i>7ro). 60 
 
 8. Of separation or removal: (Fig.) Pind. Nem. XL 30, e£ ayaduv 
 ej3a\ov, 'caused him to miss his desires' (Bury). Lys. II. 11, eireidij 
 'Hpa/cX?js p.iv e£ avdpcoiruv rj^avladt] ; SO Isocr. VI. 18; VIII. 113. Cf. p. 
 53. 
 
 9. Partitive with added meaning of choice or distinction: cf. 
 Horn. II. 18. 431, etc., v. p. 52: Pind. 01. VI. 25, ££ dXXd>, 'above 
 all others." Cf. e/c ttoWoov supra, p. 73. 
 
 10. Of material: Plat. Rep. 428 C, tcov e/c tov xo^kou (sc. oKevuv) , 
 parallel with twv ^vklvoov anevoov ; so 616 C, /cat to ixyiao-Tpov elvai e£ 
 abap.avTos ; cf. Com. Fr. Adesp. 373 K., e£ abap.avTos . ■ • el. 61 
 Ar. Vesp. 1367 cbs -//Sews (payois dv e£ 6£ovs dUrjv may possibly be 
 thought of as a fig. use of material, 'a suit made of vinegar,' but 
 more prob. a fig. local use, a suit 'out of,' 'from pickle,' 'in pickle,' 
 it seems almost to mean 'pickled.' 
 
 11. euro and hi in interchange and in antithesis, v. sub awb 
 p. 47. 
 
 12. Plastic, a. emphatic, ironical: Soph. Ant. 95, tt\v e£ e\xov 
 bv(TJ3ov\iap, 'fully proceeding from me,' 'on my part'; cf. 619; Tr. 631; 
 O C 453. 
 
 59 Jebb notes as euphemistic and compares Aesch. Pers. 373; Soph. Ph. 1316; 
 Eur. Phoen. 1763, cf. without prep. I. A. 1610, to. twv 6eui>, = ' their dispensations.' 
 
 60 v. Morris ad loc. with citations there made, Kiihner-Gerth 430, 2, 3, C for this 
 use of e/c = vwo as mostly Ionic and poetic. 
 
 « Cf. Horn. p. 52. 
 
80 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 b. Merely plastic: Aesch. Sept. 700, orav £k x e P">v Oeoi dvalav 
 bkxuvrai ; Soph. O T 1221, bvpopai yap wcnrep laKepov xewiv'eK OTopaTixiv. 
 
 13. Local with idiom, tinge: Dionys. Com. Qeap. 2. 40 K., 
 Selirvov. e£ avrXLas tjkovto. i. e., the coarse food used by sea- 
 men. 
 
 14. €K where the simple Genitive would suffice: Soph. El. 231, 
 €K Kaparoov airoira.vcrop.ai ; 291, p.r]8e a en yowv 7rore/rcoi> vvv airaWa^nav 
 ol Karco Oeoi; cf. ib. 987; Eur. Med. 46; Ar. Ran. 1531. 
 
 15. Of succession: Cf. Horn. II. 19. 290; Aesch. Ag. 1110; Dem. 
 1462. 3, \byov kn Xbyov Xkyeiv ; Aeschin. I. 64; Eubul. 107. 3 K., etc. 
 
 VIII. Pronominal expressions 
 
 ck Tcbv8e, Aesch. Ag. 877, 'for this cause,' 'in consequence of 
 this'; ib. 1603; Cho. 1056; Soph. O T 235 like rpbs Tama, but O T 282, 
 1251 likejuerd Tabe, (temporal), 'hereafter,' v. also supra sub temporal 
 phr. p. 63. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 38, el be p.ij cfravtpbv ourco aoi, kn rwvhe 
 <jKe\f/at, 'consider it in the following way,' 'from the following 
 point of view', lit. 'from these things'; cf. Lys. XXV. 19, cruoirelv 8e 
 XPn nal he roivde. Such uses, especially the causal and temporal, are 
 frequent; so with other demonstratives, particularly k tovtov and e/c 
 tovtwv whose numerous occurrences it would be useless to enumerate. 
 A few cases only will be cited. 
 
 he tovtcov, Ar. Vesp. 346; Thesm. 87, hi rai»rr?s; 62 Eur. Med. 1103, 
 en 5' €K tovtwv, 'after this,' 'and still on top of all this,' constitutes 
 another stage in the enumeration begun with irpcbrov pev (1101). 
 Xen. An. 1. 3. 11, fiovXeveadat otl XPV iroieiv €K tovtuv, 'next,' 
 expressing sequence in time with an implied idea of consequence, 
 'in consideration of the present circumstances.' 63 
 
 e/c tovtov (so also en tovtcov) is a fixed formula in Xenophon (where 
 it occurs some 162 or more times, often e« 5e tovtov, ha tovtov oe, en 
 tovtov Sri), for the opening of a sentence continuing the narration, 
 meaning 'as a result of this,' 'therefore,' e. g., Xen. An. 3. 3. 5, 
 very often 'thereupon,' 'next,' e. g., (sing.) Xen. Hell. 3. 1. 6; 
 (pi.) Oec. 2. 1. 
 
 eK tov tolovtov, Thuc. III. 37, etc. 
 
 e/c toctov (always temporal), Hdt. 5. 88; 6. 84; Plat. Legg. 642 E. 
 
 e£ ocrov, V. p. 73. 
 
 82 v. Starkie; Sobol. Praep. p. 86. 
 63 v. White ad loc. 
 
PART III eK 81 
 
 IX. Local designations 
 
 1. Noun of place omitted: 
 
 e£ aoparov, Plat. Soph. 246 B. 
 
 e£ eo-xarrjs (sc. 777s), 'from a far country,' Hdt. 3. 115. Cf. 
 SHpra, p. 56, eK Trepdrcoi' 777s. 
 
 4£ rjdewp : Hdt. 1. 15, e£ Tjflecoj' U7rd 2Ku0ecof . . . e^apacrraPTes 
 'forced to emigrate'; so id. 5. 14. 15; cf. id. 2. 142, rerpdKts eXe7ov e£ 
 770ecoy top rj\ioi> avareiXai, 'away from its accustomed place.' 
 
 2. Descriptive k phrases, elliptical expressions describing the 
 person by the place from which he comes: (idiom.) 
 
 Soph. T 1051, top e£ aypccp, i. e., 'the peasant,' Ar. Vesp. 526. 
 top he d-qixerepov / yvp.paoiov, ' the champion from our school' ; M Nub. 
 1065, 'T7rep|3o\os 5' ovk toop \vxmp, 'the man from the lamps,' i. e., 
 'from the lamp-market' (for the naming of places in the market from 
 the articles sold, cf. els, p. 132, ev, p. 205); so Av. 13, ovk tup oppeoipf 5 
 cf. Nub. 47, ey^fiaMeyaKXeovs . . . a8e\(f)i8riP . e£ dcrrecos, 
 
 = aoTLK7]P, opp. to ay polkos ; etc. 
 
 3. Omission of article in familiar expressions of place: 66 
 
 e£ d,7opds, Ar. Eq. 181, drn) irop-qpos «d£ a7opds el hat dpaovs, 
 with idiom, tone implying that it was considered disreputable to 
 frequent the market; Dem. 121. 39 also w. idiom, force, arapd' iborep 
 l£ ayopas enwewpaTai tclvto., i. e., 'publicly'; but often merely a tag. 
 Frequent also without art. are: e£ o'Uov, also e£ olrias 'from home'; 
 e£ aarews, e. g., Ar. Frg. 107 K. (when referring to Athens usually with- 
 out art.); eK irpoaoriov, 'from the suburbs', Soph. El. 1431, Eur. Ale. 
 836; €« troXews 'from the Acropolis', saepe, cf. h, pp. 205-207. e£ 
 aypov, €K ITeipcueus, e£ 'A/caor?/xeias, 17 e£ J kpelov wayov /SouXi'j, e£ e/a'Xrjcrias, 
 e/c (3a\apelov, en irvpos, eK jxaKapoiP ptjoojp, eK 6a\aTT7]s, e/c 777s, etc. 
 
 X. Phrases of comparison 
 
 dioirep, olop c. hi to mark the field of metaphor: cf. airo, p. 48, 
 kv, p. 208; &oTep t£ d/xd^Tjs, Dem. 268. 122; olos ck rpibbov, v. supra, p. 
 56; oioi' Ik 8pvoxwp, v. supra, p. 56. woirep eK 4>apkrpas prjixaTLOKia 
 . dpao-7rd>i'res d7roro£euouo-i, Plat. Theaet. 180 A; Rep. 435 A, 
 rdx' dy . . . Tpi(3oPT€s cboirep eK irvpelwp e/cXd/xi/'ai TroLrjcraL/jLep ttjp 
 dLKaioovp-qp, etc. 
 
 64 Cf. Plat. Gorg. 493 D, aWriv aoi duova \kyu e« tov clvtov yvfxvaalov rfi vvv, with 
 which Leutsch. App. prov. 2. 47, 68 compares a number of similar prov. expressions, 
 v. supra, p. 56. 23 
 
 68 Cf. Ar. Nub. 186, to'ls he Uv\ov \?7</>0eiai, 'they look like the captives from 
 Pylos,' where we might have had rots «k II6\oi; without ptc. in just such a phr. as 
 these. 
 
 M For omission of art. v. Gildersleeve, Syntax of Class. Greek, Part II §568, 569. 
 
PART IV 
 
 els, is only another form of ev from idg *en (*eni), *n, Gr. ev, evi, kvi 
 with the added form evs on the analogy of k and e£ ; evs in Attic gave 
 els, es which came to be restricted to the use with the accusative of 
 the end of motion like the Latin in with the accusative; 1 cf. early 
 Lat. en, goth., old high Ger. in, etc. In many dialects and several 
 times in Pindar, (Pyth. II. 11, 86; V. 36; Nem. VII. 31) 2 ev is used 
 with the accusative of the end whither, as well as with the locative 
 dative of the place where. Cf. Lat. in with accusative and ablative. 
 
 Its uses are commonly stated as: 1. Spatial: a. End in space 
 after verbs of motion, b. End or limit in quantity; c. extent in 
 space, e. g., 'from sea to sea.' d. Meaning 'in the presence of,' 
 Lat. coram, but in the direction whither. 
 
 2. Temporal: a. of the end or limit in time, e. g., 'until 
 sunset.' b. Of temporal extent, e. g., 'for a year,' els 'eviavrbv, 
 'a year long.' 
 
 3. Figurative: a. of the end, purpose, intention, b. of manner 
 with the conception in mind of the end striven for or attained; 
 many of these expressions are equivalent to adverbs, c. Of rela- 
 tion or reference, — in consideration of, in regard to, with reference to, 
 an object, e. g., es ra iravra, es ra aWa, etc. 
 
 Most of these uses are found in Homer, but, as is noted by KiAhner- 
 Gerth, els of the quantitative end does not occur until later. 
 
 A. Homer 
 Homer 3 several times uses els with the accusative of the person 
 as the end of motion where the Attic uses us, irpos or 7rapd (v. p. 87). 
 Sometimes after a verb of rest the preposition has a pregnant force 
 implying previous motion to the place (v. p. 87). This occurs also 
 in Attic, and in late Greek developed into a usage practically equiva- 
 lent to ev. 
 
 I. Prepositional idioms 
 a. With nouns: 
 
 !K-G. II. 1. S. 468; Walde; Prellwitz; Brugmann, Kz. vgl. Gr. 1. c. 
 2 For additional uses of kv c. ace. v. Solmsen, F. Rh. Mus. 61. (1906) 491 sqq. 
 Prapositionsgcbrauch in griech. Mundarten; v. also tv p. 134. 
 3 For els in Homer, v. Munro, p. 110. 
 
part iv eis 83 
 
 Is fibdpov, Od. 11. 36, semi-tech, of slaying sheep into, i. e., so 
 that the blood would run into a pit. (Cf. Aesch. Sept. 42, ravpoa^a- 
 yovvres es p.e\av8eTov ad/cos and Ar. Lys. 188, ets dcr7ri5a. which looks 
 back to the expression in the Septem [v. Schol.]. Cf. also Xen. An. 
 2. 2. 9, eis aairida.) V. p. 99. 
 
 es oianovpa, II. 23. 523, es oicrKOvpa AeXet7TTO, 'he was the length of a 
 discus throw behind.' Cf. II. 5. 118, es 6pp.r\v e7xeos eXdelv, 'within 
 my spear's cast.' 
 
 es otidak/jiovs , II. 24. 204 = 520, eXOtfiev . . , avSpos es 6<j>0a\p.ovs, 
 'to the eyes,' i. e., 'within the presence of.' 4 Cf. ets uira infra. 
 
 es 7r65as e/c kcc/kiXtjs (little more than a tag, but w. slight idiomatic 
 feeling) II. 18. 353; 16. 640; 23. 169. 5 V. k p. 54. Cf. es a&opbv k 
 xrep^s, II. 22. 397, es p.vxov e£ oi'dov, Od. 7. 87, 96. 
 
 es ZtdovLrjv, Od. 13. 285, 'to go on board ship for,' and es Tpcd^y, 
 II. 11. 22, 'to sail for Troy,' are a little different from going to Troy, 
 etc.; the destination combines the end in view in the mind with the 
 end of motion, while still other phrases, as we shall see, even in Homer, 
 refer only to the end in mind, the purpose, the local idea disap- 
 pearing entirely. 
 
 ets re c/>6cos aya-yev, h. Merc. 12, Eng. 'brought to light,' Ger. 
 'brachte ans Licht,' the beginning of a phr. frequent in Attic Gk. 
 Cf. irpd cfto^ade, II. 16. 188; 19. 118; h. Ap. 119. 6 
 
 ets co7ra, II. 9. 373, ejuot ... ets coxa Ideadai, 'to look me in 
 the eye, the face,' slightly idiomatic; II. 15. 147 c. gen. instead of 
 dat., Aios r' ets to7ra Urjade; absol. Od. 22. 405, deivos 5' ets oowa Ideadai, 
 'terrible to behold'; 23. 107, ouo' ets co7ra Ideadai epavnov, 'to look at 
 him face to face'; 7 cf. II. 3. 158, cui>cos adavaTycn deys ets co/ra. eot/cep, 
 'she is like in face,' a real phr., which may be explained by supply- 
 ing iobvTi, 'to one looking into her face'; so Od. 1. 411, ov fih> yap tl 
 nana) ets coxa eto/cet. Cf. Hes. Op. 62, adavarris <5e derjs ets tWa kitweiv. 
 Cf. idiom, usage of es 64>8a\p.ovs cited above. 
 
 4 So in later lit. eis 6\piv (often especially in Hdt.), eis -Kpoawirov, eis o^txa, oyu/uara, 
 all of which may be thought of as starting in the Homeric use. 
 
 6 Cf. pun on this with inversion of phr. Ar. Plut. 650, o>s eYcb ra Trpdynara/U tuv 
 Trobojv es ri]v Kt<pa\T]v croi iravr kpw. 
 
 6 In view of these cases with irpo Stoll, N . J . f. Pit. 79. 319, would emend eis to 
 irpb, which appears unnecessary in the light of the frequent use of eis 4>aos with 
 d-yeip in Attic, v. p. 90. Cf. further. Verg. Aen. 10. 704 in lucent. 
 
 7 Cf. prep. cpd. ei<ra>7r6s, II. 15. 653; ewirj as dat. adv. Tl. 5. 374; 21. 510; 
 cf. also II. 15. 320, kclt ivuir a i5wv Aavauv raxvrrcoXicp ) Brugmann, Gr. Gr. §499, and 
 Solmsen, Rh. Mus. 61. 491ff. cite this cpd. as a remnant of iv c. ace, so also Horn, 
 adv. kpSi^ia. 
 
84 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 b. With adjectives: 
 
 els ay adop, ayada, II. 9. 102, elirelp els ayadov ; 11. 789, 6 8e irelaeraL 
 els ayaOov, 'for his profit'; pi. II. 23. 305, nvdelr els ayada 4>popetop 
 a var. not to be explained on metrical grounds. Cf. Theogn. 162. 
 
 es nkcrop, II. 23. 574 (idiom, phr.), es /xeaop ap.4>OT'epoiai SiKaaaaTe, 
 fj.r}8' e7r' apccyfi, 'in the middle,' practically = ' impartially.' es \xeaop 
 is frequent in the usual force of going 'into the middle': (absol.) 
 II. 3. 77 = 7. 55; II. 4. 79, 299; 15. 357; 23. 704, es ix'eaaop Wr, K e 
 of a prize for a contest 'set in the midst,' Lat. in medio ponere. 
 This phr. has a long and interesting history, v. infra, pp. 93, 94, 
 also cf. ep pp. 138, 158f. Od. 8. 144, <ttt) p es \x'eaaop l&v of going 'into 
 the midst' to speak, this use maintains itself as a regular formula, 
 cf. ib. 262; 17. 447; 18. 89; h. XIX. 22. (c. gen.): II. 3. 266, 341; of- 
 ten with aixfyoT'epwp for es neTalx^iov of the space between the two 
 armies, II. 6. 120; 20. 159; so Hes. Th. 709; II. 23. 814, c. dpc/jorepco 
 instead of dju^orepcov. Cf. ep, p. 138. 
 
 II. 2. 379, el 8e tot' es ye fxiap fiovheboop.ep, 'but if ever we shall be at 
 one in council,' an unusual and idiomatic phr., which may be ex- 
 plained by supplying f3ov\rip from the verb. (Cf. Eng. 'at one.') 
 
 II. Elliptical 
 oIkop, 86/xop, 86/j.ovs, lepop or some other familiar word omitted. 8 
 Sc. oIkop, b6p.op, 86/j.ovs : els 'At8ao, II. 8. 367; 13. 415; 21. 48; 22. 213; 
 Od. 10. 502; 11. 164, 277, 425; 12. 383; so Theogn. 906; 9 frequent in 
 Attic Greek, v. p. 103. es nptd/xoio, 11.24. 160; es 'AxlWvos, II. 24. 309; 
 els 'AXklpoolo, Od. 8. 418; 13. 23; es KKvtIolo, Od. 16. 327; ap8pos es 
 acfipeiov, II. 24. 482; es -warpos, Od. 2. 195; es rjfxeTepov, h. Merc. 370. 
 els rnxeTepop, Od. 2. 55; 7. 301; 17. 534. Sc. lepbp : es 'A9r)paLr)s, II. 
 6. 379 = 384. Sc. poop: els AlyvirroLo, Od. 4. 581. Cf. in Attic els 
 'AtoWwpos, ArjidTjTpos, 4>l\oct64>ov, 8i8aaKa\ov, etc., also Lat. ad Apollinis, 
 ad Castoris, etc. 
 
 7/7. Temporal 
 
 I. Of a limit in time, determining a period: 
 
 II. 14. 86, e/c peoT7]TOS . . . Kal es yijpas. 
 
 es rjekiop KaraSvpra, most often in the form irpoirap r^xap es i)'e\iop 
 Kara8vPTa, 'all day until the setting of the sun,' so II. 1. 601; 19. 
 162; 24. 713; Od. 9. 161, 556; 10. 183, 476; 12. 29; 19. 424; h. Merc. 206, 
 
 8 But v. iv p. 168 ftn. for explan. of gen. not as adnominal, but originally locative 
 with addition of local adv. 
 
 9 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 353; ib. 1. 337, « Atyroio. 
 
PART IV eis 85 
 
 so also Hes. Th. 596; var. II. 19. 308, 8vvra 5' es rjeXiov p,eveu, so Od. 
 17. 570, 582. In Od. 3. 138 it means 'towards' or 'near sunset,' 
 Lat. sub vesperam,elsoi making an appointment, setting a date, so in 
 later Gk. 
 
 Od. 11. 375, /ecu nev es r)& 8lav avaoxo'wrivP Cf. es avpiov, Od. 11. 
 351; cf. Od. 15. 126, es yapov &pr)v v. infra. 
 
 2. Extent of time: 
 
 els hiavTov, 'for a year,' II. 21. 444; Od. 4. 526, 595; 11. 356; h. 
 Cer. 399, so Hes. Op. 44, cf . Th. 799 (p.eyav) ; more often, Te\e<rcj)6pov 
 ekemun^'forafullyear/soll. 19. 32; Od. 10.467; 14.292; 15.230; 
 h. Ap. 343, XX. 6; so too Hes. Th. 740, also TereXeap-evov els eviavrbv 
 Th. 795, Op. 561; var. els evtavrdv airavra, Od. 14. 196. But Od. 4. 86, 
 rpls yap rUreL p,r)\a Te\ea<f>6pov els evtavrov, 'three times within the full 
 circle of the year,' 11 cf. els upas, Od. 9. 135. 
 
 els &pas, Od. 9. 135, alel/els upas apuev, 'within the year,' i. e., 
 'always at the appointed time,' 'every season as it comes around'; 
 cf. h. Horn. XXVI. 12, 86s 8' r)p.as x at -P 0VTa ^ « &P as auns lueodai/eK 8 , 
 aW upacov els tgus iroWovs evtavrovs, cf. Attic infra, p. 107. But the 
 sing, is different in Od. 15. 126, 8L8a)/u . . . es yap.ov wp-qv, 
 'against the time of your marriage,' where it determines the period, 
 but the emphatic idea is that of intention amplified by the follow- 
 ing infinitive, 'I give you this gift until the time of your marriage, 
 to bear to your wife.' Cf. Hdt. 6. 61. 
 
 es t'l en Kreiveadai eaaere \aov 'AxatoZs ; 'to what point?' 'how 
 long?', II. 5. 465. 
 
 3. Setting a date: Od. 14. 384, c/xzr' eXevaeadat fj es d'epos rj es 6ircopr]u, 
 'he said that he would come home either by summer or harvest- 
 time' (also sets the limit in time). Cf. Od. 3. 138, 7. 317, es rb8e ; 
 also es avpiov infra. 
 
 IV. Adverbial and temporal 
 
 es avptov, simply 'to-morrow,' 'on the morrow,' II. 8. 538; 
 Od. 7. 318 and often later; but also Od. 11. 351, einixelvai es avptov 
 'until to-morrow,' 'until morning' where the prep, has its own force. 
 Cf. also Hes. Op. 410, es r' avpiov es re evqfyiv (note phr. es evT)<$>iv = 
 els Tpirr]v, ' to-morrow and the day after to-morrow).' Cf. later, 
 Plat. Legg. 858 B. 
 
 es irep birlaaw, Od. 18. 122; 20. 199; cf. elcroTviaw h. Horn. Ven. 
 104; 'hereafter,' 'in time to come'; so Soph. Ph. 1105. 
 
 10 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1151, « riu 'at dawn'; cf. Theocr. 18. 14, es dd>, 'to-morrow.' 
 "Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 690, els e>os 'within a year.' 
 
86 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 es reXevTTjv, 'at the end,' 'at last.' h. Horn. VII. 29, es 8e 
 Te\evTi)p/epel. Cf. Hes. Op. 333. Cf. Theogn., Pind., Soph., v. 
 infra, p. 111. 
 
 es reAos, 'at last,' 'finally,' h. Merc. 462, es reXos oik airaT-qoui 
 (Baumeister: numquam te fallam). Cf. Hes. Op. 218; 294; 664. 
 Cf. Att. v. infra, p. 111. 
 
 es varepov, Od. 12. 126; so also Hes. Op. 351; cf. Hdt. 5. 41, 74, 
 etc., p. 107. Cf. kv, p. 191, e£, p. 72. 
 
 V. Tags 
 
 1. Military: els Wvos, 'to the band,' 'tribe,' 'company,' 
 in the expression a\p o' erapcov els Wvos exafero, II. 3. 32; 11. 585; 13. 
 165, 533, 566, 596, 648; 14. 408; 16. 817. 
 
 es vvas, II. 10. 366; 11. 513; 13. 31; 19. 3, etc. 
 
 els arparov 'to the army' (slight), II. 4. 70; 10. 325; 24. 112, 566. 
 
 Phrases for going into the battle, the press, etc.: 
 
 es op.i\ov, (Aavacov) II. 19. 402; (Xacov) 7. 218; (eralpcov) 17. 129; 
 (uprjarvpav) Od. 17. 590; 22. 263, 282. 12 
 
 Is TrX-qdvv, 'to retire into the mass, the crowd,' II. 11. 360; 17. 31; 
 20. 197; cf. els Wvos supra. 
 
 es ToXe/jLov, II. 1. 491; 16. 728; but 8. 376, es ■wokep.ov dojpn&iAat,, 
 'arm myself for battle.' 
 
 es 4>6l3ov avhpwv, II. 15. 310, practically means 'into the battle,' 
 'into the press,' but contains the added idea of the end or intent, 
 'for the terror of men.' 13 
 
 2. Local designations with slight idiomatic feeling: 
 
 ets evvnv, II. 11. 115, 'the lion to its lair'; but in II. 14. 209, 296; 
 h. Ap. 329, 344, it refers to the marriage couch. 
 
 es nbwpov (almost tech.) 'to the barnyard,' Od. 10. 411, so airb 
 Koirpov, II. 18. 575; cf. Kara noirpov. 
 
 es XeaxW} Od- 18. 328, 329, ovd' Wehet.s evdeiv x a ^ K vl° v cs 56p.ov 
 ekdiov,/i]e tou es \eaxW, cf. Hdt. 2. 32, es Xeax^v transferred to the 
 talk or gossip that went on in the lounging-place. 
 
 3. Familiar and frequent local designations: 
 
 ets ay opljV, II. 1. 490; Od. 8. 109; es aycbva 'to the assembly met to 
 see the games,' II. 23. 799, 886; cf. ets pkaaov ayuva, 685, 710. Cf. 
 kv p. 135- « b"i4>pov, II. 5. 364; 11. 359. ets 'Atoao 56p.ovs, Od. 10. 175, 
 491 564; 14. 208, etc. Cf. phr. which omit 56/xous v. supra, p. 84. 
 
 l2 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 109. 
 
 13 v. Leaf ad loc, who cites other examples of eis c. ace. of intent or purpose. 
 
PART IV ets 87 
 
 cis Soopa, Od. 10. 62; h. .Merc. 34. eis oIkov (ihai), II. 6. 490; Od. 
 
 I. 356; 21. 350; (a 7 ^) 14. 318; 17. 84. els «p/icw, Od. 15. 497, n)* (i. 
 e., 'the ship') ets bppov wpoepeaaav eperpots, 'they rowed the ship to 
 harbor.' es wcpuairriv, II. 14. 8; Od. 10. 146 (cf. kv II. 23. 451). es 
 GnoirL-qv, II. 20. 137, KaOe^co/jLeda KioPTes/kn itcltov es <rnoirir}v. Cf. use of 
 other preps, with most of the words in this group. 
 
 K/. Noteworthy uses of preposition 
 
 1. ets after vb. of motion c. ace. of the person, not of going 
 'against' the person, but simply 'to him,' later regularly cbs. : 
 
 II. 7. 312; 15. 402; Od. 14. 127; 22. 202. 
 
 2. ets 'within reach of,' v. supra, II. 5. 118; cf. 23. 523. 
 
 3. Pregnant: II. 15. 276, k<j>avr] Xts -qvyhetos | ets bbbv, 'appeared 
 in the way,' implying a previous vb. of motion. 
 
 B. Literature after Homer 
 I. Idiomatic phrases 
 
 a. With nouns: 
 
 es cry/caXas, Eur. Ale. 190, 17 be Xap/3dyoucr' es aY/cdXas ; Ion. 1598, 
 apTaaavr' es ajKaKas/ . . . /3pe0os, (prob. slightly idiomatic, al- 
 though less so than some of the cases with krl), cf. ev, p. 145 and 
 kiri. Cf. Eng. 'infant in arms.' 
 
 ets <koas, earliest form sing. c. adj. Aesch. Prom. 689, 
 es aKoav ep.av ; Eur. Phoen. 1480, ova ets d/cods en bvarvx'i-o-/ boop:aTOS 
 ry/cet. Cf. ets €tt]koov, ' within hearing,' infra, p. 113. 
 
 ets anpov, Hes. Op. 291, 'eirr\v 5' ets anpov, iktjtcu 'but when one 
 reaches the summit' (of the steep, rough path of toil which the 
 immortals have set in front of virtue), quoted by Plat. Prot. 340 D; 
 Cf. Tyrt. 10. 43, es anpov dpe-nys iKeadcu; Simon. 41. 6, 'Urj r es anpov / 
 avbpeias ; cf. Hippon. 45 (34), ets ixupov eXutov, coaTep dXXdira -pvx^v 
 (prob. literal). The passages from Tyrt., Simon., Plato, seem to be 
 an echo of the Hesiodic phr., but later, Theocr. 14. 61 we find ets anpov 
 as a real adv. phr., ets ixupov abbs (Lang: 'the top of good company'). 
 
 ets dpuWav, Ibycus 2. 6, es apiXXai> ej3a (nearly or quite lit.); Eur. 
 Tro. 621, Ka/coi kolkov yap ets dptXXav epxerat = vb. 'rivals,' cf. Eng. 
 'enters into rivalry with'; Hec. 226, p^t' ets x«P^ dptXXay e£eX0fls 
 epol ; ib. Frg. 347.3, \byuv paTatcof ets apiXKav e£twj/ (metaph. end of 
 motion). Cf. Trpos (w. pi.) Eur. Med. 1082. 
 
 es avaynairiv aireLX-qdevras, Hdt. 8. 109. 2, 'brought into great 
 Straits,' cf. airopirjv, arevbp. 
 
88 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 eis avrXov, Eur. Heracl. 168, eis avrXov ep^aet (second pers.) 
 woSa, metaph. for getting into a difficulty. Cf. infra, els airoplav, 
 els cpp'eara weaelv, etc.; but in Eur. Hec. 1025, avrXov is literally sea- 
 water. 
 
 els airoplav, Hdt. 1. 24, arceikTjdevra es airoplav, so 2. 141, 
 
 'brought into great straits'; cf. 1. 79, es airoplav ToWrjv awcypevos ; 
 Thuc. II. 81. 8, es awoplav nadicxTavTcov, cf. Xen. Oec. 3. 8 (c. gen.); 
 Plat. Hipp. Mai. 286 C, ets airoplav pe KarefiaXev 'reduced me to straits'; 
 cf. Plat. Theaet. 174 C, v. infra sub cppeara; cf. ets avr\ov supra, 
 els 'airopov infra, els aprixavov, api]x avo -i & avay Kalrjv, es arevbv, etc. 
 
 ets apidpbv, Eur. Hec. 1186, at 5' ets apidpbv rwv Kanuv ire4>i)Kapev , 14 
 'some of us by nature count among the bad,' 'to fill up the or- 
 dinary number'; cf. Menand. 165 K., ets rbv hpiQpbv, ad numerum 
 explendum; so Eur. Frg. 495, nels avbpuv p.ev ov/rehowiv apidpbv, they 
 do not count in the number of men'; El. 1054, fj be pi) bonel rabe,/ 
 ovb' els aptdpbv roov epibv 77/cet \bywv, 'she does not come into the account 
 of my words,' (Way: 'if any think not so, With her mine argument 
 hath naught to do') 15 It is only a step from this c. gen. and a vb. 
 of motion to the absol. use c. vb. of motion, Thuc. II. 72. 3, Kal aK\o 
 e'i tl bvvarbv es apidpbv ekdelv, 'and anything else which can be counted.' 
 Hdt. 7. 60, tXtjOos es apidp.bv illustrates a use of the prep., rather than a 
 phr., 'in respect of numbers.' 
 
 ets (3a6os, Eur. Med. 1297, es aW'epos fiados ; Ar. Av. 1715, es PaOos 
 Kii/cXou/xcopet (Schol.: ets rb v\pos rod ovpavov); neither of these expres- 
 sions c. gen. is really a phr., but it occurs without gen. in Ar. Meteor. 
 386 a 19, 23, 30, and the transference of meaning from depth to 
 height gives an idiom, tone even c. gen. Cf. e/c, ev, eirl, Kara. 
 
 els fivQbv, Aesch. Suppl. 408, Set roc fladelas (ppovrlbos aoorrjplov/blKrjv 
 Ko\vpfir]rr)pos, es fivdbv poKelv/bebopubs 6pp.a; Soph. Ai. 1083, e£ obp'uov 
 bpapovaav els 0vdbv ireaelv, metaph. of the state; but cf. Ar. H. A. 
 619 a 7; 63 l a 18. ets Qv66v lit. 'into the sea,' or 'the deep,' 'the depths 
 of the sea', et al.; cf. ev p. 162. 
 
 es balra, Theogn. 563, KeKhrjaOat es balra; cf. c. naXelv 'to invite,' 
 Ar. Av. 494, es benarrjv . . . KKrjdeis, 'to the christening-day 
 feast'; cf. ets fypurbcnov, Vesp. 1005, erl belirvov, els ^vpirbcnov, ewl 
 deuplav, an interesting parallel use of e7rt and ets, (belirvov regularly 
 has eirl, exc. Eccl. 1149, irpbs rb belirvov), w there is very little difference 
 
 "Dindorf del. 1185, 1186; text much disputed; see edd. 
 
 15 Cf. Horn. II. 2. 202 prep. cpd. kvaplOfuos, Od. 11. 449 simple Dat. &pi9p$. 
 
 16 v. Starkie ad Vesp. 1005. 
 
PART IV els 89 
 
 in the three preps., els, ewi, irpos in this sense, but some words cus- 
 tomarily take certain prepositions, e. g., always eirl %evia, to invite a 
 stranger to dinner, Hdt. 2. 107, etc., freq. in inscrr. (in Athen. yp-qcpla- 
 juara); cf. Eur. Ion. 1140, es Oolp^p, cf. Plat. Phaedr. 247 B, otolp be 8-r) 
 irpos dalra Kal eirl dolprjp 'loxrip ; cf. Lach. 186 A, eirei8r) els 
 
 avpfiovXriP irapenakeaaTrip -qpas irepl toIp vleoLP, 'call us into consulta- 
 tion,' so 187 C, 190 B; Prot. 313 A; Aeschin. III. 154, els irpoebplav; 
 Ar. Av. 333, es 8e 86\op eKaXeae transfers the same use from the concrete 
 to the abstract. 
 
 els 8oi>Xop, Eur. Tro. 615, to 8' evyepes/els 8ovXop r/Kei, p.eTaf3o\as TOiao~8' 
 e\op, the sudden shift to the personal construction is idiomatic nor is 
 it frequent thus to put the person himself for the qualities he would 
 have. 
 
 els epip, Soph. Ai. 1018, irpos ov8ep els epip 6vp.ovp.epos (Jebb: 'whose 
 wrath makes strife even without a cause'). For dvpovpepos els v. 
 Kepas infra. 
 
 els Oolp-qv, Eur Ion. 1140, v. supra 8alra. 
 
 els dvpop fidhelp, jSdXXeo-fleu, 'lay to heart,' Soph. O T 975; Hdt. 
 1. 84; 7. 51. 3; 8. 68 7., all these cases have the verb in the middle 
 voice, but cf . Bios 'Op-qpov §30, es dvpbp ef3aXe to p-qdh quoted by Jebb. 
 Cf. kvl dvpw fiaXXeadaL, Horn., Hes., etc. v. pp. 141, 149; also hi cppeai', 
 but Soph. El. 1347, ob8e 7' es dvpbp cpepco is not quite the same, v. 
 infra, p. 126 sub fy'epeip. 
 
 els Kepas, Eur. Bacch. 742, ravpoi 8' v^ptaral Kels Kepas dvpovpepoL, 
 of venting their fury with their horns; Vergil imitates this, Georg. 
 3. 232; Aen. 12. 104, irasci in cornua; for dvpovpepos els cf. els epvp 
 supra; for els Kepas, Eur. Hel. 1558, Kels Kepas TapepfiXeirup, 'levelling 
 his horns.' 
 
 es \kcrxWi Hdt. 2. 32, e/c Xoyup aXXcop awLKeadai es XeaxV v fcpt tov 
 NetXou, 'talk,' 'gossip' (prob. slight idiom, coloring); cf. Horn. Od. 
 18. 329 es Xkaxw of the place where the gossip went on. 
 
 els ped-qp (setting a limit), Plat. Minos 320 A, pi] ovpirlpeip oXXtjXols 
 els p'edqp ; so Legg. 775 B. 
 
 eis 686p, Eur. Med. 766, Kels 686p fiefirjKapep, metaph. i. e., 'we have 
 come to a way of action'; but cf. Soph. Ai. 37, (lit.) 'came into the 
 path', 7rdXat 0uXa£ e$-qp /tjj ar\ wpodvpos els 686p KVPayia. 
 
 els oppa, oppara, Eur. Heracl. 887, Kal yap ovk e^ovXero/^CiP els crop 
 eXdelp oppa Kal 8ovpai 81kt]p, 'to come within your sight'; Or. 461, 
 els oppar' eXdelu toIoip e^eipy aa p'epois . Cf. Horn. II. 24. 204 = 520, 
 es 6(f>daXpovs. Cf. els 6\1/lp, wpoacoirop infra. 
 
90 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 eis 6p<f>vav, Eur. H. F. 352, tov 7<xs evkpuv r es opchvo.v / fioKovra, 
 the transference of meaning from the darkness of the night to that 
 of the lower world indicates a slight idiomatic feeling; cf. Eur. Suppl. 
 994, bC 6p<pvas,Ion 955, iv 6p<pvrj, usually transferred to the meaning 
 of night itself. Cf. for darkness of the lower world, Plat. Phaedr. 
 256 D, eis yap ckotov nal tt)v virb 777s ivopeiav . . . ekdeiv. 
 
 eis ox^ov, Eur. Hipp. 986, eyoo b' a.Kop.\(/os eis ox^ov bovvai \byov 
 'in public'; cf. Trap' 6xXw, Hipp. 213, 989; Amphis, 14 K., oid t'l b' ovk 
 &yeis/eis tov ox^ov avrbv (of bringing a new idea which he had 'before 
 the public' in a play); similarly, eis ox^ov <p'epeiv Anaxandrides, 54 K. 
 Cf. es jieaov, es to kolvov, es to cpavepbv infra. 
 
 eis 6\}/lv, Lat. coram, 'in the presence of,' 'face to face,' etc., c. 
 dat., gen. or absol. (sometimes c. art.). Aesch. Cho. 215, eis o^w 
 r?Keis cbvTep e£r?uxoi> 7rdAcu ; Pers. 183; Eur. Med. 173; Ion 1557; cf. Or. 
 513, eis Oyu/xdrcov . . . 6\piv . . . irepav ; Hdt. 1. 136, ovk 
 aiuiiveeT oll es 6\pLV tu Tarpi ; 2. 121 e ; 3. 27, 42, 63, 68 ; 4. 81 ; 5. 13, ayeiv 
 ahTi]v keXeue euvTa) es tyiv ; 5. 106 ; 6. 30. 2, 94, 134 ; 7. 6. 4, 29, 136, 
 146. 3 ; 8. 26, 106. 4 ; 114. 1 ; Thuc. VI. 49. 2, rplv ks tyiv e\6elv, ' before 
 the army came into sight.' In Soph. C 577, (a real and more idiom, 
 phr.), bupov ok airovbaiov eis 6\!/iv, 'in respect of,' i. e., 'nothing great 
 to look at'; cf. Ai. 876, irbvov ye TrXijdos, novbev eis 6<piv ifKeov, 'nothing 
 more to see'; cf. airb, e£ 5\J/eus, pp. 38, 54. 
 
 eis irpoebpiav, v. supra sub balra. 
 
 ks Tpop.axovs, Tyrt. 9. 4. Cf. 9. 12. Cf. Horn, ev p. 137. 
 
 eis irp6acx)irov = ~L.2Lt. coram. Eur. Hipp. 720, eis -rrpbacowov Qrjakws 
 d0i£opai, (idiom.), cf. eis btyiv, 6p.pa. 
 
 eis c. av,ufio\ov, Eur. Hel. 291, aveyvwa6r\p.ev av / eis £up./3oX' eKdbvd'. 
 
 eis <jvp.(3ov\r)v, v. supra sub baira ; so eis avp.irbai.ov. 
 
 es Ti/xas, Thuc. I. 69. 5, es tvxos . . . KaTaaT-qvai, 'expose 
 yourselves to chances of war'; but I. 78. 2, e/nXe! es tvxcls to. xoXXd 
 irepuaTaadat., 'wont to turn out a series of chances.' 
 
 es 4>aos, 4>us ayet.v, ehdeiv, etc., Eng. 'bring to light,' 'come to 
 light.' First in Horn. h. Merc. 12; Hes. Th. 626, av-qyayov es cpaos auns 
 of the children of Uranos, cf. 157, 652. Theogn. 712, rfhvQe . . . 
 es 4>aos rjeXiov, lit. of coming back from the lower world, so Aesch. 
 Pers. 630; Soph. El. 419; cf. Soph. Frg. 513. 7, /cdpoi Yap av iraT-qp ye 
 baKpvcov x°-P LV I 'oLvrJKT av eis (pws; Eur. Ale. 362, 1073, 1076, 1139, H. F. 
 524, 611, 1222; cf. Hipp. 617, Frg. 904. 9; Ar. Ran. 1529; cf. Pax 
 445; cf. Alexis 219 K. (w. art.); Menand. 433 K. 
 
PART IV eiS 
 
 91 
 
 But es 4>aos is already used metaphorically in Pindar, 01. V. 14, 
 V7r' d/xaxanas aywv es (paos/rovbe bap.ov cmttwv, "bringing to light this 
 commonwealth of citizens'; cf. Is. VI. (V.) 62. 
 
 Trag. Fr. Adesp. 511 (Nauck), xpbvos to. kpvkto. iraura els (f>aos o-l^h 
 so Soph. Frg. 832; cf. adesp. 483. 2. 
 
 Soph. Ph. 581, del 8' avrov \eyeiv/els fas o Xe£ei, i. e., 'in public'; 
 cf. 1353; T 1229 (w. art.); Hdt. 3. 79, fav^vai es to fas of coming out 
 into public view, nearly = ' to appear in public,' contrasted with 
 'they remain at home.' Eur. Hipp. 714, o/jlvv/jll . . . /prjbev 
 Kanihv auiv els 4>aos hel^eiv wore. Cf. irpos. 
 
 Plato uses this phr. in Rep. 461 C, Cratyl. 410 D, Legg. 869 C, 
 lit. of production or generation comparable with the Homeric use. 
 Similarly by metaphor, of arguments, laws, proofs, Phaedr. 261 E, 
 Legg. 722 E, 788 C, and Theaet. 157 D of Socrates serving as a mid- 
 wife to bring forth to light the opinions of others. 
 
 es fapp-anbv, Hipponax frg. 14, del 5' avrov es <&apixaKov eKrrou]aaadaL, 
 'to make him into a scape-goat.' 
 
 es x^P a s, most frequently es x e ~ L P a s eKdelv, Uevai, avvievaL, c. dat., or 
 absol., ' to come to a hand to hand conflict, to blows, or close quarters 
 with one.' Cf. Lat. in manus venire, Sail. J. 89. 2; ad manus venire, 
 Liv. 2. 46, etc. (c.eXfleZv): Aesch. Sept. 680; Soph. O C 975; Tr. 442 
 Hdt. 9. 48. 2 has es xupuv rt vo/jlov airineadai in the same meaning, cf 
 ev xetpwv vop-co, v. p. 150; Thuc. VII. 44. 7; (absol.) Thuc. I. 52. 3 
 IV. 33. 1; 96. 2; 126. 5; (c. ikvai) id. II. 3. 4, 81. 8; III. 107. 4; IV 
 72. 3; VII. 70. 5; VIII. 50. 3; cf. id. V. 72. 4, erpe^av ov8e es xelpas 
 Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 22, 23; An. 4. 7. 15 (c. levai absol.); cf. Cyr. 2. 1. 11. 
 
 But Xen. An. 4. 3. 31; Hell. 7. 4. 13, ets x^pas 5exe<70ou 'to receive 
 a charge at close quarters'; cf. Thuc. V. 72, viro/xelvavTas, 'awaiting 
 the charge.' 
 
 Extended by Euripides to an extremely idiom, use, Heracl. 429, 
 ets xelpa yv avvrjxpap, 'they came close to land.' Cf. Verg. G. 2. 45. 
 
 Hardly idiom, is the expression 'to come into the hands, i. e., 
 the power of; which begins in Horn. II. 10. 448 and continues 
 frequent, Hes. Th. 973; Ar. Thesm. 912; Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 15; 3. 1. 3; 
 7. 4. 10; An. 1. 2. 26, etc. Similarly, 'to bring, give, put some one 
 into the hands of another,' Hes. Sc. 107, cf. Hdt. 8. 106. 3 {ayeiv, 
 virayeiv); Soph. El. 1348 (didovai) (almost or quite lit., perhaps a slight 
 thought of into whose care); and to take into one's hands, i. e., one's 
 care, Eur. Heracl. 228, tovs 'HpaKXelovs iraZSas els xepas \a(ielv ; in 
 Soph. El. 1120 purely lit., but there is a real phr. with \apelv, ' to take 
 
92 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 a matter in hand,' 'undertake it,' Eur. Hec. 1242, ko.1 yap al<rxvvr}v 
 cpepei/Tpayp.' « X^pas Xa/36iV aircoaaadai robe, cf. Eng. prov. 'put the 
 hand to the plough,' etc. Similar is Hdt. 1. 126, rd5e es xeipas 
 ayeadcu, so 4. 79; 7. 8.1 (cf. to. irep ev xepcrt exets 7. 5., v. p. 154). 
 
 ets X^pay, x^pas, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4, ets rds eauTcoi' x&pas e/caaroi 
 tovtuv irapeunv, 'at his own place, post, station'; cf. Theocr. 15. 57, 
 rot 8' efiav es x&pav. Cf. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 23, eis x^pav tlvos KaQicrr aadai, 
 'to succeed some one.' Cf. ev, p. 155. Cf. Kara, etc. 
 
 b. With adjectives: 1. General. 2. Adj. of quantity. 
 
 1. (Note frequency of phr. c. neut. adj., often w. art., sometimes 
 equiv. to an abstract noun.) 
 
 es to 'apeivov (almost adv., but force of prep, still evident). Eur. 
 Med. 911, dXX' ets to \coov gov peQ'eaTt]Kev neap ; cf. Hel. 346, eis to <\>'epTepov 
 Tidei. / to p'eWov , 6 tl yevf)aeTai. Cf. Hdt. 7. 8. 1, avpcfrepeTaL ewl to apewov, 
 ' it turns out for the better. ' 
 
 eis Tap,r)xavov, Eur. Heracl. 487, rdXiv p.eQeoT7}K aidis els Tap-tjxavov ; 
 cf. pi. c. ireaelv, Xen. An. 2. 3. 18, ets xoXXd nai ap.rixa.va. 7re7rrco/c6ras, 
 'falling into many difficulties'; cf. 'airopov infra. Cf. e£, p. 78. 
 
 es ap.4>ifio\ov, Thuc. IV. 18. 4, oiVives Tayada es ap4>lfio\ov dcrc/>aXd)S 
 WePTo, 'who prudently accounted their good fortune as doubtful.' 
 Cf. kv p. 185. 
 
 ets aireipov, Xenophanes frg. 22, es aireipov luavei, of the roots of the 
 earth extending 'to infinity'; 17 cf. Plat. Legg. 910 B, ets airetpov tt)v 
 aoitiav av&vovTts ; et al. Cf . R P §503 (Nemes. de Nat. Horn. c. 38, 
 p. 309), p.a\\ov be els airetpov nai a.Te\evTr)T<j)s to. avTa aironadioTaodai 
 (of the Stoic cycle, the magnus mundi annus.). 
 
 ets airopov, Eur. Hel. 813, ets airopov rj/cets ; so Phoen. 1400; cf. Ar. 
 Nub. 703, oTav els airopov ireo-fls ; for ireaelv cf. Xen. An. 2. 3. 18, v. 
 ets Tap.r,xavov supra; for the thought cf. also Soph. Tr. 1243, cos es TroXXd 
 Tcnropelv exco (v. 7roXus) ; cf . es aivopl-qv, avaynalriv, OTevbv aireCh-qQevTas, 
 etc., v. pp. 87, 88, 94. 
 
 es aodeves, Hdt. 1. 120, nai to. ye twv bveipaTwv exopeva TeXews es 
 aodeves epxeTai, 'comes to nothing'; cf. cpXavpov, ovb'ev, etc. 
 
 es t ai<Toaxedir]V /cat irpopaxovs levai, Tyrt. 9. 12, cf. irpopaxovs. 
 
 ets agaves, v. sub adv. phr. infra, p. 113. 
 
 ets to bvopades, Eur. I. T. 478, 17 yap tvxv irapr)yay' els to bvopades. 
 
 17 . Arde Caelo 294 a 23 in quoting and referring to this passage has eir' airtipov 
 which raises the question whether Xenoph. had ml. Diels gives, however, no other 
 MS reading except els. If the text is genuine, the variation would indicate that there 
 is no difference in meaning between els and kwl in such a case. 
 
PART IV els 93 
 
 es to SvffTVxes, Aesch. Cho. 913, Tenovaa yap p eppupas es to 8v<ttvx& I 18 
 Eur. Tro. 639, els to 8vaTvx& ireacov. 
 
 els tovoxo-tov, v. p. 113. 
 
 els to l8lov, Xen. An. 1. 3. 3, ovk els to 18lov KareOep-qv epoi, 'for my 
 personal use'; cf. Hiero 11. 1. 
 
 eis peaov, els to p'eaov: 
 
 a. Gen. uses, nearly or quite lit. and only slightly idiomatic: 
 Solon 8. 2, aX-qdeirjs es peaov epxopevrjs ; Theogn. 495, 678 (c. art.); 
 Soph. Ai. 1285, ov 8paireTr\v tov Kk-qpov es peaov nadeis, 'casting a ballot 
 not of the fugitive kind'; Soph. frg. 783. 2 (c. &&t.) ,\6yos / avynoWa t 
 ap4>oiv es peaov TeKTaiverai ; Eur. Ion 1558, prj twv irapoide pepipis els p'eaov 
 pd\ v ; Hdt. 3. 129, 130; 8. 10; cf. 3. 102; Plat. Theaet. 180 E, apcporepcov 
 els to peaov ireTTWKOTes ; but Xen. Oec. 7. 26, 27, ttjv pvf]pr]v /cat tyjv 
 eiripeXeiav els to peaov apcporepois KaredrjKev, i. e., he gave to both sexes in 
 common, cf. infra other uses c. KararWrj^t ; Plat. Rep. 572 D; kirivop. 
 991 A; Antiphan. 207 K., etc., etc. 
 
 But more idiomatic uses are frequent: b. Pind. frg. 42 (171). 3, 
 Ka\cbv pev (bv polpav re Tepirvwv es peaov XPV 7ravrt \o.u>/8euivvvai, Lat. in 
 commune; so Soph. Ph. 609, 8'eapibv t <xywv/e8ei£ 'Axatots es peaov, 6-qpav 
 Ka\i]v, i. e., 'he showed him publicly to the Achaeans.' 
 
 c. Of meeting in conflict, Soph. Tr. 515, 'Laav es peaov; cf. Trag. 
 Frg. adesp. 211, 366; cf. Theocr. 22. 183. 
 
 d. c. <f>epei.v = 'to propose a plan,' etc., cf. wpocfrepeiv, Eur. Suppl. 
 439, tLs deket, iroKeL / 'xpr\aTOV tl ^ov^evp' els peaov fy'epeiv ex^v ; 19 Hdt. 4. 97; 
 Xen. Symp. 3. 3; cf. Plat. Phileb. 57 A, ov 8' evena Tama TrporjveyKapeda 
 els to peaov, apa ewoels ; Bern. 274. 139; 420. 250; cf. Plat. Phaedr. 
 267 A, tov 8e Ka.Xki.aTOv Uapiov ^vr\vbv els p'eaov ovk ayopev, ' we do not 
 propose,' i. e., 'mention;' var. Hdt. 3. 80, (3ov\evpaTa 8e iravTa es to 
 kolvov ava4>epei, but a little different, i. e., 'refers,' rather than pro- 
 poses'; but cf. Plat. Legg. 812 C, 936 A, els to peaov irpo^'epeiv of bring- 
 ing before the public, as of a poet or musician producing or exhibiting 
 his work. 
 
 e. C. Tidevat, cf. ir pot id'evai, cf. II. 23. 704 v. supra, p. 84; after 
 Horn. esp. of political proceedings, 'to lay before the people,' Hdt. 
 3. 142, es p'eaov ttjv apxw Tidels, 'placing it at your disposal'; 7. 8. 5. 2, 
 tIOtipl to Tpdypa es peaov, 'I lay the matter before you'; Plat. Legg. 
 
 18 Cf. Aesch. Pers. 440, TrjvSe aviupopav . . . / . ko.k<x>v pkirovaav 4s to. jxaaaova, 
 where « rd txaacrova, which did not really become a true prep, phr., is on the border 
 line. 
 
 l9 But cf. Eur. Tro. 54 which hardly has this force. Cf. Eur. Hel. 1542. 
 
94 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 719 A, /3oi'Ao/xcu vp.lv eis to peaov avrb delvai, I wish to set before you' 
 (the effect which the preceding discourse has had upon me); Dem. 
 1463. 2; cf. later, Plut. Sull. 26. 2, els peaov delvai 'to publish'; cf. 
 Hdt. 1. 206, es peaov ac/>t irpoeTidee to irpfiypa, Lat. in medium afferre. 
 
 f. C. KaTOLTidhai, cf. II. 23. 704. Eur. Cycl. 547, /cdrfles avTov els 
 peaov 'to put down in the midst for common use,' cf. Ar. Eccl. 602; 
 Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 14; but Hdt. 3. 80, es peaov Hepayai naTaQeivai to. 
 irpaypara, 'to share the government, power with,' so 7. 164; Plat. 
 Phileb. 14 B, KaTaTtdevTes be eis to pJeaov of proposing for common 
 discussion; cf. Dem. 488. 102, dXX' tV ets to pkaov Karadels ttjv oxfreKeiav 
 e<f)apt\\ov woirioy to iroielv aXKrjXovs ev, an interesting passage, sug- 
 gesting the Homeric reminiscence and showing the connotation of the 
 phr. The uses c. TiBkvai as well as c. naTaTidkvai are probably devel- 
 opments from the Horn. phr. cf. ev, p. 158. 
 
 g. C. Xe7€iy, etc., 'to speak before all,' Hdt. 3. 83; 6. 129 (w. 
 art.); Xen. Cyr. 8. 5; 22. cf. Plat. Rep. 336 C, ets to peaov 4>dey£apevos, 
 'interrupting'; cf. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7 of speaking before the taxi- 
 archs; Menand. p. 242. 58 (Capps), eis pkaov epCi. 
 
 h. Eur. I. T. 420, yvwpa 5' ols pev cucatpos 6\/f3ov, toIs 5' ets pJeaov 77/cet 
 of moderation as opposed to extremes. 
 
 i. Tech. as a military term, 'into the centre,' Thuc. IV. 125. 3, 
 tov \pi\bv 6p.i\ov es peaov \afidov ; Andoc. II. 4. 
 
 j. Plat. Rep. 547 B, ets pJeaov upoXoyqaav (gnom. aor.), 'they 
 come to an agreement'; cf. Prot. 337 E, avptfirivaL ... ets to pJeaov, 
 'to come to terms,' 'agree to a compromise.' 
 
 ets to p.r)bev, Soph. El. 1166 (almost lit.), TOiyap av 5e£at p. 1 es tov gov 
 robe aTeyos,/rf]v pr]bev eis to prjb'ev, cbs avv aol naTw/vaioi to \olttov (Jebb: 
 'Therefore take me to this thy home, me who am as nothing, to thy 
 nothingness, that I may dwell with thee henceforth below.'). Eur. 
 Hec. 622, cos ets to p-qbev rjnopev, 'how we are brought to naught'; 
 Hdt. 1. 32, 17 5' rjpeTepr] evbcupovlr] ovtlo tol airepp-qirTai es to prjbev, 'set 
 at naught'; cf. es do-flexes, ovbev, 4>\avpov. 
 
 es ovbev, Hdt. 2. 104, /cat tovto pev es ovbev dv?j/cei, 'amounts to 
 nothing'; Thuc. III. 10. 1; VII. 59. 3, /cat 6X1701; ovbev es ovbev eirevoovv 
 (Jowett: 'and all their thoughts were on a grand scale'); VII. 87. 6, 
 /cat ovbev oXlyov es ovbev KaKotradrjaavTes. 
 
 eis oTevbv, Hdt. 9. 34, b.Trei\t]0'evTas es areivbv (cf. Eng. 'driven into a 
 corner 1 ); Dem. 15. 22, ets crTevbv Kopiby to. 777s rpoc/^s rots £evots aurcjj 
 KaTacFT-qo-eTat,, cf. later, Alciphro 1. 24. 
 
PART IV ets 95 
 
 es 4>\avpou, Hdt. 1. 120, airoo~Kri\pavTOS tov evvirviov es <j>\avpov, 'comes 
 to a sorry ending,' 'ends in nothing'; cf. es aadeves epxevOou, p. 92, 
 cf. eis rd p.r}8ev, es ovbkv. 
 
 2. Adjectives of quantity. 
 
 f^eyas : Soph. O T 638, /cat pi) to pt]8ev a\yos els pey' olaere; (J., 
 'forbear to make much of a petty grief,' i. e., make into a great 
 matter the grief which is as nothing.) (Cf. eiri c. epxeo-0at, Soph. Ph. 
 259, Eur. Hec. 380). 
 
 els to p-ei'^ov, Eur. Frg. 1014, deov yap ovdels x^pts evTvxei fipoT&v / 
 ov8' els to pel^ov rfKQe; but cf. lit. use, id. Bacch. 1237, els pel^ov 77/00, 
 dijpas aypeveiv xepotf ; cf. Dem. 430. 277, eis to petj'co bvvaodai Kanovpyelv. 
 
 es peyiGTOv, es to. peytcrra, Soph. O T 519, oh yap els air\ovv/rj fripta 
 pot tov \6yov tovtov <£epet, dXX' es p'eyiaTov, ' tends not in a single 
 direction only, but to the largest result,' (J.), v. (frepetv els. Hdt. 5. 
 49, es to. peyiaTa avrjueTe dperijs irept, i. e., reached the highest point; 
 SO 8. 111. 3; ib. 144. 2, Tipmp'eeiv es to. patera = adv. 
 
 c. forms of pi/cpos : 
 
 Cf. Diels 2 365. 5 frg. Democr. ap. Theophr., (lit.) ets p.iKpov crvvayea- 
 0at nal reXos aTrotyveadai, 'to be reduced to little and finally brought 
 down to a mere point.' Hyper. IV. (in Philip pid.) Col. I. 1, 17 e]- 
 neivwv 8vvap.is els p,uipbv pereoTT;. 
 
 ets piKpoTaTov, Dem. 1445. 2, tov 8rj tov 4>evaKi^e<jdaL xf> ovov &s els 
 piKpoTaTov avvayovTes, 'contracting, narrowing, bringing the time to 
 the shortest possible.' 
 
 es eKaaaov, Thuc. VII. 36. 2, rds xpcopas twv vewv %WTep.6vTes es 
 eXaaaov, 'cutting down the prows.' 
 
 ets eXdxtora, Dem. 309. 246, Tai)0' (i. e., rd dpapr^para) us els 
 eXdxtcra owretXat, 'reducing to the least possible,' cf. other phr. c. 
 owreAAeti' ets Plat. Legg. 691 E; Thuc. VIII. 4, etc. ets eXaxivrovs, 
 Isocr. XII 179, 8ie\6vTas to irXfjdos avTcov cos olov t fjv els e\axlo"rovs. 
 
 6Xt7os : es oKlyov, Thuc. IV. 129. 5, es oKlyov airlneTO 
 viK7)drjpai, 'came within a little of being defeated,' like irap' oKlyov, 
 Eur. I. T. 870 et al. But Thuc. VII. 36. 5 (lit. and local), 6V oKlyov 
 nal es oKlyov, 'through a short distance and to a short distance.' 
 PI. es 6Xt7ous, Thuc. V. 81. 2, es 6X1701-5 paKXov KaTeaTrjaav, 'set up 
 a more oligarchical government,' cf. VIII. 38. 3; 53. 3; 89. 2; 97. 2, 
 v. tech. phr. p. 102. Cf. id. II. 37. 1, nai 6vop.a pev 81a to pi) es oKlyovs 
 dXX' es irKelovas ohelv Srjp.oKparla Ke/iXrjrat 'owing to its being conducted 
 not in the interests of the few, but of the many.' els oKlyas kXeXexflcu 
 (sc. vavs), Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 16. 
 
96 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 iroXvs : es iroWa, Soph. Tr. 1243, SetXcuos, cos Is 7roXXci rcnropelv exco, 
 'in many ways'; cf. eis 7roXXd, Plat. Rep. 455 D; cf. es ra irdpra, es 
 to. ixWa, etc. eis iroWovs, Aeschin. I. 107, eis iroWovs kK/jLapTvpijcrcu, 'to 
 bear testimony before many persons,' Lat. publice testari. 
 
 es TrXeo*', Soph. O C 1219, otolv Tts es ir\eov Tearj/rov deovros, 'when one 
 has lapsed into excess of the due limit' (J.); O T 700, tccvS' es -w\kov 
 = adv. ir\kov fj rovaSe ; O T 918, ot ovv Tapcuvov<T , ovdev es xXeov 
 7roico, 'I don't make anything by it,' an interesting idiom 
 which seems not to occur elsewhere in quite this form; but (local) 
 Thuc. II. 21. 1, es to ir\kov oikert TpoeXdoov 'coming no further,' cf. 
 IV. 128. 2; cf. other preps. But es T\eiovas 'in the interests of the 
 many' Thuc. II. 37. 1 v. supra es oXlyovs. 
 
 ets Tr\ei(TTOv, Soph. C 739 ( = adv.), to. rov8e irtvde.lv T-qp.ar' ets 
 ir\el(7Tov 7r6Xecos, 'to the greatest extent of all the citizens.' Cf. other 
 preps. 
 
 77. Imprecations and curses 
 
 es 4>dbpov, Aesch. Sept. 252, ovk es (j)Q6pov, cnyua 1 a.va.o~xhvtt- rade ; 
 (note ellipsis of vb., so infra Soph. T 430, 1146,); Aesch. Ag. 1267, 
 iV es 4>66pov irkaovT' ' , £70) 5' a/x' €\f/o/j.ai ; cf. Menand. IleptKetp. 202 
 (Capps), ctXX' [es cjidbpov ah vvv] /3<x[<5t]fe . . . /eK7ro5cbf. 20 
 
 ets oheQpov, Soph. O T 430, 1146, ovk ets oktdpov, cf. Menand. 
 IlepiK. 263, 264 (Capps), [e]s 6\eB[pov eX]0e (bis). 
 
 es nopanas, Lat. abi in malam rem, pasce corvos, cf . Eng. ' go to the 
 dogs.' This phr. consigns one to loss of burial which was the greatest 
 dishonor that could befall a Greek. It is used variously with dif- 
 ferent verbs and without the verb which can be easily supplied. 21 ovk 
 es KopaKas, Ar. Vesp. 458; Pax 500, ovk es KopaKas epp-qoeTt, so Plut. 
 604; Pherecr. 70 K.; Ameips. 24 K.; Alexis 94K., Menand. 971 K. 
 /SdXX' es Kop.: Ar. Nub. 133; Plut. 782; Vesp. 835; Thesm. 1079 
 (bis); frg. 462 K.; aivb^ep' es Kop. : Ar. Pax 1221; Nicoph. 2 K., 
 ovk es KopaKas tco x e ^p' aTrotaets eKTod&p ) Ar. Av. 990 ovk el 6vpa£' es Kop. 
 so frg. 584 K. ovk es Kop. awocfrdepel, Eq. 892; Nub. 789 ; 22 e£eXd> a' es 
 Kop. Nub. 123; xXetTco x^P^ clvtos es Kop. Eq. 1314; es Kop. /3a5tel, Pax 
 
 20 Capps cf. also Herond. 6. 15, knirobuv r/nlv 4>dtlptadt, and cpd. vb. Menand. 
 HepiK. 403, ovk eiafyOepelcrde Oolttov \jp.els tKirobicv ] (v. Capps ad loc), so Sam. 372, Oolttov 
 d<j<t>9apr)di, (7v but not elsewhere in this sense (Capps). 
 
 21 But v. Kock III. p. 248 ad Menand. fr. 971, quoting Zenob. 3. 87 for a different 
 explanation. 
 
 22 For airo4>depd in this use cf. Menand. HepiK. 286. Sam. 161 (Capps). 
 
PART IV els 97 
 
 117; oix4«rai, Vesp. 51 ; 23 irav es Kop. Ach. 864; Av. 889. Verb 
 omitted: Ar. Plut. 394; Nub. 871; Pax 19; Nub. 646; Ran. 187, 189, 
 607; Vesp. 852, 982 (cf. Thesm. 1226, v. infraitn. 23); Euphan. 1 K.; 
 cf. Lysias XIII. 81. The phr. is given a comic turn in Charon's call 
 to his passengers, 'Who's to the crows?' Ar. Ran. 187; in Av. 28 
 it is used in jest with a partly lit. force, ov betvov ovv b-qr karlv thiols 
 beop.evovs / es KopaKas ekOelv Kal irapecrKevao-p:ePovs,/eireLTa pr) £evpeiv biivacrdai 
 tt)v bbbv. 
 
 A comic perversion as a euphemism for this phr. is Ar. Eq. 1151, 
 'a-Kay' es /xaKapiav kuTobtov, 'go to h-eaven,' 24 cf. Plat. Hipp. Mai. 293 A; 
 cf. Antiphanes, 245 K., es paKaplav to \ovrp6u; Menand. 'ErirpeT. 
 398 (Capps), [|8a]Xetr' els paKaplas ; 25 
 
 Cf. Com. Frg. adesp. 1092, es 6\j3iav cf. Menand. Uepin. 254, 
 evrevdev els rvxbv (Capps: 'go to — wherever you please'); Menand. 
 Ilepi/c. 201 (Capps), pr) copas 0-676 . . . iW. 26 is important if text 
 is genuine, lit. 'may you not come to next year,' the negative of a 
 formula used in good wishes. Cf. Theocr. 15. 74 (v. p. 107). Ar. 
 Nub. 562 c. els ; the reading of Ar. Lys. 1037, dXXd pr) copas 'Uoiad' 
 is emended by Dind. to pr) cbpaa iKoto-0' (v. L. and S. sub adv. capaat), 
 but might be corroborated by this case before a consonant, if the 
 text can be relied upon. Cf. Menand. 530. 10 K. n. (Fritzsch). 
 
 Another form of imprecation is, Ar. Pax 1063, es Ke<t>a\r)i> vol, 
 'on your head be it,' so Plut. 526 with an amusing pun on it in 650, 
 651; Ach. 833, es Ke4>a\r)v rpeiroLTo pot. Cf. Nub. 40; Plat. Euthyd. 
 283 E; Dem. 322. 290. 
 
 ///. Proverbial 
 
 els axvpa, Aristoph. frg. 76 K., ets a\vpa Kal x^oDV, 27 prov. of unex- 
 pected good fortune; cf. Vesp. 1310; 28 cf. Eupol. 299 K.; Philemon 
 188 K., ovos fia8l£eis els ixxvpa Tpayrj/jLaTcov. 29 
 
 23 v. Starkie, who accepts Bachmann's emendation of Thesm., 1226, Tpkx^vw Kara 
 toi)s KdpaKas kirovpiaas to Kara rdxos es nop/Mas {Philol. Suppl. B. V. p. 254). 
 
 24 Cf. Alciphro, Epp. I. 9; III. 32: v. Suid. s. v. Ma/copia; Zenob. 2. 61 explains 
 differently. 
 
 "But as the pi. does not occur elsewhere it should perhaps be changed,-Capps. 
 
 29 v. Capps ad loc. 
 
 27 v. Kock ad loc. 
 
 28 Vesp. 1310, /cXjjTTJpt t eis axvpnov (Dind., axvpov R V) dirodeSpaKSri 
 'a braver that has scampered off into. the bran,' v. Starkie; axvppov Dindorf's 
 coinage. (Kock: axvpuvas) The passage should be interpreted in the light of the 
 proverb. 
 
 29 v. Leutsch, Apost. 12.78, ovos ets axvpa. kirlrup irap' i\irl5as ets ayada kp.wiwToi'Tui' 
 Kal tovtols airoXavffTiKus xP^M^w- Diogen. 6. 91 (cf. £upos ets aKovqv); Greg. 
 Cypr. Mosq. 4. 61; App. Prov. 1. 71; Suid. ovos. 
 
98 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 eis £coi>r)v, Xen. An. 1. 4. 9, ets {covrjv bebbadcu, ' to be given for girdle- 
 money,' (cf. Eng. 'pin-money'), of Oriental queens who had cer- 
 tain cities given them for their small expenses. So es virobi}p.aTa, 
 Hdt. 2. 98. 
 
 eis fiaxo-lpois, Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 9, ovtos kolv ets paxatpas nvfiiaTrjaet-e 
 k&v els irvp aXotro, echo of pro v. a oca, p. 20. Cf. Posidipp. 1. 9 K., 
 en tov irvpbs/els rds p.axo.lpo.s ifhdov cov els ovroal / '8ia tuv ixo.xo.ipwv tov 
 wvpos t ekiqkvQev. Cf. Tech. phr. p. 102. Cf. els irvp infra. 
 
 els olvov, Xenarch. Com. Fr. 6 K., bpnov 5' eyw yvvcuubs els olvov 
 ypa4>o). Cf. eis vdwp Soph. frg. 742 (v. infra), for which els olvov is 
 here a jocose substitute. 
 
 Plat. Theaet. 183 D, 'I7r7rects ets ireblov irpoKohel 2w/cpdr?j ets \6yovs 
 irpoKoKovixevos. 
 
 Plat. Legg. 838 E, ets irerpas re /cat \L6ovs awelpovras. 
 
 Ar. Ran. 186, 's bvov irbicas, 'to the land of Nowhere,' 'to an 
 ass's wool,' 'to an ass-shearing' (cf. Leutsch. Zenob. V. 38, ftn.). 
 
 ets irvp, Plat. Rep. 569 B, nal to \eybpevov 6 br\p.os 4>evyow av kclitvov 
 bovXeias ekevdepoov els irvp bovXcov becnroTeias av ep.7re7rTCOA.cbs elrj : 30 cf. 
 Shakespeare, "As You Like It," I. 2. 299, "Thus must I from the 
 smoke into the smother; From tyrant Duke unto a tyrant brother." 
 Cf. diff. use sub els pctxcupas supra. 
 
 els weep, Soph. Frg. 742, bpnovs eyoi yvvaiKos els vbuip 7pd</>co. Cf. 
 ev, p. 163. Cf. ets olvov supra. Cf. Catullus 70. 3. 
 
 ets 0peara, Plat. Theaet. 174 C, ets 4>peaTa re nal iraaav airoplav 
 ep-TriiTTuv bird aireipias f l prov. of persons on the brink of destruction; 
 cf. lit. use 174 A; cf. ib. 165 B, to \eybp.evov ev c^peart crvvexbp.evos ; 
 Plut. 2. 68 A, r] irepi to 0peap opx^ens. The association is a familiar 
 one as a type of danger, cf. lit. use Plat. Lach. 193 C; Prot. 350 A 
 (of well-divers). V. ev p. 163. Cf. Hor. Ars. Poet. 134, nee desilies 
 imitator in art um. 
 
 IV. Technical 
 
 1. Military: 
 
 ets oXki'iv, 'for defence,' c. Tpeiveodai, etc., 'to turn and resist,' 
 'be, stand on one's guard'; Eur. Hel. 42, 980, 1379; Suppl. 679 (c. 
 o-Tp'^eiv); Med. 264; Phoen. 421; so Hdt. 2. 45; Thuc. II. 84. 3, cf. 
 
 30 Leutsch, Diogen. VIII. 45, tov Kawvov (f>evyo:v els to irvp ev'eiveaov, eirl tcov to. puKpa 
 Tcbv betvdv <j>tvyovTcav nal els ixd^ova beiva e/jnwrTovTuv. Other authorities also cited by 
 Leutsch. 
 
 3I But v. Lysippus, Bacchae 1. w. Kock ad loc. Com. Fr. I. 700. 
 
PART IV ets 99 
 
 III. 108.1; Eur. Frg. 300. 3 expansion to eis cWktjv 8op6s. Like eis 
 aKiciiv is 7rp6s Eur. Andr. 1149 (cf. Aesch. Sept. 498; Hdt. 3. 78). 
 
 eis apirayrju, Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 22, eairapfxevovs els apiray^v (of soldiers); 
 cf. eis of end or purpose. Cf. also p. 109. 
 
 eis aaTiSa, Eur. Phoen. 1326, els acririti rj^eiv, concrete weapon 
 put for the battle, as ets 86pv, El. 844, Tro. 934 (cf. irapa Phoen. 1073); 
 but eir' a.<nrl8a 'to the left,' Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 6, cf. nap' a<nrL8a An. 4. 3. 
 26 (opp. to ets 86pv as used in Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18, etc.); but rap' 
 do-TriSos Aesch. Sept. 624 (lit.); ets d<T7rt5' Ar. Lys. 190 is a play on its 
 lit., although more or less tech. use in 188 of 'slaying the sheep into' 
 (i.e., so that the blood flows into) the shield held underneath, which 
 ace. to the Schol. refers back to Aesch. Sept. 42, Tavpocr^ayovuTes es 
 jieXavberov crd/cos ; cf. Xen. An. 2. 2. 9, tcivtcl 5' ibp-oaav, a^a^avres ravpov 
 /cat Kairpov /cat Kpiov eis da7rt<5a, ol p.ev "FXkrjves fiairTOvres £i0os, ol 8e 
 /3dpj8apot \6yxw- Cf. es (SoOpop, Horn. Od. 11. 36, p. 83. Cf. also 
 Lat. in flammam. Verg. Aen. 11. 199; 12. 214. 
 
 ets 86pv, Eur. El. 844, 8p.ues 5' I8bvres eWvs fj^av els obpv ' rushed to 
 arms,' so Tro. 934, ets 86pv aradevres, but ets 86pv airiKoi-ievoi, 
 Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 17 'within the spear's throw'; Ages. 2. 11; so ets 
 86po.TGS ir\'!}yy]v , Xen. Eq. 8. 10, cf. ib. ets o.kovtiov afyiKvrjTai ; but 
 Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18, tovs air' ovpas eis 86pv . . . ^yeladai 'to the 
 right' (because the spear was held in that hand), so c. eTrt (An. 4. 3. 29 
 etal.), irapa (Xen. Lac. 11. 10), kv.p. 76. Cf. Eur. Heracl. 159, ets 
 iraXrip . . . 86pos by expansion for jxdxnv ; cf. Eur. Suppl. 677, 
 xapat|3dras earqeav els ra^iv 8opos, 'in battle array," a little like, but 
 not quite a case of expansion. 
 
 es eoac/>os, Thuc. III. 68. 3, nadehovTes avrqv (i. e., rr\v irb\iv) es e<5a$os 
 iraaau, 'having rased it completely to the ground.' 
 
 ets eva, 'in single file,' Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 26; 3. 21; 5. 3. 41 (usage 
 peculiar to Xen.). Similar is ets obo 'two abreast,' ib. 6. 3. 21. Cf. 
 e<£' evbs. V. ets ev, p. 120. Cf. ets rerrapas Cyr. 2. 3. 21. 
 
 es KaraXvatv, 'till dismissal' of soldiers at a review, Xen. Hip- 
 parch. 3. 12. 
 
 ets Km\w(nv, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 20, eiuKaiJ.\pavTes els kvkKcoctlp ; Cf. An. 
 1. 8. 23. 
 
 ets XoxaYtas, Xen. An. 1. 4. 15, v. infra, p. 100. 
 
 ets p:axv v , Xen. An. 1. 8. 1, are ets p.axw irapeaKevaa/iePOS, etc. 
 
 eis p.eTcoirov, Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 21; 2. 4. 2, eis pikTuirov oTr\vai, ' to stand 
 in line'; cf. eiri, ib. 3; Reip. Lac. 11. 8, eis neTuirov irap' acrirL8a KoBlaraa- 
 dai. 
 
100 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 eis to. oir\a, Xen. An. 1. 5. 13, 7rapa77eXXet ets to. 07rXa ; Hell. 2. 1. 2, 
 eis to. 07rXa opprjaoxTi ; Cf . els to irpocdev twv 6tv\wv, ' at the front of the 
 encampment,' An. 3. 1. 33. 
 
 es to. 7rXd7ta 'in the flank,' Thuc. IV. 35. 4; but Xen. An. 3. 4. 14 
 c. Trapayayuv, of making an army 'file off right and left.' Cf. 
 els irXdyiov sub adv. phr. of direction, p. 119. 
 
 eis tol^lv Ar. Av. 400, a^cry' els tcl^lv ttoKlv es rabrbv ; Thuc. IV. 93. 2, 
 xe\evcov es tcl^lv KadicTaoOai ; Xen. An. 5. 4. 11, eis ra^iy Wevro to. orXa ; 
 cf. supra, els Ta&v dopos 'in battle array,' Eur. Suppl. 677, p. 99; cf. 
 ev, p. 181. 
 
 els ro^evpa, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23, eireid-q els ro^evpa a^UoLVTO, 'within 
 bow-shot,' contr. e£co To£eup.aros, Thuc. VII. 30. 
 
 els virodoxyv, Thuc. VII. 74. 2, es inroboxrjv rod arparevpaTOs 'for the 
 reception of the army,' in a hostile sense, but Hdt. 7. 119, (pi.), 
 es virodoxas 'for the entertainment of the army'; cf. Dem. 79. 13, 
 to. avp0o\a Tavra yiyverai els VTrodoxyv tov ; cf. 1482. 34; Aeschin. III. 62, 
 "iv els v-wohoxhv a-rravra Kal \eyot Kal irparTOL c/nXo/cpdrei, ' by way of 
 support.' 
 
 eis (paXayya, Xen. An. 4. 8. 10, reray p'evoi els 4>d^ayya, 'in battle 
 line,' etc. 
 
 els (frpovpta, Xen. An. 1. 4. 15, ets tfipovpia /cat eis \oxo.yias. 
 
 els cpvyrjv, Eur. Suppl. 718, erpexpe els 4>vyi]v 7r6oa, Lat. convertere in 
 fugam; cf. Thuc. 7. 43; with pass, and middle 'to be put to flight,' 
 'turn and flee,' es cpvyrjv TpaireaOcu, Hdt. 8. 16, 89, 91, etc. Thuc. 
 VIII. 95. 5 et saepe, also c. /carac-r^ai as ib. VII. 43. 7, supra; Xen. An. 
 1. 8. 24; frequent in Xen. c. op/iav. 
 
 es 4>v\a.Kr]V, Thuc. II. 79. 2, oxXiTai re rjkdov /cat crrpartd es (pv\aKr]v ; 
 but III. 3. 4, tovs iipdpas es 0uXa/c?)^ eiroiriaavTo, ' threw them into prison.' 
 
 2. Legal. 
 
 ets avanpLo-Lv, Aesch. Eum. 365, 32 p-qb 1 ets ayapioiv ehdelv of the pre- 
 liminary hearing in the Athenian court; Isae. VI. 13; cf. Xen. Symp. 
 5. 2. 
 
 Some terms grow up out of earlier uses: es fiaaavov, Theogn. 417, 
 es fiaaavov o' ekdcov 7raparpt/3o,uat cicrre p,o\vj38u> I xpvcros , so 1105, 1164g. 
 'to the touchstone,' of testing a friend, etc., as gold is tested; cf. 
 Hdt. 8. 110; but Soph. O C 835, (fig.), rax' ets fiaaavop el x*puv, 
 'you are going to a trial of strength.' Cf. Isae. VIII. 13 et al. 
 of inquiry by torture as a test. 
 
 32 But v. Schol. 
 
PART IV eis ICi 
 
 A variant of es fiaaavov eXdelp in Theogn. is Pind. Nem. VIII. 21 
 (35), peapa 5' k^evpovra bbpep (3aaapu/es eXeyxop &7ras k'lpSvpos. This also 
 develops into a legal term. Soph, uses es eXeyxop much as he does 
 es fiaaavov : C 1297, our' eis e\€7X0^ x^ipos ou5' ep70i; poKcop (cf. 835 
 supra); Ph. 98, eis eXeYxov e£icoy 'proceeding to the proof,' 'put- 
 ting it to the test'; cf. Frg. 101. 2. Eur. Ale. 640, e5ei£as els eXeyxop 
 e£e\dup 6s el (such expressions have a slight idiom, tone); so Plat. 
 Phaedr. 278 C (irepi tlvos), cf. Philem. 93 K., els eXeyx- epxevQa-L twos. 
 But Hdt. 1. 209, cos pot KCLTaaTriaeis top tr aid a es 'eheyxop ', cf. Isocr. 
 XII. 150, Karaar-qvai els eX. nai \6yop ; Lys. XVI. 1, clvtovs ap ayah's log ip 
 els ekeyx- tup aureus Pe@Lup.ePwv KCLTaaTrjvai, ' to submit to an investi- 
 gation of their behaviour in the past'; XXXII. 12 c. levai ; c. 
 irliTTeiv of being convicted, Eur. Hipp. 1310; H. F. 73. 
 
 Allied to this is Eur. Ion. 328, ob 5' fj£as els epevpap e^evpelp yopas, 
 of the person making the inquiry. 
 
 Also allied: Eur. Heracl. 309, els pep nelpap rfKQopep fy'Chup, here c. 
 gen. but cf. Thuc. 2. 41. 3 where the use without gen. indicates 
 idiom, tendency; but Thuc. VII. 21. 4, levai es tt\p welpap tov pclvtikov 
 'to try an action by sea'; cf. also, Hdt. 2. 15, es biaireLpap tup iraibiup, 
 ' to make proof of; so 2. 28, 77 (except Thuc. II. 41. 3 these cases are 
 not much more than periphrases for the verb.). 
 
 eis fiovXrjp, Isocr. XVIII. 6, els tt}p @ov\t]p irepi avTUP aTedoaap ; 
 cf. Lat. ad senatum de re referre. 
 
 els diKaar-qpiop, Lat. rapere in ius, so Plat. Gorg. 521 B, elaaxdeis ds 
 SiKaarripLOP, like els cSkas /caTaoT7/crtu, Xen. An. 5. 7. 34; but Plat. Gorg. 
 522 B, elaeXdup els 8tKaaTT]piop. 
 
 els 81k7)p, Eur. I. T. 961, es hiKy\p I'eoT-qp ; cf. Thuc. VI. 61. 6; (pi.) 
 Xen. An. 5. 7. 34; Mem. 2. 9. 1. ib. 5, etc. Plat. Legg. 868 B (sing.); 
 but Thuc. VII. 18. 2 (pi.), avToi ovk vtttjkoop es 5ucas irpoKaXovpepup tup 
 'Adrjpaiup, 'they themselves had refused arbitration', so 18. 3; but 
 Plat. Legg. 943 E, ir\r)ppe\eip els 8'lktjp 'to offend against justice.' 
 
 els ekeyxop, v. supra. 
 
 els epevpap, v. supra. 
 
 els kp'mtlp, Hdt. 7. 26. 2, es Kpicnp tovtov irepi. eKOoPTas ; cf. Thuc. I. 34, 
 2; 131, 2; Xen. An. 6. 6. 20; Plat. Rep. 555 B; Legg. 856 C; Dem. 
 161. 11, etc. 
 
 ets to %v\op, Andoc. I. 12. 93, help els to %v\op 'in the stocks' cf. 
 h, p. 166. 
 
 es oprjpelap, 'for security', Lat. in vadimonium, Thuc. VIII. 45. 2. 
 
102 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 ets irelpav, v. supra, p. 101. 
 
 Legal and political: Te\eti> ets, a metaphor for being rated (for 
 taxation) in a certain class. Soph. O T 222, aards els aarovs reXw, 
 Lat. inter cives censeor; cf. Eur. Bacch. 822, es yvvalKas e£ avbpbs Te\w ; 
 Hdt. 6. 108; Isocr. XII. 212, els dvdpas ovvreXcoo-Lv of attaining the 
 rights of a full-grown man, so Plat. Legg. 923 E, cf. Isocr. VII. 37, 
 ets avdpas honipaodelev of passing the examination admitting one to 
 the rights of manhood, so XII. 28; cf. Dem. 412. 230, 7rpti> els dvbpas 
 eyypai(/ai, 3 * of being registered as a man. 
 
 3. Political: 
 
 ets apxyv, Thuc. VIII. 70, Kadi.oTap.evoi es tt\v o-pxh v 'entering on an 
 office;' cf. Plat. Legg. 715 B (cupiKopevos) ; 856 B, dywv els apxyv 
 avdpccirov. 
 
 es oXlyovs, Thuc. V. 81. 2, es oKlyovs paXkov Karecrriqaav, 'set up a 
 more oligarchical government'; cf. VIII. 38. 3, rrys d\\r\s irokews ko.t 
 avayKrjv es oXlyovs Karexop-'ev-qs ] cf. VIII. 53. 3; 89. 2; 97. 2 (w. art.). 
 Cf. supra, p. 95. 
 
 4. Commercial: 
 
 Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 33, els apyvpiov Xoyiadevra, 'calculated in our mon- 
 ey.' 
 
 Dem. 822. 27, tovto to vvpfiohaiov els rav8 pa-trod' rj\Ldlcos avpfiefiXr]- 
 p.'evov, of money lent on the security of a man's slaves; so ib., els 
 ravro. avp.j3(xkeZp ', SO also eirl tovtols toIs avdpairodoLS . . . ebb.vei.o-ev, 
 and ib. 28, ets to. -qpeTepa baveioavTt. 
 
 Phrases drawn from various fields of human life: 
 
 5. Fishing: coined by Euripides, and not developing into a 
 phr., Bacch. 848, avrjp ets (36\ov KadloTaTai, 'falls within the cast of 
 the net'; Rhes. 730, iVws yap ets (36\ov vts epxerat. 
 
 Cf. from hunting and war, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23, exet^ ets rc^evpa 
 acplnoLVTo ; cf. other phrases for 'within reach of.' 
 
 6. From the race-course: (Also peculiar to Euripides), Eur. El. 
 659, tclXlv tol plvOov els Kafxrr]v iiye, 'bring your speech to its middle or 
 turning-point,' for 'speak your purpose briefly.' 
 
 7. From athletics: of professional tumblers: Plat. Euthyd. 
 294 E, es paxaipas ye kv^lotov ; Xen. Symp. 2. 11; Mem. 1. 3. 9 (cf. 
 also of a tumbler, eirl Tpbxov divelodat, Plat. Euthyd. 294 E); cf. 
 supra, p. 98. 
 
 ,3 For other tech. uses of kyypafciv ets, v. L. and S. 
 
part iv eis 103 
 
 8. From games: the name of a game, Eupol. 250 K., eis &hl\\clv 
 apLarrjao/jLev ; id. 288 K., eVeix' e'iaeifx' , kvdade fxelvas/els copuWau, kolv /xi) 
 (jxrln (v. Schol. Platon. 320 Bekk., Poll. 9. 102). 34 
 
 V. Elliptical 
 
 (V. p. 168, ftn. 120). 
 
 els 'ALdeu (cf. Horn. p. 84. Solon 22. 8 = Theogn. 726; Theogn. 
 802, 906; Aesch. Prom. 236; Frg. 239; els "AiSov, Soph. O T 1372; 
 Tr. 4; Ph. 1211, 1349; Ar. Ran. 69, 118, 172; Plat. Crito 54 B; Phaed. 
 58 E, 68A, 69 C, 80 D, 107 D (bis), 108 A, 115 A; Symp. 179 D; 
 Gorg. 522 E; Rep. 363 C, 619 A; Tim. 44 C; Axiochus 371 E; els 
 'Aldao, Plat. (Anth. Lyr. XXXIX. 12. 5). 
 
 els 'A<TK\r)TTiov, 'into the temple of,' Ar. Vesp. 123 35 ; Plut. 411, 
 621; Com. Fr. adesp. 104. 9; so es llanos, es TevervWidos, Ar. Lys. 2. 
 
 els \\.\eiad'evovs, 'to the house of,' Ar. Lys. 621; es 'OpcriXoxov, 
 ib. 725; els ^>lKoktt]ijlovos, Vesp. 1250; cf. els to. UlttoKov 1432; cf. 
 Lysias XII. 12, els tcl tov adeKcfrov tov ep.ov ; es tov UlttclXov, Ach. 1222; 
 eis 'Ayaduvos, Plat. Symp. 174 A; els tov IloXe/xdpxou Rep. 328 B; cf. 
 Theocr. 15. 22, els afyvelov n-roXe/xaio; es TXvKrjs Ar. Ran. 1364; es 
 Qeajj.o(f)6poLP Thesm. 89; eis ep.ov, 'to my house,' Ar. Lys. 1065, 1211; 
 o'Uad' els eavroiv Lys. 1070. 36 es twv (TKvKobe^wv, Ar. Eccl. 420; eis 
 Kadapio-Tov Nub. 964; eis opxyvrpidos 996; els Tpo^uvLov (sc. avrpov) 
 Nub. 508 37 ; Lysias XII. 12, ets Aa^tTTTroi; ; eis 'kpxev'ew ib. 16; Thuc. 
 VIII. 92. 2, es tov wepLTo\apxov . . . ^vviovras, 'to the house of 
 the commander of the frontier guard'; Andoc. I. 42, r)neiv els KaX- 
 Xtou. 38 es rlvos bibaatiaKov, 'to the school of what teacher?' Ar. Eq. 
 1235; cf. Plat. Theages 125 A, cf. ib. es tIvos ; Lysis 208 C; Prot. 
 325 D (pi.); 326 C (pi.); Xen. Reip. Lac. 2. 1 (pi.), eis 5i5aaKa\uv ; 
 eis ircudoTpifiov, Prot. 326 B. eis ovdevbs ftiSacrKaXov irwirore (froLT^aavTa, 
 Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 9; cf. Plat. Alcib. I. 109 D; Lach. 201 B (pi.), eft 
 AiovvaLov tov ypafxpiaTLcrTOv elarjkdov, Plat. 'Avrep. 132 A. 
 
 M &fxtX\a, 'a circle' used in a game, the game itself being called els &/M\\av; 
 for explan. of the game v. L. and S. and reff. supra. 
 
 35 v. Starkie ad loc; Sobol. Praep. p. 45. 
 
 '"Sobol. accepts emendation of Mein. for Eccl. 1037, ds k/iavTrjs uaayco. 
 
 "Sobol. p. 45 sc. Upbv instead of avrpov. 
 
 38 Cf. in late Gk. Alciphr. 3. 41, ets avSpds e\9ovcra, of going to her husband's 
 house, i. e. marrying; cf. as a euphemism, Anth. P. 11. 42, evr' av i/o?ai / «s ir\e6vwv; 
 (w. a noun) 7. 731, es wXebvwv ffKde ixeroiKial-qv ; cf. for this thought Ar. Eccl. 1073, 
 av(o-Tj]Kvla wapa rwv ir\eovu>v, and Lat. Plaut. Trin. 291, quin priits me ad phiris 
 penetravi? Petron. 42, abiit ad plures. 
 
104 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Cf. a somewhat unusual case, Plat. Rep. 589 E, fj el ixev \a(3<hv 
 Xpvffiov vlov fi dvyarepa edovXovro, K<xl ravr' els ayplcov re /cat nancbv avbpwv 
 (J. and C, sc. oUlav ; Adam, sc. not oUlav, but bovkelav or the like from 
 e8ov\ovTo). 
 
 VI. Temporal 
 
 It will be seen that a sharp distinction cannot always be drawn 
 between the following categories, and the same phr. may in different 
 connections be used in all three senses. 
 
 1. Of a limit in time, determining a period. 
 
 e£ alicvos es alwva, 'from everlasting to everlasting,' R P §68 
 (Stob. Eel. I. 418, p. 172, 10 W. fr. Philolaus 21 Mull.) cf. k, p. 61. 
 Aesch. Sept. 744, alwva S'es rplrov ix'evei, 'to the third generation,' 
 (faintly idiom.). 
 
 els aKnw of the prime of life, Eur. H. F. 532, eacod^s els clk/jltiv e\d<hv 
 0iXots ; cf . els r}&T)v, ifkudav. But cf . €7r' d/c/x^s elvac, ' to be on the 
 point of doing,' Eur. Hel. 897, cf. Ar. Plut. 256. 
 
 es a/xap, Aesch. Cho. 612, ixoipbupavTov es ap.ap (scarcely idiom.). 
 
 es avpt-ov, v. supra, p. 85; infra, p. 105. 
 
 es padi) tj\s rfkwias, Ar. Nub. 514, of advanced years, cf. rikiKiav. 
 
 eK 7rcu(56s es Y??pas, Aeschin. I. 180 et al. Cf. Horn. p. 84. 
 
 es 17X101; dvacv, Thuc. III. 78. 4. 
 
 es enk, 'up to my time,' Hdt. 1.92, Kai en es ep,e; so 1. 93; 2. 122; 
 3. 97; 5. 45; 8. 121 et al. 
 
 els eoirkpav, Plat. Symp. 223 D, v. infra. 
 
 tji 8e varepalj) es r-qv h'ep-qv, 'on the following day they postponed 
 replying until the next day,' Hdt. 9. 8. 
 
 ets eros, Soph. Ant. 340, eros ets eros, 'from year to year,' an adv. 
 phr. like 'year in, year out.' Cf. Theocr. 18. 15, ets eros e£ ereos ; 
 25. 124; id. Epigr. 13, ets eros; cf. Kara Thuc. 4. 53, etc. But irapa 
 eros, 'every other year', Theophr. H. P. 9. 11. 9, Paus. 9. 32. 3. 
 
 ets rifi-qv, Eur. Med. 1108, aib/jia t es rifirjv i]\vde renvuv ; Cratinus 
 171 K., avrovs . . . kiraibevaev Wpe\p'e re . . . ets r)Pr)v ; of 
 women, Eur. Hel. 12, e7ret 5' es riftr/v r/Xdeu (bpaiup ya/xcov, 'But, since 
 she grew to bloom of spousal-tide' (Way). Cf. airo, p. 43; ev, 
 p. 173. 
 
 ets ij\udav e\0elv, also of the prime of life, Plat. Theaet. 142 D. 
 Cf. ev, p. 173; but cf. es fiadi) ttjs r)\uilas supra. 
 
 els vvKra, v. infra, p. 106. 
 
 els 6, 'until,' Hdt. 1. 93, 191; 2. 115, 118, 157; 8. 58; cf. 1. 98, 
 102, 196, 202; 4. 201 ad extremum, postremo; but 1. 115; 8. 60 qua- 
 propter (Sch weigh auser) 
 
part IV ets 105 
 
 eis 07TOT6, Aeschin. III. 99. 
 
 eis baov, 'until,' Soph. Ph. 1076, peivar' . . . /xpovov tooovtov, 
 els baov. 
 
 es 7r6r€ X??£ei, Soph. Ai. 1185 (cf. Ger. bis wann?); cf. eis ore Od. 2. 99; 
 cf. es re. 
 
 in Kal es robe 'even to this time,' Hdt. 7. 123, cf. es eye, p. 104. 
 (Horn. Od. 7. 317, es robe, setting a date, 'for a certain time,' i. e., 
 tomorrow;) but es rod 1 i]pepas, 'to this very hour,' Soph. O C 1138; 
 Eur. Ale. 9; Phoen. 425, 1085; Hipp. 1003, etc. Cf. es roaovhe without 
 a correl., a slight idiom, force, Soph. El. 14, rovovb' es r?jSrjs ; 961, es 
 Tovbvbe tov xpovov) but O T 1212, es roabvbe, 'for so long a time' (sc. 
 xpovov); so Ai. 679; cf. Hdt. 5. 50, es tooovtov ; but Soph. Tr. 148, 
 es tov9,' ecos 'up to the time,' 'until.' 
 
 es Tore, Plat. Legg. 830 B, 845 D; Polit. 262 A; Dem. 184. 24, etc. 
 
 es ttjv vcrTepaLrjv, v. infra, p. 106. 
 
 eis xpovov, v. infra, p. 107. 
 
 2. Extent of time: 
 
 eis eviavrbv, 'for a year,' cf. Horn. p. 85. Pind. P. X. 63; cf. 
 Xen. Oec. 7. 36 (w. art.); Plat. Rep. 416 E; 543 C (without art.); 
 Aeschin. Ep. 5. 2; but Plat. Legg. 799 A, 'calculating for the year,' 
 etc. Cf. use c. eirl, Kara, fxera, irapa, wpb. 
 
 es p.a.Kpbv, Pind. P. III. 105, 6X/3os ovk es paKpbv avbpwv epxerai, 39 
 xpovov may be supplied or panpov may be thought of as an ace. adv. 
 (so L. and S.), cf. Thuc. VI. 31. 3, es rd yaKporara. es p.a.Kpbv seems not 
 to occur elsewhere, unless in Alciphro cited in ftn., but disappears in 
 favor of ovk els yaKpav, which is frequent, but in a different sense, i. e., 
 Lat. brevi, 'soon,' v. infra, p. 108. 
 
 eis xpovov, v. infra, p. 107. 
 
 3. Setting a date: 
 
 Cf. ets eairepav 'at evening,' ets vvkto. 'at night,' ets eco 'at dawn,' 
 so ets opdpov; els Trjp.epov 'today,' es avpiov 'to-morrow,' es rr\v vo-repalav 
 'the following day,' ets rijv ewLovaav ew 'at the following dawn/ 
 ets evr\v 'day after to-morrow,' so ets rpirrju rjp.epav or ets rpir-qv, etc. 
 
 es avpiov, (cf. II. 8. 538 'on the morrow,' Od. 11. 351, 'until 
 morning'). Soph. O C 567, rr\s es avpiov . . . 17/zepas, 'to-mor- 
 
 39 Schol. : okfiov 8' ovk es nanpov'. 17 8e tG>v avdpuircov evdaifiovia oxik els (jtaKpav 
 wapayiverai, avri tov ovk eTwroXv Trapap.kvu, iireidav juaXicrra kiri.0api)<Tri Kal irapaykvrjrai. 
 The scholiast in making ovk « p.aKpbv here=oii/c tls p.a.Kpav confuses the two mean- 
 ings, failing to distinguish between the meaning 'lasts not for long,' and that of ovk 
 ds iiaKpav, i. e. 'soon.' Alciphro Ep. III. 15, 49 reads ok eis y.a.Kp6v, but I. 35, om ds 
 naKpav. 
 
106 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 row'; Frg. 536. 2 (Nauck); Eur. Ale. 320; but Rhes. 96 'until 
 to-morrow'; 600; Nicoch. 15 K. 'to-morrow'; Plat. Crito 43 D, 
 'to-morrow,' so Legg. 858 B; Anaxandr. 4 K.; 40 Philetaer. 7. 5 K.; 
 Aeschin. II. 46, 53; Alexandr. 3 K.; Menand. Fj-mrpeir. 162 (Capps); 
 cf. Alexis 241 K., ets tt)v avpiov; so Philemon 213. 8 K.; Dionys. 3. 
 15 K. 
 
 ets ev-qv, 'day after to-morrow,' Ar. Ach. 172. Cf. eis rpn-qv. 
 
 Ar. Nub. 1222, 1223, Kakov/jLai 1iTpe\pia8qv . . . /es T-qv evqv re 
 koll veav, 'I summon Strepsiades for the Old and the New.' C^rp.) 
 lj.apTvpop.ai, otl es 56' elirev rjfjiepas. 
 
 els e<nrepav, Ar. PL 998, 'I would come at even,' so 1201; Eccl. 
 1047; Pax 966; Aatr. frg. 202 K. et al; cf. Hypereid. IV (in Philippid.) 
 Col. I. 2, contrasted with p,e8' -qpepav ; but Plat. Symp. 223 D, biarpl- 
 \pavTa els eoirepav, 'until.' 
 
 ets eco Isae. VIII. 24, els &a be rapyvpiov enekevev elaeveyneiv. Cf . Xen. 
 An. 1. 7. 1, ets ttjp hiuovaau ea>, 'at the following dawn.' cf. ets bpdpov. 
 
 ets vvKTa, Aesch. Suppl. 769, es vvkt' airoareixovTos r]\iov, force of 
 prep, blunted, the phr. means 'at night'; but Thuc. I. 51. 3 'until 
 night-fall'; Xen. Cyn. 11. 4, 'towards night'; w. art. Hell. 4. 6. 7, 
 etc. It is impossible always to draw a clear line between the lit. and 
 idiom, uses of such phr. ; the following are not much more than tags, 
 Eur. H. F. 505, e£ 57/xepas ets vvKta ; Plat. Legg. 758 A, 5t' yu'epas re ets 
 pvKTa (cf. ib. irpbs r]p.epav). 
 
 els bpdpov, 'at dawn,' Xen. Cyn. 6. 6; Theocr. 18. 56. Cf. xpos, 
 Kara, etc. 
 
 ets Trinepov, Plat. Symp. 174 A, (hiJ.o\6yr]aa 5' ets iv^epov irapeaeadai. 
 
 ets rp'nr\v or ets rplr-qv -qu'epav, 'on the third day,' i. e., 'day after 
 to-morrow,' sometimes 'in three days,' Plat. Hipp. Mai. 286 B; 
 Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 27; Anaxandr. 4 K.; cf. Menand. 367. 3 K.; Alciphr. 
 II. 1. al. Dittenb. Syll. 2 88. 15; cf. Eur. Ale. 321. 
 
 ets ttjv mrepaiav, 'on the following day,' Hdt. 1. 126, es ri]v 
 voTepa'ir\v irapeivcu ; but id. 9. 8, avefiaWovro es r-qv barepai-qv merely 
 'to,' or 'until'; so ib. es tt}v er'ep-qv; Xen. An. 2. 3. 25, 'on the next 
 day,' parallel w. rr\ 8e tpIt-q; id. 4. 1. 15; Plat. Ep. 347 B; Isae. I. 23 
 et al. 
 
 els xpbvov, v. infra, p. 107. 
 
 "Frequent in decrees of the senate setting a date in the formula KaXtaai kirl Selirvov 
 (or kirl £epta) els to irpuravelov eh avpiov, more than thirty times in Dittenb. Syll. 2 ad 
 Alexandra mortem. So ets rpirriv f)p.'epa.v, Dittenb. 88. 15. 
 
PART IV eis 107 
 
 4. Phrases c. xpbvos : Sappho 70, eis obo'eva irw xpbvov, ' to no time,' 
 'never'; Anth. Lyr. XXXVI. Crit. 2. 24, eis tov airavra xpbvov 
 so (without art.) Aesch. Eum. 484; Plat. Legg. 941 C; cf. Aesch 
 Eum. 572; Menand. 128. 3 K.; Aesch. Ag. 621, es tov ttoXvv . . 
 Xpbvov 'for much time,' 'long'; Eur. Or. 207, els tov aliv xp ovov 
 cf. Plat. Ep. 331 A, 351 C; es tov neTereiTa xp° vov a ^ Hdt. 8. 128 
 els tov HeiTa xpbvov Thuc. III. 46. 4; Plat. Theaet. 178 A; Symp 
 200 D {ter); Phaedr. 240 E; Rep. 357 B; Dem. 661. 125; 1463. 1 
 Hypereid. III. XLVI. 37. Hdt. 7. 29, ovre es to irapebv o'vre es xpovov 
 fieTafxeX-qaeL, 'now nor hereafter'; cf. 9. 89; also for es xpbvov?>. 72, es to 
 irapebv v. infra, p. 108. Menand. 481. 16 K., ovk evda.v6.Tus airri'Kdev 
 ekduv els xpovov (Mein., dm). 
 
 But (pi.) Dem. 50. 34, ovt els tovs xpbvovs . . . fiorideiv 
 'at the appointed time,' cf. Plat. Legg. 921 A, els xpbvov elprjp.evov 
 epyov p.i] aTOTeKeay. 
 
 5. Adverbial: 
 
 a. W. nouns: es rds upas (phr. begins in Horn., v. p. 85, but 
 usu. w. diff. force). Ar. Ran. 380, 'for all time to come,' 'here- 
 after'; cf. Nub. 562, es rds copas rds erepas ; els ccpas 'in time to come,' 
 Philemon 116 K.; cf. Theocr. 15. 74 (like Ar. Ran. 380, without art., 
 formula in good wishes). Cf. p. 97. [Plat.] Ep. 346 C, neve . . . 
 t6v eviavTov tovtov . els 8e &pas awt-di, 'next year.' Ar. Thesm. 
 951, tK Tcbv wpwv/ks rds copas, 'from season to season.' 
 
 But Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 4 (sing.), €ts &pav lit., noteworthy only for 
 omission of art. eis tipav, Diodes, Incerta 14 if genuine is a pecul- 
 iar use, 'early,' 'soon'; but Kock (Com. Frg. I. p. 769) following 
 Bekker reads wpa.. Cf. ev, pp. 140, 173, 183. 
 
 b. W. adj.: 
 
 es atdiov, 'forever,' Thuc. IV. 63. 1. Cf. es alei infra. But Ar. 
 P. A. 640. a 6, els atbiov, ad infinitum. 
 
 es apxalov, Ar. Nub. 593, es rapxalov. 
 
 es to Xoltov, 'for the future,' Aesch. Pers. 526; Eum. 708; Soph. 
 Tr. 911; Eur. Andr. 55. 1215; Ar. Vesp. 748; Thuc. III. 44. 3 (so ib. 
 es to fxeXKov); id. IV. 128. 5; VI. 75. 3; Lysias XIV. 43; Dem. 31. 12; 
 cf. Menand. Sam. 434 (Capps) pi., ets to. Xonrd, very likely metri 
 causa. 
 
 es vo-Tepov (cf. Horn. Od. 12. 126; Hes. Op. 351; v. p. 86) Sappho 
 69. 2 <eis> ; Soph. Ant. 1194, es varepov; Eur. I. A. 720; Soph. Tr. 
 80, ets to y' voTepov; Hdt. 5. 41, i] eabo-Tepov eirekdovoa yvvi], so 74; Plat. 
 Prot. 353 D (w. art., as variant of eis tov varepov xpbvov in same pas- 
 
108 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 sage, note a little further on adv. vo-Tepov,); Thuc. II. 20. 4, es to 
 varepov, 'henceforth.' Arist. Eth. N. 1167. b 33, els varepov, etc. 
 Cf. h, p. 191, e£, p. 72. 
 
 c. W. participle: cf. es to peXKov Thuc. III. 44. 3. 
 
 es to wapeov, 'for the present,' 'now,' Hdt. 7. 29; 8. 109. 4; 9. 7. 
 (3 2; eis to irapov, Andoc. IV. 29. 7; Plat. Rep. 487 C (c. airo(3\e\{/as, 
 somewhat different, 'And in saying this, I have the present occasion 
 before my eye'); Ep. 320 B; Xen. Hiero 5. 5; Dem. 31. 11; 131. 1; 
 297. 207; 1472. 20; 1492. 1; 
 
 d. W. temporal adv.: 
 
 es alei, cf. es aidiov : Aesch. Eum. 836; Eur. Ale. 992; Suppl. 374; 
 Or. 830; Hdt. 2. 178; Thuc. I. 22. 4; 129. 3; V. 105. 2; Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 
 41. 
 
 eis autfts, Thuc. IV. 63. 1; Xen. Symp. II. 7; Plat. Euthyphro 
 6Cc.eTrlo-xo\ys, 15E; Phaed. 115 A; Polit. 257B,258 A, 262 A,263Ac. 
 /caret axoK-qv, 299 E; Phileb. 24 D, 33 C; Symp. 174 E; (also written as 
 one word, Eur. Suppl. 415, 551, Plat. Phaedr. 254 D; Prot. 357 B; 
 Gorg. 449 B, C; Euthyd. 275 A, Aeschin. III. 205; etc.). 
 
 es avpiov, v. supra, p. 105. 
 
 es avTiKa, Ar. Pax 367; es re to atm/ca, Thuc. V. 16. 1; cf. es to 
 TapavTUa vvv, Hdt. 7. 17 opp. to es to peTeireiTa. 
 
 eis c. eVeira, 17 eis to eireiTa 6o£a Thuc. II. 64. 5; Plat. Symp. 193 D; 
 Parmen. 152 B, ex tov Tore ets to evena.; cf. Thuc. VI. 55. 4, es to. 
 eireLTa; cf. as cpd. Soph. Ai. 35, rd t elo'eveno.; cf. Hdt. 7. 17, es to 
 peTewetTa. 
 
 es or ets p.a.Kpav, Ion. p.aKprjv, always with neg. ; cf . ovk es fxaKpov 
 Pind. P. III. 106 v. supra, p. 105. Aesch. Suppl. 925, kKolols av, el 
 i/'auo-etas, ou paX' es naapav, 'soon,' Lat. brevi; Ar. Vesp. 454; 41 Hdt. 
 2. 121a; 5. 108; Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 21; Dem. 24. 20; 237. 36 42 (defined 
 by evdvs); Aeschin. III. 98; so Dion. H. 6. 35, 36; Luc. Gall. 19; de 
 morte Peregr. 5; Alciphro I. 35; etc., for es to. /xa/cporara v. infra, p. 114. 
 
 es to peT'eireiTa, v. supra. 
 
 ets vecora, 'next year,' 'for next year': Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 13; 8. 6. 
 15; Alexis 126. 17 K.; Philem. 82 K., rd pev vvv, Td5' ets v'euTa; Theocr. 
 15. 143; cf. Theophr. H. P. 9. 11. 9; id. C. P. 3. 16. 2, t6v els veooTa 
 Kapirbv. Cf. supra, p. 107, ets upas [Plat.] Ep. 346 C. 
 
 41 Cf. in same sense, i. e. brevi, Cratinus 189 K., kvTos ov ttoWov xpovov. 
 
 °v. Goodwin ad loc. (sc. 656c) 'not much later,' 'not a long way off.' But 
 nanpav has become a real adv. and even though the phr. may have started in such an 
 ellipsis, it would seem unnecessary to supply the noun any more than w. t£ i<rr?s, e/c fgTjs, 
 etc. v. he p. /Iff. 
 
PART IV eis 109 
 
 eis vvv, Plat. Tim. 20 C; cf. Phileb. 59 B, eis rb vvv irapbv exc- 
 els 6-iroTe, v. supra, p. 105. 
 
 « b\//e, Thuc. VIII. 23. 2, 777 avry 17/jepa es b^/'e, simply 'late in the 
 same day'; but Thuc. III. 108. 3 'until late', 17 fxev /idx*? ereKevra 
 es b\f/e (cf. eis vvkto. Thuc. I. 51. 3); Dem. 1303. 15, els b\j/e \f/T]4>i^e(r9ai 
 'to continue voting until late in the day.' 
 
 es to irapavTlna, v. supra, p. 108. 
 
 es wore, v. supra, p. 105. 
 
 els TTj/uepov, v. supra, p. 106. 
 
 es rbre, v. p. 105. 
 
 VII. A dverbial 
 
 (For temporal adv. phr. v. pp. 107 ff.) 
 
 a. With nouns: 
 
 cis 777^ anpifieiav (piXoaocfrelv, Plat. Gorg. 487 C. Cf. Sid, p. 24. 
 Cf. also p. 121. 
 
 es d/jjSoXds, Eur. Hel. 1297, ovk es ap,fio\as / evepyeTrjo-w a, 'without 
 delay,' so Heracl. 270; Hdt. 8. 21; Thuc. VII. 15. 2; Isocr. Ep. 1. 10. 
 
 ovk es dpTcryds, Eur. Hel. 904 is adverbial if text is genuine. 43 
 But cf. eis apiray-qv 'for the purpose of plunder,' p. 99. 
 
 es axi^ncnv (not much more than use of prep, 'in respect to,' 
 'as regards'), Hdt. 2. 13, tjv ovtoo 17 x&PV o-vttj /card \byoi> eiridiSoi es 
 v\j/os nai to 6/j.oiov awobidol es av^naiv, where L. and S. think the two 
 verbs have about the same meaning, but Blakesley that a contrast 
 is intended, 'if it should increase in height and decrease in pro- 
 ductiveness.' 
 
 eis afydoviav , 'in abundance,' Xen. An. 7. 1. 33. Cf. ev afyBbvois, 
 etc., p. 156. Cf. eis irXrjffixovas. 
 
 "Dindorf condemns vs. 903-908. Pearson compares Eur. El. 1073, es kciMos 
 &<TKtl, but this can hardly mean eleganter as he translates, eis /cdXXos rather denotes 
 the metaphorical end or purpose (v. infra p. 127 as also does Tro. 1201). Pearson 
 also cites as parallel Eur. Bacch. 457, Xevxriv 5e xpoidf es wapaaKevriv exeis. It is true 
 that the Laurentian and Palatine MSS have els irapaaKevrjv, but most edd. (Kirch- 
 off, Wecklein, Nauck, Murray, etc.) accept Hermann's emendation Ik irapaaKtvrjs 
 'purposely,' a freq. adv. phr. (v. «/c p. 66). Elmsl.: els wapaaKevriv pro in 
 TrapaaKevrjs dictum videtur. With either reading the meaning prob. differs little, refer- 
 ring to the practice (mentioned by Nonnus) of the Bacchae of whitening their faces 
 (vid. Tyrrell with whose lit. interpretation of els wapaaKtxrqv usque ad pigmentorum 
 apparatum, we cannot agree, nor with Thompson's first meaning, 'to an artificial 
 degree', nor with his citation of Tro. 1201 and 1211 as parallels) ; cf. Sandys and other 
 edd. Tro. 1211, ok els ir\r)op.ovas 6-qpicp.tvoi seems to mean 'to satiety.' Ar. 
 Av. 805 (v. infra) is more nearly adverbial but may not mean more than 'with a 
 view to cheapness.' Cf. Antiphanes 20 K. 
 
110 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 es bkov (neut. subst.), 'in good time,' 'seasonably,' cf. els Kcupov, 
 els kcl\6v. Cf. kv bkovTi, Eur. Med. 1277, etc., v. p. 177. Soph T 1416, 
 dXX' 5>v eTratrets es bkov TrapeaO' 6be; 4i Ant. 386; Eur. Ale. 1101; Hdt. 1. 
 119 (c. ylyveadai); ib. 186; 7. 144. 2; Plat. Rep. 596 E, es bkov epxei tw 
 \6yco ; Dem. 44. 14; 464. 26; 469. 41 ; 1460. 1. Cf. Theocr. 14. 50. So 
 es to bkov Hdt. 1. 32; but es to bkov (c. xPwdaL) Hdt. 2. 173 'for needful 
 purposes'; cf. Ar. Nub. 859, wo-irep UepLK\kt]s els to bkov aircoXecra^ ; 
 cf. Dem. 51. 40, els bkov . . . nkxpyo-de, so 1457. 2; cf. also els ovbkv 
 bkov avaXLoneiv Dem. 36. 28; 167. 4; Xen. An. 1. 3. 8, cos KaTao-Trjaopkvtov 
 tovtcop els to bkov, settled in the right way'; Dem. 1432. 4 els to bkov. 
 
 els bbvap.iv, like Kara bvva.fj.Lv, 'as far as lies in one,' cf. es to bvvaTov 
 p. 113 hi tuv bvvaTwv, p. 75 so Kara Tobwarov. Cratin. 172 K. ; Thuc. 
 IV. 118. 2; Xen. An. 2. 3. 23; Cyr. 4. 5. 52; very frequent in Plato 
 (about forty-four times), 46 especially in the Laws (about twenty-nine 
 times); Dem. 395. 171. 
 
 els ei'TeXeiav, Ar. Av. 805, els ebTeheiav xvvi ovyyeypap.iJ.kvw, is usually 
 interpreted adverbially, 'cheaply,' i. e., 'rudely,' 'roughly,' but 
 it may not be more than a half case, meaning 'with a view to 
 cheapness'; the whole expression is a loose one; cf. Antiph. 20 K., 
 upkas be t'lvos tjcWt' av kodiois \ (B.) t'lvos ; / els evTeKetav, 'the cheapest'; 
 cf. id. 227. 2 K., //dfa . . . irpbs ebTeheiav e£co7rAia7xei>r? ; but cf. 
 Thuc. VIII. 1. 3, t&v re naTa. tt\v irohiv tl es evTeXetav o~oxj>povio~at. ; VIII. 4, 
 ^vcrTeXKopevoL ks ebTeheiav of reducing expenses to an economical 
 standard; so VIII. 86. 6, el be es evTkXeiav tl ^wrer/xrjTat. 
 
 es evTvxiw, Hdt. 8. 88, rd . . . aXKa . . . avTji avv-qveiKe 
 es evTvxiw yevopeva, the prep. phr. here is not quite an adv., the idea 
 of tendency is maintained, but the same idea might have been 
 expressed by ei)Tvxkws (cf. Hdt. 3. 39). 
 
 4s rjavxlav, Pind. Py. I. 71; but cf. Thuc. III. 64. 3, irpbK\r}<xiv es 
 rio-vxiav rjpwv, 'offer of peace'; Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 21 (local and lit.) 
 merely means 'into a quiet place,' cf. Cic. (de Of. I. 32. 118) who 
 
 "v. Jebb ad loc. 
 
 45 This was probably a slang catch-word at Athens of Pericles' vague way of 
 accounting for the money as to which charges were brought against him. L and S. 
 seem to miss the humor of the line. 
 
 46 Plat. Soph. 244 B; Polit. 300 C, 301 A; Phileb. 16 B, 31 C; Phaedr. 273 E; (cf. 
 Alcib. II. 140 A, els 8w. t^v knvv, 'according to my ability'); Rep. 366 D, 427 E. 
 458 E, 590 D; Tim. 26 D, 37 D, 71 D, 89 D; Criti. 115 D; Legg. 635 B, 671 A, 697 B 
 (&vd P uTrb V v); 716 C, 718 C, 730 D, 736 C, 754 C, 760 A, 763 C, 777 D, 778 A, 783 D, 
 789 E, 792 E, 793 D, 809 B, 816 D, 856 A, 874 D, 876 C, 890 C, 903 B, 913 A, 923 C, 
 47 D, 949 E, 950 E, 956 B. 
 
PART IV CIS 111 
 
 translates it in solitudinem. Cf. Std, p. 30, kv, p. 178, eirl, Ar. Vesp. 
 1517, €</>' -qavxi-OLS, /card, perd, all used in adv. phr. c. rjavxio- 
 
 ets Kcup6v = KcupLoos, 'in season, 'opportunely,' cf. and, p. 38, 
 kv, p. 178, eirl, Kara, irapa, irpo, irpos, crvv c. Katpos, also adv. ace. naipov ; 
 this use starts with other prepositions, the earliest case observed is c. 
 Kara Pind. Is. 2. 22. Cf. Theogn. 919, wot' es anaipa rovelp Lat. operant 
 perdere; probably here merely of the end toward which one works, 
 but practically it means 'inopportunely.' Soph. Ai. 1168 (w. avrov), 
 es avrov xcupdv . . . /irapuaiv ; es naipov Eur. Andr. 1120; Hec. 
 666; Hel. 1081 (note contrasting anaip); H. F. 701; Hipp. 899; Or. 
 384; Rhes. 52; Tro. 744; Phoen. 106; Ar. Av. 1688; Hdt. 1. 206; 
 4. 139; 6. 90 (c. art.); 7. 144. 1; 9. 87 (paralleled by an adv.), ev 
 \eyeiv koX es nupov ; Plat. Phaedr. 229 A; Prot. 340 E; Xen. Cyr. 3. 
 1. 8 (tjkcis, freq. of coming 'opportunely'); Alexis 147 K. (r?«ets); cf. 
 id. 149. 9. But Dem. 443. 317 is not a phr., awriKro yap avrCp ra 
 Trpa.yfj.aTa . . . ets naipov roiovrov. 
 
 eis KiXevapa, Eur. Hel. 1565, ol 8' ets neXevap.' e\dovres e^avr)pwaaav/ 
 ravpov, 'at the word of command,' cf. olto, p. 43, e/c, p. 66. Cf. es ra 
 TapayyeWopeva levai, Thuc. I. 121. 2; III. 55. 3. 
 
 ets Koafj.ov, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 7, r\v 8e \ra ad\a to. p,ev irXelara oirXa 
 kKT€TroP7]ij,eva ets noapov; but Plat. Polit. 289 B is different and has no 
 adv. force. 
 
 es kvkKov, Ar. Thesm. 954, cf. ev, p. 179. 
 
 es a^kos, Hdt. 2. 155, es re v\f/os Kal es p^/cos, 'in height and in length,' 
 
 es oin'iav, Thuc. VIII. 92. 4, es ot/ctav dTcryoyres might be o'Uade ; 
 g/ a/. 
 
 es TreSov might be expressed by 7re<W5e, Aesch. Ag. 239, /cpo/cou /3a</>ds 
 5' es ttcSoj' x^ouca j Cho. 401, 4>ov'ias araybvas /xvptvas es 7re5oi> ; Soph. Ant. 
 269, es xe6o^ Kapa/vevaat,; so 441; Eur. H. F. 1006, -Kirvei eis irkoov ; 
 so Tro. 463. 
 
 es T\r)dos, Thuc. I. 14. 2 'in considerable numbers.' 
 
 ets irXr] crfjLov as, Eur. Tro. 1211, 'to repletion,' 'excessively,' cf. 
 supra, p. 109, ftn. Cf. a^Bovias supra. 
 
 ets orixov, Nicostr. 28 K., avvrbpecs . . . rbv P'iovWr]Kas ets arlxov, 
 i. e., 'have described life in one line' (almost adv.). 
 
 es rdxos = Taxecos, Ar. Ach. 686; Xen. Eq. 3. 5; cf. Std, p. 25, kv, p. 183, 
 Kara rdxos Hdt. 1. 124, 152, Thuc. 1. 73. 5, et saepe; perd rdxous 
 Plat. Prot. 332 B; avv rd X et Soph. Ai. 853; O C 885, 904; etc. 
 
 es TthtvT-qv, first in Horn, and Hes. v. p. 86 'in the end,' 'at 
 last,' 'finally'; Theogn. 201, es 8e reKevTrjv, so 607; Pind. Ol. V. 22; 
 
112 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Soph. C 1223 {contra els reXos 1530 lit. so irpos reXos 1621); this 
 seems to disappear in favor of eis reXos. Cf. ev, p. 183. 
 
 es reXos, 'at last,' 'finally,' first in Horn, and Hes. v. p. 86. 
 Solon frg. 12. 28; Soph. Ph. 409; (but O C 1530 'to the end of life'); 
 but Eur. Hec. 817, ob8'ev tl fiaXKov es reXos o-irov8a£opev / . . . pav- 
 daveiv, 'thoroughly,' 'completely'; I. A. 161, dv-qruv 5' 6X/3ios ets 
 reXos ov8els/ov8' ev8aLpwv 'to the end,' 'completely,' (cf. 5id in simi- 
 lar connection Hec. 1193, H. F. 103; Suppl. 270); Ion 1615 'in the 
 end,' 'finally,' so 1621; Hdt. 3. 40; 9. 37. 4; Xen. Oec. 17. 10; but 
 Plat. Rep. 613 C lit.; Empedocl. frg. 146 (Diels, 2 215. 26) 'finally'; 
 cf. Theocr. 25. 121; Polyb. 1. 20. 7, 'completely,' 'altogether.' 
 Cf. 8ia, p. 23, kv, p. 167. 
 
 els vTrep(3o\r)v, 'in excess,' ' exceedingly' = adv. virepfiaWovTus 
 (cf. Kara freq.) Eur. Frg. 497.2, els virepfio\i)v . . . ap.eivov ; cf. 
 ay adds els virepfidk-qv Antiph. 80. 11 K. ; c. gen. Eur. Frg. 284. 6; Eur. 
 Hipp. 939, 6 8' varepos tov irpbadev els virepffoXriv /iravovpyos eorai, i. e., 
 'far more wicked than'; cf., however, id. Suppl. 480, ayovaa dvpdv els 
 virepfioXas 'to extremes'; [Plat.] Ep. 326 C, avaXio-Ketv . 
 iravra es inrepfiokas ', Isocr. IV. 11, tovs els virepfioXijP TreiroLr]p.evovs, IX. 
 23; XL 16; cf. ib. 14 c. gen.; Dem. 1475. 6, Aeschin. I. 180, Xe^e^ 5' els 
 virepf3o\r)v Swarov ; II. 4. 24; Anaxipp. 1. 39 K. ; cf. Luc. Gall. 10, etc. 
 The variation between els and /card may originally have been for 
 metrical reasons since Kad' could not stand in place of els in any of 
 the cases noted from the poets. 
 
 es bpos,v. es pltjkos supra; also Hdt. 2. 13; 155 (bis). 
 
 b. With adjectives: 
 
 els to aSriXov opp. to ev tu> (fravepu, Xen. Eq. Mag. 5. 7, tovs p.ev ev tu> 
 (frapepa) exuv, tovs 8' els to a8rj\ov aTOKpinrTuiv. Cf. ev, p. 185. 
 
 es to d/cpt|8es elwelv, Thuc. VI. 82. 3; cf. Eur. Tro. 901, ovk els axpifies 
 f,\6es. i7 
 
 es to aKrjdes, Thuc. III. 64. 4, d 8e r] 4>vais alel kfiovheTO, e^rjXeyx^ « to 
 aKrjOes, 'were fully proved to be true.' 
 
 els to a/xeLPou, v. supra, p. 92. 
 
 es to aTev'es, 'intently' (late), Luc. Icarom. 12, aira% tt\v '&<piv es to 
 drei>es aTrr}peio-ap.7]v (els regular with this verb). 
 
 47 L. and S. transl. 'at the right moment,' like els Kcupdv; but that does not 
 fit the context. It must mean 'you are not quite right,' i. e. 'the decisions were 
 made by the Greeks and me together, but the whole host handed you over to me to 
 put to death.' But the antithesis is not altogether clear, and the passage remains 
 obscure. Nauck (Crit. Appar.) eis d«pt/3« intelligi non potest. 
 
PART IV eis 113 
 
 eis atpavks, Eur. I. T. 477, iravra yap to. tcop deuv/els a<j>avls 'ipizei ; 
 Hdt. 2. 23, es agaves tov pvdov aveveLnas | Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 13, 5iw£fls 5^ 
 prjbapfi els a<f>aves ; Aeschin. II. 104, KareXi7roz/ ttjv els to agave's ava<t>opav ; 
 cf. abstr. noun Aesch. Ag. 384, \anTiaavTL p'eyav AUas/Papovels cupaveiav, 
 'hath spurned the great altar of Justice out of his sight,' opp. eis 
 to (fravepov ; cf. ev, p. 186. 
 
 es to bvvaTov, like els, /card bbvapiv, etc., cf. e/c, p. 75 (so Kara rd 
 bvvaTbv). Hdt. 3. 24; Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 14; Mem. 3. 3.4; Cyr. 2. 1. 22; 
 Plat. Phaed. 112 D; Phaedr. 252 D; Rep. 381 C (w. superl.), 464 D, 
 473 E, 500 D, 586 E; Legg. 739 C, 770 A, 795 D, 830 B, 862 B, 887 C, 
 900 C, 957 E; Dittenb. SylL- 101. 65, 74; 149. 15; cf. Plat. Phaedr. 
 277 A, els baov avdpwirco bwarov pcCkiaTa ; (cf. frequency in Plat. esp. 
 Legg., w. eis bvvap.Lv). Cf. ev, p. 156. 
 
 eis to ep<j>aves, Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13, ovbev tovtcov els to epepaves IbvTes 
 bibbaai ; Dem. 1283. 4 c. nadiaT-qpi (trans.); cf. Dion. H. 4. 4. 6. 
 
 eis eiri)KOOV , Xen. An. 2. 5. 38, eireLbi} be eaT-qaav els eTrrjKoov, elirev 
 'Apicuos Tabe, 'within hearing distance,' so 3. 3. 1; 4. 4. 5; cf. Luc. 
 Contempl. 20; Conv. 21; Icarom. 23 (c. superl. and art.); cf. ev, 
 Xen. An. 7. 6. 8, v. p. 188; cf. eis ckods Eur. Phoen. 1480. Cf. p. 87. 
 
 eis TovaxaTov (only occasional adv. use); Eur. Heracl. 304, Kanibv/ 
 els TovaxaTov ireaovTes ; so Eur. Or. 447; Hdt. 1. 22, es to eax - 701 ' xaKov ; 
 2. 129; 8. 52. 1 (cf. es irav Kanod 7. 118 ; 9. 118) ; 7. 107, bieKapTepee es to 
 eax^Tov without gen., but eo-x aTOV used as substant. But Hdt. 7. 229, 
 6<j)da\p.ioovTes es to eax aT0V as a phr. practically equiv. to an adv.; 
 Thuc. III. 46. 2, wapaTeveladai es tovoxo-tov ; Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 33, 
 /cat rjvlaae pev els rd ecrxara tov 'Apx'ibapov, 'it grieved him extremely'; 
 cf. Reip. Lac. 1. 2. (also pi.); cf. Plat. Rep. 361 D, iV ap^oTepoi els to 
 eax&Tov eXrjXvdoTes , 6 pev bu<aioo-vvr\s, 6 be abiKias, ' that both men going 
 to the utmost limits of justice and injustice respectively'; Dem. 
 346. 18, eis Tovaxo-Tov ekdelv to. irpaypaTa 'eaoai ; similarly 1260. 12. 
 Hdt. 3. 25, es rd ecrxara 777s is lit. and not a phr. 
 
 eis 'laov, Eur. I. A. 1002, iravToos be p 1 UeTeiiovTes J?£er' eis 'Icrov/ei r av- 
 uerevrcos, 'alike whether'; this appears to be the only case; cf. Thuc. 
 I. 39. 1, tov es 'laov to. re epya bpolccs Kai tovs \byovs . . . KadtaTavTa, 
 'putting himself on a level'; similarly eis to 'laov c. nadiaTripi, Thuc. I. 
 121. 4; Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 28; eis laov Plat. Rep. 561 B; Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5, 
 raxt" ptv els to laov dc/ji/cero r?j ItttlkJ] to'ls r/Xt^t. Cf. more idiom, uses 
 w. d7ro p. 45, e/c p. 71, , ev, p. 188. 
 
 eis KaXbv, cf. eis Katpbv, beov, ev koKui, etc., Soph. O T 78; Eur. H. F. 
 728; Xen. An. 4. 7. 3, 'you come in the nick of time,' et saepe; 
 
1 14 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Plat. Phaed. 76 E, Symp. 174 E, Meno 89 E, Hipp. Mai. 286 C, 
 Theages 122 A; so in superl., eis KaWiarov rjnerov, Plat. Euthyd. 
 275 P>; cf. Menand. Sam. 68 (Capps); frg. 348. 2 K. 
 
 ets kolvov, eis to kolvov = kolvuis , cf. awo p. 45, e/c, p. 72, ev, p. 189, f., 
 also kiri, Kara, avv ; akin to es p.eaov. (Not in Soph, nor in Trag. Frg.); 
 Aesch. Prom. 844, rd Xot7rd 5' vfj.lv rfide t es koivov </>pd(7co ; Eum. 408, 
 irao-L 5' es kolvov Myco ; Eur. Hel. 1038; I. A. 408; Phoen. 1222; 48 Or. 
 774; Ar. Av. 457; Thuc. IV. 59. 1, 'for the common weal'; Plat. 
 Legg. 796 E (cf. Aesch. Eum. 408 mpra), 835 A, 885 A; Dem. 390. 
 156. Cf. Lat. in medium, Verg. G. 1. 126; 4. 157; Aen. 11. 335. Eur. 
 Or. 1098, ets kolvovs Xoyovs/eXOccpev, cos d^ Me^eXecos ^vvbvarvxv is equiv. 
 to es koivov fiovXevcop.eda or Xeycopiev, combining two thoughts ets \6yovs 
 'eXdcop.ev and es kolvov Xeywpev. 
 
 els to kolvov, Eur. H. F. 86; I. T. 673 ; 49 Tro. 701 ; 50 Hdt. 3. 80, 
 PovXev/iaTa <5e tclvtc es to kolvov ava4>epeL (like es pecrov Eur. Suppl. 439, 
 etc., p. 93); so Dem. 1030. 10; cf. Hdt. 3. 82, 84; so Thuc. I. 91. 7; 
 cf. II. 37. 1 (pi. cf. Aeschin. II. 161 also pi.); Thuc. III. 37. 4; IV. 58, 
 'addressed the conference'; VII. 85. 3, 'assembled in public'; 
 Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 38, 7rape£etv es to kolvov; Mem. 3. 14. 1, ets to k. TLd'evaL 
 iter), cf. Oec. 7. 13, e7cb re yap 6<ra /jlol ecrTLV airavra ets to kolvov airo4>aivco, 
 ah re oaa -qveyKw iravra ets to kolvov KaTedijKas ; cf. Plat. Cratyl. 384 C; 
 Hypereid. VI (e7rtra0.) VII. 19; cf. Xen. An. 5. 6. 27, ets <5e to kolvov 
 fjLrjSev ayopeveLv irepl tovtcov, Lat. publice; Plat. Theaet. 165 A, ets to 
 kolvov pev ovv, airoKpLveo-do) 8e 6 vecoTepos ; Plat. Legg. 680 E, 681 C, 
 'for common use'; Isocr. VI. 20; X. 36. Lat. in commune conferre; cf. 
 Plat. Rep. 461 A, tuv ets to kolvov yevvr]aeuv. bl 
 
 es to. paKpoTCLTa, Thuc. VI. 31. 3, 'each one striving to the utter- 
 most.' Cf. ovk ets p.a.Kpov supra, p. 108. 
 
 es to. nakiara, 'for the most part,' 'mostly,' Hdt. 1. 20; 2. 76, 78; 
 5. 28; 6. 89; (cf. also with same meaning without prep. 2. 147); 
 Thuc. VIII. 6. 3; Dem. 581. 212. 
 
 48 The question arises whether the Dat. in the passages thus far cited is felt with 
 «l$ kolvov. To the English mind it seems natural to think of the Dat. in Aesch. 
 Pr. 844 e. g. as connected both with 4>paaco and els kolvov 'I will tell both to you and 
 to her in common,' but the Greek does not bear this out. Wherever the Dat. occurs 
 w. els koivov it is possible to explain it by the rest of the sentence. 
 
 "This idiom, sense, as is seen here and in Or. 774, can be used even when only 
 one person is addressed, and the speaker is the only other person involved. 
 
 60 Here els to kolvov really goes with both expressions, but it seems to have 
 started out to be written as an antithesis, 'for the general good' and 'private 
 good.' 
 
 But Legg. 885 A, ols 5rj Soreov eis koivov vbp.ov eKaaTois. 
 
PART IV ets 115 
 
 Is tol peyiara, Hdt. 8. 144. 2, v. supra, p. 95. 
 
 ets to neifa, Dem. 430. 277, v. supra, p. 95. 
 
 es 6Xt7oj>, Thuc. IV. 129. 5, v. supra, p. 95. 
 
 es to bpolov, Thuc. VI. 18. 3, ei pr) /cat to. ernTT]bevpaTa es to bpolov 
 /jL(Ta\r]\l/e(Tde, 'in like manner.' 
 
 eis bpdbv : cf. Theogn. 304, es bpda (not a phr. but the transition 
 from it to a phr. is easy). Soph. Frg. 555, eis bpdov cppovelv, cf. Aesch. 
 Pr. 1000, bpdus (ppovelv, cf. Eng. 'to think straight'; Soph. O C 1424, 
 bpas to. toD<5' ovv cos es bpdov eK<f)epeL/' pavTevpad' ; cf. O T 88 C. /card ; id. Tr. 
 347, ovbev . . . /cpwvel <5t/c?js es bpdov ; but O T 50, crrdvTes r' es bpdov 
 holl ireaovTes vctTtpov, cf. Eur. Suppl. 1230; Frg. 262. 3; 382. 8; Diphil. 
 61 K., ets bpdov Tpkxw, cf. Plat. Symp. 190 A, oxrirep ol kvlSlo-toio-i els 
 bpdov to. cnceXi?. 52 Cf. e£ p. 72. 
 
 ets w. forms of 7rds : 
 
 es to ttclv: Pind. Ol. II. 93. (85), es be to tclv epprjvecov /xaTtfet. 53 
 Aesch. Ag. 682, t'ls ttot' uvofiaffev tl>5' es to tclv eTrjTvpoos, 'altogether,' 
 'wholly,' i. e., 'with such perfect truth'; cf. Cho. 684, 940; Eum. 
 52, 83, 54 291 'forever'; 401, cf. 670, ottcos y'evotTO tlotos es to ttclv 
 Xpbvov; 891; 1044; Eum. 538, es to tclv be aoi Xeyco, 'putting it as a 
 whole,' 'all together.' Eur. Her. 575, iralbas es to tclv <x60ous 
 might mean 'altogether wise,' or 'wise for every case,' probably 
 the latter; cf. ets tolv Plat. Theaet. 146 B; cf. Com. Frg. Adesp. 576 K., 
 pr^ aXpvpbv elvai pi]Te p&pov es to ttclv. 
 
 els tclv, Eur. Hipp. 284, ets ttclv acplypai novbtv elpyaopai irXkov, 
 'I have tried every means', 55 so Soph. O T 265, 50 kirl ttclvt' dc/u^o/aat ; 
 
 "Literal use: Eur. Med. 1166, Tro. 465; Or. 231; Frg. 264. 3 (partially fig.) 
 cf. lit. 'upright,' Frg. 385. 8 (of the E in 6H2ETS, to 8' av reraprov fj p.iv eis opdov p.ia. 
 
 53 v. Christ, Gildersleeve, Fennell ad loc. Christ: es Se to ttclv in valgus, the vowel 
 of Trap shortened in the adv. formula on analogy of cpds. TTap.TTuv,o-vfXTTav; Gildersleeve: 
 to irav glossed by to kolvov, Shakespeare's 'the general,' the other rendering, 'gen- 
 erally,' less satisfactory; the difficulty of quantity sometimes obviated by writing 
 tottclv or TOTTO.V like <jv\xtto.v, airav, TrpoTrav. But Verrall, Journ. Phil. (Eng.) IX. 17, 
 p. 126ff. invents tottolv from *tottt), 'divination,' a word which he derives from Toiralreiv. 
 This is ingenious, but fanciful and unnecessary. He would explain many of the cases 
 in Aesch. on this basis; v. also his ed. of Aesch. Agam. and Append. E, controverted 
 by Sidgwick ed. Agam. Append. II. But in a later ed. of the Eumenides (1908) 
 Verrall ad 538 (541): "there is no ground for suspecting es to irav as I formerly sug- 
 gested" {Journ. Phil. 1. c. p. 156). Does this note mean that Verrall gives up his 
 tottolv theory altogether or only as concerns this passage? 
 
 64 Blaydes takes Aesch. Eum. 200 as a case of els to irav, but most edd. prefer 
 Canter's reading els to ttclv, 'one for all.' 
 
 "Different is Eur. Frg. 1063. 6 (Nauck, Trag. Frg.), fiXeirovo-a ets irav ; so Plat. 
 Theaet. 175A, ov bwap-tvoiv es to irav atl f3\eireiv. v. /3Xe7reip p. 123f. 
 
 6fi v. Jebb ad loc. 
 
116 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Xen. Hell. 6. 1. 12, els irav acpUeTo /3a<uXeus, 'he ventured everything'; 
 Dem. 1261. 13, ets ttclp kXddov. 57 
 
 es to. wavTa, Aesch. Pr. 736, is really not much more than the 
 use of the preposition to denote relation, like es rd dXXa, etc., 
 i. e., 'in all respects'; so eis airavTa, Soph. Tr. 489; Eur. Bacch. 316 
 (w. art.); 58 so Thuc. IV. 81. 1; VIII. 76. 3 (without art.); cf. Plat. 
 Cratyl. 417 B; 59 Charm. 158 A, ae els -iravTa irpuTov elvai; Rep. 425 A. 
 
 But es iraPTas au5a, 'speak before all,' Soph. O T 93 is idiomatic; 
 cf. similarly Hdt. 8. 26, much like els to kolvov, ixeaov. But cf. w. 
 Is rd Tvavra, Thuc. I. 6. 2, twv wore /ecu es 7rdvras o/xolwu otatrr/^drcoi' ; 
 cf. id. I. 130, es xa^Tcis o/jlo'loos. 
 
 es ire^ov, Hdt. 7. 21 might have been expressed by Dat. adv. 
 
 nov- 
 els ir\eZ<TTov, Soph. C 739, v. p. 96. 
 es ttUov, Soph. T 700, v. p. 96. 
 es 7roXXd, v. supra, p. 96. 
 
 es ra irpuna, Hdt. 9. 16, avbpos . . . \oylfxov 8e es to. irpoiTO. ev 
 
 'Opxom^v; but cf. Hdt. 7. 13, 134 (c. avrjueiv); Thuc. III. 39. 2, 56. 6 
 
 'in the highest degree.' Cf. ad prima. Verg. G. 2. 134. (v. Page ad loc.) 
 
 els to <jvh4)vtov (adv. force doubtful), Eur. Andr. 954, ayav ec/nj/cas 
 
 y\ui<Taa.v els to o~v/jl(J)vtov. 60 
 
 els vTTOiTTa, Eur. El. 345, eis vwoirra pij fx6\ys ep.oi, 'lie under sus- 
 picion'; the same meaning expressed by vtvoittws bianeloOai, ex^v Tin, 
 Thuc. VIII. 38, 68; Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 40. But in Eur. Phoen. 1210 
 prep, blunted in meaning, merely expressing manner, and the phr. a 
 pure adv.: tovt els vttotttov elras, (note sing. var.). Cf. with ab- 
 stract noun, Thuc. V. 29. 3, es vTcnplav KadiaTtj, 'caused suspicion,' 
 'made the Peloponnese suspicious'; cf. Lycurg. p. 165. 30 (§125), 
 
 "This use is probably derived from the similar use c. gen. or in agreement with 
 with a noun also slightly idiomatic. Soph. El. 615, apa aoi 8oKei / xupeiv a.v els irav epyov 
 ai(Txvvr)s arep; (cf. Eng. to go to all lengths'); Hdt. 7. 118, benvvl^ovjei "Ekp^-qv 4s 
 ■Kav kclkov airiKeTo; Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 22, eis iravTa klvSvvop ffKdov; Plat. Legg. 648A, els 
 irav 8kos ievai; Dem. 29.3, els trav irpoekrjXvde juox^P'as to. irapovra, etc. 
 
 68 But cf. Trag. Frg. Adesp. 491, 6£us Ohov 6<£0aXp.6s els ra iravr' I5e7c (lit.), but the 
 text is doubtful. Nauck prefers tad' awavr.' 
 
 59 Plat. Theaet. 146 B, rj veorris els irav kiribocnv exei is virtually the same 
 use in the sing. 
 
 60 This passage is variously explained. Schol. els to <tv/j.4>vtov els to ywaucelov yevos. 
 It probably means 'thou hast given too free course to thy tongue against thy sex,' 
 but it might mean 'against that which is second nature in women,' or, with adv. 
 force 'according to thy nature.' 
 
PART IV eis 117 
 
 ovtcos . . . 8elv $rjv tovs 7ro\tras, ware /xtj5' eis viro\plav e\9elv p.r]8eva 
 TovTwv tuv aSiKrj/jLaToov (periphr. for passive vb.) 
 
 es to <j>avepbv, Thuc. I. 6. 5, 'publicly,' so I. 23. 6, but III. 27. 3, 
 tov (tItov . . . <f>epav es to <f>avepbv 'into the public'; Xen. Reip. 
 Lac. 5. 1; cf. Plat. Gorg. 480 C; Alexis 2 K., Com. Frg. Adesp. 365 K.; 
 Hypereid. I. frg. III. XIII. 11. Cf. d™, p. 45, k, p. 73, ev, p. 191. 
 Cf. agaves, epfyav'es, etc., also ets to kolvov, els ox^ov. 
 
 c. With participles: 
 
 els to ev8exbp.evov , 'so far as possible,' Hypereid. VI. XIII. 41. 
 Cf. k, p. 74. 
 
 els to p.e\\ov, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 
 
 es r& TapayyeX\6jj.eva levat, Thuc. I. 121. 2; III. 55. 3, 'at the 
 word of command.' 
 
 els to irapbv, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 
 
 els to irp'eirov (ptc. as neut. subst.), Hypereid. VI. (exira#.) 5, 
 6 TjXtos . . . to. [s p.ev] copas 8iaKpLpo}v[els to T]peirov nai ko\co[s iravTa 
 Kad]i<TTas (note balancing adv. koXws). 
 
 d. With adverbs. (V. also sub adv. phr. of direction): 
 es alel, v. sub temp. phr. p. 108. 
 
 els dXts (late), Theocr. 25. 17 lit. 'to enough,' i. e., 'abundantly.' 
 
 els avdts, v. temp. phr. p. 108, els avpiov, v. p. 105. 
 
 ets ai<TLKa, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 
 
 els a7ra£, Eur. Phoen. 723, 7rda"as ye, irpiv nivb'vvov els aira^ p.o\elv, 
 'once for all,' i. e., 'before it is too late,' 'danger once for all,' 
 i. e., 'fatal'; cf. Andr. 943, e«rd7ra£; cf. Plat. Soph. 247 E; Dem. 21. 
 10, els p.ev a7ra£. 
 
 els eireLTa, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 
 
 ets eirlwav, Xenophan. 3. 4 c. x^Aioi, 'in all.' 
 
 eis /x€T«reiTa, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 
 
 ets wapavTLKa, v. p. 108. 
 
 ets to wapaxpma, 'forthwith,' 'on the spot,' Thuc. I. 22. 4, 
 KTrip.6. re es atet paWov f) aycovLafia es to irapaxPW - b.Kobeiv £vyK.eiTai ; 
 Antiphon V. 132. 25; 133. 31; Plat. Legg. 646 C; Hyper. III. (pro 
 Eux.) XLVI. 37. Cf. d™, p. 45, k, p. 117, 'ev, p. 191, xpos, etc. 
 
 e. Adv. phr. of direction: 
 
 In many of these phrases the preposition seems to add only 
 slight force, if any, but in some the idea of limit or end of motion is 
 clearly present. Usually the translation does not differ from that of 
 the simple adverb. 
 
 ets to avTLov, 'contrariwise,' Xen. Eq. 12. 12; so k rrjs dyrajs, 
 Hdt. 8. 6. Cf. evb.vTi.ov. etc. 
 
118 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 es to avTLirepas ttjs 'A/3i>5ou airoTr\evaas, ThllC. VIII. 62. 3. Cf. 
 e/c p. 76, ev, p. 192. Cf. eis to ir'epav. 
 
 els to d^co, 'upwards,' Plat. Cratyl. 396 B, i) . . . k to Uvea 
 oipis ; Rep. 529 A, els to avu bpav; but temporal, Theaet. 175 B, 6 air' 
 ' Ajj.ct>LT pvuvos els to avw 7rej>re/catet/cooT6s ; cf. Legg. 919 E, iraTpi /cat /xrjrpt 
 nal toIs eTL tovtojv els to avoo yevecn ; cf. Autocrates 1. 8 K. opp. to 
 
 KO.TW. Cf. eTL, Opp. els TO KCLTU. 
 
 els dptcrrepd, apioTepav, Plat. Tim. 43 B, (apLarepav) Rep. 436 E, 
 614 C; et saepe. Cf. other preps. 
 
 els to. 5e£td, 'on the right,' Hdt. 4. 42 et saepe; Plat. Rep. 436 E, 
 77 els Se^iav r) els apunepav r] els to irpoadev r] els to 6-iriadev eyiikLvfl ; cf. 614 C; 
 cf. Tim. 43 B, els re yap to irpoade /cat oiriadev /cat irakiv els 5e£td /cat 
 dptorepd /cdrco t€ /cat dvco /cat ■ko.vtt]. Similar expressions are frequent. 
 Cf. other preps. 
 
 es to eyyvT'epoi, Thuc. II. 21. 1. 
 
 eis to elaco tov ovpavov, Plat. Phaedr. 247 E et al. 
 
 els tov jj.it a\iv, 'backwards,' Xen. An. 3. 5. 13; 4. 3. 21; but cf. e/c 
 Thuc. III. 22. 5, 'from the opposite side.' 
 
 ets Tovp,Tpoadev, Eur. Hipp. 1228 (but some texts read to irpbcrdev); 
 Hdt. 4. 61; Isocr. VIII. 12, p.rj8ev ets Tov/Jirpoadev rnj.lv al'Tols TpaTTOvres ; 
 Ep. IV. 10; Xen. Symp. 2. 22; Plat. Gorg. 497 A, Legg. 737 B, 783 B; 
 Aeschin. Ep. 10. 10; Eupolis 79 K. Cf. e/c p. 75, ev, p. 176. 
 
 es TovvavTlov, Thuc. I. 120. 5; II. 65. 7; Plat. Soph. 221 A; Rep. 
 343 A, 563 E et al. Cf. ets to olvtIov ; cf . e£ p. 76. 
 
 ets to e^OTTLadep, Plat. Tim. 84 E. Cf. oiricrdev, diricrco. 
 
 es to e£co, Thuc. II. 4. 4. 5; VII. 69. 4. et al. opp. ets to elau. 
 
 els to eireneiva virepfias, Plat. Rep. 587 B, 'to the far side'; cf. 
 Phaed. 112 B, oTav els to ex' 'enelva tt/s yr)s bp/j-qarj /cat orav ets to ewl rdoe ; 
 cf. ev, p. 192. 
 
 ets to. eiri Oarepa 'to the other side,' Thuc. I. 87. 2; c. gen. Thuc. 
 VII. 84. 4, es to. 'eiri 0drepa tov ttotolijlov; cf. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 7. Cf. 
 eiri daTepa alone; cf. e/c p. 76. 
 
 ets to KaTCLVTes, Lat. deorsum, Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 15, 'down-hill'; 
 so 3. 5. 20, Eq. 8. 8; cf. airb, p. 46, ev, p. 192, tiri /carafes Plat. Tim. 
 77 D. Cf. adv. KaTavTa II. 23. 116. Cf. Trpa^es. 
 
 ets to (or rd) KcnavTiKph, Thuc. VII. 26. 2, crxcWes es to. KaTavTLKpv 
 Kvdqpwv, 'being opposite,' apparently no diff. from sing. Plat. 
 Phaed. 72 B, Rep. 515 A; Lysis 207 A, etc. Cf. e/c, p. 76, ev, p. 192. 
 
 ets to /cdrco, 'downwards,' Plat. Soph. 220 E, to ixev avudev els t6 
 kut<jo yiyvbjjevov ; but temporal, Rep. 461 C, i'tet /cat 7rarpt /cat rots tovtuv 
 
PART IV ets 119 
 
 eis to /carco kcli eiri to avco, ' their relatives in the direct line ascending or 
 descending'; so Tim. 18 D, rovs 5' epurpoadev Kal avoodev yoveas re kclI 
 ■yoveuiv irpoybvovs, tovs 5' eis to KaTwdev knybvovs iralbas re eKybvwv. 
 
 es t6 pera^v, Thuc. II. 77. 3; III. 51. 3; Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 38 d al. 
 
 els TovTaadev, 'back,' 'backwards,' Eur. Hipp. 1222; Phoen. 
 1410; Ar. Plut. 1209; Lysias I. 25; Xen. Symp. 2. 22; Hell. 6. 5. 14; 
 An. 3. 3. 10; Cyr. 7. 1. 36 (bis); Eq. 12. 12; Plat. Rep. 436 E; Tim. 
 43 B; Prot. 315 B et al. Cf. ev, p. 192. 
 
 es to 671-10-00, 'backwards,' in place: Hdt. 4. 42; Thuc. 4. 4. 2, 
 rco x*'P* « Toi>7rioxo ^vpurXeKovres, 'clasping their hands behind them'; 
 Lysias XIV. 5, eav tls \lirrj rrjv tcl^lv els TovirLaa: 6"et\ias eVe/ca ; XIV. 6; 
 Plat. Phaedr. 254 B; Rep. 528 A of going back to a previous point 
 in the argument; cf. Com. Frg. Adesp. 255 K. Of time, Horn. Od. 
 18. 122; 20. 199, es birlaaw. Cf. cpd. elaoiriaw 'in time to come,' 
 'hereafter,' h. Horn. Ven. 104; Soph. Ph. 1105. 
 
 els to irepav, 'across,' 'to the opposite side,' Xen. An. 3. 5. 2, 
 6ta/3t/3af6yuei'at ets to irepav tov TroTa^ov ; Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 15; 3. 17; cf. 
 Plat. Tim. 89 C. Cf . iv, Xen. An. 4. 3. 1 1. v. p. 192. Cf . els Tovvavrtov, 
 KCLTavTucpi), avTiirepas, els to eireKetva, els to. errl darepa. 
 
 els Tkayiov, Lat. in transversum, 'sideways.' Xen. An. 1. 8. 10; 
 es to. T\ayia, Thuc. VII. 40. 5; Xen. Eq. 12. 12; ets 7rXd7ta, Plat. 
 Theaet. 194 B; but es to. irXayLa tech. military term, v. p. 100. Cf. 
 !k, p. 57. 
 
 ets to wpaves, 'down-hill,' var. of ets to KaTavres, Xen. An. 3. 4. 25; 
 Eq. 8. 6. Cf. «ard, also other preps, c. Tprjves in the sense of 'down- 
 wards,' 'headlong,' etc. 
 
 ets irpbadev, els to wpbadev, (very freq.) Eur. Hec. 961. metaph. c. 
 gen. irpoKo-KTovT ovbev els irpbadev kclkuv ; as prep. c. gen. = 'before,' 
 'in front of (w. art.) Hdt. 4. 72; so Xen. An. 3. 1. 33; Plat. Rep. 
 618 A; cf. 550 E infra; Soph. Ai. 1249, tol>s birioQev ets t6 wpbadev 
 'd^op.ev ; Eur. Hel. 1579, eis to irpbadev . . . ir\evawp.ev , 'forward,' 
 so most often; usu. w. vbs. of motion. Ar. Ach. 43. 242; Thesm. 
 645; Lys. 185; Eccl. 129; Hdt. 8. 89; Thuc. VII. 43. 5; 78. 3; Xen. 
 Hell. 7. 1. 31; An. 1. 10. 5; 2. 1. 2; Cyr. 5. 3. 57; 6. 3. 6; 7. 1. 36(tt]s 
 ets to irpbo-d. irpobbov); Plat. Polit. 262 C, 272 D; Symp. 174 D, 191 B, 
 C; Euthyd. 274 C; Prot. 339 D; Rep. 436 E, 437 A, 514 B, 604 B; 
 Tim. 40 A, 43 B; Legg. 697 C, 769 C, 842 A; Ep. 325 C; noteworthy 
 are Plat. Soph. 258 C, ets to irpbadev en ^T^aavTes ; Rep. 550 E, 7rpot- 
 ovres ets to irpbad. tov xpr]p.aTL^eadai., 'as they advance in money- 
 getting'; Prot. 357 D (of time) ets to irpbad. in oj/xoXo7^are ; cf. 
 
120 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Antiphan. 18 K. c. gen.; Alexis 98. 15 K. Cf. es t6 irpoaco; cf. Ik, 
 p. 75, ev, p. 176. 
 
 es to irpbao), c. gen. Hdt. 1. 5, Tpofirjaonev es to Trpbaco tov \byov ; 
 3. 154, es to irpoaoo p.eyadeos Tip.ibvTcu, ' to a high point of greatness,' 
 i. e., 'very greatly'; 3. 56 (cf. ets irpbadev Eur. Hec. 961 supra); 
 without gen., Hdt. 3. 25; 4. 98; 7. 223; Xen. An. 5. 4. 30. 
 
 VIII. Quantitative idioms. 
 
 els r/p-iav, Ar. Thesm. 452, ep.Tro\copev ov8' els ri/uav 'not half; cf. 
 adv. rjnioews, 'let us not leave it half said,' Plat. Rep. 601 C (where 
 some texts read 10' rmiaews). 
 
 els 6<jov, Soph. Ph. 1403, ets oaov y' eyw adevw, so Eur. El. 71 with 
 slight difference, if any, from oaov; cf. Soph. El. 946 without prep.; 
 similar are Eur. Andr. 239;Thuc. II. 35. 2; V. 51. 2; VI. 69. 1; VII. 
 75. 4; Plat. Rep. 607 A, 613 A; Phaedr. 277 A; Isae. IV. 11; Dem. 
 780. 33 (especially frequent w. 8vvaadai and bwarbv); so Plat. Rep. 
 501 C, ets oaov ev8extra.L (cf. w. same meaning, ets to ev8exbp.evov p. 117); 
 Thuc. VI. 18. 3, /cat ovk eaTLV rnuv Tajiieveadai es oaov /3ou\6pe0a apx^v, 
 'how far,' 'to what extent'; Dem. 643. 70, eis oaov etxe /caXcos. 61 
 Cf. infra pronom. expressions, p. 130 f. 
 
 With numerals: 
 
 ets ev, Lat. in unum, usu. 'into one place,' Eur. Or. 1640, "EAArjvas 
 ets ev nai $pvyas ^vvrjyayov ; cf. Dem. 425. 263 ; 62 but Eur. Andr. 1172, 
 ets Iv jiiotpas avvenvpaas, 'involved in the same fate'; Ar. Eq. 854, 
 tovto 5' ets ev eaTi avyKenvcfros, metaph. of 'putting their heads together' 
 in conspiracy. Dem. 460. 11, e7ret5?7 5' 77 7r6Xts ets ev rfhdev, 'when 
 there was harmony in the city.' But cf. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 41, ttjv 
 Ta&v ayeTw els eva, singillatim, 'one by one,' 'in single file,' p. 99, 
 so 2. 1. 26; 3. 21; Reip. Lac. 11. 4, KadiaTavTcu Tore /xev ets<eVa at> 
 evcop.oTlcu, Tore 8e els rpets, Tore 8e els e£ ; cf. also 10' eVos Cyr. 2. 4. 2; 
 5. 3. 36; An. 5. 2. 6; ets 8vo Cyr. 6. 3. 21, v. infra, els eva in this 
 tech. military phr. is peculiar to Xenophon. 
 
 ets 8vo, 'two abreast,' Xen. An. 2. 4. 26; Cyr. 6. 3. 21; 7. 5. 17, 
 etc. So ets rpets, Xen. Reip. Lac. 11. 4 (v. sub ets eVa). 
 
 61 Cf. Alexis, ' Airey~KavK. (Didot. p. 222) 2. 8, eav 5' epwrasEls irboov robs Kearpkas 
 /ircoXelj 56' ovras ; 'what's your highest price for?' instead of ttoctov (gen. of price), 
 but slightly different; but this use is aira£ \ey. and Kock II. p. 303, 16. 8. reads iroa-ov 
 as do most MSS. 
 
 62 Cf. Dialexeis 2. 18 (Diels, 2 639. 24), at ns ra ai<xxpa. (other readings, Ka\a 
 v. Diels n.) es lv nekevoi avvepelKat TravTas av6 panrcos. Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 322. 
 
PART IV eis 121 
 
 eis rpis, 'even to three times,' Soph. Frg. 855. 13; Hdt. 1. 86; 
 5. 105; Xen. An. 6. 4. 16, 19; cf. Theocr. 1. 25; 2. 43; 17. 72; cf. earpls 
 Pind. 0. 2. 123; cf. krl rpis C I 1122. 9. 
 
 eis e£, Xen. Reip. Lac. 11. 4 (v. sub els eva). 
 
 els oktco, 'eight deep,' Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 16, -wapararreaQai rr\v ra.xloTt]v 
 els oktoj; An. 7. 1. 23 et al. 
 
 eis = 'to the number of,' Aesch. Pers. 339; Thuc. I. 74. 1; 100. 1, 
 etc.; Xen. An. 1. 8. 5; 2. 2. 7; 3. 12; 3. 3. 6, 20 (bis); 4. 2; cf. Cyr. 5. 2. 
 1; Hell. 4. 1. 19; Ages. 1. 7, etc. 63 
 
 But Xen. An. 1. 1. 10, eis = 'about,' i. e., 'in round numbers.' 
 
 IX. Periphrasis type 
 
 1. Verbs of motion with els and an abstraction, often clear 
 periphrasis or almost periphrasis, sometimes merely the transposing 
 of an abstract noun to the end of motion: (Freq. in Euripides.) 
 
 Eur. Bacch. 610, els b.dvp.lav a^'iKead' ; cf. Dem. 685. 194, rr\v ttoKlv 
 els advplav rpepopev. 
 
 els anplfieLav, Plat. Legg. 809 E, c. gen., irbrepov els anplfieiav tov 
 HO.drjp.aTOS Ir'eov ; cf . Euthyd. 288 A, ovrwal Oavpaarr]s ovarjs (rr/s vper'epas 
 T'exvr)s) els anpifieiav \6ywv simply use of prep. = ' as regards'; but 
 without gen., more idiom., Legg. 967 B, otfrcos els d/cpt/3. davpaarols 
 \oyiopois av expr]vTo; cf. 983 C; cf. w. art. Gorg. 487 C, eis ttjv d«pi/3. 
 4)L\oao4>elv (J.: 'into too much detail'); cf. Arist. Pol. 133 l. a 2. 
 Cf. 5td,p. 24, cf. eiri. 
 
 els avayKriv, Eur. Phoen. 1000, kovk els avayKriv 8aip.6voov a^Lypevoi, 
 cf . eis xpetav ; I. T. 620, els avaynriv nelped' (pregnant use of vb. implying 
 previous motion); 64 Dem. 13. 15, eis avayK-qv e\8o)p.ev iroielv, 'lest we 
 may come into the necessity of doing' = a.v ay Kaadibpev and like it 
 followed by iroielv f so Dem. 450. 341; 974. 25; cf. 60. 14, elvai els 
 ava.jKrju nai irpb4>acnv kolvov iro\epov irpbs rjpas. 
 
 es avTiXoyiav rfhdov, Thuc. I. 31. 4 (cf. infra, p. 127). 
 
 es b/Kiarlr\v, Hdt. 1. 193, rd elpt]p\eva. es a.-Ki0jlt]v ToWrjv 
 
 airZuTCu. 
 
 els apdpov, Aesch. Prom. 191, eis apdpbv epoi /ecu 4>ChbTT]To,/ airevdcov 
 . . . r}£ei. 
 
 eis a,<T(pa\eiav, Thuc. VIII. 1. 3 (allied, but more idiom.), rd tuv 
 ^vppaxuv es avfyaheiav TOLeladai, 'they would make sure of their 
 
 M Ap. Rhod. 2. 974, rerpd/cts els (kctov devoiro Kef, el tls ?«acrra/7r£ju7rdf 01, 'it would 
 lack four of a hundred, were one to reckon each.' 
 M Kuhn.-G. I. 543 B. 
 M G M T. 749. 
 
122 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 allies'; but cf. Menand. 487. 3 K. (prep. = 'towards' or 'as re- 
 gards'), tovt' 'eyw irapeyyvu/els acrcpaXaav tu> /3io) wXeivTOP p'epos. 
 
 els 6(paaiap, (abstr. transposed to end of motion) Plat. Phileb. 
 21. D. els acpaaiav pe ovtos 6 \6yos epf3e(3\r}Ke. 
 
 els yeXcoTa, Hdt 7. 105, Eep^Tjs Se es yeXura re erpe\J/e (absol. and 
 idiom., ye\aco might have been used); but cf. Ar. Vesp. 1260, holt es 
 yekcop/rb wpayp' erpe\!/as ; Thuc. VI. 35; SO Dem. 151. 75 (c. epfiaXelp). 
 
 Allied is an interesting case of the abstract for the concrete: 
 es 5e 8b\op enaXeae, Ar. Av. 333 (Lat. in dolum). Contrast concrete 
 for abstr. els hovkov p. 89. 
 
 els Wos, Plat. Legg. 808 C, koXus els Wos lov, cf. 834 D. 
 
 es ekirlba, Thuc. II. 56. 4, es e\irl8a pep rfkdov tov e\elv. 
 
 es epdvplap, Thuc. V. 16. 1, es hOvpiap toIs AaKedcupovlois alel 7rpo/3aX- 
 \bpepos viv avTwv. 
 
 els epcora, Antiph. 212 K., els epa;/ dc/H/cero ; Anaxilas 21 K., eraipas 
 5' els epuTa rvyxb-veis / ehrfhvQws ; Menand. 100 K., els epco0' i]Kwv. Cf. C. 
 ireaelv, p. 126. 
 
 els exOos, Eur. Phoen. 879, els exdos rfhdov irdial toIoip 018'litov, 
 'I incurred their enmity'; cf. Hdt. 3. 82 (pi. w. modif. adj.) 'hatred 
 against' or 'hostility towards each other.' 
 
 els exdpap, Aesch. Prom. 388, pi) yap ae dprjvos els exOpap paXy ; 
 Isocr. IV. 174, fj tcls avyyepelas els exdpap irpoayei ; Xen. Hell. 
 
 3. 5. 9 (tr.), KaracnriffavTes vpas els exdpav tu> 8v,pw ; Plat. 
 
 Polit. 307 D (intr.), els exOpap aXKrjXois . . . KadiaravraL; Phaedr. 
 256 D, els exdpav ekBelv (absol. but aXX-qkois may be supplied); so Ep. 
 317 C (but aoi may be supplied); Dem. 534. 62 (c. dat. of person). 
 Cf. exdos. 
 
 els £tjXop Iwv, Plat. Rep. 550 E. 
 
 elsdavpa, Eur. Frg. 1117. 36, els davp ear/ei; Ion 248 (pi.), els dab par' 
 ekBelv. Cf. ev depart v. p. 194. 
 
 es dbpvfiop, Hdt. 8. 87, es dbpvfiop ttoXXop airineTO to, (3acrlXeos irp-qypaTa. 
 
 els pepippap, Eur. Ion 404, dc/nKou 5' els p'epipvav; cf. 244, pepipvqs els 
 rob' fjXdes. 
 
 els pera/3oXds, Eur. I. A. 500, dXX' els pera/3oXds rpXdop airb heivwv 
 Xbywp. 
 
 Allied, more lit. but slightly idiom., ets top povp, Dem. 247. 68, 
 /cat tovt' els top povp 'epfiaXeadai (cf. Eng. 'take it into' and 'put it into 
 his head'). 
 
 els oIktop, Eur. Tro. 60, eis oIktop r/Xdes ; I. A. 653, els oIktop p' 'dyeis ; 
 but I. T. 1054 (phr.), exet tol dvpapip els oIktop yvvi] (Way: 'A wom- 
 an's tongue hath pity-stirring might'). 
 
PART IV eis 123 
 
 eis opyas, Plat. Rep. 572 A, pi) tlcflv els opyas eXdcov (note pi.). 
 
 els irapacrTacnv (text doubtful ), (i,i Antiph. 104 K., 6 pev kclkws/ 
 irpaTTtov to Xvirovv 7770.7' els irapaaTacnv (Hunzicker: ad insaniam.) 
 
 els crvpj3a<np, Eur. Andr. 423, els typfiacnv be XPV V °~ € 7rat<5a 0-771' ayeivj 
 Me^eXae, koX T-qvb' ('Thou shouldest, Menelaus, reconcile/Her and thy 
 child,' Way); Thuc. II. 2. 4, es %vp{3acnv paXXov nal cfriXlav rr)v ttoXlv 
 ayayelv ; cf. III. 46. 2, 'ehdoi av es typfiaaiv. 
 
 els reprpcv elpi, Eur. I. T. 797; cf. c. gen. Phoen. 195, irbdov/els Tep\piv 
 i)Xdes ; cf. Cycl. 522, els repxpiv (3lov (without vb., really, 'as regards 
 enjoyment of life'). 
 
 els </>tX6r77ra (abstr. transposed to end of motion) Theogn. 372, pe 
 /els 01X67777-0. . . . -wpoaeXKopevos ; 1359, els^Ckbr. irpoaayeiv ', 
 cf. Aesch. Pr. 191, v. p. 121. 
 
 els 4>6(3ov, Eur. Tro. 1058, opus 5' 6 7-770-5' oXedpos els <f>b(3ov fiakel/ to 
 ptopov ai'Tcbv. Cf. [Plat.] Ep. 333 B, 77/xds 5' ets 4>6(3ov KaTej3aXov ; Aeschin. 
 III. 205 ets \rfirjv . . . ep(3aXelv c. gen., et al. 
 
 els 4>povTibas, Eur. Ion 583, ets (ppovrlbas t airrp\des ; cf. Frg. 964. 2; 
 (Nauck, Trag. Frg.); Hdt. 1. 46; Thuc. III. 46. 6. 
 
 ets xP^ av i Eur. Ale. 719, eW avbpbs eXdoLS rovb'e y' els xP^ av ivore; 
 (cf. ets di;d7K77i' c. gen. Phoen. 1000); so Plat. Menex. 244 D, ets xpt' LaP 
 ttjs irbXews acfrkovTo, 'came to feel the need of its assistance'; Rep. 410 A, 
 ets xP e ' iav wa-i- c - g en -J Legg- 702 B; but Dem. 1462. 3 (phr.), irepl toov 
 ovbev els xP e ' Lav eiravayKa^eo-d 1 anoiieiv 'things of no use' or 'service.' 
 Cf. ev, p. 155. 
 
 2. Affinity of certain verbs for prep, ets in fig. expressions. 
 Often this is not much more than a periphrasis which may some- 
 times be resorted to by the poets for metrical reasons; but it always 
 adds some meaning to the idea which would be given by the simple 
 verb and this added meaning may at any time be pressed. 
 
 fiX'eireiv ets : Soph. Ant. 922, t'l XPV pt T W bwTr)vov esdeovseTi/fiXeireLV ; 
 'to look to' in the sense of hoping for aid; so id. El. 954, ets ae 5t) (3Xeirco,/ 
 owws 'in the hope that'; cf. 958, irol yap p.evels pq.dvp.os, es tIv eXirlboiv/ 
 PXtyaa er' bpOrjv ; Ai. 514; cf. 400; cf. d7ro/3Xe7ret Eur. I. A. 1378. 
 
 But, 'to look to,' 'pay heed to,' 'consider,' etc., Solon 9. 7, 8, 
 ets yap yXtbacrav bpare /cat ets eim) alpvXov avbpbs, /els epyov 5' ovbev yi.yvbp.evov 
 pXewere (cf. opdre as var. here; cf. also Aesch. Suppl. 102, Ib'eadoo 5' 
 ets vftpiv Ppbreiov half lit.); Aesch. Pers. 801, es rd vvv ireirpaypeva/ 
 fiXexf/avTa ; Eur. Frg. 406. 6, &X'eirei.v els p.lav (yvvaiKa) ; ib. 82, /3Xe7r. es oynov 
 
 6C Kock: Dobraeus Adv. II. 360 irtplar aaiv, praeslal ntTa.aTa.aiv con!. Alexid. 
 292; but Kock believes the text very corrupt. 
 
124 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 tvxvs ', 215, eis apyiav ; 336. 3, eis rd twv irekas Ka/cd ; 67 id. 
 Trag. Frg. 1063. 6, els irav; cf. Plat. Theaet. 175 A; Isocr. XII. 188, 
 @\eirov<n yap els oi'bev dXXo ir\r]v ottus. 
 
 But Xen. An. 1. 8. 10, els yyv j3\eirovTa (to. bpeirava virb toIs SLcppoLs); 
 Plat. Alcib. II. 138 A, eauvOpwiraKevai re kcu els yijp fiXeireiv, (purely- 
 lit., but possibly w. slight idiom, tinge). 
 
 Similarly airofi\eireiv els 'to pay attention to' 'regard,' etc. Ar. 
 Ran. 1171, av 5' els to nanbv airoffKeire equiv. to ov 5' eiriT-qpeL to /8Xd/3os 
 ib. 1151; Dem. 26. 29, els to. Tpay/xara airofi'h. 4>av\ws exovra; cf. w. 
 irpos as var. 28. 3, airofi\. els rd irpa.yna.Ta kcu irpbs tovs \6yovs ', but more 
 nearly in the sense of fiheireiv in the passages cited above from 
 Soph. cf. Eur. I. A. 1378, closely connected w. 'looking to as a model, 
 authority,' etc., e. g. Xen. Hell. 6. 1. 8, 17 a?) iraTpls els ae airo($heirei, etc. 
 Cf. a.Toj3\eirei.v els of looking to as a model, freq. in Plato: Symp. 209 
 D, els "Ofj-rjpov airo$\epas ) Laches 182 E, els rd5e airofi\e\pas, etc. Cf. 
 'to look longingly at,' Ar Ach. 32, awoPXeTcov els t6v aypbv. 
 
 ehavveiv els '. Tyrt. 9. 10, ap4>OTepwv 6' es nbpov rfKaaaTe 'to satiety', 
 (Jebb: 'ye had taken your fill of both'); so Solon 27 c. 2, iroWuv 
 ayadwv els Kopov (^X)dcraTe. Cf. irpbs. 
 
 Soph. O T 1160, avrjp 68' . . . es Tpi(3as eXa 'will push the 
 matter to delays,' i. e., 'is bent on protracting his delay,' (v. Jebb); 
 Hdt. 2. 124, Xeoxa es iraaav naKOTrjTa eXaaat 'went to all lengths in 
 wickedness'; cf. 5. 50, Tore p.ev es tooovtov rfkaoav, 'they drove it so far.' 
 
 epxeodai and similar verbs w. eis \byov, \byovs : es \byovs epxecrdai 
 tlvl, 'to come to speech with,' 'enter into conversation, have an 
 interview with some one,' cf. Eng. 'to have a word with,' Lat. in 
 conloquium venire. Soph. O C 1164; Frg. 481. 5; 68 Ar. Vesp. 472 
 Eq. 806 (sing.); so 1300 (c. aXX-^Xats); Nub. 470 (sing. sc. aot); Nub 
 252 (pi.); cf. Av. 258, It' es Xbyovs airavTa] es \byovs eXdelv, avveXdelv 
 Hdt. 1. 82, 86 et saepe (seventeen and more times in Hdt.); Thuc 
 IV. 38. 1; 73. 4; cf. V. 37. 2; Xen. An. 3. 1. 29; Hell. 2. 4. 43; 3. 1. 20 
 Plat. Lysis 206 C; Dem. 675. 165; 1458. 1 et al. So c. awairTeiv, Eur 
 Phoen. 702, Ar. Lys. 648 (sing.); c. d0t/cveto-0at : Eur. Phoen. 771 
 Hdt. 2. 28; 4. 14, 128; 5. 24, 49. 2; 7. 101. 1; Xen. Hell. 3. 2 
 18 (bis); Ages. 3. 5; cf. Soph. El. 314, es \byovs/Tovs govs IkoIpltju 
 c. ^atHdt. 5.49. 1; Thuc. III. 80; V. 17. 2; c. 0otrd^, Hdt. 7. 103 
 2; c. ^vyyev'eaQai Ar. Nub. 252; c. KaTaaTfjvai., etc., Thuc. III. 8. 2 
 
 "But lit. Eur. Hipp. 280, eis irp6crwiroi>, cf. 416, els irpoacoTra c. gen. pi., so Dem. 
 320. 283. 
 
 68 But Eur. Tro. 905, owe eis \6yovs eXfjXvd' , aXXa ere Krevuv. 
 
PART IV els 125 
 
 70. 2; IV. 58; Dem. 903. 34 (sing.), so 1029. 4; 1457. 3; c. ayetv Xen. 
 Hell. 4. 1. 2, cf. 29; c. irpoKaXeladai, Hdt. 4. 201; Thuc. Til. 34. 3. 
 Cf. Plat. Theaet. 183 D, v. p. 98. 
 
 KadiarrjixL (very freq.): a. Tr. and causal (Act. pres., impf., fut, 
 first aor., rarely the pf.; mid. fut. (rarely), first aor., sometimes the 
 pres.), 'to bring into a certain state'. 
 
 els aycova (tech. legal phr.), Plat. Apol. 24 C; Isae. I. 5; Lycurg. 
 148. 1; (pi.) Hypereid. III. (Eux.) XXXVIII. 28 (KadkaTOKa), etc. 
 els alax^v-qv, Plat. Soph. 230 D; two. es airbvoiav, 'to make one des- 
 perate,' Thuc. I. 82. 4. es awoplav, Thuc. VII. 75. 4. Tiva els a<r(pa\eiav, 
 Isocr. V. 123. es eKirXrj^iv, Thuc. VI. 36. 2, (3ov\ovtcu Tr\v ttoKlu es 
 eiar\ri£iv KaOicrTavai; es ekirlbas, Thuc. VIII. 81. 2. KaTaarrjaeLV avra 
 es to eiuT-qbeiov, Thuc. IV. 76. 5. els eprjfxlav 4>lXcov, Plat. Phaedr. 232 
 D; els exQpav, Xen. Hell. 3. 5. 9. els Klvbvvov, Thuc. V. 99; Isocr. 
 XVIII. 16; (pi.) Isae. VIII. 43; Aeschin. I. 135, etc. es uplaiv, 
 Thuc. I. 131, KaOLo-TTjaLv eavTov es Kplaiv, 'presents himself for trial.' 
 Thuc. VI. 34. 4, avrovs es \oyio~p.bv KaTa(STr\aaip.ev ; Eur. 
 
 Suppl. 352, brjpov es p.ovapxlav. els ovetbos Kal Kivbwovs, Aeschin. I. 
 135; els 7To\e/j.ovs Kal ordcreis, Isocr. IV. 174; to (pvaet. iro\ep.iov evTpeiribs 
 es to ^vfx4>epov KadlcrTavTaL, Thuc. IV. 60. 1 ; es vwo\plav (ttiv rieXoTroj'- 
 vrjaov) xadldT-q, 'made the Pel. suspicious' Thuc. V. 29. 3; es <f)6fiov, 
 Thuc. VIII. 105. 3; Dem. 1367. 65, etc., etc. 
 
 b. Intr. (Act. second aor., pf., plqpf., all tenses of Mid. [exc. first 
 aor.], and Pass.), 'to come into a certain state,' 'to become,' aor. and 
 plqpf. 'to be'; els ayibva Kadio-Tuvrai, Isae. VIII. 5; Dem. 1422. 1; 
 abeiav Lys. II. 15; airbvoiav Thuc. VII. 67. 4; beos, Thuc. IV. 108. 1; 
 Plat. Rep. 395 D, al p,i/xr]aeLs els Wrj re Kal cfrvcnv KaOlaTavTai ; 
 
 els e X dpav (3a<n\el, Isocr. IX. 67; cf. Plat. Polit. 307 D; Eur. Or. 
 1330, avayKris els £vyov Kad'eaTap.ev ; es dpovv, Thuc. V. 29. 2; Kivbvvov, 
 Isocr. XVI. 46; pi. w. art. Antiphon II A7 1 ; Kplaiv Aeschin. I. 194; 
 \virr]v, Thuc. VII. 75. 3; iiaxw, Eur. H. F. 1168, els iv6\ep.ov vp.lv Kal 
 paxw KaOlaTaTat ; Hdt. 3. 45; 5. 86. 3; Thuc. VII. 53. 3; cf. expansion for 
 'battle,' Eur. Heracl. 159, els waXriv Kadlo-TaTai/bopbs to irpayp.a; els bp.b- 
 votav, Lys. XVIII. 18; bvelb-q, Plat. Menex. 246 D; Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 31, 
 ecos &i> els ovpov KaTao-Tooaiv ; irbXepov, Eur. H. F. 1168; Thuc. V. 36. 2; 
 VI. 6. 2; irbXepov 4>avepbv V. 25. 3; 84. 2; eis OTevbv Dem. 15. 22; es 
 <jwr\Qeiav tlvos 'become accustomed to,' Aeschin. I. 165; QiXovLKlav, 
 Thuc. VIII. 76. 1; 06/3cw, Hdt. 8. 12; Thuc. II. 81. 6; IV. 96. 5; VII. 
 44. 7; etc., etc. 
 
126 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 ireaelv els : of falling into misfortune and related notions: Theogn. 
 42, toXXtjv es KaKOTTjra ireaelv, so 1082 b; Bacchyl. X. 72, -irplv es apya- 
 \eav ireaelv avayuav, 'before they fell into grievous straits'; Soph. 
 Ant. 240, oi>5' av 5lkclLus es nanov ireaoipl tl; 1026; Hdt. 7. 88; cf. Eur. 
 Heracl. 304, Kaic&v/els rovaxarov ireabvres ; cf. Soph. O C 1219, orav tls 
 es tXwp irea-fl/rov b'eovTos ; Eur. Tro. 639, 6 5' eiirvxwas els to bvarvxes 
 ireawv; cf. Xen. An. 2. 3. 18. Solon 12. 68, els peyakr}v b.jt]v . . . 
 eireaev ; Eur. I. A. 137, t'lttco els arav ; cf. Aesch. Ag 1267, es (pdbpov; 
 Soph. C 748, es roaovrov aulas ireaelv. Soph. Ai. 1083 (more nearly 
 lit., but expression a fig. phr.), e£ ovplwv bpapovaav els fivdbv ireaelv; 
 cf. 1090. Aesch. Ag. 1000, ireaelv/es to pi] Te\ea<pbpov, 'to fall into 
 non-fulfilment.' 
 
 Of falling into disease: Aesch. Pr. 473, 478, « vbaov ireaelv, cf. 
 Eng. 'to fall ill'; cf. Eur. El. 428; Hdt. 6. 12. 3 (pi. referring to more 
 than one individual). 
 
 Of falling asleep, cf. old Eng. 'to fall on sleep,' cf. ev Pind. Is. 
 III. 41, v. p. 199. Soph. Ph. 826, els virvov ireay; cf. Eur. Or. 217, 
 co 0i\ra0' , cos p rjixppavas els virvov ireaoov (Way: 'Beloved, how thy 
 sleeping hath made me glad!'), (a case of the ab urbe condita con- 
 struction in personal form). 
 
 Of falling in love, Eur. I. T. 1172, eis epov yap tov padelv ireTTunapev ; 
 frg. 140, 6aoL yap els epcora irlivTovaiv ftporibv; but Antiphan. 212 K., 
 ets epcor' a^UeTO, v. supra, p. 122. 
 
 Simon. 151 (214), es ybvar ovk eireaev; cf. Soph. O C 1607; Hdt. 5. 
 86. 3; but cf. metaph. use of es ybw ttjv ttoKlv efiaXe, Hdt. 6. 27 'to 
 humble,' 'conquer' (cf. eirl ybw Aesch. Pers. 930). 
 
 Eur. Or. 696, ets bpyqv ireaelv, cf. Eng. 'to fall into a rage or passion' 
 (periphr.); Phoen. 69, ecs 4>b$ov; El. 982, ets avavbplav; Hdt. 6. 21, 
 es baupva; 8. 118. 2, es belpa, cf. 12. 2; Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 6, ets advplav; 
 Plat. Phaed. 88 D, ets aTtarlav ; cf. 88 C UaTaPaXelv) 'reduce to.' 
 
 <f>epeiv els ; an interesting case is Soph. El. 1347, ovbe 7' ets dvpbv t/>epco, 
 'no, I cannot even bring a conjecture into my mind'; it occurs nowhere 
 else and is not really like es dvpbv (SdXfls, 'lay to heart,' O T 975. 
 Usually <f>epeiv ets = 'tends to,' 'is conducive to,' 'leads towards 
 or to': Soph. O T 517, ets (3\aprjv cp'epov 'tending to harm,' cf. 991 ; 69 
 
 69 0n the basis of these passages and of better agreement with the context, Jebb 
 is inclined to believe that the much debated line, Ai. 799, should read rrivde 5' e&8ov 
 /Alavros els ohtBpov eKirl^et <j>kpeiv, 'forebodes that this going forth is fraught with death 
 to Ajax,' i. e. 'tends to the destruction of A.' See Jebb's note for discussion of 
 text; v. also Blaydes who earlier adopted oXedpov ds A'lavros. 
 
PART IV els 127 
 
 cf. Hdt. 4. 90; Soph. T 519, ov yap els air'kovv/ri £r]pLa pot, rov \byov 
 tovtov 0epet,/dXX' es peyto-Tov, 'tends not in a single direction only, but 
 to the largest result.' Eur. Suppl. 295, dXX' els onvov poi pvdos 6v neWw 
 <t>epei; Kdt. 1. 10, es alaxvvrip 0epet ; cf. 3. 133; cf. Plat. Lach. 189 E; 
 Rep. 444 E, 553 E, etc., cf. <jvp<$>'epei, Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 19. But Soph. 
 T 638 v. supra, p. 95. But <f>epeiv els tl or tlpo. (so also irpos), 
 especially of oracles, omens, etc., 'to refer to, point to, hint at,' Hdt. 
 1. 120; 6. 19; 9. 33, etc. (v. L. and S.). 
 
 X. Noteworthy uses of the preposition 
 
 1. els of the tendency, end, or purpose, sometimes half idiomatic 
 or half adverbial: cf. w. Horn. II. 9. 102, 11. 789, 23. 305 (supra, p. 84). 
 Theogn. 136, ov8e tls avdpwircov epydfercu ev 4>pealv el8cos,/es re\os e'lr 
 ayadbv ylverai elre kclkov ; 1G2, iroXXol . . . /ols to kclkov boneov 
 yiveTOLL els ayadbv ; 1054, jSouX?) 8' els ayadbv /cat vb(os) ead\(bs) a/yei ; cf. 
 Ar. Pax 947, 8alpwv 4>avep<xis / es ayada peraj3i/3dfe<.. 70 These cases are 
 interesting chiefly for comparison with Homer, but the transition 
 is easy from them to a still more metaphorical end or purpose: 
 
 Thuc. II. 34. 3, ol av pi) evpedwviv/es avalpecnv, 'for taking away,' 
 i. e., 'burial.' 
 
 els avriXoyiav, Hdt. 9. 87, ijpeas es avTihoy'ij)v irap'e^opev ; 
 
 cf. Plat. Rep. 539 B, ael els avrCkoylav xpwjue^ot (sc. Xoyois) ; but Thuc. 
 I. 73. 1 (a real phr.), 17 pev irpeaffevais rjpccv ovk es avriXoylav toIs vper'epois 
 i;vppaxGLS eyevero. 
 
 es airbdei^LV, Thuc. II. 13. 9, eKeye . . . dXKa . es 
 
 airb8ei$;Lv rov irepceaeadai T(x> iroXepcc. 
 
 els 8iaTpo4>i]v, Menand. 'JZ-iriTpeir. 13 (p. 96 Capps), [tl 8' els] 81a- 
 rpo4>i]v avopl/ . . . [apuelv] XeX[67]iarcu ; 'for nourishment.' 
 
 (Ptc. as subst. without art.) els evSebpeva, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 39, 
 qotls 0' els evbebpeva rov naTecwrivoHje, 'encamped in (quarters) lacking 
 something.' 
 
 els eirlbeL^Lv, Ar. Nub. 269, eXdere . . . rcio' els ewiSeL^Lv, 'to 
 display yourselves to this man,' but (more idiom.) Hdt. 2. 46, tovto 
 els eirL8eii;Lv avdpwircov airixeTO, 'became notorious.' 
 
 els ireTTwv Okaiv, Plat. Rep. 333 B, w. similar expressions following. 
 
 els Laxvp, Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 20, eireLpaTo 6 Kvpos aanelv pep to. crupara 
 tup ped' eavTOV els l<rx vv ' cf. els KaXXos C. aaKelv. 
 
 els KaXXos, Eur. El. 1073, yvvii . . . /els /cdXXos acrnei with 
 an eye to beauty,' 'so as to set off her beauty' (v. note on es 
 
 70 Cf. Aesch. Ag. 68, TeXeircu 5' es to Trewpoojj.evop ; Plat. Rep. 613 A, tclvtcl els 
 6,ya.66i> tl TtXevrrjaeL £covtl rj nai airodavovri. 
 
128 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 ap7ra7<x5 p. 109); cf. Tro. 1201, ov yap els KaXXos Tuxas/Satpcov bibwcnv 
 'out of regard for beauty'; Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 33, els /cdXXos '^v 'to live for 
 pleasure,' but Xen. Ages. 9. 1, tw be els /cdXXos /3tco opp. to alaxpovpyla. 
 
 els KaWooTLafxou, Xen. An. 1. 9. 23, v. ets Tokepov infra. 
 
 els i«xTaaKoirr]v, Soph. Ph. 45, top ovv irapovra irep\pov els KaraaKoir-qv, 
 'send thy attendant to keep watch'; Eur. Bacch. 838 (c. poKelv); 
 cf. Thuc. 6. 41. 4; 46. 3 (c. art.). Cf. es irpoaKo-n-qv. 
 
 els Kepbos, Soph. Ph. Ill, otov rt bpas els Kepbos, ova bnvelv Tpeiret,; 
 cf. (w. art.) Eur. Phoen. 395, dXX' ets to Kepbos Tapa cfrvcriv bovXevreov ; 
 cf. Demetr. 4. 2. K., els yap to Kepbos awofiXerovcr' det. Cf. airo^Xeiretv 
 infra. 
 
 els iraibeiav, Plat. Euthyd. 290 E, twre dXXou ovbevbs It avdpwwov 
 beladai els Tvaibelav. 
 
 els irepiovalav, Dem. 35. 26, ov yap els irepiovolav eirpaTTeT' avTols to. 
 ttjs 7r6Xecos, i. e., 'so as to bring them advantage.' Cf. k. 
 
 ets irep'nraTov, Xen. Symp. 9. 1, QavlaTaToels irepiiraTov ; Plat. Phaedr. 
 228 B, ets TepiiraTOP fyet. Cf. ev c. etpcu, v. p. 195. Cf. Eur. Suppl. 
 885, ets t ay pas Iwv, 'going hunting.' 
 
 ets irokepov, Xen. An. 1. 9. 23, rj cos ets iro\ep.ov fj cos ets KaXXco7rtcrp6i\ 
 
 es irb<nv, Hdt. 1. 172, avyyiveaOat. es trbviv 'to meet for a carousal.' 
 Cf. Xjoos -Koaiv, Thuc. 7. 73. 
 
 es irpoanoTriv, Thuc. I. 116. 1. Cf. ets KaTaaKOTrrjv. 
 
 els to aicoirelv, Plat. Phaed. 79 C, 17 4 /v XVi orav pev rco aco/uart irpoaxpij- 
 rat ets to aKOirelv. 
 
 es rtpcopnjp, Hdt. 8. 65. 3, Ibv es Tipupi-qv 'AdrjvaLoiai. 
 
 es <f>opfir]v, Hdt. 1. 202, KapTovs es (fropfiijv KaTaTideadac, 
 
 'for food,' so 4. 121; 7. 119; cf. ets biarpo^v supra. 
 
 els xdptv, Pind. 01. I. 77,5copa . . . et rt . . . c-s xdpt^ /reXXerat 
 (Gildersleeve: 'come up to favor' = 'count aught in one's favor'); cf. 
 X. 12 (c. adj.), cfrlXav Tiao/xev es xdptv (G. : 'as a loving favor'); but 
 Soph. O T 1351, ovbev els xdpt^ irpaaacov, i. e., 'so as to oblige'; cf. 
 Thuc. III. 37. 2, (c. art. and gen.) 'to do some one a favor'; cf. Thuc. 
 II. 40. 4, ovk es xdptp, dXX' es 6c6etX?7pa. Cf. Tpbs xapiv Soph. O T 
 1152, etc. Cf. Plut. Marius 46, ets peyaXrjv x&P LV Tidevai tl. Cf. 
 ev, p. 154. Cf. /card Plat. Legg. 740 C, etc. 
 
 End of motion also conceived as purpose, (tech.) 'to send, to 
 lead, etc., to form a settlement,' Hdt. 4. 147, eoreXXe es a-noiKi-qv ; 
 cf. 5. 42, 124; 6. 22; but cf. Plat. Crito 51 D where ets is purely lit. 
 
 Purpose conceived as end of motion: Thuc. VIII. 47. 2, wpp-qvTo 
 to KaTaXvcrai tt\v bripoKparlav. 
 
PART IV ets 129 
 
 2. To express relation, meaning 'in regard to,' 'in respect of,' 
 'as to,' 'concerning,' etc., often approaching adv. force: 
 
 es to. &\\a, Thuc. I. 2. 6; 71 6. 4; 36. 2; II. 53. 1; III. 36. 6; VII. 7. 
 4; 77. 2; Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 3; Dem. 259. 99, etc. 
 
 es to av'e\iTi<TTOv tov fiefiaiov, Thuc. III. 83. 2. 
 
 es airoxpLV, Hdt. 1. 204, rediov . . . ir\r)6os aireipov es airo\(/Lv 
 'boundless as regards (i. e., in) view.' 
 
 to. es aperqv, Thuc. II. 40. 4; cf. Plat. Rep. 335 B (w. art.), eh rty 
 tup kvvuv apeTi]v, 'in what constitutes excellence in a dog,' etc. 
 
 Is biaiTav, Thuc. VII. 69. 2, Tijs ev avTrj avewiTCLKTOv iraaLV es r^v 
 oicLLTav e^ovaias, 'as regards their manner of life,' so es biaiTav, ib. 74. 1. 
 
 ets . diKcuoavvriP . . . e-rnbeUvvcdai, 'to distinguish him- 
 
 self in uprightness,' Xen. An. 1. 9. 16. 
 
 Soph. T 706, to y' els eavTov 'in what concerns himself; cf. Eur. 
 I. T. 691, to jj.ev yap els e\x ou kcikcos ex«i ; cf. Plat. Phaed. 115 E, els 
 avTo tovto, 'so far as concerns itself.' 
 
 Ar. Eq. 90, olvov <jv roApas ets eirivoiav 72 \oi8opelv ; 'and dare you rail 
 at wine's inventiveness?' (Rogers), i. e., 'for,' 'in respect to,' in 
 reference to its value for inspiring eirlvoLa. 
 
 Eur. Med. 408, els p.ev eadX' dpTjxa^wraTcu. 
 
 Aesch. Pers. 326, irpwTos els einpvxiav, 'first in respect of valour.' 
 
 Plat. Com. Frg. 43 K., iro\v XPVP- - eis rjdowqv. 
 
 Soph. Ant. 1349, XPV 5e to. y' els deovs / )xr]8ep aoeivTelv (cf. yrpos Ph. 
 1441). 
 
 Plat. Phaed. 88 C, ets rd xxnepov /xeWovTa prjdriaeadaL. 
 
 Soph. O T 980, av 6' els to. iirjTpds (Mj 4>o&ov pup.0ei>/xara. (cf. xpos Tr. 
 1211). 
 
 Aesch. Pr. 736, es to. iravTa, etc., v. sub -was, p. 116. 
 
 ets iroKepLov, Hdt. 1. 65, rd es iroXe/jLOP exovTa, 'the things concerned 
 with war'; cf. 4. 64; cf. for similar use c. ex<- LV id. 6. 2, 19; cf. for 
 ets irb\ep.ov, 'as regards,' Xen. An. 1. 9. 14, tovs ayadovs ets irbXep-ov 
 (cf. 1. 9. 5 w. art.); cf. 2. 6. 6, Sairavav els irokep.ov (perhaps better as 
 ets of end or purpose); Plat. Legg. 697 E, dxp^orous ets ■wohep.ov, (cf. 
 Xpetcu' ets n). 
 
 71 But Jowett {q. v.) gives two interpretations here. 
 
 7 -This is the better reading instead of airdvoiav (as in Kock); for this use of prep, 
 cf. Ar. Pax 740, ets rd pania aKwirroPTas ad) v. Blaydes: dicebant diafiaWeiv 
 Tiva es Tt, airiaaOaL, \oi5opeiv } ctkcotttuv, tvaiveiv (v. exx. cited by Blaydes) ; SO Neil 
 who cites Plat. Alcib. I. Ill A, «s dLSaa-KaXiav iwai.v6ti> ; Athen. VIII. 343 E, 
 AotSopei ets etc. var. irpbs. L. and S. mention es n only with ok&tttiiv. 
 
130 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Xen. An. 2. 3. 13, ipa 77617 iroXXa TpofiaivoiTo . . . 8et.va els 
 ttjp iropeiav, 'w. reference to.' 
 
 es to. irpaypaTa, Ar. Vesp. 743, Ran. 719, (cf. Aesch. Pr. 736 supra, 
 p. 116, etc.). 
 
 Thuc. V. 20. 2, ?') clto Tigris twos es to. TCpoyeyevrjp'eva o~qp,aivbvT(j}v. 
 
 es to. irpdra, Hdt. 9. 16, etc. 
 
 Eur. I. T. 850, els 5e avpcpopasf . . . Svittvxvs. 
 
 Plat. Rep. 390 A, ov yap, olpai, els ye a^poavvqv v'eois eirtT-qbeLa 
 anoveiv. 
 
 Plat. Rep. 342 A, ttjs to ^vp^'epov els ravra cn<e-d/opevr}s, 'w. reference 
 to'; Lys. 210 A; 
 
 Hdt. 3. 102, ovk rjo-cjoves es TaxvTrjTa elai, i. e., 'not less swift.' 
 
 Soph. Ant. 376, es datpoinov repas d,u0 (.toco/ too e, 'I am in doubt as 
 to this portent from the gods.' 
 
 Thuc. I. 6. 3, avetpevr] tt\ btalTTj es to Tpv^epooTepov peTeaT-qaav, 
 'as regards effeminacy.' 
 
 Aesch. Ag. 830, to. 5' es to abv <j>pbvr]p.a 'as concerns thy feeling.' 
 
 Thuc. II. 62. 2, 8vo pepwv tcov es xPWt- v 4>avep<Jav. 
 
 Examples might be multiplied. 
 
 3. Dat. might have been used: 
 
 Soph. Ai. 680, es re tov <t>L\ov j too avd' v-rrovpyuv oxfreKelv (3ov\-!]o-opai,/(bs 
 alev ov pevovvTa (es c. virovpyihv) ; cf. c. <!o4>e\elv Soph. O C 436, but 
 more evidently toward an aim; cf. Plat. Legg. 913 B. 
 
 4. ets meaning 'against': 
 
 Soph. Ai. 128, prjoev ttot' elTjis oJjtos els Qeovs eiros ', cf. O C 965, 
 Tax °.v ti p-qviovaiv els yevos 7rd\cu, 'against the race from of old'; cf. as 
 a possible meaning of Eur. Andr. 954, v. p. 116, ftn. 60. 
 
 5. Of tendency towards, not purpose: 
 
 Thuc. I. 144. 1, 7roXXd be ital a.\\a exec es eXirida tov -KepieaeaQai, 
 'tending to hope of success.' 
 
 XI. Pronominal expressions 
 
 a. To such an extent: 
 
 els Tobe: Soph. O T 125 (c. gen.), es r6<5' ixv ToKprjs efirj ; cf. Eur. Ion 
 244; cf. (without gen.) Eur. Bacch. 1380, x aA€7r< ^ s e & T0 ^ & v ^ots ; 
 so Suppl. 1089; Tro. 401. 
 
 es too-ovtov: Soph. O T 771 (c. gen.), es too-ovtov eKnlbuiv / epov i3e/3dJTos ; 
 but (absol.) Hdt. 3. 113, Wio-TaTai . . . es too-ovtov, Lat. hactenus, 
 'to such an extent as follows.' Cf. c. gen. id. 6. 134; cf. es baov, p. 120. 
 
PART IV els 131 
 
 els roabvbe c. gen. Eur. El. 57, xP e ^ a $ & toow5' a^Lypevrj. 73 
 
 b. 'To the same place': 
 
 els ravrb, ravrov. Cf. ev ravru), p. 160 f . : Eur. Tro. 1036, epol ov 
 vvinrkiTTUKas els ravrov \6yov ; cf. also of agreement, Plat. Theaet. 160 D, 
 Rep. 473 D; (lit. and local, but w. idiom, tone) Xen. An. 3. 1. 30, 
 TTpoaLeadcu els ravrb ijplv avrols ; cf. Ages. 3. 2, wkvovv els ravrov levat ; 
 cf. Hdt. 1. 202, avvepxeadaL es ruivrb ; Lys. XXXIII. 2; cf. Xen. Reip. 
 Ath. 2. 2. Plat. Rep. 329 A, ttoWclkls yap avvepxbpeOa rives els ravrb ; 
 Gorg. 517 C, els rb avrb aei rrepi^epcpevoL (of an argument, cf. ev ravru) ; 
 Tim. 72 D, els ravrov %vvi£et 'settles down into the same place as 
 before'; Charm. 157 E, iroiaiv 8volv olniaiv ovvehQovoaiv els ravrov ruiv 
 'Adr]v V o-Lv, 'from the union of; Dem. 3i. 18; 558. 133;Strattis 41 K., 
 es ravrov poXys (Meinek. apparently = crwovatafav) ; cf. Menand. 
 ITepiKap. 590 (Capps); ib. 427, els rairbv eXdelv nvi id. 518. 7 K., els 
 ravrov napvueveiv, 'to make up into one sauce,' et. al. 
 
 c. Temporal, v. sub temp. phr. pp. 104, 105. 
 
 d. Use of prep.: 
 
 Soph. O C 524, dXX' es rl; 'in what respect?' Tr. 403 'to what 
 end?'; but cf. Horn. II. 5. 465 'to what point,' i. e., 'how long?' 
 
 Hdt. 5. 74, ob (frpafav es to avWeyet. instead of 6 n, 'to what end,' 
 'with what purpose.' 
 
 XII. Local designations 
 
 1. Places in the Athenian market named from the wares sold, cf. 
 ev, p. 205 eK, p. 81: 
 
 73 In the passages quoted above these expressions are used absol., which gives them 
 a slight idiom, turn; so often in rhetorical speeches in tragedy and in the orators; but 
 frequently without idiom, feeling either w. (Eur. Med. 56, 371; Ar. Nub. 832, etc.) 
 or without gen. (Soph. Ai. 729; Plat. Cratyl. 386 A) followed by correl. ihare sometimes 
 by 6(tov (Soph. O C 748). els tovto, rode, roabvbe, roaovrov are used with 
 little distinction. Halfway bet. the absol. use and that c. oxrre are cases like Eur. 
 Hipp. 1298, Or. 566 where els rod' r/XOov is followed by an epexeget. inf. Some of 
 the instances of this usage c. queif, kXdelv or similar vb. of motion are: (els roiir' c. 
 gen. and &are) Antiphon III B7. 5; IV Ty 6; Andoc. I. 16, 122; II. 7; III. 31. 16; 
 Lys. III. 7,25,29; IV. 9; VII. 37 (without fore); XIV. 9; XXIII. 11; XXIX. 7; XXX. 
 5; XXXI. 1; XXXII. 20; XXXIV. 11; Plat. Menex. 244 D; Isocr. VI. 22; VIII. 85; 
 IX. 54; XII. 79; XIII, 3; XIV. 13, 19, 28, 43; XV. 233; XVI. 16; XX, 8; 
 Isae. I. 2; III. 60; IV. 24; VI. 39, 43; without chare V. 11; VII, 21; XI. 14; Hyper. 
 II. V. 5, 7; Dem. 163. 16; 214. 12; 232. 22; 753. 172; 757. 182; 785. 49; 788. 60; 899. 19, 
 22; 959. 48; 1016. 28; 1022. 49; without ibcrre, Aeschin. Ep. 2. 4. els roaovrov c. gen. and 
 &are, Lys. III. 1, 34; VI. 9, 33; XII. 22. 67, 93; XIV. 2; XXVII. 10; Isocr. VI. 84; 
 XVI. 23; XVII. 46; Plat. Apol. 25 E; Gorg. 487 B, 514 E, without ibare Gorg. 527 E; 
 Dem. 161.12; 534. 62; 535. 65; 758. 186; 828. 46; Aeschin. III. 256; cf. Plat. Charm. 
 1 57 D, els oaov r/XiKias quel (absol. without ware), and Theaet. 170 D, els tovtS 
 ye &vayKr]s 6 Xoyos ijKei. 
 
132 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Eupol. 304 K., irepirfkdov els to. aubpoba nai ra Kpoppva/nai top 
 \ifiavcoTov, K€vdv tcov aptopaTOiv, / kcll irepl TayeXyrj %ov to. |8u/3\t' &VLa li ; Ar. 
 Frg. 247 K., Tpa.w6p.evov els rohpov Xafielv/oapuXta nai paivibia kcu arjiribta, 
 cf. eiri 545 K., Antiphan. 203 K., Alex. 247 K.; Aeschin. I. 65, rts yap 
 vpwv 6s ov 7rco7rore els Tovxpov d^t/crat ; Lysias XXIII. 6, ekdovra els top 
 xXwpov rvpov. Cf. Theophr. Char. XL, TXrjdova-ris ttjs ayopas ir poaeXGuv 
 irpos to. Kapva rj to. pvpra 77 ra anpobpva eorry/cws TpayrjpaTL^eadaL. 
 
 2. Noun of place omitted: 
 
 Soph. O T 1312, es becvbv (sc. x&P 0V ) ovS' aKovarov, ovb' eiro^Lpov. 
 
 Hdt. 5. 50, rfXdov es to avyKeipevov (sc. x^piov), so 8. 128; cf. 3. 157, 
 es to irpoeiprjpevov. 
 
 Thuc. IV. 126. 6, es re to aacpaXes daaaov a(p'i£eade ; so VI. 101. 6, 'to 
 a place of safety.' 
 
 Xen. Hell. 4. 6. 7, KaTej3lj3aaav be els to bpaXes to o-TpaTOTebov, 
 'to the level,' i. e., 'the plain,' etc. 
 
 els tclvto frequent, v. p. 131, cf. ev raurci. 
 
 Plat. Rep. 401 D, KaTabveTai eis to evTos rr/s ipvxys, and similar uses. 
 
 3. Omission of article with familiar words : 
 
 eis ayopav, Ar. Eq. 147; Thesm. 457; Ran. 1350; Eccl. 62 (but cf. 
 681, 759 'to bring into the agora,' w. art.); 711, 728, 819; PI. 874; 
 Strattis44K.;Plat. Theaet. 173 C; Legg .881 E; but idiomat. Theogn. 
 268, ovk els ayopav epxtrai (as a sign of poverty) ; Lycurg. 148. 5, 
 eis ttjv ayopav epPaXXovra, i. e., being a citizen (prob. combines lit. 
 and metaph. meaning, v. context). 
 
 eis aypov, Ar. Eq. 805; Pax 536, 552, 555, 563, 569, 586, 1329; 
 frg. 107 K.; Antiph. 68 K.; Xen. Oec. 11. 15; Plat. Rep. 563 D; 
 Isocr. XXI. 3; Isae. VIII. 16; Dem. 1039. 2; 1158. 63; 1367. 65, etc. 
 
 es aWepa, Ar. Ran. 1352. 
 
 eis aaTv, Lysias XII. 16; Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 3; 5. 1. 22; Oec. 11. 18; 
 Plat. Symp. 172 A; 173 B; Isocr. VII. 52; Dem. 1041. 7; 1239. 13, etc. 
 
 ets fiovX-qv, Ar. Eq. 475, etc. 
 
 ets yijv, cf. ets daXaaaav ; Plat. Rep. 586 A, KenvcpoTes ets yr\v is really 
 'towards'; cf. also Tim. 42 D, ets yrjv eWetpe. 
 
 ets bucao-TrjpLov, Ar. Eccl. 460 et at. 
 
 es bbpovs, Aesch. Sept. 49 'at home'; Pers. 530 (xpo7reM7rer') ; Pers. 
 1068 (/cte); Ag. 435 (acpiKvelTat) ; 851, 967; Eubul. 112 K. Cf. oldav, 
 olnov, o'lkovs. 
 
 7i v. Pollux 9. 47, ovto3 yap rbv rdirov ov ra /3i/3\ta oi 'Kttlkol divdna^ov, axxirep /cat 
 tovs aAXous tottovs airo tuiv ev aureus irnvpaanop.kv<j)v, ws el (palev airfj\8ov es Totnpov nai es 
 rdv olvov nal es TovKaiov «ai es ras xuTpas." 
 
part iv els 133 
 
 eis tKKki)<jiav, Ar. Ach. 28; Eq. 935 (but 1340, ev w. art.); Eccl. 
 270, 289, 352, 490, 740; Plat. Alcib. I. 113 B. 
 
 ets OaXaaaav, Hdt. 2. 17, 20, 93, 102, etc. Plat. Critias 111 D et 
 saepe. 
 
 els \lp.eva, Plat. Theaet. 142 A. 
 
 as jj.ana.pwv vijcrovs ainovTa, Plat. Symp. 180 B; Gorg. 523 A, 524 A, 
 526 C. Cf. e/c 523 B. 
 
 eis oUiav ayayovres, Thuc. VIII. 92. 4; Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2, p.i) fiiq. 
 els oUiav ivapLevai; Dem. 538. 73, els oliiLav ekdcov. 
 
 els oIkov ain.evai, Theogn. 566; Aesch. Pr. 387; Eum. 458; cf. Soph. 
 Ph. 240; Xen. An. 2. 4. 8; Cyr. 5. 2. 20 et al. Cf. eir' oUov, 'home- 
 wards' Thuc. I. 87. 5 et saepe in Thuc; ets oIkov ayyelkai, Antiphon 
 II A 5. 4, but d7raY7eX\etj> ets c. ace. saepe of the place to which the 
 tidings are brought; pi. ets o'Uovs, Theogn. 194; Aesch. Pers. 230, 833, 
 etc. Cf. ets 86fwvs. 
 
 els irebiov, Plat. Theaet. 183 D. 
 
 ets Ueipala, Lysias III. 11; Plat. Rep. 327 A (but 328 C w. art.), 
 etc. 
 
 es iroXiv, Ar. Thesm. 812; Lys. 302, 338, 912; Hdt. 1. Ill, 113, 114, 
 138. 1; Lysias XIII. 80; Plat. Legg. 881 E, etc., etc. 
 
 ets areyas, Xen. An. 4. 4. 14, 'under shelter' (cf. em rds areyas), cf. 
 kv p. 207. 
 
 els (TTparov (Homeric tag), Aeschin. I. 128, (femv °' & arpardv riXde, 
 (quoted as from the Iliad, but nowhere i» the II. as we have it). 
 
 es xopov, Ar. Eq. 559; Thesm. 1137. 
 
 Cf. other preps, with most of these nouns. 
 
Part V 
 
 Introduction 
 
 kv, kvi, kvi, eiv, Ep. eivi (II. 8. 199, etc.), is derived 1 from idg. *en 
 (*eni), *n cf. kypr., lokr., arkad. iv, early Lat, en got., ahd. in, Eng. 
 in. As €K appears both with and without s (e|, k), so kv had the form 
 kvs which in Attic gave els ; but the two forms divided the functions 
 and ds was used only with the accusative after verbs of motion, kv 
 with the locatival Dative after verbs of rest (cf. Latin in with Ace. 
 and in with Ablative). But in Aeolic kv is found, like the Latin in, 
 for both' in' and' into' (Alcaeus 6. 3; Pind. Pyth. II. 11,86; V. 36; 
 Nem. VII. 31,frg. 45). 2 
 
 1. Spatial uses 3 are-much the most frequent and denote (a) the 
 being within, enclosed, or surrounded by a place or persons, — in, 
 under, among, kv vrjau, kv 777, etc.; 4 in the presence of, Lat. coram 
 (i. e. surrounded by the circle of listeners). Transferred to the exter- 
 nal or internal circumstances it indicates the state or condition in 
 which one is, or the business in which one is engaged, kv ToXkfxu), 
 kv 06/3o>, kv opyy, etc., or oi kv iroLrjaeL, kv $ChocTo4>ia, kv ■yeoopyicus, etc. 
 From this are developed various adverbial uses, kv do-^aXel, kv taw 
 elvcu, etc.; kv is also used of the persons in whose might or power 
 something lies, (b) Being on, as, tar-n kv ovptcnv, etc. (c) Being 
 at, by, or beside, kv xorajuw, 'beside the river.' In Attic especially of 
 places, particularly cities, within whose territory or boundaries some- 
 thing happens, as, a battle. 
 
 2. Temporal, — in, within, during a space of time. 
 
 3. Causal and figurative: a. of means and instrument, when 
 the means is conceived as the object within whose domain an action 
 
 'Brugmann, 1. c. Walde, in. 
 
 2 For further cases of kv c. ace. v. Solmsen, Prdpositionsgebrauch in gr. Mund- 
 arlen, Rh. M. 1906, 492-510. Roberts and Gardner, Inlrod. to Gk. Epigraphy, 
 p. 195, n. 5: "The use of kv c. ace. in inscrr. is a marked characteristic of the 
 Northern Doric, but is found also in Thessalian, Boeotian, Elean, Arcadian, 
 Cypriote." 
 
 3 Kuhner-Gerth, II. 1. §432, S. 462 ff. 
 
 4 How closely these usages correspond to the Eng. preposition in, may be seen 
 by comparing the categories under which the uses of Eng. in are classified by 
 Fernald, J. C. Connectives of English Speech, p. 102. 
 
PART V kv 135 
 
 or circumstance falls, b. manner, kv routed ru rpb-irw; including 
 adverbial uses, kv tu> 4>avepw = (fravepibs, etc. c. measure or accordance, 
 'in accordance with,' Time. 1. 79, kv rots dpoiois vbpois rds /cptaets woielu. 
 
 A. kv in Homer 
 I. Prepositional Idioms 
 a. With nouns. 
 
 kv aycovi means in Homer 1. in a gathering or assembly, vecbv kv 
 d T ^t II. 15. 428; 16. 239; 500; 19. 42. 2. The assembly met to see 
 games or contests, 'Apyeloi. 8' kv aywvt, na.drip.evoi elaopbcovro 'iwirovs, 
 II. 23. 448; so 495. 3. The place where the contests were held, — 
 the prizes are shown in the midst of the arena, II. 23. 273, so 654; 
 cf. 531 ; 5 Od. 24. 86, cf. ib. 8. 200, 238. The earliest case of kv aywvi 
 clearly meaning 'contest' seems to be h. Horn. VI. 19, 86s 8' kv ayibvi/ 
 viktjv Tcxi8e (fikpeadcu 6 . 
 
 kv /capos atari, II. 9. 378, (d7ra£ \ey.) 'I hold him in the measure of, 
 i. e., not worth, a hair,' 7 but the passage is much debated. 
 
 kv avSpacriv, Od. 14. 176, /cat piv 'k<pr]v eaaeaOai kv av8pacnv oft tl 
 xkpeLa/iraTpos iolo </>t\oto; ib. 1 7. 354, kv a.v8pacnv ohftiov elvai, so 18.138. 
 kv avOpcoTOLaiv, 'among men,' Od. 1. 95 = [3. 78], ^5' tva piv /cXeos 
 kad\6v kv avdpcoTOLcnv lxw iv ) so Od. 4. 710. Od. 17. 419=19. 75, 
 kyu> wore oIkov kv avOpwivoiaiv evcuov, cf. h. Ven. 188. But Od. 1. 391, 
 r) 0]7s tovto k6.ki<ttov kv avdpdoiToioi TervxdaL, is the beginning of the use 
 with a superlative recurrent later with increased idiomatic force, 
 cf. Plat. Lys. 211 E, tov apcarov kv avdpcowois oprvya, 'the best quail in 
 the world,' where the idiom is fully developed; cf. also Dem. 1246. 2 
 et al* (V. infra, pp. 146, 147). 
 
 6 This is doubtless the meaning of II. 23. 531, ^kkttoj 5' f/v aiiros kXavpk/xeu ap/x' 
 kv ayibvi, although it might mean 'contest' here, if this use occurred elsewhere 
 in the Iliad. Such a case may be transitional to the meaning 'contest.' The 
 use of the phrase kv aywvi, so far as the meaning of ayuv is concerned, cannot be 
 considered apart from the other prepositional expressions with this noun, or from 
 its use without a preposition. But the meanings given above are those distin- 
 guished by the Scholiast (Sch. A, II. 18. 376); v. also Ebeling, sub aYwf, together 
 with the one case, II. 7. 298 where it probably means the temple where men 
 assemble for prayer to the gods, or possibly, as some interpret it, the assembly 
 met for sacred purposes. 
 
 •Some think kclt' ayoovas, Od. 8. 259, refers to the contests, as it might easily do, 
 but it too may mean the place where the contests were held. 
 
 7 This is Leaf's translation. See his note, also v. Ebeling, who quotes the 
 ancient grammarians, and L. and S. sub nap. But differently, Leutsch, App. 
 prov. II. 60 ftn. 
 
 8 The distinction between ixvdpes and avdpwirot. is probably felt in these expres- 
 sions in Homer. This is emphasized in the later and more idiomatic develop- 
 
136 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 kv boiy, II. 9. 230, 'in doubt.' So later, Callim. Iov. 5. Cf. 
 Viger ed. Herm. 607. 
 
 kv votLcc, Od. 4. 785 = 8. 55, vipov 5' kv vot'lw rrjv 7' &ppt,crav 'high out 
 in the water.' Cf. the parallel expression with adv. inj/L alone, II. 14. 
 77, xnpi 5' C7r' evvacov bpp.Lp.io-oop.tv. 
 
 kv bveipo), II. 22. 199, cos 5' et- bveipco ov bvvaTCu (pevyovra bicoKCiv, 
 here lit., but later it gained a real idiomatic touch and was used to 
 mean 'all the wealth you could ever dream of.' 9 But Od. 19. 581 = 
 21. 79, tov 7roTe /xe/jivriaeaOai, btopcu ev ivep bveipw, 'which methinks I shall 
 yet remember, aye, in a dream' (B-L.) 10 
 
 h 64>da\p,ol<nv, plastic, picturesque, pleonastic. Cf. Lat. in oculis, 
 kv bcpddkpolcnv Ibwpai, i. e., 'in my presence,' II. 1. 587, 18. 190; so Od. 
 
 10. 385; cf. II. 18. 135; kv bcpdaXpolcnv bpavdai, II. 3. 306; Od. 8. 459; 
 14. 343; (voyaas) II. 24. 294, 312; h. Ven. 83, 179. Cf. later, Soph. 
 Ant. 764, etc. 11 v. infra, p. 151. 
 
 kv 7raAd,ur,s, II. 1. 238; 5.594; 15. 677; 18. 600; Od. 5. 234; but 
 metaph. as a slight phrase, II. 21. 469, piyrjpevcu kv 7ra\ap.y<n, 'to mingle 
 in blows,' i. e., 'to fight with'; 'to meet death at the hands of someone', 
 
 11. 5. 558, avbpibv kv irakaprjcn nareKTadev ; 7. 105, evBa Ke tol, MeveXae, 
 4>avr] fiioTOLO rekevrri / "Enropos kv TaXapLyatv. 
 
 kv ireivfl, Od. 20. 23, rco be pitiX' kv welari KpabLr] pieve T€T\r]vla/vb)\epkics, 
 'his heart verily abode steadfast in obedience to his word' (B-L). 
 Since Telaa occurs only here, 12 the meaning of this expression, which is 
 clearly idiomatic, is much disputed, 13 but it is probably nearly as 
 
 ment, ev avdpwirois comes to mean 'among humankind,' i. e., 'in the world,' h> 
 avSpaaiv 'among men' as contrasted with women and with cowards. Cf. Eur. 
 Ale 723, 732, et at. kv avbphoi with eiWi 'to count as a man,' 'to be deserving of 
 the name of man,' v. infra, p. 146. The use of tv, 'among,' is the same in the 
 phrases kv aOavaroLffi Oeolcn, kv adavaroun, ev \aols, etc., h. Merc. 458, 461, 525; Cer. 
 84, 363; Ven. 106; XXXII. 16 et saepe. Cf. infra, kv irpcorois, kv iraai, etc. 
 
 9 Theocr. 9. 16, <fx w &* T0L occ' kv dveLpq/ 4>alvovrai., iroWas p.kv ois, 7roXXdx 5e xiM&i- 
 pas. 
 
 10 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 290, ov5' kv ovelpu/ wi<r ap.rjv. ib. 2. 306, olbv t' kv 6veLpa<xi 
 dvpbv laivuv. 
 
 "Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 814. 
 
 12 Except, with evident reference to this passage, Plut. 2. 453 D, "Epcon p.kv 
 yap oi)5' avrcfi TroXkaKis ex '' 7 " 1 Kara x'^>P a - v * v T fl 'OprtP LK V Trda-Q pkvovra tov dvpov (note 
 explanatory prep. phr. Kara xwpcu' 'remain in its own place' 'undisturbed'); and 
 Arcadius de Accentibus (Barker) 97. 20 who gives it in a list of dissyllabic bary- 
 tones ending in era, but thinks necessary to define it by i] 7rei0cb. 
 
 13 Cf. Ebeling, Monro, Ameis, q. v. for discussion of meaning and for the 
 other interpretation from root irtvd, 'to bind,' akin to welcrp.a 'a cable' and -rrevdepSs 
 
PART V kv 137 
 
 given above, i. e., 'his heart stood at persuasion' (from root iri9-,ireLdoi). 
 
 kv TrpoSoKJiai, 'in a lurking-place,' II. 4. 107, almost an idiom, 
 although air. \ey. Cf. kv doKolcriv, Archil. 62. 14 
 
 kv TTponaxoicn, 'amid the champions,' allied to kv ttpcotomtl infra. 
 II. 3. 31; 4. 253; 11. 203; 15. 342, 522; 18. 456; 19. 414; II. 4. 458, 
 kad\dv kvl irpopaxoicri, 'valiant among the champions,' so 17. 590. 
 But in Od. 24. 526, kv 5' eweaov wpopaxoLs, which looks similar, kv 
 is not the preposition, but belongs with the verb, 'they fell upon the 
 champions.' Cf. Tyrt. 8. 30 infra, p. 153. 
 
 Cf. kv TpooTOMTL, 'among the foremost,' a slight military term of such 
 frequent occurrence as to become a tag; II. 8. 337, 536; kvl irpuToiai 
 naxeadai, II. 9. 709, so 12. 324; 11. 61, 296, 675; 12. 306; 15. 643; 
 19. 424; Od. 8. 180. Cf. infra. Aesch. Pers. 443. With II. 11. 61 
 cf. as a variant 64, ixera irpuroLcn so II. 9. 12, etc. Cf. also kv wpopaxoKji 
 supra. 
 
 Opp. kv Trvp.a.TOL(n, 'in the rear,' II. 11. 65. 
 
 kv wvpL, II. 2. 340, metaphorical use with idiomatic tone, kv irvpl 
 br) fiovXai re yevoiaro prjdea r' avdpwv, 'let counsels and the devices of 
 men be cast into the fire'; 15 but merely a tag, Od. 9. 378; 18. 44, etc. 
 
 Cf. kv irvpos avyy, 'in the firelight,' (a slight phr.), II. 9. 206, cf. Od. 
 6. 305, 17 8' rjcrTcu kir' eaxo-PV kv irvpos avyfj. 
 
 kv x e P ffL '• II. 15. 741, 7-$ «/ x e PO"t 4>6ojs, ov p.e(.\ix'LV iro\kp.oio,' safety is 
 in our hands (i. e., in prowess or in battle), not in slackness of war'; 
 cf. II. 16. 630, kv yap xepct reXos Tokkpov, kirkaiv 5' kvl (SouXjj, i. e., depends 
 on the hands. 
 
 But usually kv x e P<r' L is literal, and most commonly part of the 
 formula TiQkvai tl kv x^P^ tlvl or tlvos, II. 1. 441, 446; 18. 545; 19. 18; 
 23. 152 et saepe (sixteen or more times in addition). 
 
 Sing, kv x"pl rldeL dkwas, II. 1. 585; 24. 101; Od. 13. 57; 15. 120, 
 etc. In most cases the singular is used of something that would 
 naturally be held in one hand only, as of a cup, a weapon, a staff, 
 II. 8. 493; 15. 443; 16. 117; 17. 604; 23. 568; 24. 284 = Od. 15. 148; 
 Od. 3. 443; 10. 389; 21. 59; h. Ap. 535, etc., but II. 8. 289, irpea^lov 
 kv x e P<- dyvu, where the gift of honor may be a chariot and horses. 
 
 ( = Lat. adfinis); Schol. kv deanols, 'his heart stood fast in bonds,' i. e., of self- 
 control. For the fullest treatment v. Hentze, S. 32 in Anhang zu Horn. Od. 
 von Ameis IV. Heft. 3te Aufl. Leipz. 1900, v. also A. L. Keith, Simile and Metaphor 
 in Greek Poetry, 1914, p. 51. 
 
 u The meaning of this is doubtful, but Hesychius interprets it by kvkbpa. 
 
 15 Sch. B. L. Ebeling: a<pai>L<Tdri(TeTai. 
 
138 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Cf. U. 20. 182 (of the sovereignty of Priam). The plural sometimes 
 occurs as a variant in such cases, II. 3. 367; 16. 801; Od. 14. 448; 
 16. 444; 21. 235 may be explained on metrical grounds; so also 18. 
 152 (w. 5e7ras) where it avoids hiatus. But II. 23. 624 (<pLa\ri), Od. 
 3. 51 (<5£7ras) 16 , 8. 406 (£i0os) cannot be accounted for in this way. 
 
 Cf. further, ev xep<n c. Gen. II. 13. 653, 'breathing out his spirit 
 in the arms of his dear comrades,' so 22. 426; Od. 1. 238. Cf. also 
 II. 6. 81, irpiv avT ev x e P°^ yvvaLKWV /(frevyovras ireakeiv. Cf. also as a 
 variant ev iraKapris. 
 
 en x^pfl/efcr', 'sat down in his place,' i. e., his proper place, II. 23. 
 349, has a suggestion of familiarity. Compare the later ev xwpa 17 ; 
 also Kara x&P av with elvai, pkveiv, etc. Hdt. 4. 135; 7. 95 al. Cf. 
 infra, p. 155. 
 
 b. With adjectives. 
 
 ev Kadapu : H. 8. 491 = 10. 199, of an open space, here clear of the 
 bodies of the dead. II. 23. 61, of a clear space on the beach. This 
 is the beginning of a later phrase whose most idiomatic use is found in 
 Soph. C 1575 v. infra, p. 156. 
 
 ev peaco, sometimes as a phrase, although often not more than a 
 tag. II. 3. 69, 90, ev peaco of the space between the two armies = ev 
 percuxpi-y, cf. eis p. 84. 
 
 II. 17. 375, rot 5' ev p'ecrw ii\ye' e-rraaxov, 'they who were in the midst' 
 (phr.); cf. II. 10. 474, 'Pr/cros 5' ev peaco evde) Od. 9. 429, 6 pev ev peace 
 avbpa (frepeane (of the middle one of three sheep). Variant, ev peaaarco 
 II. 8. 223 = 11.6 
 
 ev peaaoiai, II. 4. 212, 6 5' ev p'eaaoiai irapiaTaTO, 'he stood in their 
 midst,' cf. 7. 384, 417; [19. 77] ; Od. 24. 441. 18 Cf. eis. In II. 11. 413, 
 eXaav 8' ev p'eaaoiai, pera a<piai irrjpa ndevres, almost synonymous with 
 p.eTa a4>i<n. II. 12. 209, Kelp.evov ev peaaoiorL of a snake that lay in their 
 midst. But II. 18. 507 of a prize lying in the midst, «eiro 5' &p' ev 
 
 16 Edd. vary in text and explanations. Ameis-Hentze, ad Od. 3. 51 and 13. 
 57, make a distinction in meaning between sing, and pi. 'b> x«P' ri9evat in die 
 Hand legen, darreichen, meist einem Becher zum Trinken; kv x^P^ rifihai, ein- 
 handigen, iiberlegen, von Geschenken oder Kampfpreisen.' But Duntzer, ad 
 Od. 3. 51, is of the opinion that Aristophanes and Aristarchus probably wrote the 
 singular in all passages in which it is a question of one hand, unless for the sake 
 of avoiding hiatus (as Od. 18. 152), or metri causa (as Od. 14. 448; 16. 444; 21. 
 235). He makes no comment on II. 23. 624 or Od. 8. 406, although he reads the 
 plural. 
 
 17 Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 20; 8. 39; Cyr. 7. 1. 23, etc., v. infra, p. 155. 
 
 18 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 464, avda ivi /xiaaoicn. rkov vbov 'speak out in our midst.' 
 
PART V kv 139 
 
 [ikaaoiGi 5uco xpvaoio t(xKo.vto. is half technical. Cf. els pkcrov 23. 704. 
 From this developed an idiomatic phrase which appears to be a 
 Homeric reminiscence. Cf. Theogn. 994, Bacchyl. XIV. 53 et al. 
 v. infra, p. 158. II. 19. 364, kv 8k pkaaoiai Kopvacrero 8los 'AxiXXeus; cf. 
 18. 569; 20. 15, Ife 5' dp' kv pkoaoiai ; 23. 134, kv 8k pkaaoicn (frkpov 
 Ildr poKhov eralpot ; II. 24. 162, 6 8' kv pkaaoicn yepaios. Od. 4. 281, r/pevoi 
 kv pkoGoiaiv. 
 
 kv ivacn, 'among,' i. e., 'before all' = Lat. coram. Od. 2. 194; 16. 
 378, epkei 8' h> tclctlv d^aords : cf. Hdt. 7. 8 et al., infra, p. 159. Cf. 
 also II. 9. 121, bp.lv 5' ev wavreaaL 'in the midst of you all,' cf. 528 19 , also 
 II. 10. 445, kv vplv. 
 
 kv iroWolaiv, Od. 17. 265, /cat kv iroWolaiv i8kcrdai, of the palace of 
 Odysseus, 'to be seen,' i. e., conspicuous, 'even among many.' 
 
 kv 7rptdT0i.cn., v. supra, p. 137. kv irvpaTOicn, v. supra, p. 137. 
 
 c. With demonstrative. 
 
 kv to'lcfl, II. 5. 395, t\t] 5' 'Ai'Stjs kv Tolai wehooptos wkvv 6l(tt6v. 2<) 
 
 d. With participle as substantive. 
 
 kv irepL<pcuvopkvcp, Od. 5. 476 (B-L-'in a place of wide prospect'); 
 for the meaning cf. (with noun expressed), h. Ven. 100, aol 8' ky<h kv 
 (TKOTifi, irepi,4>aivop.kvc0 kvl x&PV I fiwpbv iroirjaw, where it explains kv 
 
 UKOTTLT]. 
 
 II. Proverbial 
 dXX' t) tol p.ev TavTa dtwv kv yovvaat Ktlrai, II. 17. 514 = 20. 435 = 
 Od. 1. 267 = 16. 129; Od. 1. 400; seems already to have become 
 proverbial. For the thought cf. II. 7. 102. 
 
 7/7. Technical 
 
 Military: 
 
 kvl <TTa8Lr}, 'in close combat,' II. 7. 241; 13. 514; 21 vvpivy to be sup- 
 plied, cf. 13. 314 where it is expressed. 
 
 kv reXktaai, 'in squadrons,' or 'divisions' throughout the camp, 
 always of taking a meal /card arparov kv reXkeaat II. 11. 730; cf. Hdt. 
 /card reXea. 
 
 Of harnessing the horses to the chariot: kv 8e irapriopL-(i<TLv, II. 16. 
 152, of putting the horse 'in the side-traces,' (only here). 
 
 19 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 10. 
 
 20 V. Ebeling: this is variously interpreted, 'like these,' i. e., 'among these,' 
 also 'under these circumstances.' Ameis joins kv to'mji irtkupios, but Hades could 
 hardly be spoken of as irtXcbptos in comparison with Mars and Juno. 
 
 2l So Ap. Rhod. 1. 200. 
 
140 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 From the race-course: 
 
 ev vvaay\, II. 23. 338, ev vv<T(T(i 8e tol 'iiriros dptarepos eyxpi-P<t>OyTU, 
 'let the left horse hug the turning-post,' cf. 344, 'at the turning- 
 post,' cf. airo vvaarrjs supra, p. 36, with a slightly different force of 
 vvoot} as the starting-point in the foot-race, II. 23. 758, Od. 8. 121. 
 
 Almost tech. in Odyssey, ev vbarco, 'on my way home,' Od. 4. 497; 
 5. 108; 11. 384; 24. 96. 
 
 IV. Elliptical (some form of 86p.os, oIkos, or, peyapov omitted) 22 . 
 
 elv 'Aidao, II. 22. 389; Od. 11. 211; elv "AUos, II. 24. 593. (Dat. 
 sometimes expressed, elv 'Aidao bbpoL<n, II. 22. 52; Od. 4. 834, etc.) 
 ev 'AXkivoolo, Od. 7. 132; ev hfyveiov avdpbs, Od. 11. 414; ev acfrveiov Tarpbs, 
 II. 6. 47. hvl KLpKrjs, Od. 10. 282 (cf. KLpuris 5' ev peyapco, Od. 11. 62). 
 Cf. similar phr. in Attic, v. infra, p. 168. Cf. also els, pp. 84, 103, 
 en 50, 59, 60. 
 
 V. Temporal 
 
 ev 0det, 23 II. 17. 647, ev he 4>aet, kcll oXeaaov, eirei vv tol evadev ourcos 
 (L-L-M. 'so it be but in the light, e'en slay us, since that, it seemeth, 
 is thy pleasure'); Od. 21. 429, vvv 5' &pt) /cat bopirov 'Axaiolaiv rervKea- 
 dai/kv cpaei, 'while it is yet daylight.' 24 In the later poets often of the 
 light of life, v. infra, p. 153. 
 
 ev &pn, Od. 17. 176, ev copy belirvov e\ea9cu = iusto tempore, (of taking 
 dinner at the proper time). Cf. Pind. 01. VI. 28, tempestive, in tempore 
 Hdt. 1. 31, Ar. Vesp. 242, etc., v. infra, p. 183. 
 
 VI. A dverbial 
 
 ev -qcrvxLy Kareep^e, i. e., rjavx^s, h. Merc. 356, cf. infra, Hdt. 5. 
 92, 93, v. p. 178, etc. 
 
 ev pLoLpji in the same sense as the frequent Kara polpav, 'rightly, 
 duly, fitly,' II. 19. 186; Od. 22. 54; cf. Plat. Legg. 775 C, v. p. 181. 
 
 ev o' 6X170; crvveXaaae in breve contraxit, h. Merc. 240; cf. Hdt. 
 8. 11 'within a small compass' (of space), also of time, Pind. Pyth. 
 VIII. 92, etc., v. infra, p. 172. 
 
 VII. Tags 
 1. Military: 
 Expressions for 'in the throng,' 'in the press,' 'in the battle': 
 
 22 v. however, n. 120, p. 168, i?ifra. 
 
 23 In II. 11. 173, kv vvktos anoXyw, 'at the dead of night,' iv is probably used 
 for metrical reasons, since wards a/x6\y^ occurs often without a prep., e. g., II. 
 15. 324; 22. 28; Od. 4. 841; h. Merc. 7, etc. 
 
 24 v. Sch. H. 
 
PART Vec 141 
 
 kv cViottjti, II. 16. 815; 17. 2, cf. kv aivfi drj'LOTTJTi, II. 3. 20; 7. 40, 51; 
 13. 207, 603; 15. 512; 22. 64; Od. 11. 516; 12. 257; 22. 229; kv pkaa-Q 
 vcr/iivy Srj'ioTrjTOS, II. 20. 245, for ixr/xivfi cf. II. 15. 340, kv wpcory iiapivj) 
 (v. also supra sub kvl cradL-fl).' 25 
 
 kv dplXco, II. 8. 94, Hands cos kv 6/j.ihcp 'like a coward in the throng'; 
 269, tiv' oiarevaas kv dpiXco , cf. Od. 8. 216. Cf. II. 17. 471, 20. 173, 
 irp&Tcp kv bplXco, 'in the forefront of the throng'; Od. 4. 791, dv8pcov kv 
 bplXw ; 11. 514 parallel w. kv irXrjdvl v. infra. Cf. other preps. 
 
 kv Tr\r)dvZ, Od. 11. 5 14, ou tot' kvl wXrjdvl p'evev dv8pcov oi>8' kv bpiXco ; 
 cf. II. 22. 458, kvl irXrjdvl p.kvev dvbpcov. 
 
 2. Expressions meaning 'in the heart,' 'in the mind,' 'in the 
 breast,' usually plastic, but in some forms the beginning of later 
 phrases: 
 
 kv dvpco, plastic, II. 3. 9, kv dvp.cc pepacores dXe^kpev aXX-qXois 'eager 
 at heart to give succour to each other'; 24. 491, x^P^ T ' * v Q V VV 
 (but without prep. II. 16. 255, 21. 65, ijdeXe dvpco); 24. 523, tiXyea 5' 
 tpirris/kv 6vpu> KaTaKeladcu kaaopev ax^pevoi wep' 'though grieving we will 
 let our sorrows lie quiet in our hearts'; cf. Od. 1. 119,4. 158, 7.75 el 
 al. W. fiaXXco slightly id.: Od. 1. 200, p.avrevaopai, cos kvl dvpco/ 
 adavcxToi QaXXovat, 'as the immortals put it into my heart.' Cf. 
 similar usage with other related nouns, kv arr]deacn II. 5. 513 infra; 
 Pind. 01. XIII. 21, 7roXXd 5' kv KapdlaLS avdpcov efiaXov fQpai. ; cf kv 
 4>peal 6r]aco II. 19. 121 infra; later, w. Dat. alone Aesch. Pr. 705; also 
 ds Bvtfv Pakelv Soph. O T 975 et al. v. els, p. 89. Middle: II. 20. 195, 
 cbs kvl dvpto / f3aXXecu f 6 cf. Od. 12. 217, crol 8e . . . co5' kTireXXopaf 
 dXX' kvl dvpcp/fiaXXev, 'put it into thy heart,' i. e., 'lay it to heart'; 
 cf. II. 15. 561, avkpes tare, nal aldco dead' kvl dvpco; cf. Hes. Op. 297, os 
 8k ne p-qr' avrbs vokr) prjr' aXXov a.Kovcov/kv dvpco fiaXXriTai, 6 8' avr 
 axprfios dvfjp, 'he who . . . does not lay it to heart,' so Op. 107, 
 kvl cfrpeal fiaXXeo v. infra, p. 142. 
 
 kv, kvl (XTrideuai: dvpbs kvl arrfieaai, very frequent, about forty times 
 in II., Od., and Horn, hymns, II. 2. 142; 3. 395; 4. 208, 309; 6. 51, 
 etc. Other uses, not with dvp.6s: II. 3. 63; 4. 430; 9. 554, 610; 10. 9, 
 90; 14. 140; 17. 139; 20. 20; 24. 41; Od. 2. 304; 3. 18; 7. 309; 10. 329; 
 13. 255, 330; 16. 275; 17. 47, 403; 20. 22, 366; 21. 317, etc. mostly 
 plastic and pleonastic. II. 5. 513, kv ar-qdeaai p.kvos /3dXe irotpevt Xacov, 
 
 ' h v(Jiilvr], a Homeric word, occurs again Minerm. 17. 7 c. gen. kv vaixiv-Q iroKiixoio. 
 
 26 L. L. M. translate: 'as thou imaginest in thy heart,' others, 'that thou may'st 
 lay it to heart.' Cf. jutrd <j>ptai, II. 9. 434, et niv 8r) vootov ye fxtra <t>peoi . . ./ 
 P<x\\cai, 'if thou dost meditate in thy heart.' 
 
142 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Apollo 'put courage in the heart of the shepherd of the hosts'; cf. 
 h dvfjub fiaXelv supra. Cf. II. 13. 732, h CT-qdeca ridel voov .... 
 /ecd\6v; cf. 17. 470. (Often with voos or vb-qpa, cf. Theogn. 121). 
 
 hi <f)peal, plastic and pleonastic: II. 8. 202, 413; 18. 88, vvv 8' 'Lva 
 nal col irkvdos hi (ppecl pvpiov ei'77 'that thou may est have sorrow in thy 
 heart a thousandfold'; Od. 4. 632, 77 pa tl Upev evl (frpeciv, r/e kclI oval, 
 'do we know at all, or do we not?' Cf. 676. II. 19. 169, 178; 21. 
 61, 101, 386, 583; Od. 1. 115, 151 etsaepe (some fifty timesor more). For 
 recurrence of Homeric tag, cf. Hes. Op. 531, nal itolcl hi <j>pecl tovto 
 pkpr,\ev; Ap. Rhod. 4. 23, h 4>pecl dvpos. But II. 19. 121 (slight phr.), 
 tiros rl tol h <f>pecl drjcoo, 'a word I will speak to thee for thy heed,' so 
 II. 21. 145, 'put courage in his heart'; Od. 3. 76; cf. w. iroielv, Od. 14. 
 273; II. 13. 121 (middle), dXX' h 4>pecl 6kc8e eKacros / aidcb nal v'epeciv, 
 'but let each man conceive shame in his heart, and indignation,' so Od. 
 4. 729, cxerXiat, oi>8' vpels wep hi cfipecl decde inacT-q/eK Xexeoov p aveyelpai, 
 'Oh, woman, hard of heart, that even ye did not each one let the 
 thought come into your minds to rouse me from my couch' (B. and L.). 
 Cf. w. PaWecdat., Hes. Op. 107, cv 8' hi 4>pecl /SaXXeo cfiap, cf. h 
 crrjdecci, h dvpw fiakelv supra, 27 v. p. 149, infra. 
 
 3. Local designations. 
 
 a. 'In the house,' 'in the halls,' also terms for parts of the house: 
 86p.oLs hi, II. 11. 223; 13. 466; 15. 95; Od. 19. 584; II. 9. 382. h 
 86}pacLv, II. 23. 89; Od. 10. 449, et al. Cf. Bacchyl. V. 173, v. infra, 
 p. 206. hi o'Uco, cf. Ger. hier im Hause, Od. 15. 174; cf. 1. 359; 
 21. 353; 9. 206; 19. 514; 12. 451; 15. 516; 16. 121; 19. 314; 20. 34, 
 129, 308; domi suae, 17. 532; 14. 331 = 19. 288 cf. 15. 157; 3. 349; 
 4. 112 = 144; 11. 190; 16. 140. 
 
 h neyapu, some twenty or more times, pi. h peydpots, hi peyapois, 
 hi peyapoLa about 144 times without modifier, with modifying 
 possessive about twenty-one times, with Genitive about seventeen. 28 
 Sometimes merely plastic, cf. II. 3. 207; 6. 217; 5. 270; 7. 148; 11. 76, 
 etc., 18. 325 (like h 86pois in Eur.). 
 
 h wpoSopco, 'in the vestibule or porch,' 29 II. 9. 473 balanced with 
 vtt' aiOovcu auX^s; Od. 14. 5; 15. 5, 466; 20. 1, 143 et al. Cf. II. 24. 
 673, h Tpo86pa) 86pov, Od. 4. 302 where it is apparently the same as 
 aidovcy in 297. 30 
 
 27 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 256, ^17 not ravra ratjj evi /3dXXeo. 
 
 28 L. and S. h> fxeyapois 'quietly at home' as opp. to war and traveling, II. 1. 
 396; Od. 18. 183, etc.; but also opp. to «r' aypov, Od. 22. 47. 
 29 v. Seymour, Life in the Homeric Age, 179, 185. 
 30 v. Seymour, 1. c. 186 2 . Cf. Ap. Rhod. 3. 278. 
 
PART V ev 143 
 
 ev wpodvpoLoi w. oTT)va.i 'in the doorway,' 'in the gateway,' II. 
 11. 777; Od. 7. 4; 8.304,325; 10. 220; 16. 12; Ep. 15. 12. But ivpbdvpov 
 also of the open space before the entrance to the main hall, 31 so 
 apparently II. 22. 71; Od. 4. 20. 
 
 b. Of the place of a wound: 
 
 ev Kcupiaj 'in a vital part,' H. 4. 185, cf. 11. 439, Kara nalpiov (which 
 some texts print as one word). 
 
 ev crvveoxpv 'in the juncture of the head and neck,' II. 14. 465 air. 
 \ey. 
 
 c. Miscellaneous: 
 
 ev ayopfi : II. 7. 382, tovs 5' evp' elv ayopfi. a. 'in the assembly,' or, 
 b. 'in the place of assembly,' cf. 414; 9. 13, l£ov 5' elv ayopfi reririoTes ; 
 cf. 19. 88, of the place of assembly, half technical. II. 18.497opp. to 
 ewl TrpodvpoLtnv 'and the women marvelled standing each at her own 
 door, but the folk were gathered in the assembly place,' Xaol o' elv 
 ayopfi eaav adpooi. c. Mention of the ayopa clearly as a market- 
 place like the Roman forum is first found in Epigr. Horn. 14. 5, 
 7roXXa pev elv ayopfi irooXevpeva, 7roXXd 6' ayvals. This use is frequent 
 later, but often, as in some of the passages cited above, meanings a. 
 and b. are blended, so sometimes, b. and c; but cf. Dem. 1308. 31, 
 ev rfi ayopa epya^eadai. Cf. further Od. 3. 127, ovre ttot' elv ayopfi 
 Six, e(3ai~op.ev ovt evl fiovXfj, 'neither in the assembly nor in the council'; 
 for ev fiovAfi, II. 2. 194, ev jSouXjj 5' ou iravres aKowap.ev olov eenre ; 202, 
 ovre ttot' ev TroXep-co evapidpios ovt' evl @ov\f], 'thou art . . . never 
 reckoned either in battle or in council,' cf. II. 16. 630 v. supra, p. 137, 
 opp. to ev x e P <Jt -- 
 
 ev aldepi koll vecpeKycriv, II. 15. 20, av 5' ev aldkpi Kal vefyekflo-LV /'enpepw 
 (very slight), so 192. elv 6X1 KvXivoet, Od. 1. 162, 'the wave rolls them 
 in the brine.' evl yaly, II. 20. 279. ev 5a7re5o>, Od. 11. 577, Keipevov ev 
 dawedco, 'lying on the ground.' 
 
 ev 8r,p V 'Wanris, 'in the land of Ithaca, II. 3. 201, Od. 16. 419; 
 ev diipco avrov 'in his own land,' II. 9. 634; ev bi}pw Od. 11. 353; 18. 115; 
 23. 118 32 . 
 
 'ev olfypoLGi, II. 23. 132, 370. 'ev 'iwiroLcn, II. 11. 198, earabr evd\ 
 'iTnroi.crL Kal iippacrL koWtitoIcflv. ev KavXui eay-q 8o\ixbv 86pv, 'in the spear- 
 shaft' (lit. stalk), II. 13. 162, cf. 608; only in II. 
 
 ev /cXiatrjo-i, II. 12. 1; 24. 569 'in' or 'at the huts,' cf. II. 2. 227, 778; 
 9. 263; 13. 253, 256; 23. 810; 24. 413; 11. 834; 19. 141, 179; 24. 554, 
 
 S1 v. Seymour, 1. c. 185 1 . 
 32 Frequent in Od. w. a modifier. 
 
144 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 569. Cf. Bacchyl. XII. 135, plpvovr kv Khiaixicnv 'in their tents.' Sing. 
 kv k\l<tl V , II. 2. 19; 13. 261; 14. 10; 19. 211; 23. 549; 24. 17, 125; Od. 
 14. 408; 15. 301, 398; 16. 1; 17. 516. 
 
 kv KovLycn, 'in the dust,' of dying or falling in battle. II. 3. 55, 
 or kv kovItjo-l piyeirjs ; 4. 482, Treaelv kv Koviycn ; 5. 583, 586 (588, /3a\elv) ; 
 12. 23; 2. 418, rprjvkes kv Kovlrjcnv ; 6. 43, cf. Hes. Sc. 365; II. 13. 520 = 
 14. 452=17. 315; 16. 469 = 6d. 18. 98; II. 22. 330 cf. 402, etc. 33 But 
 Od. 7. 153, 160, e7r' kaxa-py kv Kovirioiv 'at the hearth in the ashes.' 
 
 kv XexkeaaL, 'on the couch', i. e., 'on the bier,' II. 24. 600, 702. 
 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 264. 
 
 kv vqvcri, II. 3. 159, kv V7]vcri vekado), cf. 283; 11. 14; 4. 239, a^Ofxev kv 
 vrjkaaiv; cf. 8. 166; 16. 832; 19. 298; 23. 829; Od. 4. 82; cf. further II. 
 2. 688; 9. 428, 691; 11. 826=16. 24; 12. 16; Od. 2. 226, 263; 11. 399, 
 406 cf. 24. 109; 13. 317; cf. sing. Od. 5. 27, 37; 10. 53; 12. 110; h. 
 Ap. 404. 
 
 kv %vvoxy<Tt-v b8ov, 'where the ways come together,' II. 23. 330. 34 
 kv Atos ovdei, 'at the threshold of Zeus,' II. 24. 527, ap. Plat. Rep. 379 D. 
 kv irepiwirfj :, 'on an outlook,' II. 23. 451, but cf. els v. p. 87, II. 14. 8; 
 Od. 10. 146. 
 
 kv IIuAa; kv veKveaai, II. 5. 397; w. kv ITuXy cf. 11. 689 et al. ; w. veKvecrcn, 
 
 10. 349. Cf kv "Apyet, II. 6. 456 et al. and similar expressions. 
 
 a^avr kv Trp&Tcp pu/xa>, 'they broke the car at the end of the pole,' 
 
 11. 6. 40; 16. 371. 
 
 kv rdxd, 'inside the walls,' II. 13. 764 35 ; 22. 299. 
 
 kv 4>6vcc, II. 24. 610, ol fxkv ap' kvvy\p.o.p near kv 4>6vu>, 'they lay wel- 
 tering in their gore.' 
 
 avXrjs kv xbpTOLcn kv\lv56/j.6vos Kara ubirpov, 'in the farm-yard,' II. 
 24. 640; cf. sing. II. 11. 774. This meaning is Homeric usage only. 
 
 VIII. Local use transferred to Abstractions 
 
 kv aXyeai, II. 24. 568, p,i] pot paWov kv aXyeat, dvpbv bpivys, 'amid 
 
 my sorrows,' is something like kv kclkoIs in the drama; only slightly 
 
 different is Od. 7. 212, rolaiv nev kv aKytcLv lawaalpyv, T might liken 
 
 myself to them in my griefs.' Cf. Od. 21. 88, KtZrcu kv ahytai dvpbs, 
 
 33 Cf. Tyrt. 9. 19; Ap. Rhod. 1. 1056, kv Kofirjcri kcli a'i/xaTL -rreirT7]o)Ta, cf. 2. 107. 
 
 34 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1006, hi ^vvoxfi \iixkvos 'at the entering in of the harbor'; 
 2. 318, dXos kv £vvoxv<nv, but 1. 160, kvl ^vvoxv TroXefioio 'in the stress of battle,' 
 ct al. 
 
 36 i. e., 'in Troy.' Leaf and Bayfield ad loc. : "the use of the word is curious 
 in a passage where the Greek wall has been so prominent." 
 
PART V kv 145 
 
 'her heart lies in = is in sorrow.' Cf. kv ■Kavrtooi irbvoiai II. 10. 245, 279; 
 kpe arvyepco kvl wkvdel Aei7reis II. 22. 483, cf. p 197. 
 
 II. 9. 319, kv 8k ifi TLfxj] rjpkv kclkos rjSe kclI k<xd\bs, 'both the coward and 
 the brave are in like honor.' Od. 10. 465, oi>8k irod 1 vplv/dvpbs kv 
 eixfypocrvvfl. 
 
 Sometimes approaching adverbial force, II. 9. 491, kv v^irLk^ aXeyeivrj 
 'in thy troublesome childishness'; cf. II. 9. 143 = 285, 6a\Li) %vi woWfi ; 
 II. 22. 61, a'iaj] kv apyaXkr) <pdlaeL. 
 
 II. 7. 302, ^5' avr kv 4>L\oTr}Ti 8ieTp.ayev apOpLrjaavTe, 'reconciled in 
 friendship,' (cf. kv (j>l\6tt]tl as a tag, II. 2. 232; 14. 331; 24. 130; Od. 
 8. 313; h. Merc. 4; h. Horn. XXXIII. 5). 
 
 IX. Noteworthy use of preposition 
 
 kv instead of perd: II. 23. 703, tov 8k 8vt>j8eKa(3oLov kvl (T(j)L(n rlov 
 'Axcuoi, 'and the Achaeans among them prized it at twelve oxen's 
 worth.' Cf. i?e /car' alaav hiTov kv bp.lv, -qe kclI ovk'l, II. 10. 445, cf. supra, 
 kv iraoiv, kv vplv Travreaai, kv TrpooToun, etc. 
 
 For comparison are noted here: 
 
 X. kv 8k as adv. a., 'and therein,' II. 5. 740; 9. 361; 13. 797; 24. 
 472; Od. 4. 358; 7. 95; 13. 244, 247 ; 36 17. 270 et al. b. 'And among 
 them,' II. 2. 588; Od. 4. 653, etc. Cf. Hdt. 2. 43; 3. 39 et al. 
 XI. Prepositional compounds 
 
 kva.pL6p.Los, 'of account' II. 2. 202, cf. later els apidpov, kv apt,dp<2. 
 kv8k£ia, adv. 'from left to right,' II. 1. 597; 7. 184; Od. 17. 365, etc. 
 
 B. Literature after Homer 
 /. Idiomatic phrases 
 
 a. With nouns: 
 
 kv ayaaXais, a familiar expression, as of the babe in arms, or the 
 wife in fondling arms, from which develop occasional idiomatic or 
 proverbial uses. Aesch. Ag. 723 of a pet lion cub, iroXta 8' ecru' kv 
 ayKaXais, etc., 'often hath he lain in fondling arms like a new-born 
 babe'; cf. Suppl. 481 (literal), so Eur. Ale. 351; Bacch. 1277; Ion 
 280; cf. Rhes. 948; cf. Or. 464 without prep.; but in Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 
 50 it becomes really an idiom, wore pbvov ovk kv rats ayntihais -rrepupk- 
 popev avrovs ayarcovTes. The singular is used of a child in the arms, 
 Hdt. 6. 61. 4. Cf. use with other preps., kiri, eis v. p. 87, irpos. 37 Then 
 metaph. of the arms of the sea as of something enfolding, Archil. 
 
 36 So Ap. Rhod. 4. 657. 
 
 37 Cf. Soph. Fr. (Nauck) 304, -kkjtoI ne kojxcvovctii' kv <t>opq. bkpas, i. e., 'in their 
 arms'; Eur. Bacch. 1238, 0epw 5' iu (hXiuaiaiv . . . rd5e, cf. I. T. 1158. 
 
146 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 frg. 29 = Aesch. frg. 462, 38 ipvxa-s exovres nvparoiv kv cryKaXcus ; cf. Ar. 
 Ran. 704; cf. Nausicr. 1. 2 K, 7r€XaYiois kv cvyKaXtus. Then of the air 
 holding the earth in its soft embrace, Eur. frg. 935, (Trag. Frg. 
 941). Cf. Cicero's interpretation, X. D. 2. 25. 65. 
 
 kv ayxbvais, Eur. Hipp. 777, fiorjbpopelre Travres oi irekas bbpoov / 
 kv ayxbvais bkarcoiva, Qriaecos ba.fj.ap. (sc. kari cf. phr. w. elva.i kv); id. 
 Hel. 200, ih)ba b' kv ayxbvais /^davarov \afieiv. 
 
 kv alpan, Aesch. Eum. 606, eycb be p.r\Tp6s rrjs eprjs kv alpan, tech. = 
 6p.aLp.os ; cf. Sept. 141, akOev yap e£ aiparos /yeyovapev cf. Horn. II. 19. 
 Ill, ol a-qs e£ alparos eicu yevedX-qt; also Soph. O C 245, cos ris dc/>' 
 aiparos fvperkpov irpocpavelaa. Cf. further other phrases of relationship, 
 kv ykvti infra. 
 
 kv avbpaaiv, cf. supra Horn. Od. 14. 176; 17. 358; 18. 138, gains an 
 idiomatic sense in Euripides. Ale. 732, fj rap' "A/cacn-os owcer' ear kv 
 avbpaaiv 'no longer counts as, i. e., is worthy of being counted as a 
 man,' so 723; Andr. 591, col irov pereanv cbs kv avbpaaiv \6yov, i{> cf. 590, 
 av yap per' avbpcov, co namaTe nan Kancov ; I. A., 945, kyo) kclkigtos rp> 'dp 1 
 'ApyeLwv avrjp,/ kycb to p-qbev, MeveXecos b' kv avbpaaiv (Way: 'So were I 
 basest among Argive men, A thing of naught, — and Menelaus a 
 man! — )' Or. 1528, ovre yap yvvq irkcfrvKas ovt kv avbpacnv av y' el. 
 Cf. Timocles 5 K., ovb' 6 Xaf3piov KTrjaiwros en Tpls KeLperai/kv Tats 
 yvvaiQ \apirpbs ovk kv avbpaaiv. 
 
 kv avdpdo-KOLs, 'among men,' i. e., 'humankind,' especially as an 
 idiom with the superlative and similar expressions, meaning 'in the 
 world'; one of these meanings easily passes into the other. The 
 phrase goes back to Horn. Od. 1. 95, v. p. 135 and w. superl. 1. 391 
 (v. sub Horn. pp. 10, 135). Theogn. 273, tuv itclvtcov be naniaTOv kv 
 avdpdoirois, 'the worst evil in the world'; partitive gen. frequent w. this 
 phr.; cf. 623, iravroiai KaKorrjTes kv dvdpcoTOiai eaaiv ; 637, eXirls nal 
 Klvbvvos kv avdptbwoiaiv bpoloi. Cf. Soph. Ant. 452; ib. 1242; Eur. Or. 
 12G, co <fivais, kv avdpcoTTOiaiv cbs pey' el nanbv ; cf. Ar. Nub. 841, oaairep 
 ear 1 kv avd pdnroia iv aocfrd. Ar. Frg. 357 K., Ppabbraros &v kv avd pdoirois 
 bpapelv. Hdt. 1. 53, rabe pavrrfia elvai povva kv avd pdorois , 'the only 
 oracle in the world'; cf. id. 9. 16; Antiphon VI. 25; Andoc. 1. 67, 
 
 3S Ubi V. Schol. : ALdv/xos 07/cri irapa raj Alcrx^V ten ok cWcos irapa 'Apx^oXV 
 'tpi>X a *- ■ • ■ ayKaXais.' 
 
 39 This noun is confined mainly to tragic diction, but Ar. Probl. 954 35 (nom). 
 
 40 Thc idiom seems to result from the fusion of such expressions as this with 
 the type seen in Hdt. 3. 120, av yap kv avSpwv Xoyu (sc. €t); cf. p. 149; cf. Eur. Fr. 
 495, uels avopuv p.ev ov/ ' Tekowiv apid/xov 'they do not count in the number of men, 
 for thought cf. kvapW/Aios Horn. II. 2. 202; cf. further p. 149 n. 51. 
 
PART V kv 147 
 
 ■k'igtiv toov kv avdpwiroLs aTiGTOTaTrip, 'the most unt rustwoi'th v in the 
 world'; Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 2, naXov yap, eurep tl not aXXo tCcv kv avdpdoiroLS ; 
 cf., w. comparative, Cyr. 2. 2. 18, ovbev avio-urepov vop'ifa kv avdpcoirots 
 chat; cf. further Hell. 6. 3. 6; Ages. 8. 6; Hiero 11. 7, 15; the most 
 striking instance is Plat. Lys. 211 E, top apiarov kv avdp&TOLs oprvya 'the 
 best quail in the world'; Prot. 323 C, 7) prj dvai kv avdpooirois 'or else he 
 ought not to be in the world'; cf. Gorg. 448 C; Aeschin. 1. 88. Cf. 
 Dem. 1246. 2. Cf. e£ avOptorojv in similar usage, v. p. 53, Lysias 
 XIII. 73; Plat. Theaet. 170 E; Aeschin. I. 59, and neut. superl. c. 
 gen. alone, Plat. Theaet. 148 B, apiara 7' avdpdorrcov ; Legg. 636 E, 
 koWmjt' avdpwTcov et al. 
 
 But cf. w. kv avbpaaiv supra, Philemon 119 K., <roi yap t'ls kaTiv, 
 eiirk poi, irapprjffia ',/av XaXeZs kv avOpwiroiaiv cos avdpcoiros &v ; / to 5' 6\ov 
 irepnraTels, fj tov airov aepa/erkpoiatv eX/ceis, eiirk pot, tolovtos &v. 
 
 kv avrXcp, Pind. Py. VIII. 12, Tidtls/vfipLv kv avrXco, 'thou dost sink 
 insolence in the sea,' metaph., i. e., cause it to disappear, but cf. 
 els avr\ov Eur. Heracl. 168 metaph. for getting into a difficulty. 
 
 kv fiadpois, local, but slightly idiomatic, Eur. Tro. 47, et ae pr) 
 8iio\eaev /IlaXXds Atos ttcus, rioO 1 av kv fiadpois en, 'had Pallas, child of 
 Zeus, not destroyed thee, thou would'st still stand firm.' 41 Cf. ck 
 fiadpeov, 'from the foundations,' 'utterly,' Lat. funditus, Ik Eur. El. 
 608, supra, p. 65. 
 
 kv fiaaavco, Pind. Py. X. 67, ireipcbvTO 8e nal xpucos kv fiaaavu} Trpkirei/ 
 Kal vbos opdos, cf. kv irelpa Nem. III. 70, v. infra, p. 152. But kv ftaaa- 
 vols, of testimony under torture, semi-tech, and freq. in the Orr. cf. 
 Aeschin. II. 128, ovb' av 4>rjaiv kv (3aaavoLs avdpairodcov yevkadai. 
 
 kv ykvei, equiv. to kyyevrjs or avyyevrjs, cf. other phr. of relationship, 
 e. g., kv a'lpaTL supra. Aesch. Cho. 287, en irpoaTpoiraiuv kv ykvenceiTTo:- 
 kotlov 'from fallen kindred demanding vengeance.' 42 Soph. O T 1016, 
 bdovveK 1 t)v vol UoXvfios ovdev kv ykvu, cf. Eur. Ale. 904, kpoi rts y\v kv 7em. 
 Soph. O T 1430, rots kv ykvei 43 yap rayyevr) paXi-crO' opav/povoLS r' 
 6.KOVHV eiazfiws ex«t KaKa (note parallelism w. kyyevrj) ; c. gen. of the 
 person to whom one is akin, nearly — kv cupan. Dem. 644. 72, 
 Tu>v kv ykvei tov irewovdoTos 'one of the kinsmen of the man who has 
 suffered'; 1307. 28, ol prjbev kv ykvti. 1390. 7, biro twv kv ykvtt 'by kins- 
 men.' But Eur. frg. 696, kv rcu vvv ykvet u 'in the present generation'; 
 Ar. Av. 162, merely literal c. gen. kv dpvLdwv ykvti. 
 
 41 Cf. Shakespeare, 'Troy on its basis still had stood.' 
 42 Tucker suggests a different, but less satisfactory interpretation. 
 "The opposite of this is ol e£w yivovs, Soph. Ant. 660. 
 
 44 Cf. Menander K. 223. 15. Arist. An. 64. 29 has us kv ykvu Xafith- equiv. to 
 o;s KaOSXov e'nreiv, 'to speak in general.' 
 
148 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 kv do£y, Pind. 01. X. 63, aycoviov kv 86%a/dkp.evos evxos, epycp /cafleXwf 45 . 
 But Lysias 19. 49, c. yiyveaOai (of wealth which a man was reputed 
 to have had) (ficuvopeda . . . k\pevcrpevoi xal ribv vewarl kv 56£# 
 yeyevrjpkvwv (idiomat. phr.); 46 cf. Plat. Lach. 189 A, el 8k vewrepos 6 
 bibaanuv ecrrai, fj priiroi kv <56£]7 &v, 'or one not yet in repute.' Cf. pi. 
 with article and adj. Isocr. IV. 150, ol 5' kv rals peylarais 86£cus 6vres. 
 But differently Plat. Soph. 241 B, \pev8r) . . . eariv kv 86%ais re kcu 
 Kara \6yovs, 'daring to say that falsehood exists in opinion and in 
 words.' 
 
 kv 'epyco, Eur. I. T. 1 190, oukovv kv epytp xkpvifies £i0os re aov, 'ready 
 for action,' an isolated case which shifts the meaning 'in action,' 
 'in operation,' to 'ready for actiom, use.' But cf. Thuc. II. 89. 9 
 (w. art.) 'in,' i. e., 'during the action' (military) in proelio; cf. I. 
 105. 5; 107. 7; VII. 71. 3; VIII. 28. 2; 42. 3; 61. 3. But Eur. Bacch. 
 626, a7ras 5' kv epyco 8ov\os r/v, 'every slave was busied in the task,' 
 Thuc. IV. 131. 3, r\8r} kv epyco ovtwv* 7 'while they were engaged in the 
 work,' cf. w. art. Thuc. I. 68. 2; 120. 5; 140. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 27 (with- 
 out art.). But freq. contrasted w. kv \6ycp 'in word and in deed' 
 (not much more than a tag), Plat. Apol. 40 B, Rep. 382 E (cf. 382 
 A without prep.); 383 A; (pi.) Gorg. 461 C; Pol. 283 E; Rep. 396 
 A, 563 A; Legg. 717 D, etc. 
 
 kv riSovfi, w. dat. of person, Eur. I. T. 494, 55', el tl Sri aot ravr kv 
 ijSovfi fxadelv. (Cf . KaO' ri8ovr]v, which is sometimes used with a personal 
 construction, but usually means 'to do something, Kad' r)8ovrjv,' cf. also 
 Trpbs r)8ovr}v.) Hdt. 4. 139, <hs iravra woLrjaovcrL tcl ^LkWxicxI kern kv r]8ovfi ; 
 so 7. 15, but with personal constr. Thuc. I. 99. 2; III. 9, kv i]8ov^ 'kxovcri 
 nvas 'are delighted with them'; (w. dat.) Andoc. II. 22. 22 (w. adj.); 
 so without modifier, Plat, kinvop.. 977 B; Dem. 1438. 2 prooem. 28. Cf. 
 kv xapiTi, infra. 
 
 kv doivr], Plat. Legg. 649 A, tovs yap yorjras ovk kv doivrj \kyco, T do 
 not count enchanters as a guest,' i. e., T do not take them into ac- 
 
 45 Var. ev 56£av, kvbo^av, ki>86£a, ei>8o£a. Often translated gloriosc, honorifice, but 
 the passage is much disputed. Gildersleeve believes that the contrast with 
 epycj) must be insisted upon and translates 'setting before his mind the glory (evxos) 
 of the games', Fennell, 'having set before him in anticipation glory in the games, 
 having won it in deed.' The Scholiast, however, makes ev 56£p 9. evxos = ev5o^ov 
 vofxlaas to viKrjo-ai which accords with the frequent usage of riOeadai ev. 
 
 46 Cf. infra elvai ev, yiyveo-dcu ev. 
 
 47 Cf infra elvai ev cf. Cic. ad Att. 2. 1. 5, quod eos in hoc esse moleste fert 
 (i. e., hoc agere, operant dare ne Clodius trib. plebis fiat. Boot). Cf. Hor. Ep. 
 1. 1. 11, omnis in hoc sum, cf. Sat. 1. 9. 2, totus in Mis. 
 
PART V kv 149 
 
 count.' Jowett well translates 'for witchcraft has no place at our 
 board.' (Cf. for literal use, Aesch. frg. 350 ap. Plat. Rep. 383 B, 
 kv doivy irapcov); cf. infra, pp. 197, 198. 
 
 kv Qvy.^, cf. Horn, supra, p. 141, Hes. Op. 297, cf. ib. 107, ab 
 5' kvl <f>pe<rl jSdXXeo ari<nv. iS Cf. without prep. Aesch. Pr. 706, tovs 
 kpobs \6yovs/dvpu) /3dX'; Hdt. 9. 10, ol 8k cppevl XajSovres.^ Cf. supra, 
 p. 89. ds dvpbv Soph. O T 975, Hdt. 7. 51, etc. 
 
 kv \6yco, Tyrt. 10. 1, ovt kv \6ycc av8pa TiQdjxtqv, 'make of any ac- 
 count,' 50 quoted in Plat. Legg. 660 E; cf. infra, p. 198 other expres- 
 sions w. rideadai kv. Hdt. 1. 153; 3. 50, tovto to ewos 6 pkv irpeafivTepos 
 ai>T<bv kv ovdevl \6yco kirocqaaTO, so 7. 14; 16 7 2; 57. 1; cf. iroielcrdai kv 
 infra, p. 197; cf. Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 26, where it is contrasted w. irepl 
 iravTos uroLOVfxkvovs ) (but cf. Hdt. 1. 4, obSkva \byov tlvos iroieiad ai) . 
 Hdt. 9. 70, kv ovdevl \6ycp clwcoXovto 'without regard' (Cf. later 
 Paus. 10. 28. 4.) Plat. Rep. 550 A, kv <rp.u<pC> \6yu> ovras. 51 But Hdt. 
 3. 120, 20 yap kv avSpuv X6yo> (sc. el) 'reckoned as a man,' cf. supra, 
 kv avdpaatv, p. 146, cf. 3. 125, kv o.v8paTo8u)V \6yu> TOiebpevos elx e j so 
 6. 19. 3; 6. 23; cf. Plat. Charm. 160 D, kv rw \6yw tuv ko.\uv 'in the 
 class of the good'; Arist. Eth. N. 1 13 l. b 20, kv ayadov yapXoyw yiveraiTo 
 ZXaTTov naKov irpos to p.el£ov Kaiiov, 'is counted as a good.' Cf. kv pkpei, 
 P-olpa, tol&i, etc., c. gen. infra, pp. 179-182. As a familiar phrase = 'in 
 conversation,' 52 Aesch. Suppl. 200, nai p.-) irpoXeaxos pr]8' k(f>o\i<ds kv \67co; 
 cf. Cho. 679, irevQopai yap kv \6ycp; cf. 613 (pi.), a\\av 5' r\v tiv kv Xoyois 
 (TTvyelv/<f>oLvLav 'ZuiiXhav, 'there was another to hate in our tale, the 
 murderous Scylla.' Eur. I. A. 1542, fy tl p-q acpaXelaa p.ov/yvdop:ri 
 rapa^y yXuoaav kv Xoyois kpr\v 'in the tale.' 53 Soph. El. 761 (idiomatic), 
 
 48 Cf. RPp. 74, Porphyr. v. Pythag. 40, kv QpovrLSi deaden, 'lay to heart.' 
 
 "Some MSS. (R S V) read kv <t> P ei>l. 
 
 60 Cf. Flipse, diss. Leyden, 1902 de vocis quae est \6yos significatione atque 
 usu. p. 46. 
 
 "Cf. Orac. ap. Schol. Theocr. 14. 48, vp.els 8' d> Meyapels ovre rpWoi ovre rerap- 
 toi/ ovre 5vu)5eK.a.Toi, ovt' kv \6yip ovt kv apidixu, whence the expression became pro- 
 verbial. With kv apidp,a> cf. (without prep, and nearly lit.) Horn. Od. 11. 449, 
 6s ttov viiv ye p.er' avdpibv i'fet api.dp.ui, II. 2. 202 (prep, cpd.), ovre iror kv iro\ep.io kvapld- 
 p.ios ovt kvl 0ov\fi (sc. el), also els apidp-ov, Eur. frg. 495, El. 1054 (v. supra, els, 
 p. 88). Cf. Lat. qui aliquo sunt numcro atque honore. Caes. B. G. 6. 13; Verg. Aen. 
 11. 208. Cf. further, Soph. El. 1088 usually translated 'in' or 'on one account,' 
 but there is question about the text v. Jebb ad loc. L. and S. apparently mis- 
 interpret Soph. O C 569, kv o-piKpu X6yq)/iraprJKev, 'as of small account.' \6yy 
 here means rather 'speech' and the expression 'in brief words.' 
 
 52 Cf. Plat. Lys. 204 A. 
 
 63 Cf. Pind. Nem. IV. 94. 
 
150 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 ToiavTa aoi tout eariv, cos p.ev ev \byco/ akyeiva, 'so far as mere narration 
 can convey an impression.' 54 Soph. Ai. 1096, roiavQ 1 aixapTavovaiv ev 
 \byois l-Kt] (perhaps little more than plastic). 55 But (colloquial) 
 Ar. Ach. 513, drdp, c/nXoi yap ol irapovres ev \byco, 'Friends, (voc.) 
 present at this discourse,' so Av. 30. In Plat. Prot. 337 B, the 
 emphasis falls upon ev \byco in contrast with the preceding clause, 
 ev5oKL/xelv /j.ev yap eo~Ti irapa reus \pv\o.ls tcov clkovovtcov iivev dwaTrjs, eirai- 
 veiadai <5e ev \byco iroXhcuas irapa bb^av \f/evbop,evcov 'in ivord, contrary to 
 opinion.' The contrast between 'in word' and 'in deed' is frequent 
 (v. ev epyco supra, p. 148) ; 56 ev \bycp is almost technical in Plat, of the 
 argument, Lach. 194 C et al; but of prose opp. to verse, Rep. 390 A, 
 €p» \byw 77 ev -Koi^aei, cf. (pi.) Legg. 816 A; Rep. 398 D of the words 
 fitted to certain harmonies. 57 
 
 ev vbp.co, Pind. Isth. II. 38, ev YlaveWavcov vbp.cp, 'by the custom of,' 
 so w. adj. modif. N. X. 28. Hdt. 1. 131, ova ev vbp.co iroievnevovs, 
 'considering it unlawful' (cf. iroieladai. ev infra, p. 198) ; 58 7. 136. 1, 
 o'vre yap acpiac ev vb/xcp eivai irpoanvveeLV, 'it is not their custom,' etc. 
 (Cf. elvaL ev Wei infra, p. 194), cf. /card vo/jlov, Hes. Th. 417; Hdt. 1. 61; 
 6. 52. 3; 7. 41. 1; (pi.) 4. 62; etc. But Hdt. 8. 89, ol p.17 ev x^pwv vbfxco 
 aToWbfxevoL, (id. and semi-tech.) 'dying in the melee, the fight.' 
 Aeschin. I. 5, tovs ev x^puv vbp.co ras iroXiTeias KaraXvovras 'by the law 
 of force.' Cf. Ar. Pol. 1285 a . 10, ev x^pbs vbp,co (ubi v. Newman); 
 Dittenb. Syll. 2 95. 39, ev x^-P^v vbp.coi. Cf. els, p. 91. 
 
 ev o'ivco, o'ivols, 'over the wine,' Lat. inter pocula, 59 cf. also Eng. 
 'over the teacups,' varies between sing, and pi. with or without the 
 art. Ar. Lys. 1227, i)p.eis <5' ev o'ivco avp-irorai aocpcoTaroi; Plat. Legg. 
 649 D, t\t]v ttjs ev o'ivco fianavov; cf. 652 A; Amphis 41 K., evijv dp', us 
 eoine, kolv o'ivco \byos /evioi 5' vbcop irlvovres ela' d/SeXrepot; cf. eir' o'lvois 
 Pherecr. K. 153. 9; (pi.) Plat. Legg. 641 C (w. art.) rqv ev tols o'lvois 
 
 64 Cf. Soph. Ph. 319, with Jebb ad loc. 
 
 56 Plat. Rep. 396 E, kv iroWCo \6ycc 'in a long speech.' 
 
 66 Plat. (sing.) Apol. 40 B; Rep. 382 E, 383 A; (pi.) Gorg. 461 C, Polit. 283 E; 
 Rep. 396 A; 563 A; Legg. 717 D et al. Com. Fr. Adesp. 389 K. 
 
 "Cf. further Timocl. 4. 7 K., 8 r kv Xoyoiai 8uvos 'TireptlSris ex«- Dem. 399. 
 184, oh yap ear' kv Xoyois 17 iroXireia 'rests upon,' 'depends upon'. A solitary case 
 is Xen. Cyn. 1. 11, kv \6yois fjv usually translated in ore omnium, i. e., 'he was 
 very famous' (Flipse p. 67), but some texts read avvrjv (v. Ruehl). 
 
 58 But Plat. Prot. 327 C, riov kv vop,ois nal avOpuirois redpanntvuv. 
 
 69 Conington ad Pers. 1. 30 cites inter vina Pers. 3. 100; inter pocula, id. 1. 30; 
 Juv. 8. 217; inter scyphos, Cic. Fam. 7. 22; in poculis, Cic. de Sen. 14. 
 
PART V kv 151 
 
 kolvtjv foarpLpiiv, so 645 C. fi0 Cf. irap' olvco, e. g., Soph. T 780. Cf. 
 kv too 7t6tw, etc., infra, p. 152. 
 
 kv oppacri, b<j)da\poZs, (sometimes merely plastic and pleonastic, 
 but freq. idiomatic) : kv oppaai, Aesch. Pers. 604 (half fig. and half lit.), 
 kpol yap T]5r] iravra pkv c/>6/3ou 7r\ka/kv oppaaiv TavraZa (fraivtrai Qt&v 
 (cf. kv thai, 605); Soph. Tr. 241, tcov8' .../.. ywaLKwv &v bpq.s 
 kv 5p.p.a(TLv, 'in your sight,' i. e., 'in your presence,' so 746; cf. Eur. 
 Or. 1020; Hipp. 1265; cf. w. art. Thuc. II. 11. 7. 
 
 kv bcj>da\poZs, Soph. Ant. 764, av t ovbapd/TOvpbv irpoab^ei /cpai-' kv 
 bcpdaXpoZs bpibv, 'nor shalt thou ever set eyes more upon my face,' 61 
 a Homeric phr., cf. II. 1. 587, etc., v. supra, p. 136. Cf. Eur. frg. 
 736. 5; Xen. An. 4. 5. 29, exovres rd Tkuva avrov bpov kv 60- 
 
 daXpols ; Plat. Theaet. 174 C (more id., juxtaposition with xapd Todas 
 interesting), 7rept tccv irapa irbbas /cat twv kv b(j)da\poZs diaXkyeadat. ; 
 Rep. 452 D, to kv toZs b4>da\poZs <5t) yeXoZov opp. to kv rols \byois, 'that 
 which was ludicrous to the outward eye,' in contrast with 'reason.' 
 In Aristotle as a pred. adj. or adv. often = 'evident;' cf. Ar. Pol. 
 1319. 19 opp. to TapopdraL, kv bcfrdaKpoZs pd\\ov elvai; Coel. 287. 17, 
 tu)v irap' i)p.lv kv bcpdaXpoZs (paivopevwv ; Rhet. 1384. 1, 5td to kv 60- 
 daXpoZs dp0orepa ; 1372 a . 24, to. Xlav kv (pavepco /cat kv b<f>da\poZs. 62 aid&s 
 kv 600aXpots is proverbial, Ar. Vesp. 447, 63 dXXd tovtols y' ova evi/ 
 ovb' kv btfidaXpoZacv aib&s tuv iraXaicov kpftaSuv ; Eur. frg. 458, cu5cos kv 
 600aXpotcrt yiyverai ; cf. as variant Med. 219, 01/07 yap ovk eveoT kv 600aX- 
 poZs PpoTthv ; 64 cf. kiri as variant (the earliest occurrence of the phr.) 
 Theogn. 85; cf. further, Arist. 1384. a 35, Kai ra kv 600aXp.ots /cat to. kv 
 0avepco pdXhov' odev nal 17 irapotpia, to kv bipdaXpoZs elvai at6a>. Cf. 
 els, /card, irpb (Aeschin. 2. 148, and contr. e£); but cf. Ap. Rhod. 3. 93, 
 ai8(hs tccrer' kv opppaaiv. 
 
 kv irapafivaTui, 'in a corner' (metaph.) Dem. 715. 47 explained by 
 Xdtfpa closely following; v. also Hyper, frg. 53. Cf. Arist. Top. 
 
 ""Different, but comparable, kv Seiirvocs, Soph. O T 779 (pi. for sing.), 'at a ban- 
 quet,' cf. Ar. Eq. 529, kv ^vnwoaicfi (perhaps with a touch of familiarity), Amphis 
 14 K. kv avixTToalois ; Alexis 9. K. 
 
 ei V. Jebb. who compares for instrumental kv, Ant. 962, kv KeprofjiLois yXwaaais 
 'with mockeries'; 1003, kv xiXcuo-ii' • • • <t>ovah, 'with their talons'; 1201, 
 kv veoairavLv /da\\ols 'with freshly-plucked boughs.' 
 M Cf. later, Theocr. 4. 7; Plut. Alex. 33. 4. 
 
 63 V. Starkie ad loc. who compares also the dictum HXaruv wapactXevtro rols 
 /j.adr]Tals rpia ravra ex elv i *** A'* 1 ' T fl yv&MI <T<j0<f>po<rvvr]v, kirl 8k rrjs yXwtttjs aiyrjv, kwi 
 &k ribv 64>9a\fJicbv aidib. 
 
 • 4 If we retain the MSS. reading which the passages above cited confirm. 
 Nauck, however, reads eveanv 6$0a\;uoTs. 
 
152 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 157. a 4. Cf. later, Luc. Necyom. 480. 17, ovtco Taireivos eppt-TTo kv irapa- 
 (5v(ttu) irov. Cf. Plat. Gorg. 485 D, KaTa8e8vKOTL 8e tov Xonrov fiiov fiiibvai 
 . kv yuvla, cf. Lysis 206 E. 
 
 kv ireipa, cf. kv (iaoavw supra, p. 147. Pind. Nem. III. 70, kv 8k irdpa 
 reXos /dia^aberaL, but Xen. An. 1. 9. 1, twv Kvpov 8okovvtuv eu irelpa 
 yevkaOai, 'to be acquainted with Cyrus.' 
 
 kv xoXe/xo), mainly temporal in force, 'at war', 'in the time of war,' 
 but it may have a fig. local meaning, often with the idea of means 
 involved Bacchyl. V. 131, " kpr)$ / npivu <pL\ov kv 7roXe/xw. A frequent 
 expression, only a few cases will be noted: Plat. Lach. 179 C (contr. 
 w. kv dpijvxi et saepe v. infra, p. 174); 182 C; 193 A; 195 A; Menex. 
 234 C, to kv iroKkfxw aTodvyjcueLV ; 242 A, ttjv tvoKiv kv iroXkp.0) 
 
 rols "EXKrjcrL KarkaTrjae (v. infra, p. 199, KaOi<jTr)p.i kv). Cf. Menander 
 Perikeir. 165 (Capps), 6/j.vvu kv iroKkjico KadeaTa/xev, 'at war'. 
 
 Cf. kv 8at 'in war' Aesch. Sept. 926 (slight phr.), in Horn. II. 13. 286. 
 kv dot Xvypfi, so Hes. Th. 560. Cf. kv /xaxv, Xen. An. III. 2. 18; Plat. 
 Rep. 333 E et saepe. Cf. kv <f>vyji, Plat. Lach. 182 B et saepe. 
 
 kv-rrocrl, 65 Pind. Pyth. VIII. 32, to 8' kv woai p,oi Tpaxov /trco Teov xpkos,™ 
 quod praesto est vel proximum. Soph. Ant. 1327, rav toctlv /ca/cd, 
 'before our feet,' 'claiming our immediate attention,' so Eur. Andr. 
 397; cf. Ale. 739, 17/xeZs 8k, tovv iroalv yap oio-Tkov,/aTeLxwp.ev. 67 Hdt. 3. 
 79, kcu ap.a Ikthvov . . . tov kv iroai yivop.evov, 'who was close at hand' ; cf . 
 Thuc. 3. 97; Plat. Theaet. 175 B, rd 5' kv iroo-iv ayvoibv, 'every-day 
 matters,' cf. Ar. Pol. 1263. a 18. 68 
 
 kv tu> ttotco, like kv o'ivco supra, q. v. Plat. Prot. 347 C, aWrihois 
 avvelvaL kv Tip ttotci) ; (pi.) Isocr. I. 32, rds kv toIs ttotols avvov- 
 aias ; cf. kv olvoo Plat. Legg. 652 A. Aeschin. I. 168, ws kv ra 7t6tw 
 [hnuv] Kidapl^oL) II. 47 (pi. w. art.), cf. kv ttotols Arist Eth. N. 1114. a 6. 
 Cf. xapd ttotov Xen. An. 2. 3. 15; Symp. 8. 41; Epicrat. 5. 2. K.; 
 Antiph. 124 K. 
 
 66 Diels, Vorsokr.- p. 5. 30, ra kv iroalv, 'things at your feet,' nearly or quite 
 literal. (To Thales who had fallen into a pit while looking at the stars: <rv 
 yap, 5} GaXij, rd kv iroaiv ov dwa/ievos idelv ra kirl tov ovpavov olti yvcocreaOai,;). 
 
 66 v. Gildersleeve ad loc. kv irooi, 'on my path,' as kniroSwv 'in my way'; kv 
 is more forcible than 7rapd (cf. to wap tto86s. Pyth. III. 60; X. 62), irpb (Is. VII. 13), 
 or irpos. Cf. also 7rapx«p6s, Bacchyl. XIII. 10, v. Jebb. ad loc. 
 
 67 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 3. 314, a 5' kv iroaiv vp.lv opupev, 'the obstacles which have 
 arisen in your path'; so ib. 835; cf. Anth. P. 5. 30. 4. 
 
 68 For expression 'every-day matters,' cf. Arist. Eth. N. 1096. a 3, kv rols kyKvuXiois 
 dpriTai, 'in every-day discussions or writings,' cf. Ar. de Caelo 279. a 30, kv toij 
 kyKVKkiois </)tXo<ro0)7/ua<Tt. 
 
PART v kv 153 
 
 kv wpofjLaxoi(n, Horn. phr. v. supra, p. 137, Tyrt. 8. 30, kclKos 5' kv 
 irpoixaxoMTi ireauv. Cf. kv 7rpcbrots in Homer, v. p. 137. 
 
 kv (tto/jMutl, Theogn. 240, roWcbv KeL/jLtvos kv aTOLiacnv; Hdt. 3. 157, 
 iravres Zwirvpov elxov kv (jToiiaai alvkovres, so 6. 136 (of blame). Cf. 
 d^a crroyua, 8lo. aTopta, arofxaros, y\doo-o-qs ex etI/ - Different is Ar. Ach. 
 198, kclv rCo <xT6/j.arL Xeyoucu, 69 on my palate.' 
 
 kv t6.4>ols, Aesch. Eum. 767, avrol yap rj/xels ovres kv rd0ois tot€ 
 'though dead and buried' (slightly idiomatic). Cf. Sept. 818, 
 e£ov(XL 8' i)v \aj3axnv kv racfrfi x^bva. 
 
 kv TLp.ri, (idiom, force very slight, if felt at all), Aesch. Pers. 166, 
 kv Tifxfi aej3eiv is a little plastic; cf. (w. adj.) Plat. Legg. 647 A (cf. w. adj. 
 Horn. II. 9. 319, kv 8e Ly TL/xfj rjpkv kclkos rjbk /cat kadXbs.) Soph. frg. 751 
 (pi.); Hdt. 1. 134, kvri,ufi ayeadai. ; so 2. 83;cf. Plat. Rep. 538 E, d/udXicTa 
 rjyev kv ri/xjj. Hdt. 3. 3, Kvpos kv dri/ufl ex et > ttjv 8k a7r' Alyvirrov kirlnTriTOv 
 kv Tiny riderac (for kv drt/xtr; cf. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51,) cf. An. 2. 5. 38, 
 (w. adj.), cf. Dem. 1400. 36. Cf. Philemon, 199 K., 0ov\ov yovels 
 wpcoTLarov kv ti/jlclZs lx.eiv. Cf. 'kx eLV * v i cZpcu kv w. abstractions, pp. 193 
 ff., 197 f. Cf. tech. phr. p. 167 for ol kv rivals. 
 
 kv rporoLs c. gen. Aesch. Eum. 441, kv rpoirois 'I£tofos 'in the manner 
 of,' i. e., 'like,' so Ag. 918, ywauios kv rpoirois; cf. (sing.) Plat. Legg. 
 807 A, kv rpoirco j3o(TKriiJ.a.Tos eKaarov Tnatvbpevov . Cf. adv. ace. c. gen. 
 Aesch. Ag. 390, kclkov 8k x^X/coO rpowov. But kv tu> kavTwv Tpbirco Thuc. 
 7. 67 and kv o'iw Tpbivw narko-TY) id. 1. 97 are not idiomatic. 
 
 kv 0det, lit. in Horn, 'in the daylight,' II. 17. 647; Od. 21. 429, 
 etc., v. supra, p. 140. Cf. eis 0dos, p. 90, kv $dei, Pind. Nem. IV. 38, 
 'in broad day'; frg. 203 (Schroeder). Aesch. Cho. 62, po-n-rj 8' kiruTKo- 
 7T6i dinas /raxeia tovs p.kv kv cpaei opp. to rd 8' kv fxeraiXP-i-V o~kotov. 70 
 Eur. H. F. 517, el fx-q 7' bveipov kv <paet, tl \evaaop.ev, cf. frg. 534, to 
 p.kv yap kv (/><£, to 8k Kara ctkotos naubv. Eur. Hec. 167, ovKkrt p.01 (iios / 
 ayaarbs kv 0det, pleonastic and transitional to the fig. use for life 
 itself freq. in the drama, so id. Phoen. 1281, ovpbs kv 0dei /3ios. 'In 
 the light' in the sense of 'in life,' usually = 'alive': Soph. Ph. 415, 
 
 69 V. Schol. kv to> fifxerepw arofxan, y ever ap.kvo)v rip.cbv, p.6vov ovxl 4>0)vriv &4>ia.<nv, 
 cf. Schomann, Opusc. IV. pp. 180, 181; Sobol. Pracp. p. 15; Edd. Merry, Rennie, 
 Starkie. The second interpret, given by the Schol. cannot be right. 
 
 70 Cf. kv (tkotcc as contrasting phr. recurring frequently without art. (lit. but 
 slightly familiar), Aesch. Cho. 285, opuvra \ap.wp6v kv o-Kdrq, Soph. O T 1273, 
 Ant. 494, Eur. Rhes. 571, Ar. Ach. 1169, Pax 691 (quite lit.); Lys. 72; Xen. 
 Hell. 4. 5. 4; Cyr. 1. 6. 40; 2. 1. 25, tivirep kv okotu ovres ; Plat. Phaed. 99 B, ^rj\a<f,uv- 
 res . uxrirep kv cncorei (cf. Ar. Pax 691 supra); Dem. 1396. 24, kv andrei Kai 
 
 7roXX7J Sixr/cXeiy. 
 
154 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 cos p^/cer' ovra nelvov ev 0det vbei, cf. 1212; Eur. Hec. 415, co Svyarep, 
 ■quels 5' ev 4>aet, bovKebaop.ev ; (c. Atos, Hec. 707, ovzeT' ovra Atos ev </>det) ; 
 1214; Hel. 530 71 ; El. 1145; Suppl. 200; Ion 726; Phoen. 1339. 
 
 ev xdptrt, cf. ev ^bovrj supra, p. 148; ets, p. 128; Xen. Oec. VIII. 10, 
 Kai epot, eav tl cutco, ev xdptrt bibbvai 'for my gratification'; cf. Plat. 
 Phaed. 115 E, otl olv ooi Troicvvres rj/uels ev xdptrt pdAtara irciolfxev ; 
 /cat vp.lv avTols ev xdptrt Trot^cere ctrr' av -xoiriTe ) cf. further, 
 Theocr. 5. 69, \xr\r epe, Mbpawv/ev x- Kplvrjs, 'do not decide from parti- 
 ality to me.' But Plat. Legg. 796 B (pi.), ev x°-P'-°i- v irapakaixfiaveiv, 
 'gratefully.' 
 
 ev x^-Ph X^polv, x e pv'<-'- a. 'to have a matter in hand,' i. e., 
 'to be engaged in' (like 5td x^pos ex* LV supra, cf. els, p. 92). 
 Sing., dual, and pi. all occur in this use. Soph. Ant. 1345, Travra 
 yap/\'exp>-o. rav y^epolv? 2 Hdt. 1. 35, exovros be ol ev x e P°"^ T °v 
 iraibbs tov yapov, so 7. 5, to. irep ev x e P a ' L ^X^s- An interesting case is 
 Dem. 303. 226, ert pepvrjpevoov vpihv Kai pbvov ovk ev rats x^P GI - v e/caar' 
 exbvTWV. Cf. Dion. H. de Thuc. 1; id. 8. 87, tov ev xepati' ovra troKepov, 
 cf. Eng. 'they have a war on their hands'; ib. 21, 6 kv x e P<™ 7reptret- 
 Xtcpos. So (sing.) Plat. Theaet. 172 E, ev x^p'<- TLVa binriv exovra. 
 Cf. Eng. id. 'I have a trial on hand,' 'I have a great deal on hand,' 
 but Eng. 'to be on hand,' i. e., at a given time or place, has no parallel 
 in Greek. Cf. Plut. Alex. 13. b. Of a battle, 'hand to hand,' 
 'in close combat,' Lat. cominus (cf. es x^pas ehOelv, etc., supra, p. 91). 
 Thuc. IV. 43. 2, Kai rjv rj paxv Kaprepa /cat ev x € P°^ 7rdcra, so 43. 4; cf. 
 57. 3, ocrot p.i] ev x^pci biedjOaprjaav 'as many as had not fallen in battle', 
 implying a hand to hand conflict; 96. 3; cf. III. 66; V. 3. 2; 10. 10; 
 72. 3 c. dat. e^xepo-tTtn; VII. 5. 2;Xen. Hell. 4. 6. 11 c. gen. c. But 
 Eur. El. 610 (w. art. and possess.), ev x ei p" L tw 077 ttclvt' execs 'in your 
 hand,' i. e., 'in your power'; 73 but El. 506 merely lit. and local, 
 ov ttot' ev x*P 0lv ex^v I b.vbvt]T Wpe\pas ; while Suppl. 69 also lit. is a 
 Homericism, ot/crpa be Taaxova' lueTebod / tov epbv xatoa rdXar/ ev x e pi 
 flet^at (cf. supra, p. 137f.); cf. Soph. O C 1699, oTrore ye Kai tov ev xtpolv 
 
 71 Pearson thinks the expression too pleonastic if thus interpreted, and sug- 
 gests that fc ^>aei may go with <S>r\oi and = palam, but the usual translation seems 
 preferable. 
 
 "Frequently translated 'everything I am engaged in,' i. e., all my life, 'has 
 turned out wrong', but Jebb sees a dramatic blending of the literal with the 
 figurative sense, 'all is amiss with that which I handle,' as Creon still touches the 
 corpse of Haemon, a visible proof of the truth of the wider fig. meaning. 
 
 73 Cf. Lat. Plaut. Trin. 104, est mihi in manu, 'it is in my power.' Merc. 
 628, tibi in manust quod credas: ego quod dicam, id mihi in manust, but in Latin 
 this phrase may have a technical association. 
 
PART V ev 155 
 
 Karelxov 'I held him in my embrace.' Eur. Ion 631, ob 4>i\u xj/oyovs 
 k\v€lv/ ev x^P "' vufav okfiov (not quite lit.). Soph. frg. 808, opyr) 
 yepovros, coare juaX0a/o) Kowls/ev x et P' 0'/Y€4, kv rdxei 5' dp/SXwercu. 74 
 
 ei> xpdq., usually c. gen. Aesch. Sept. 506, 6e\uv /e^arop-qcrai polpav 
 ev xp^a tvxv, 'right willing he to question destiny in fortune's trial.' 
 Soph. Ai. 963, davovr' av oip.co£eiav ev xp*'<-$ <5op6s 'in the need or stress of 
 war,' cf. Plat. Legg. 796 C, but of need in a different sense, Soph. Ph. 
 1004, ev xpeta (frLXrjs vevpas," 5 i. e., 'lacking his bow.' Critias El. 1. 8 
 (Anth. Lyr. p. 134) ev tlvl xpeia 'in some need.' Isocr. X. 55, Tcbvp.evyap 
 aWcov, 5iv av kv xP e ' La ytvwp.eda. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 8, d ov p.6vov ev XP^a. 
 ovto. eirfpaivei (absol. without modifier here and below Dem. 141. 37); 
 also, in need of some one or something, Plat. Rep. 566 E; 
 ib. 372 A; Legg. 630 E; (rare use of pi. in this sense) Rep. 373 D, 
 iarpuiv ev xpetcus eabixeQa ; Dem. 141. 37, epd> 5' virep tccv ev xP e '<-9- Sokovvtuv 
 elvcu irporepov ; 166. 1 ; cf. 142. 42, reus o' ev evbela. Cf. also Ar. Pol. 1258 a . 
 15; Eth. N. 1133 b . 7. But xp^ia has a different force in Plat. Phaed. 
 87 C, 1/j.o.tLov ev xP e ' a T€ ovtos kclI 4>opov/j.evov, 'in use,' cf. in pi. Soph. Frg. 
 742, Xd/xxei yap ev xpeicuo'ii' ooenrep . . . x<^kos 'is made bright by 
 constant use'; cf. (w. art.) Plat. Legg. 652 A. Cf. eh, p. 123. 
 
 ev x&pa, local but idiomatic: 
 
 Bacchyl. V. 80, aradl t ev xupa, 'stay where thou art,' similar to II. 
 23. 349, evi x&Pin H^\ 'he sat down in his place' (v. supra, p. 138); 
 cf. (without prep.) Aesch. Ag. 78, "Apr/s 5' oik evi x^PP, 'and Ares is 
 not in his place'. 70 Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 20, 'evxwpa. 1-ki-ktov harepuv, 'they 
 fell fighting at their posts,' semi-tech, military term, cf. ev ra^et; 
 ib. 8. 39, Cyr. 7. 1. 23, dXX' avrov ev x&pa arpa^vai, 'gave them a signal 
 not to advance further, but to turn there where they were'; cf. pi. 
 w. art. An. 4. 8. 15. Cf. Kara, x^pav pJeveiv Thuc. 3. 22. 6; 4. 26. 1 et al. 
 Cf. ev tclvtu) infra, p. 160. Cf. Sis, p. 92. 
 
 ev \pi)(t)cp XeyeLv, lit. 'to reckon by the pebble,' i. e., 'count up accu- 
 rately,' Lat. ad calculum recensere, semi-tech. Aesch. Ag. 570; cf. Ar. 
 
 74 It may be questioned how far the antithesis with the adverbial kv rax« 
 should be insisted upon here. 
 
 75 Jebb notes this use of the prep, as the kv of circumstance, denoting the con- 
 dition in which one is, cf. Soph. O T 1112, kv . . . yrjpq.; Ph. 185, kv t 
 68i>vais didov/XtfiU) t ; Ai. 1017, kv yrjpq. flapvs and many others. 
 
 76 So the MSS. Weil following an emendation of O. Gilbert reads "Apecos 8' ovk 
 evi x&pa- ) the text is extremely doubtful and nearly every editor has a different 
 emendation. 
 
156 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Vesp. 656 dat. pi. without prep. 77 Cf. Eur. Rhes. 309, kv \pr)4>ov \6yu/ 
 dkadat (cf. other phr. Oeadcu kv \6yu c. gen. v. supra, p. 149). 
 
 b. With adjectives: 
 
 kv a<j>d6vois, Xen. An. III. 2. 25, kv acfrdovoLs flLoreveiv 'to live in plenty', 
 (cf. Eng. id. 'to live in clover'); cf. IV. 5. 29, kKoip.r)dy)(jav kv iracnv 6.4>66- 
 vois (v. sub iras); (compar.) V. 1. 10, virapxovTuv kvdade kv a^dovurkpots 
 ir\eva-6/j,e9a ; Dem. 312. 256, kv cmjiOovols rpafais ; (for an expression of 
 similar meaning, cf. wels ovk kv xA">rj Tedpap.fj.eda, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 54.) 
 cf. els, p. 109. 
 
 kv bvvaru, cf. Kara, els p. 113, e/c p. 75; Pind. Py. IV. 92, 6(f>pa tls tuv 
 kv bvvaru 4>l\oto.tuv kiropabeiv eparai, 'within their power'; Dem. 1464. 
 
 7, p.aWov b' ovb' kv bvvaru. 
 
 kv Kadapu, Kadapols, varies from the mere omission of a noun like 
 T07ra) or x&pu to a well-defined idiom. Pind. 01. X. (XL) 46, kv Kadapu 
 of a space clear of trees, in patenti loco, like the Homeric usage, II. 
 
 8. 491 = 10. 199, cf. 23. 61, v. supra, p. 138. But Soph. O C 1575(id.), 
 kv Kadapu pijvaL 'to leave the way clear'; 78 Ar. Eccl. 320, kv Kadapw 
 (sc. tottw). In Plat. Rep. 520 D, okelv kv tw Kadapu refers to the region 
 of the Ideas. 79 Cf. use with nouns, Pind. 01. VI. 23, KeKeWu t kv 
 Kadapa/(3acrop:ev okxov 'on an open road'; Plat. Phaedr. 239 C, kv 17X10? 
 Kadapu 'in the open sun,' opp. to aKLq. ; cf. Theocr. 26. 5, kv Kadapu 
 \tipuvi; cf. w. ha Hdt. 1. 202, etc., v. supra, p. 19. Plural: Plat. Legg. 
 910 A, 'kv re Kadapols l5pvop.kvovs, etc., (v. Stallb. either a.. = kv Kadapu 
 or b. = ev re Kadapols totvols kol kv avoalois, h. e. omnibus locis promiscue, 
 nullo facto discrimine. Stallb. prefers b). Cf. further kv biraWpu 
 v. infra. 
 
 kv fxkau, jikaois, etc., frequent in various uses, often merely lit. and 
 spatial, but also idiomatic, temporal, and adverbial. 1. For pur- 
 poses of comparison, the following literal, spatial uses are noted: 
 a). In agreement with a noun, Soph. Tr. 803, kv pkou oKafyti ; 918 
 (pi.); 423, kv pkoyt . . . ayopa ; also freq. w. art. Xen. An. 2. 1. 11, 
 etc.; Plat. Phaed. 108 E, kv ixkau tu ovpavu, cf. 109 C, etc., etc. b.) c. 
 gen. Pind. Nem. V. 23, kv p,k<xaLs . . . Moiaav ; Aesch. Cho. 145, 
 ravr' kv jxkau Tidrj/dt T7?s KaK-qs apas f° Eur. Hec. 1150; Phoen. 583; 
 
 "L. and S. give it the same meaning, but cf. comment on the passage sub 
 6.wb x«tpos supra, p. 39, n. 14. 
 
 78 v. Jebb. ad loc. kv Kadapui virtually = eKwoduv. 
 
 79 v. Adam ad loc. 
 
 80 L. and S., 'interpose as a parenthesis,' but the accompanying text is cor- 
 rupt, and the line is endlessly debated. 
 
PART Vec 157 
 
 frg. 307. 2 (pi.); 81 Ar. Av. 187, cf. 1005; Hdt. 1. 181 (&w);Isocr. IV. 42; 
 Xen. An. 3. 1. 2; Plat. Hipparch. 228 D, 229 A; Rep. 427 C, etc., 
 etc. In the middle contrasted w. the end (sc. SclktvXov) Rep. 523 D, 
 E; cf. Legg. 745 B; kivLv. 991 A; midway in a class of things, Plat. 
 Phileb. 35 E, 36 A, etc.; in the middle between two things, Eur. frg. 
 451, kv pkaw tov ovpavov re nai x^ ovo ^ ) Hdt. 3. 11 (of the space between 
 the two camps); 4. 73; Xen. An. 2. 2. 3 (of a space between two 
 groups of persons); 2. 4. 17, 21 'between' two places; 5. 2. 27; 6.4. 3 (w. 
 /celrcu lit. 'is situated' with no such connotation as w. KeZrcu below An. 
 3.1. 21, etc.); Plat. Phaed. 102 C, kv peace &v ap^oTepuv , so Rep. 359 A; 
 Parmen. 149 A; in the middle between two persons, Euthyd. 271 A, 
 kv p'eaoo <5' v/jlwu, 'between you' (slightly id.), so 274 C; between two 
 things, Rep. 547 D; 583 C; Tim. 32 B; 35 A {bis); Dem. 69. 14, etc.; 
 in the middle as compared with the beginning and the end, often 
 absol. Theogn. 3, wpwTov re nal votoltov ev re peaaoiaiv T will sing of thee, 
 first, last, and in the middle'; Soph. O C 583 (slight phr.), to. \oladi 
 alrel tov filov, ra 8' kv pkaco/rj XrjaTLV t'cxets rj 5t' oi>8evbs Troiel. (Cf. Xen. 
 Cyr. 2. 2. 3, ol kv peace, local and lit.); similarly of a middle class, 
 Eur. Suppl. 244 (phr.), Tpiccv 8k poipccv r) 'v peace crcbfet xoXets ; Plat. Rep. 
 572 E (phr.), reus kv pkaco to.vto.ls kindvplais 'these moderate desires'; 
 (lit. local use Hdt. 2. 126; Xen. An. 1. 7. 6; Cyr. 7. 5. 5; cf. Plat. 
 Rep. 587 C; Tim. 53 E). 
 
 2. Metaph. c. dat. of two persons only: Eur. Her. 184, rjp.lv 8k nai 
 T(f8' ob8kv kaTLv kv juecrto 82 (idiomatic), cf. Eng. 'there is nothing between 
 us', in the sense 'we have nothing to do with each other'; so Ion 1284, 
 tL 8' kffTt $ot/3w aol re kolvov kv pkeco (note pleonastic kolvov). Cf. w. 
 eis Tro. 54, c/>epco 8k aol / kolvovs kpavTTj r' els pkaov \6yovs ; ks pkaov applied 
 to two persons onlygoesbacktoHom.il. 23. 574, v. p. 84, where, 
 however, there is the added thought of the impartial judge standing 
 in the midst, es pkcrcrov ap^oTepois — impartially'). 
 
 3. Absol. usually more or less idiomatic: a. In the middle or 
 midst as of a company, 'to speak in the midst' or 'stand in the midst 
 to speak,' a frequent phr. from Homer on, cf. also eis : Pind. Py. IX. 
 119 (pi.); cf. Is. VIII. 32, etc. Eur. Hec. 531, nayu Ka.Ta.aTas dirov kv 
 
 81 Cf. (w. gen. implied), Eur. frg. 385. 4, kv ukaq (the middle of the circle of the 
 letter 6), and 6, kv fikaais (of the horizontal line between the two perpendiculars 
 of the letter H); nk<rc# and ukaais here keep the natural distinction of the gender 
 and number of their antecedent nouns, but this is not always maintained. 
 
 82 v. Pearson ad he. Murray alone of recent editors retains kv nkpa of Lauren- 
 tian and Palatine MSS. Comparison with Ion 1284 favors kv ukay. 
 
158 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 /ukaoLs rade, so I. A. 1563 (sing. w. no apparent distinction); cf. Hel. 
 944 83 , oiKTpdv ixev ol irapovres ev p.eaco X6701, 'piteous are the words just 
 spoken in our midst'; cf. els p.'eaov Suppl. 439, Hel. 1542 v. supra, p. 93. 
 Cf. also U fxeaov, Eur. El. 797, v. p. 55. b. Absolutely, 'in the 
 midst' or 'in the middle,' Xenophan. 1. 7 (pi.), so Pind. Py. IV. 224; 
 Soph. El. 733 (sing.). But in Thuc. V. 59. 3 almost technical as a 
 military term, ev fxeuw 8e aireChy]p,p.evoi fjcrav ol 'Apyelot, 'the Argives 
 were now surrounded by their enemies'; cf. Dem. 69. 14, ev p.'eaw Xr?0- 
 Bels c. gen. This sometimes becomes = 'between,' Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 17, 
 ds 8e rpiwv en irXedpwv ev pkaow ovtwv, 'there were three plethra between 
 them,' i. e., 'when they were still three plethra distant from each 
 other'; id. 7. 2. 10 (sc. avrovs) ev p.eaw elxov 'they had them in their 
 midst'; but simply, 'in the middle' compared with 'above and below' 
 or 'in front and in the rear', Mem. III. 1. 7, 8, 9; cf. Plat. Rep. 584 D; 
 Xen. An. 2. 4. 22, ra <5' kinr-qbeta e\oiev en rr/s ev p,eaco x^pas ; as technical 
 military designation of the centre of the line of march, Xen. An. 3. 
 3. 6 (cf. Mem. 3. 1. 8), but c. gen. An. 4. 3. 15; absol. Plat. Soph. 
 246 C; Phaed. 97 E (bis); Rep. 531 A; 620 B (pi.); Tim. 62 D; Critias 
 116 C; Legg. 893 C, etc. 84 But Rep. 558 A, avaaTpefofjievuv ev fxeacp 
 'walk about in the midst,' i. e., 'on the streets,' 'in public;' cf. w. 
 same verb, Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 16, ev tu> cfravepco avaaTpe<f)op,evovs. c. = 
 'intervening,' ev /j.eacc a real phr. in this use: Soph. El. 1364, tovs yap 
 ev fxeau} \6yovs, 'the intervening story'; cf. Eur. Med. 819, irepLcraol 
 iravres ovv fxeaco \6yoi ; cf. Eur. Hel. 630, iroWovs 5' ev p.eou> \6yovs 'e\(x>v / 
 ovk old 1 birolov irpwrov apfa/jLai ra viiv, 'having a long story to tell of 
 what has happened in the time between'; 85 of intervening time, 
 Aesch. Suppl. 735, jutjkos 8' ov8ev ev p,e<rw xpovov ; Eur. H. F. 94, 6 5' ev 
 p.e<rcp xpovos, so Ion 1393; Phoen. 589; cf. Or. 16, rds yap ev fxeacp (nycb 
 ri>xas; Dem. 299. 215, rav p.eaco wapaXelTToo ; 995. 4; cf. the elliptical 
 phr. Aeschin. 3. 71, vi>% ev /xeaw, 'night intervened.' d. Of setting 
 something up in the midst as a prize, developed from a half technical 
 usage in Homer, II. 18. 507 (pi.) pp. 10, 138. Cf. els ixeaov, 23. 704, 
 v. supra, pp. 10, 84, 94; Theogn. 994, el Oelris . . . / ad\ov 8' 
 ev fieaaco; frg. Anth. Lyr. (Bergk-Hiller) p. 307. 36, ob yap ev 
 Hecrcroi<n nelrai Scbpa 8v<r/jiaxv Ta Moiaav /t&titvxovtl (j>epeiv. Bacchyl. 
 XIV. 53, d\X' ev p.eaco nelrai mxelv / iraaiv avdp&TOis AUav Welav, 'it is 
 
 83 v. Pearson ad loc. Hel. 630 may partake of this meaning applied to two 
 persons only, 'having much to say in your presence,' but v. infra sub. c. 
 84 Cf. Antiphanes 13 K., ava pkaov (Kock: fori tov ev juetro)). 
 85 But v. supra, Pearson ad Hel. 944. 
 
PART V kv 159 
 
 open to all men,' like a prize proposed in a competition for which all 
 mav enter. Sfi Xen. An. 3. 1. 21, kv pkcrco yap t)5t/ /cetrat raOra to. ayaQa 
 ad\a birbrepoi av rnxuv avSpes apelvoves uiaiv ; Dem. 41. 5, on raura fxev 
 koTiv airavTa to. x^Pi' d#Aa tov wo'hep.ov Kelfxev' kv ,ufcra>. 87 Probably 
 associated with this and certainly with the idea of the middle is the 
 conception of the impartial judge standing as umpire, Soph. Tr. 
 516, fj.6va 6' evXtKTpos kv pkaco Kvirpis pafidovopet. ^vvovaa. (cf. supra, 
 els pkaov, II. 23. 574); Ar. Pax 1118, /cetrat kv pkau really means 'they 
 are open to everybody,' 'everybody has an equal right to them' and 
 is doubtless a reminiscence of the same Homeric custom and phrase. 88 
 Cf. kv kolvoi iraat KeZcrdca, infra, p. 189. 
 
 4. Of time, Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 52, rjv'iKa 5' t\v kv pkaw vvktwv, 'mid- 
 night'; Oec. 16. 14, kv pecrco tw Okpei /cat kv pko-fl rfi rjpkpa, 'in mid-summer 
 and in mid-day.' 
 
 5. Adv. phrase kv pkaco elvai tlvos 'to stand in the way of some- 
 thing,' very idiomatic. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 26, rt <5', ec/n/, kv pkaw k<rrl tov 
 crujUjUeZ£cu ; Dem. 682. 183, ovdev av rjv kv pkau> ToXepelv 17/xds irpbs Kap- 
 diavovs. 89 Cf. e/c pkaov. Cf. as allied phr., kv tw pera^v, Plat. Tim. 
 66 E; Dem. 1392. 13; cf. Isocr. IV. 70. 
 
 kv -KavTi, iracrL, etc. : kv iravrl elvai, Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 29, kv TavA r\oav pi], 
 'they were in extreme fear lest'; Plat. Symp. 194 A, ev /cat pa\' av 
 <po/3olo ko.l kv wavrl e'irjs ; Euthyd. 301 A, naych kv ttovtI kyevbpr\v virb 
 airopias, T was at my wits' end'; cf. c. gen. Thuc. VII. 55. 1, kv ttovtc 
 8rj aOvpias rjaav, 'they were in utter despair'; Plat. Rep. 579 B (cf. 
 579 A), kv Kami /ca/coD (av) tlt\ 'in utterly evil plight,' so Aeschin. I. 62. 
 Cf. tlvai, yiyveadai kv infra. Different, but with slight id. tinge is 
 Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 27, kv wavrl TXeovkKT-qv tuv woXepLwv 'in everything'; 
 ib. 2. 2. 22, 6s kv iravrl paareuet ir\kov exetv ) cf. 7. 5. 61 al. 
 
 kv Tracu: cf. Horn. Od. 2. 194; 16. 378 supra, p. 139 'among all;' 
 Hdt. 7. 8, Iva yvcopas re irvdrjTai afawv /cat avrbs kv iraai elirj] to. fleXet ', 
 Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 18; Dem. 983, 59; 991. 22. 9n Cf. Plat. Rep. 500 D, 
 
 86 v. Jebb ad loc. 
 
 87 But Kelrai kv /j«tcj) Aeschin. III. 248 has not this meaning. 
 
 88 Cf. Ter. Phorm. Prol. 16, in medio omnibus/ pal mam esse posilam qui artem 
 tractant musicam. Cf. Alciphro Ep. II. 3, kv ixkau Keiatrai. 
 
 89 L. and S. cite in this connection Theocr. 21. 17, ov&els 8' ev /xiaacc yt'nwv Tr'tkev, 
 but it seems unnecessary to give it so colloquial a turn. Cholmeley, 'there was 
 no neighbor at hand,' v. ad loc. 
 
 90 Cf. kv irpwTOLs, irpo/jLaxoicTL and other phr. in which ef = 'among.' But Dem. 
 302. 221, 81a ravT kv ttclctlv kfxavrov tTarrov 'in all respects.' 
 
160 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 <5ia/3o\?7 6" kv iraai iroWrj, 'but there is plenty of slander everywhere.' 
 There is probably some idiomatic feeling in such phrases as 
 kv waau> cHpdovois, 'in all sorts of comforts,' Xen. An. 4. 5. 29;sofreq. 
 Plat. Gorg. 523 B, kv navr) evdaipiovia, etc. Cf. Xen. Hell, 6. 2. 24, kv 
 Taarj advp.ia, etc. Cf. kv iracnv ayadoh, i. e., 'flourishing', Pherecr. 108. 2 
 K., and the play on this familiar phr. in Ar. Vesp. 709, e£uv kv iratn- 
 \ayuois, 01 'on nothing but hare's meat,' which is again parodied in Ach. 
 
 1026, h TTO.<Ji. (SoXlTOlS. 
 
 kv irpurois, 'among the foremost,' 'the first,' goes back to Horn. v. 
 supra, p. 137, but later loses the military association usual in Homer. 
 Aesch. Pers. 443, t'lcttlv kv irpurois aei ; Soph. El. 27, navrbs kv tpcotols 
 e7rei ; but easily, like Lat. in primis, imprimis, comes to mean 'above 
 all,' 'especially,' 'greatly,' cf. Hdt. 8. 69; Plat. Rep. 522 C, 6 nai wavrl 
 kv irpwTOLs avayKT) /xavdaveiv, 'which every one must learn among the 
 first things' (Jowett: 'among the elements of an education'); Legg. 
 753 C, tcl 8e tcov invaKiwv Kpidevra kv irpwrois ; 892 B, ovra kv Tpcorois, C, 
 ipvxh <5' kv irpcoTOLs yeyevr]ij.evr) ; Isae. VII. 40 (bis); Aeschin. 1. 4, a yueXXco 
 kv irp&TOLs \kyeiv, = in principio. Cf. kv to Is TrpcoTot Thuc. I. 6. 3; 
 VII. 19. 4; VIII. 89. 2, etc., v. infra, p. 204. Cf. kv wtcltols. 
 
 kv varaTOLs, 'among the last,' Soph. Tr. 315, l<jws/ykvvr]jj.a. tuv 
 kneldev ovk kv v<jt6.tol%,cI. Eur. Ion 1115, p.ede^ei.s 5' ovk ev ixttoltois ko.kov, 
 where varaTois is probably masc. not neut; cf. Eur. I. A. 1126, nav 
 uaraTOLcn Kav p.eaoL<n tclvtclxov ; cf. w. art. Ar. Ran. 908, kv rolaiv 
 wtcltois 0pa<roj. Plat. Rep. 620 C, kv vo-tcltols, 92 cf. 619 E, kv reKevTaiois. 
 
 kv 4>L\ol<ji, Eur. Ale. 630, ovt' kv 4>L\oicn (neut.) crrjv rapovaiav Xeyco, 93 
 T do not count your presence as a friendly act.' Cf. phr. w. ndkvai kv, 
 etc., infra, p. 198. 
 
 c. Pronominal: 
 
 kv TavTtb, Xenophan. 15. 1 (Diels, Vorsokr. 2 p. 50), aid 8' kv Tavrop 
 pifxveL KLvev/xevos ovSev, 'abides in the same place,' so frequently from 
 this time on. Cf. kv x&P a > and Kara x^pav \xkvtiv, also eis tclvtov, ravro. 
 Epicharm. 2. 9 (Diels I. c. p. 90) Soph. Frg. 102. 3 (Nauck), ov yap 
 7tot' abroiv ovbkv kv Tai)Tw (xkvei; Eur. Ion 969; Hel. 1026; Tro. 350; 
 Ar. Av. 170; Vesp. 969; Hdt. 1.5, r-qv avOpwirril-qv . . . evSaip-oviriv 
 
 91 v. Starkie: this is a irap' virovoiav for kv iraaiv ayadols, as kv denoting a state or 
 condition is generally used only with abstract substantives. Sobol. Praep. p. 23. 
 
 92 L. and S. cite this as an adv. use meaning 'at last,' but 'among the last' is here 
 also the more natural interpretation. 
 
 93 F. G. Schmidt's emendation to vk/i.0) adopted by Nauck in Teubner ed. seems 
 quite unnecessary in view of the many cases of Xkyu kv in this meaning. 
 
PART V ev 161 
 
 ovSapa ev tCovtu p'evovaav; Time. VII. 49. 3. Cf., but not w. ix'eveiv, 
 Thuc. IV. 35. 1; V. 7. 2; VII. 87. 2; VIII. 78. Cf. as variant Eupolis 
 356 K., ixkvu Se xpw' oi>Sev ev TaiVw pvd/jiu). Xen. An. 1. 8. 14, kv to} 
 avTw p'evov ; cf. 3. 1. 27, c. elpi and dat., Lat. adv. una; cf. Plat. Gorg. 
 490 B, eav ev to) avrco copev, wairep vvv, 'let us suppose ourselves to be 
 together as we are now'; cf. ib. 465 C, D; Prot. 336 A; Lysis 206 D; 
 cf. Legg. 898 A, B. Rep. 551 D, oUovvras kv to) ai'To) (although 
 7r6Xis has just preceded, and might naturally have been made the 
 antecedent); Aeschin. I. 43, 146. In Plato of an argument that 
 'goes around in a circle,' Euthyphro 11 C, to yap irepu'evai tovtols 
 tovto Kal /n) peveiv ev to) avro) ; Phaed. 86 E, epoi yap (fraLverai en ev to) 
 avro) 6 \6yos thai; Euthyd. 288 A; but cf. Tim. 40 B; Parm. 139 A 
 (five times, cf. ib. ev tco, tlvl). Cf. Phaed. 90 C, xp ovov obb'eva ev 
 ovdevl p'evei. Cf. further, Eubul. 74 K., kv to) yap aura; iravd' 6/j.ov 
 irui\r)creTai/ev reus 'Adrjvais, Aelian Varr. Hist. XIV. 42, fr. 95 Hg. 
 (ap. Xenocrates), ev Tai)To) . . . apapTaveiv 'in the same way 
 . . . as,' i. e. equally.' 
 
 d. With participles: 
 
 ev ap.eifiovTi, Pind. Nem. XL 42, per vices, alternatim, 'by turns' = 
 adv. ap.oLfiab'is. Cf. ev p,epeL, p. 179 ff. 
 
 ev Ka/jLovcnv, Aesch. Suppl. 231, Zeus dXXos ev nap.ov<nv, 'among the 
 dead' (half way toward becoming a phr., does not recur). 
 
 ev to) ovtl, Plat. Cratyl. 413 E, pdxv v 8' elvai kv tw ovtl, 'in the 
 world of existence'; Theaet. 176 E, Tapa8eLyp.a.Tcov ev to) ovtl eo-Tcbraw, = 
 in rerum natura, etc. v. also infra adv. temporal phrases. 
 
 kv tco Teray/jLevcp, Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 37, ovtol 8e bifKofybpov pev T<x£eeos 
 airo\e\vaovT at, d 8e ewiaTavTaL, to) fiovkopkvoo picrdov vwrjpeTovvTes ev tco 
 Terayp-evoo eaovraL] cf. Xen. An. 3. 3. 18, 'at the appointed post.' 
 This phrase also occurs in three Athenian xprj^iapaTa, Dittenb. 
 Syll. 2 33. 47 ( = Hicks and Hill, Manual Gk. Inscrr. 60. 48), ^vXarTovres 
 T-qv ofyer'epav avrcbv ev tool reraypevccL ovtoov. 94 Ditt. 108. 48 ( = H. and 
 H. I. c. 123. 48), 95 eivai 8e Qea'irr)Tov . . . irpaTrovra 6 tl av 8vvy]Tai 
 ay adbv tool SrjpooL tooi/ 'Adrjvaioov ev tool reraypevoiL. So Ditt. 129. 63 
 ( = H. and H. 140. 63). 
 
 94 v. ftn. ad he. also Koehler in Mitth. des arch. Inst, in Athen. II. p. 209, who 
 concludes that kv tw reraykievy elvai woiovvTa tl does not differ essentially in meaning 
 from Taxdfjvai iroielv tl. 
 
 96 v. ftn. ad loc. 
 
162 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 77. Imprecations and Curses 
 
 Theogn. 833, iravra ra.8 1 ev KopaKeacn nal ev 4>dopu, ev of circumstance 
 or condition, cf. elvai ev. Cf. h Kopcwas, els cfrQopov, etc. Aristoph. 
 et al. p. 96 f. This seems to be a solitary case with ev, 'everything 
 has gone to destruction,' as if all maledictions had been brought to 
 fulfilment. 
 
 III. Proverbial 
 
 dX\' oxrirepel/ripcos ev acnrlbt ^evlaai ae fiovXopat.. 9 *' Com. Frg. Adesp. 
 420 K. 
 
 (3ovs ev avXico, Cratinus. 32. K. 97 
 
 ev fivdco Democr. frg. 117, Diels, Vorsokr. 2 p. 407. 4, ev fivdw yap 17 
 a\rjdei.a, 'in the depths,' the famous saying of Democritus of truth 
 in the bottom of a well, but no word is used for well and the expression 
 is idiomatic and prov. Cf. ev (ppearc infra, p. 163. Cf. Ar. Eq. 609, 
 beiva 7', co Hoaeibov, el ^776' ev fivdio bvv'qaopaL,/ p.i]Te 777 p.rjT ev dakarr-fl 
 biacpvyelv Tovs lirTeas (cf. 607 en fivdov); 98 ev /3u0ai Ran. 247 (cf. eis fivdbv 
 weaelv, Soph. Ai. 1083 et al., v. p. 88); cf. Menand. K. 536. 10. 
 
 ev rols epavrov 8lktvols dXcocropat Com. Frg. Adesp. 560 K." 
 
 ev rw KairriXu), Plat. Com. 174. 4 K., vp.lv yap ovb'ev, Kadairep 7) irapoi- 
 pLia/ev to; KawiiXcc vovs evelval pot bonel. 100 
 
 ev rw Kapl Kivbvveveiv , 101 Eur. Cycl. 654, 'to try the hazard on a 
 Carian' (since the lives of Carians, who hired themselves out as 
 mercenary soldiers, were supposed to be worthless and cheap); 
 Plat. Lach. 187 B, onoirelv XPV OT ovk ev tw Kapl vp.lv 6 k'lv8vvos Kivbvvevr]- 
 tcu ; Euthyd. 285 B, &airep ev Kapl ev epol ecrrco 6 idvbvvos, 'on a cheap 
 body like myself'; 102 cf. Philem. 18 K., Cratinus, 16 K.; Polyb. 10. 
 32. 11; Aristid. I. Panath. p. 163; taken over to Lat. Cic. Flacc. 
 
 90 Zenob. 1. 65 {(hairtp)' kirl tovtwv e'iprjTai, ot toIs avrwv epyois r) rex^ais xP^^voi 
 tovs (f>lXovs evtpyeTovaiv, irapoaov oi rjpioes to irakaibv evoir\oi ovTes kZevltfovro, ludicavit 
 Meinek. Philol. XV. 539. 
 
 97 Kock: Hesych. irapoip-la ewl tojv axPWTcov, so Suid. v. Diogen. 3. 70 et Apostol. 
 5. 10, (iovs kv auXtco ykpuv, kwl tu>i> 8l aadtveiav rjo-vxc^ovTwv. Longus 4. 18, 3, ovb' 
 et /xeXXco @ovs kv avkla KaTaXeiirecrdai, etiam de eis dici qui suis cari esse desierunt 
 docet Villoison. 
 
 98 Cf. kv P'tvOeo-iv aXos, Ar. Ran. 666, a Homeric phr. II. 1. 358. 
 
 "Macarius 3. 85, kirl tcov vtto twv idiuv iravovpyiuv aki.o-iiop.kvwv. 
 
 100 So Kock. Ka7rr)\ov Casaub. Didot ed. translates by apitd cauponem. 
 
 m Kivdwd'€Lv kv is a half tech. legal term of what is at stake in a trial, v. infra, 
 p. 165. 
 
 lo: v. Schol. Platon. Bekk. 322, Zenobius 3. 59. 
 
PART V kv 163 
 
 27. 65, nonne hac vestra voce volgatum est, si quid cum periculo experiri 
 velis, in Care id potissimum esse faciendum? 
 
 kv Kew rls rifxepa ; Crates 29 K. 103 
 
 kv Atos tcrjirois apowdcu pbvov ev8aipovas 6\/3ovs, Soph. frg. 297 
 (Nauck). 104 Com. Fr. Adesp. 721 K., \v\vov kv peormfipia. (arrets). 105 
 
 kv bwxi- o wriXos yiyveTai, i. e., the model stands the test of the nail, 
 like Horace's factus ad unguent cf. Sat. 1. 5. 32; A. P. 294, because the 
 sculptor tries the niceness of the finish by drawing his nail over the 
 surface, Plut. 2. 636 C, cf. Verg. 2. 277 in unguem; Pers. 1. 64, (v. 
 Conington-Nettleship ad loc.) cf. ha, p. 20. 
 
 kv to; iridw, Plat. Gorg. 514 E, to \eybpevov 8r) tovto kv tu iridu) tyjv 
 nepapelav kirlx&peiv pavdavetv. Cf. Laches, 187 B; Ar. Frg. 469 K. 
 
 kv wvdpkvi, Hes. Op. 369, SeiXri 8' kvl irvdpkvi </>ei<5co, 'tis a sorry thrift 
 at the bottom.' 
 
 Ar. Vesp. 480, ov ye prjv oi<8' kv aeXivco ctovgtIv ov8' kv—irrjyavu, 
 'and still the business has not yet "come to the parsley," no, nor 
 to the rue,' (Starkie) i. e., 'tis scarcely begun yet. 106 
 
 <jTr\vai kv rpibhw, 'to stand at the cross-roads,' of a person in doubt, 
 Theogn. 911; Plat. Legg. 799 C, eras 6' ay nadairep kv Tpi.b8w yevbpevos. 
 (Paroemiogr. kv Tpib8w eipl). But ka rpioSov diff. id. v. e/c p. 56. 
 
 Anth. P. 5. 8.5, Nvv o' 6 pev op/aa 4>r\alv kv I'oari aelva tpepeadat./ 
 (hence he is no longer bound by them). Cf. els vSwp, clvov, p. 98. 
 
 kv (frpkan, Plat. Theaet. 165 B, to \eybpevov kv 0peari avaxbpevos, 
 cf. els 174 C, v. p. 98. 
 
 kv xpw/ 07 Soph. Ai. 786, ^vpel yap kv XPV tovto pi] x ai P ilv Tiva, 
 'shaves close,' 'touches the quick,' (Jebb: 'this peril touches too 
 closely for our peace'); Thuc. II. 84. 1, kv xpv <* € ^ irapairXeovTes 'sailing 
 past so as to shave or graze' 108 (for metaphor cf. Verg. radere iter). 
 
 103 Leutsch, App. II. 61, eirl rwv ayvunnuv. Ov5eis yap oldtv kv Kew ris rj ij^kpa, 
 &ti oi>x karaaiv ai rj/iepai, aX\ cl>s e/cacrrot 6k\ovaiv, ayovaiv. 
 
 ,04 v. Leutsch, App. VII. 16 d. 
 
 I05 Photius: kiri T<bv kv Kaipui avtitLTTj^dio tl ttolovvtuv. 
 
 '""Usually explained as by Schol. V. from the custom of planting parsley and 
 rue as garden borders, but Schol. R has a different explanation, irapoaov ra 0pk4>ij 
 yevvT)Qb>Ta eWvs [kv] atXLvois kriOeaav, preferred by Starkie, q. v. Leutsch, App. 
 IV. 38; Apost. 13. 47. 
 
 l07 ei> xpot is used by Homer literally of the weapon buried 'in the flesh,' II. 
 8. 298; 15. 315, cf. 23. 286 (<ra> kv xp°?)- also other preps, w. this noun \v. similar 
 lit. force (enrd, 8ia, kic, e-ri, irtpl.). 
 
 108 Later this develops further idiomatic uses: cf. Plut. Thes. 27. 2, ovok t^v 
 p.a\r,v avvfj\f,av kv xpy °f fighting hand to hand; Luc. adv. indoct. 3, 17 kv xpy crvvovaia 
 
164 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 But Hdt. 4. 175, neLpovres ev xpot of shaving the hair close, so Xen. 
 Hell. 1. 7. 8, and often later. Cf. Pherecr. 30 K. Cf. prep. cpd. 
 Archil. 38, eynvTl KeKappevos. 
 
 IV. Technical 
 
 1. Military: 
 
 ev aoiriaLV, Eur. Suppl. 572, ev aairiaiv aoi irpwra KLvdvvevreov 'in 
 battle,' 109 cf. w. irapa, kiri. But Pherecr. 145. 11 K., Kadairep ev reus 
 acnriaLv ('in the shields as mirrors') 110 / apiarep' avrov (palverat Ta8e£ia. 
 
 ev KaTaXoyco, commonly, the list of those liable to serve in the 
 army, Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 9, ol ev tu naTakoyco et al. Cf. w. other preps. 
 Ar. Eq. 1369, kvredels ev KaraKoyo}, 'the register of citizens.' 
 
 ev /j.eT<jOTTCt), 'in line,' Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 23, Tapera^avro ev perwivw ; 
 Cyr. 2. 3. 21; cf. 2. 4. 4; 4. 2. 27; 5. 3. 36; 41. cf. eh p.. arvvai Cyr. 
 2. 4. 2; p. 99, kwi 2. 4. 3. 
 
 ev 671-Aois elvai, 'to be in,' i. e., 'under arms,' Eur. Bacch. 303, 
 arparov yap ev ottXols ovtcl nairi ra^eaiv ; Ar. Ran. 1532; Hdt. 1. 13; 
 Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 38 (w. art.); An. 3. 2. 28, 'iva cos irXelaTOL p.ev rjp.<Jov kv 
 toZs 67rXots oxnv ; cf. 6. 1. 11; Ages. 1. 33; Hiero 2. 13; 10. 7; cf. (w. art.) 
 Reip. Lac. 11. 1. 3; Plat. Crat. 406 D, ev ottAcus /xdxeo-^ai ; cf. Lach. 
 178 A, 179 E, 181 C, 182 B, 183 B, 185 C, 190 D; Euthyd. 271 D, 
 273C, E; Gorg. 456 D; Legg. 795 C, cf. 833 D et al. Lycurg. 37; 
 Dem. 287. 177; Aeschin. III. 140; Ep. 11. 7; Dinarch. I. 79, etc. Cf. 
 els, ewi, irapa. 
 
 ev xXcucuco, Thuc. 6. 67, ev 7rXcucrtco Teraxdcu 'to be drawn up in a 
 square'; ib. 7. 78; cf . Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 4; Ages. 2. 2;cf. An. 1.8. 9 w. 
 modifier. 
 
 ev ra^ei, v. infra, p. 181. 
 
 ev <j>v\aKf), 4>v\aKals, 'on guard,' 'to hold or be under guard,' peri- 
 phrasis for 4>v\aTTe(jdaL. Theogn. 439, 6s tov ep,6v pev exet vbov ev <pv- 
 
 of close acquaintance; cf. in Lat. Pers. Sat. 3. 30, ego te intuset in cute novi; c. 
 gen. 'close to,' Plut. 2. 345 A, kv xpy tov dupaKos ; Luc. Hermot. 5, ei> xpv T vs VV* > 
 absol. ev xpv pure adv. (also written iyxpy or iyxpu) 'near at hand,' 'hard by', 
 Plut. 2. 925 B, kv xpw nal o-x&ov) Luc. hist, conscr. 24 (v. Passow for additional 
 references). 
 
 109 Cf. sing. Com. Fr. Adesp. 451 K., avijp apiaros raXXa irXijv ev aairldi. 
 
 110 This seems the reasonable interpretation, but it is a disputed passage. 
 v. Meineke ad 2. 239 for discussion of translation frequently given (and adopted 
 in the Didot ed.) in ordinibus militum. For the shield as a mirror cf. Aesch.- 
 frg. 393 N.; Ar. Ach. 1298; Ap. Rhod. 1. 746, to 8' avriov arpeKes avrus / xo-^k^V 
 de'iKrj'Kov ev aairlSt. (palver Ibeadai, 'and her likeness opposite, clearly reflected in the 
 bronze shield, was manifest to behold' (Mooney). 
 
PART V kv 165 
 
 Xanfiacv ; Pind. Py. IV. 75, tov povoupqinba ttclvtws kv <j>v\a.Ka axtQkpev 
 jU€7a\a, = Lat. cavere. Aesch. Pers. 592, ovb' en yXcoaaa fiporolaiv /kv 
 4>v\aKals. lu Hdt. 1. 24, WpLova. kv 4>v\a.Kfi lx^ LV ] Cl - 160; 5. 77. 3; cf. pi. 
 Hdt. 2. 99, c. adj. mod.; 3. 152; sing. 7. 207; 208; 8. 40; cf. 7. 203; 
 cf. extension of this phr. to the particular language or dialect of a 
 people, Hdt. 1. 57, tovtov (i. e., tov yXdoo-arjs xapa/cr^pa) exoucu * v (frvXaKr/. 
 Thuc. II. 13. 7, to 5' kv (t>v\ai<fi tjv rmuxv tovtov, 'of this half was 
 under guard'; cf. (w. adj.) IV. 55. 1; Dem. 300. 215; Thuc. IV. 14. 
 5; 38. 4; VIII. 51. 1; Xen. An. 4. 5. 29; Dem. 249. 73. 
 
 Slightly technical: kv <f>ovals, used only in pi. (except in Suid.) 
 The phr. goes back to Horn. II. 10. 521, kv apyaXkyvi <f>ovfiaLv (cf. 15. 633, 
 &p0i <f)ovycnv). Pind. Py. XL 37, Or/nk r' Alytadov kv 4>ovals (periphr. = 
 <f>ovevet.v) ; Aesch. Ag. 447, tov b' kv cf>ovals KaXCos TreaovT ; Soph. Ant. 
 (the only play of Soph, in which it occurs) 696, kv ^o^als/rexTcor' 
 'fallen in bloody strife'; 1314, ttoLu) be KaireXvaaT kv cfrovals Tpoirco ; 112 
 (cf. 1003, cf)ovals, 'murderously,' the only case in Att. without prep.); 
 Eur. El. 1207, ebei^e p.a.GTov kv (frovaZo-Lv ; but Hel. 154 w. modifying adj., 
 cnreaTL be/. . . kv 4>ovals OrjpoKTovoLs. Cf. (w. art.) Hdt. 9. 76, 
 en kv Tr\cri 4>ovfiai kovTas, 'in the act of slaying'; Ar. Av. 1070, kv cfrovals 
 oXXurat, (in a mock tragic passage in parody). 
 
 2. Legal: 
 
 kv curia, Soph. O T 656, kv atria . . . f3aXelv, 'to lay under an 
 accusation'; 113 cf. [Plat.] Ep. 7. 341 A, cos p.rjbeiroTe (3aXelv kv curia tov 
 btiKvvvTa dXX' ai'Tov avTov, 'so that he may never blame his teacher, 
 but only himself; cf. kv aWLa exeiv, 'to hold one guilty,' 'accuse,' Hdt. 
 5. 106/ opa p.r/ e£ vaTkprjs aecovTov kv airifl crxfis, SO Thuc. I. 35, (v. also 
 infra sub exw '&>, p. 197 f.); cf. cV airias exeif (v. supra, p. 31); cf. Hdt. 
 8. 99, MapbovLov kv airiri TL0kvTes ; Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 6, ovtoo yap ^klct av 
 nkv ae oZpac kv alTia elf at. 114 Cf . elvai kv w. abstractions, v. infra, p. 193 
 ff. 
 
 Semi-tech, from the courts of what is at stake in a trial: Soph. 
 O C 564, rjdXrjaa KLvbvvevp.aT kv rcbpco Kapa, 'at the risk of my own life'; 115 
 
 m Cf. Eur. H. F. 201, kv eu<£vXa/crco 5' earl, 'he is on his guard,' only a little more 
 than a local use, practically = 'he is in security,' cf. elvac kv aa<t>a\tl and other 
 neut. adj. w. elvai kv, v. p. 183 ff. 
 
 U2 v. Jebb. ad loc. 
 
 113 v. Jebb ad loc. who considers the phr. equivalent to kp.(3a\tiv alrig., and com- 
 pares knftaXelv els avfi^opas, Antiphon III. B 5 10, ks ypa<f>as, els exOpav, Dem. 248. 
 70, also Eur. Tro. 305, els kp.' airiav fiaXy. 
 
 114 Hence the tech. phr. oi kv aWlq. Dem. 631. 36; Ep. II. 1471, etc. 
 
 115 In Homer 'staking their lives' is irapOkptvot tcecpaXas, \pv\o-s. Od. 2. 23; 3. 
 74; 9. 255; II. 9. 322, \pvxqv wapa.tlaW6p.evos (occurs also later). 
 
166 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 cf. Lys. II. 63, kv rots acopaai rots kavTcbv KLvbvvevaavTes. Isocr. XVIII. 
 3. kv rptd/covra bpaxpals nivbvvevovTa ; cf. Dem. 601. 26, kv xiXtats (sc. 
 bpaxpods.) o' 6 xivbvvos, so 701. 3. Plat. Rep. 424 C, evkafiqTkov ws et> 
 oXco /ctpSiiyeiWra, 'as endangering the whole state'; Laches 186 B, 
 kv kraipojv avbpwv vleai KivbvveveLV ; cf. prov. kv ru Kapt Kiv8vvevei.v supra, 
 p. 162. 
 
 In the Orators: 
 
 Andoc. I. 4. 26, kv tu> epd> \67co <5t<5a>pt rw (3ov\opkvu 'in the time allot- 
 ted to my speech,' so I. 5. 35, 55; Aeschin. II. 59 also with same 
 meaning, kv too kpw uoart Dem. 274. 139; 359. 57. 
 
 3. Of forms of punishment: 
 
 kv kXo'lco, Xen. Hell. 3. 3. 11, rbv rpdx^Xoy kv kKoIco paaTtyovpevos 
 (a sort of pillory). Cf. Cratinus 115 K., kv too kv4>oovl tov avxkv ixuv. 
 
 kv £i>\a), Ar. Eq. 394, kv %v\oo b-qaas, 'binding in the stocks'; w. art. 
 367, 116 705; cf. Hdt. 6. 75; Andoc. I. 92; Lys. X. 16; pi. Andoc. I. 45. 
 
 4. From the field of politics and government: semi tech. 
 
 kv dpxjj, dpxats, Thuc. II. 37. 3, ol kv apxfi, 'those in authority', Isae. 
 VII. 34, kv apxfl T€, deapoderrjcr as, cos kyevoprjv ovk dot/cos ovbk TrXeoz^e/crTjs, 
 rjirLaTdTo cracitos, 'in office,' but usually only in pi. w. this meaning; pi. 
 'in sway,' in power,' Soph. Ant. 796, toov peyaXoov irapebpos kv dpxcus/ 
 Oeapoov 117 ; Eur. Andr. 699, crepvol 5' kv dpxats ijpevoL /card tvtoKlv ; Or. 897, 
 os av bvvt]Tai 7r6Xeos Iv r' dpxcucrtz; fi ; so Thuc. VI. 54, cf . Ar. Pol. 1302. 7, 
 oikvrah dpxals, of being 'in office,' 1299. b 3; 1305. b 3. Cf. Ar. Eth. N. 
 1095. b 21; 1158. a 28, ot kv rats e£oucrtais, 'those in power, in office'; 
 id. Rhet. 1384. a 1. ot kv depart Ar. Eth. N. 1123. a 2, b 19, 1124. b 19, 
 also pi. 1126. 36, rots kv d£tcopacu /cat rots rvxovcn. Cf. infra, kv bvvapei, 
 kv reXet, kv rtpats. For the more frequent use of kv apxfi 'in the 
 beginning,' v. p. 173 f. 
 
 kv bvvapei, oi kv bvva.fj.ei is half tech., like 01 kv dpxcus, reXet, rtpats, 
 etc. Thuc. 3. 93, ot re GecrcaXot kv bvvapei ovres twv ravrji xwp'iwv (nearly 
 periphrasis for verb, note dependent gen.); cf. Hyper. I. frg. VII. 
 XXVII. 21 (Blass emendation), /cat rous kv bvvapei ovras kv rats ToXeaiv 
 /cat 7rpoecrrd>ras ; Lysias XXIV. 25, kiri toov rptd/co^ra yevopevos kv bvvapei ; 
 Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 5; Dem. 174. 29. But in Plat. Rep. 328 C it has none 
 of this official sense, but is equiv. to a pred. adj., governing a gen. 
 as in Thuc. 3. 93, supra, el pev yap kyoo en kv bvvapei rjv tov paStcos iropevea- 
 0ai 7rp6s to ao-Tv, 'if I was still able easily to go to the city,' cf. et^at kv 
 infra, also other preps, w. bvvapis. Cf. kv bvvaToo 'within my power' 
 supra, p. 156. 
 
 uc v. Blaydes ad loc. cf. w. adj. Hdt. 9. 37. 2. 
 
 U7 For discussion of the text, whirh is very likely corrupt, v. Jebb ad loc. 
 
PART V kv 167 
 
 Similar in meaning is, ol kv rols irpaypaaLv, Thuc. III. 28; Dem. 
 125. 56; Ar. Pol. 1307. b 9, 'those engaged in the affairs of state,' 
 'the public men.' Cf. elvai kv irpoedpla, in the office of irpoedpos, Ar. 
 Pol. 1292 a . 9. 
 
 kv reXei, ol kv reXet, cf. ol kv apxals, Swa/xei, it pay paa iv , ri/xais. Soph. 
 Ant. 67, 118 toIs kv reXet /3e/3cicn, 'those in supreme power,' 'the magis- 
 trates'; elsewhere ol kv reXei alone, Soph. Ai. 1352; Ph. 385; 925; cf. c. 
 elvai, Hdt. 3. 18; 9. 106. 3; Thuc. I. 10. 4, e£a> twv /3acn\kcov /cat tojv 
 Hanaro, kv reXet, 'the principal officers,' cf. I. 90. 5; II. 10. 3; III. 
 36. 5; IV. 65. 2; V. 60. 1; VI. 88. 10; VII. 73. 1; VIII. 50. 4. But Eur. 
 Bacch. 860, 6s Trk^vKev kv reXet deds/deLvoraros, not 'in authority,' 
 although it might easily be mistaken for that meaning, but 'in the 
 end'; 119 Hdt. 9. 7. (31, relxos vp.lv 8ia rov 'Io-6p.ov k\avvop:evov kv reXet ken 
 'is in completion,' i. e. 'on the point of being finished,' cf. elvai kv 
 infra. Probably also slightly colloquial tone in Hdt. 1. 31, dXX' kv 
 rkXel tovtco eaxovro (of the death of Cleobis and Biton). Cf. 5td, eis 
 w. reXos, pp. 23, 112. Cf. Eur. I. A. 19, tovs 5' kv rivals rjaaov fr/Xco, 
 of men in office or power. 
 
 5. From the field of Rhetoric and Logic: 
 
 kv dicupkaec : early use of this phr. which later became tech. in 
 Rhet. and Logic, Aesch. Eum. 749, Ten-irat^er opOibs e/c/3oXds \pr}4>u>v, £kvoi, 
 /t6 p,rj adwelv akfiovres kv haipkaei, 'in the division,' i. e., in the reckon- 
 ing of the votes on either side. Cf. later Aristot. Top. 120. b 36, 
 kv rfi avrfi biaipkau, i. e., in eadem categorio, cf. virb c. ace. ib. 121 a . 6; 
 Metaph. 1054. a 30, kv rfj faaipkaei tuv kvavricov ; Meteor. 330 b . 16, 
 nXdrcov kv rals haipkcreviv . Its general meaning in the theory of 
 logic = 'in the process of logical division.' Cf. w. other preps., Plat. 
 Proleg. II., e/c 5tatpecr€cos TpoeKdcopiev v. p. 58. Cf. /car' eUt] biaipkcrewv 
 Plat. Soph. 264 C ; /car' eUr] diaLpkaeccs 267 D ; later, /card diaipeacv is used 
 as a grammat. term 'divided,' opp. to /card awdtrbv, Ath. XL 492 A. 
 But cf. kwl Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 55, 'to the distribution of booty.' 
 
 6. Commercial: 
 
 A late phrase is kv irapaKaradriKy bod-qvat 'on deposit,' Polyb. 5. 74. 5. 
 Tech. phr. of valuation: Dem. 877. 7, rr/v olniav kv SiaxiXtats irpocrk- 
 £eis ; cf. 1036. 27, 28; also 876. 3, kv <5. Cf. d7r6, kn. 
 
 118 v. Jebb ad loc. for /3e/3a><ri kv, etc. 
 
 U9 Cf. Cholmeley ad Theocr. 22. 148, iv reXet here = re\«os. 
 
168 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 7. From the field of athletics: 
 
 A late use, semi-tech, of wrestlers, ev \a(3als elvat or yeveodcu 
 'to be at grips, grapple closely,' Plut. Eum. 7; 2. 979 A; cf. els \a(3as 
 rfKiiv id. Lucull. 3. 
 
 8. Musical: 
 
 Semi-tech. Ar. Vesp. 582, ev <£op/3eia toIctl diKaarals e^obov ■qvkqa 
 awLowtv of a flute-player 'with his mouthpiece on he plays a quick 
 march for the jury as they file out of court' (Starkie). 
 
 V. Elliptical 
 
 Sc. 56/xw, 86fj.0L(n, o'Uco, olida, lepw, or similar word. 120 Cf. Horn, 
 p. 140. Most frequent is ev klbov Aesch. Suppl. 416; Ag. 1528; Ar. 
 Ran. 774; 121 Pherecr. 81 K.; Xen. Oec. 21. 12; Plat. Crito 54 C et 
 saepe (twenty-one or more times); 122 Isae. II. 47; Philetaer. 18 K. 
 Hyper. VI. evrtra^. XII. 35, XIII. 39, 43; Dem. 732. 104; 786. 52, 53. 
 
 120 Brugmann, however, (Grundr. d. vgl. Gr. 2 Bd. II. Teil II, §517, S. 610 sq.; 
 Griech. Gr. 3 395), and others following him (e. g. K. Meister IF 18. 148 sqq., 
 Giinther IF 20. 94 sqq.), on the ground of the use of different old prepositions 
 with the Genitive in the idg. languages, believe this explanation insufficient and 
 consider the Genitive not as dependent on an omitted noun, but originally a real 
 Gen. of place, to which the local adv. came to be attached, thus fusing two expres- 
 sions of different origin. Accordingly kfxirodwv is supposed directly to represent 
 ev irobwv ("im Bereich der Fiisse"), and not to have arisen on the analogy of 
 in -KoSihv. This also explains els c. gen. in such phrases (v. p. 84, pp. 103, 104) 
 and e£ as in Od. 18. 299; (p. 50); ix 8i8a<rKa\cov Plat. Prot. 326 C (v. p. 60); 
 Ar. Lys. 701, e/c rac yeirovuv (v. p. 60). (Brugmann, Gr. Gram. 3 395, "Man 
 konnte einst 'Aldao elvai 'im Bereich des Hades sein' sagen, u. s. w. Zu 'Aidao 
 trat nun ev geradeso wie zum Lok. u. zum Akk. und ev beim Gen. wurde in gleicher 
 Weise wie beim Akk. als Zielkasus nach e£ zu kvs (eis) erweitert"). Meister, while 
 admitting that in many cases it is easy to infer an ellipsis, cites Cretic dialect 
 inscrr. in which he believes it difficult to supply such a word as would be likely to 
 suffer ellipsis. He argues further that the later development of some of these 
 phrases does not indicate that an unexpressed word was in the consciousness of the 
 speaker. In Ion. inscrr. the same expressions are found with the case the prep, 
 regularly governs, e. g., rav he ev 'AwoWuvi ; so in N. T. ev to ady and els (but MSS. 
 vary) abr)v (in Horn, ev and els "Al8ov only) . v. further Meisterhans, Gr. d. alt. Inschr. 
 S. 214 §85. 18 w. ftnn. 1720, 1721, for citation of like cases in Att. inscrr., con- 
 fined to fixed uses like the names of Attic sanctuaries and of Attic communities, 
 e. g., AewvLdrjv eav rts airoKTeivfl ev twv -RoKeuiv &v AOrjvalot. Kparovai, ttjv ri/xooplav elvat. 
 Ka.96.wep eav tls ' AO-qvaiiov awodavy CIA IX. 1, c, 27, c, 14 seqq. (time of Pelop. war), 
 etc. 
 
 121 v. Sobol. Praep. p. 11. 
 
 m Plat. Phaed. 68 A, 70 C, 71 E, 85 B, 107 A; Cratyl. 395 D; Symp. 192 E; 
 Gorg. 493 B, 525 B, C, E; Meno 100 A; Rep. 330 D, 366A, 386 B {bis), 392 A, 
 596 C (56p.oi<n expressed; 386 D ap. II. 23. 103); Legg. 727 D, 881 A, B. 
 
PART V kv 169 
 
 Sc. tepw : kv Uvdiov, Thuc. VI. 54. 6, 7; Isae. V. 42. 17 kv Aiovvaov 
 kKK\r]<ria, Thuc. VIII. 94. 1 ; Dem. 517.9; Aeschin. II. 61; cf. III. 52; 
 
 kv Aiovvaov rpayco5ovs, Dem. 58. 7; cf. Lycurg. 136, 137, kv rw rov Aids 
 tov crcorTJpos (note omission of tepw, expression of art.). Sc. 56/xo> or 
 otnu: kv Kparivov, Ar. Eq. 400; kv iraiboTpifiov ib. 1238; Nub. 973; 
 kv tuv driidLovpyibv Lys. 407; kv aWoTpLwv Thesm. 795; kclv Qea/xocpopoLv 
 ib. 83; kv KXco7u<5coj' Eq. 79 (sc. 5??pco); kv XeLpuvos Eur. I. A. 926; but 
 kv i)p:eTepov Hdt. I. 35; VII. 8. 5 (i. e., 'in our country'); sc. 56/x«:ib. I. 36, 
 kv Kpoiaov; kv Kidapiarov Plat. Theaet. 206 A; Charm. 160 A; kv ypafx- 
 naTiaTov ib. 159 C, 160 A; kv didacKaXuv Alcib. I. 110 B; Legg. 834 D; 
 kv 'ApLcppovos Prot. 320 A; kv warpos, Soph. Frg. 524. 3 (Nauck). kv 
 irarpos, kv kiriTpoirov Menex. 249 C. Cf. Isocr. XII. 165, reus re fxr) 
 SvvafxevoLS kv tclZs clvtoov %t)v ; Andoc. I. 144, ixkroiKov (elvai) kv ttj twv 
 ir\r}aiov (sc. iroXeai, irokei). Cf. els, kn, pp. 84, 103, 104, 50, 59, 60. 
 
 kv yetTovwv, very idiomatic, of living 'in the neighborhood,' 'next 
 door,' c. dat. or gen. Antiphan. 212 K., kv yeiTovuv avrw naToinobcrris 
 (Meineke reads ck); Lycurg. 21, dXX' kv yeirovuv r-qs kudpeipaaris avrov 
 irarpidos jjL€TOLKcov ; Dem. 1249. 10, otl to x^piov to kv yeiTovoiv /J.OL tovto ; 
 Menand. Perikeir. 27 (Capps), kv ytnbvuv 8' oUovaa TadeK^ov, cf. id. 
 frg. 853 K. Cf. further Luc. Philops. 25 c. dat.; Icarom. 8, d kv 7«i- 
 tovwv kcrTL to. 86yij.aTa 'of like kind.' Cf. e/c, p. 60. 
 
 kv avrov, etc. Ar. Vesp. 642 123 very idiomatic, kclgtlv ovk kv olvtov 
 (sc. oinia or oIkco), 'he is not in his right mind'; so also (if the text may 
 be trusted) Menand. Samia 128 (Capps). 124 Cf. Ger. "Ich war 
 ganz aus dem Hauschen" i. e., 'out of my senses' (Starkie). Cf. also 
 Lat. esse apud me, te, Ter. Andr. 408, 937, Phorm. 204; redire ad me 
 'to recover my senses,' Andr. 622, Ad. 794. Cf. also Hor. S. 2. 3. 
 273 penes te es? The allied idiom Xen. An. 1. 5. 17, 6 KXeapxos kv 
 eavTco kykveTo, 'came to himself,' 'recovered his senses,' although not 
 elliptical is so closely related to these phrases as to be best classed 
 with them. 
 
 123 v. Starkie ad lor. 
 
 1 - i v. Capps ad loc. who cites Soph. Ph. 950, vvv er' kv aavrov yevov ] Plat. Charm. 
 155 D, ovKer' kv kixavrov ', Hdt. 1. 119, ovre k^eir\dyr] kvros re kuvrov yiverai] but this 
 reading of Soph. Ph. 950 is based on one MS. (Par. A) and on Ar. Vesp. 642; 
 most edd. read kv aavrui (v. Jebb. who would do away with this phr. even, in 
 Ar. where he prefers to read either W avrov or kv avrw on the ground of Xen. An. 
 1. 5. 17 (v. supra), or the gen. of the reflex, in Soph. O C 660 and Dem. 26. 30, 
 del 5i) . . . vnwv avrwv en Kal vvv yevonkvovs). In Plat. Charm. 155 D the 
 text also varies, Hermann, ovKkr' [kir'] knavrov r\v, others, kv knavrib which Jebb ap- 
 proves, kv kixavrov, however, has good MS. authority here and Stallb. contends 
 for it and its support of the gen. in Soph. Ph. 950. 
 
170 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 VI. Temporal 
 
 ev is used of time within or during which, in the course of which, 
 (v. xpovw), most frequently to designate the time, i. e., time when. 
 
 a. Phrases for day and night, time of day, season: 
 
 ev ruiepa, 'by day,' 'in the day-time,' Pind. 01. I. 6, ev apepa; 
 frg. 107 (74). 2; cf. pi. 01. II. 68, Bacchyl. XII. 163, iravpais xbpov 
 el\a[Trlvas t ev / a/j.e]p[a]is 'in a few days'; 125 ev r)p.kpa Aesch. Eum. 105; 
 Eur. Bacch. 488 paralleled by p.ed } rj/iepav and contrasted w. vmrop ; 
 id. Tro. 446, wktos, ovk ev 17/xepa ; 126 Thuc. VII. 44. 1 'in the day-time'; 
 Diphilus 100 K. et al. But Dem. 379. 123, el yap ev r\jxepa ttoKlv fjpet, 
 8vo Kal e'Uoalv elaiv a.pid(j.<x>, 'within a day,' nearly = 'each day.' ^p-'epa 
 omitted: Pind. Py. IV. 132, ev eKra; Eubul. 3. K., vvv oVcos rr\v vvxd' 
 6\r)v/ev rfi 8eKaTj] rov iraiSLov xopevaeTe, i. e., on the child's name day. 
 ev rfi vcrrepaLa (r)p.epa easily supplied from preceding clause), Plat. 
 Prot. 318 A. ev ttj TTporepa twv enKkriaLuv 'on the day before the ec- 
 clesia,' Aeschin. III. 69, etc. 
 
 ev vvkt'l, Pind. Is. III. 54 (IV. 36), 6\f/ia/ev vvkt'l 'late in the night,' 
 'about dawn'; Aesch. Ag. 653 'in the night-time'; cf. Soph. Ant. 16; 
 id. Tr. 149, Xafirj r ev vvktI (frpovrldoov p.epos, 'she takes her portion of 
 anxious thoughts in the night,' 'at night'; cf. Thuc. II. 3. 4; IV. 68. 
 2; VII. 80. 3; Xen. Hell. III. 5. 21; VI. 4. 26; Symp. I. 9; Cyr. III. 
 3. 26; V. 3. 56; 127 ev vvktI fiovXas Menand. frg. 733 K. ubi v. nn. 
 
 ev ev4>povri, 'in the night', euphemism, lit. 'in the kindly time.' 
 Aesch. Ag. 522, 0cos ev ev<t>povxi cfrepcov, 'bringing light in darkness'; 
 Eur. I. A. 1571, to \ap.irpov eVklo-crovo- 1 ev evcjypovrj 4>aos (of Artemis); 
 Rhes. 617, 825. Cf. Kara, Aesch. Pers. 221; Soph. El. 259; Eur. 
 Rhes. 736; periphrasis Eur. I. A. 109, kclt ev<t>povr)s aiaav. 
 
 ev '6p4>va, noctu, i. e., 'in the darkness' = 'at night,' Pind. 01. I. 73; 
 XIII. 70; cf. pi. Pyth. I. 23; Eur. Ion 955; Rhes. 69, 587. Cf. 5i' 
 6 P 4>vv Eur. Suppl. 994; Rhes. 697; 774 (w. adj.); but H. F. 352, 
 es 6pcf)vav of the nether world. 
 
 ev aeX-qvrj 'in the moonlight,' Thuc. VII. 44. 2. 
 
 ev 17X10; re Kal Trvlyet, Plat. Rep. 422 C (J., 'under the heat of a scorch- 
 ing sun'); cf. Phileb. 26 A, ev ye xetMwo-t Kal irvlyeai. (Cf. also hia, 
 5td Kavp-arbs re Kal irvlyovs, Rep. 621 A). 
 
 125 Cf. Xen. Mem. III. 13. 5, kv -Ktvre t) e£ r,nepais ; similarly An. IV. 8. 8; Hell. 
 II. 4. 21, kv oKTW firjaiv, etc. 
 
 126 Cf. h vwmPpLq. 'at noon-day,' Thuc. VI. 100. 1; Xen. Hell. V. 4. 40; Plat. 
 Legg. 897 D et al. Aesch. Suppl. 746, iv nearinfipias/ 'daXirei is not a periphrasis for 
 this, but more like instrumental kv. 
 
 127 Cf. periphrasis Eur. Rhes. Ill, kv KaTaaraaei vvktSs 'in the night-time.' 
 
PART V kv 171 
 
 kv ayopq. irX-qdovTOS ox^ov, Pind. Py. IV. 85 12a = pr. ayopa.% w\r]- 
 dova-qs, the forenoon from 10 A. M., Hdt., Xen., etc. Cf. also kv rjj 
 ayopa Tv\r]dova V , Thuc. VIII. 92. 2; Plat. Gorg. 469 D, etc. 
 
 kv depet, Thuc. IV. 27. 1 et saepe. 
 
 kv xet/zwi'i, Pind. Is. II. 42, kv be x^M^i 'in winter'; cf. Aesch. Ag. 
 969; Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8; w. art. Cyr. 8. 8. 17; 129 'in wintry weather,' 
 i. e., 'in storm,' in pi. Plat. Legg. 961 E, contr. w. evbiacs, v. infra; 
 cf. fig. use, Soph. Ant. 670, bopds kv x^M^n 'in the storm of battle.' 
 Also kv \pvxtt-, 'in w T inter-time,' Soph. Ph. 17. Associated w. kv xei/zwJ'i, 
 but not strictly to be classed as temporal, more often indicating rather 
 circumstance or condition, kv ei<bia, Aesch. Sept. 795, toXls 5' kv ebbiq. 
 T€ kcu KXvdwvLov/woWalai ir\rjyals avr\ov ovk ebe^aro] Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 14, 
 kv eibia xeiyuw' ; a TOLovaiv ; cf. An. 5. 8. 20; Plat. Legg. 961 E, Iv ye 
 xeip.cbac kcll kv evdiais (v. supra). 
 
 b. W. xpovos expressed or understood: Bacchyl. VII. 45, kv oXlki 
 xpovcp (Jebb: ^Xi£='of the same age, ^Xt^ xpbvos, here is 'a time of the 
 same duration,' 'an equal space of time'). Pind. Py. IV. 291, kv 8e 
 xpbvto, 'in time,' 'after some time,' so 258, (cf. without prep. 78); 
 cf. frg. 147 (114); Py. III. 96; VIII. 15; Aesch. Suppl. 138, kv xpbvy 
 'in course of time'; 938; cf. Cho. 1041; Eum. 498, peravdis kv xpbvco; 
 Ag. 857, kv xpbvu 5' airocfrdivti / to rap/3os avdpwiroi<nv ; (cf. 463 without 
 prep., 'the black Furies in time,' 'though late'). Soph. O T 613, dXX' 
 kv xpbvw yvcoaet rd5' dcr^aXws ; Eur. Andr. 782; Plat. Theaet. 186 C, 
 p.6yLs Kal kv xpbvw; Phaedr. 278 D, 'in the course of a long time'; cf. 
 Aesch. Ag. 610, kv p(\K<-i xpbvov, so Soph. Tr. 69, 130 w. which, cf. 
 Aesch. Suppl. 56, yvcotrerai be Xoyovs tw kv naicei 'in due course of time' 
 (temporal without gen. only here). Cf. kv xp° V(j ? M aK P¥> 'after a long 
 while,' Soph. O C 88 ; 131 Ant. 422, El. 330, Ph. 235; but Eur. Or. 980, 
 'in the course of a long time,' not 'after'; cf. Eur. Hipp. 375, wktos 
 kv ^ta/cpoj xpww 'in the weary hours of the night,' and the parody 
 on it in Ar. Ran. 931; Eupolis 356 K. kv tunpoo (sc. xpovco), Eur. 
 Tro. 1040, ttovovs r 'Axcudif airobos kv pLKpco paKpovs/davoixr ; Xen. 
 
 128 Gildersleeve explains this as Gen. of time, from which springs the Gen. 
 absol. w. pres. ptc. 
 
 129 For use of other preps, and other cases as variants, v. L. and S. sub x"*"^; 
 the gen. with and without art., 8ia c. gen., ace, with and without art., are used 
 with slight difference of meaning. 
 
 130 Cf. Plat. Legg. 683 A, iv xpovov twos ixrjKeo-Lv &w\kTois ; for nr/Kd c. gen. cf. 
 Thuc. 4. 62, kv firiKet, \6ycov 8ie\6elv. 
 
 m v. Jebb. ad loc. for kv in such phr. as kv irbWy, vanpu, 6\iyq>, /3pax«' XP<W. 
 etc. 
 
172 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Cyn. 5. 32; Eq. 8. 7; cf. ev a/capel xpbvco, Ar. PL 244; Com. Frg. 
 Adesp. 370 K.; Plat. Apol. 19 A, r-qv dia^oX-qv, r\v vpels ev ttoXXo} xpbvw 
 €(rx eTe > Tavrrjv ev ovtojs bXiyoj xpovw; so 37 B, ev oXiyco XP° V V 'within 
 a short time'; Phaed. 58 B, ev iroXXo) xpbvco; Phaedr. 228 A, ev iroXXo) 
 xpbvu) Kara axoXriv ; cf. Rep. 409 B, etc. Cf. further Soph. C 551, 
 ev re to> xpbvoo j T 1030, tw tot ev xP 0V( i> j Andoc. II. 21. 12, ev to} Tore 
 Xpovco; Plat. Critias 111 E; Legg. 679 A; 683 C; Ep. 333 C; 339 D; 
 345 D; 355 E, etc.; Soph. Ph. 1224, kv t$ icpiv %pbvq ', Thuc. IV. 41. 3, 
 etc.; KCLTawep ev too irpbade xpbvoo, 'just as in the former time'; Hdt. 9. 
 26. 6, 132 ev to) pera^v xpbvco, Plat. Rep. 450 C (but not temporal, Tim. 
 66 E, ev T<2 peTa^v tovtwv, i. e., air and water, v. supra sub ev pearj fin.); 
 ev yap too eitibvTi xpbvop, Plat. Symp. 219 B. 
 
 Cf. ev bXiyop, temporal, Pind. Py. VIII. 92 = brevi; Thuc. IV. 55. 3, 
 'within a short time'; Plat. Apol. 22 B; 133 similar is Act. Ap. 26. 28; 
 Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 12 might be either of time or space, Tore yovv ovtojs ev 
 6Xiyu> iroXXol e-Keaov. For spatial uses of ev dXiyop v. -infra, p. 190. 
 
 c. Expressions for various periods of life: 
 
 ev ya\a.KTL, yaXa^L, Eur. H. F. 1266, er' ev yaXanTi r' ovtl 'when I was 
 still at the breast'; cf. Plat. Tim. 81 C; Legg. 887 D, ev yaXa^i Tpe<pb- 
 pevoi = ev yaXa^L 6vTes. m 
 
 ev Tpo4>ai(nv, Aesch. Sept. 665, ovt ev Tpocpalaiv, ovt h(p-qfiri<TavTa itoj, 
 'while in the nursery,' opp. to 'coming to early manhood;' 666, out' 
 ev yevelov ^vXXoyfi Tpixwpa.Tos 'in the first harvest of a beard.' 
 
 ev Piotov wpoTeXeioLs, Aesch. Ag. 720, 135 'in the prelude,' i. e. the 
 beginning of life' (fig. from preliminary sacrifice offered before mar- 
 riage or any important undertaking). 
 
 ev Traioiv elvai, 'in childhood,' Plat. Rep. 494 B, ei'dvs ev iraiciv; 
 Aeschin. I. 157, toov ev wcllo-Iv en nai vvv ovtoov ; II. 99, ev Trawl pev yap 
 &v . . . en Traldoov 8e airaXXaTTopevos . . . avrjp 5e yevopevos 
 (cf. e/c); cf. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 6, ev iraiaL . ev veavianois, 
 
 ev av8pacn, so Plat. Rep. 413 E, but 431 C, ev iraiai 'among children,' 
 
 132 For usages of this kind w. xp&V in the Orators, v. Lutz /. c. p. 30. 
 
 133 Cf. also kv /3pax«V, Hdt. 5. 24. 3, etc., v. infra, p. 187. 
 
 134 v. Stallb. ad loc. who cites also Aelian V. H. VIII. 8 where it is used fig. 
 of the art of painting, ttjv Ttxvqv ypa^LKrjv . . . rpotrov tlvo. kv <nrapyavoi.s 
 nai yaXa^v ovaav, so also X. 10. Such an extreme development of an early prep, 
 id. is characteristic of late writers. kv awapyavoLs goes back to Aesch. Ag. 1606, 
 Cho. 529, 755. 
 
 135 Cf. Ag. 65, 5iaKva.Lonkvv\s t kv TpoTt\eiois/ ' Kap.aKos 'in the beginning of the shiv- 
 ering of the spear,' i. e., 'in the preliminary conflicts.' 
 
PART V iv 173 
 
 cf. 433 D, etc. Sing, in Marc. Aur. Ant. 1. 1, kcu to ypd\f/ai 5iaX6yovs ev 
 wcllSI, 'when I was a child.' 
 
 ev rjj veoTrjTL, 'in youth, Plat. Rep. 329 A, etc. Cf. eiri c. gen. and e/c. 
 
 Expressions for the prime of life: 136 
 
 ev tJ/3j7, Eur. Cycl. 2, vvv x&t' ev 77/S77 tov/jlov rjWevei 8ep.as ; frg. 284. 10; 
 Aeschin. ep. 11. 7, etc. Cf. Eur. Ale. 316, r)/3?js ev aKp.fi, w. wh. cf. 
 Xen. Cyr. VII. 2. 20, ev anpfi tov (3Lov ; 137 Reip. Lac. 1. 6, ey anpals twv 
 aupaTuv tovs ydpovs iroLtladai, and (also pi.) without gen., Isocr. VII. 
 37, ev tclvtcus rats aKpals, cf. eis aKprjv e\9cov, Eur. H. F. 532. 
 
 ev r)\u<La = r)(3ri, of the flower or prime of life, from about seventeen 
 to forty-five: Pind. Py. XL 51, ev dXuaa 'in my life's bloom'; cf. Nem. 
 9. 42, ev dXiKia rrpdorq.. ev i^XiKia elvai 'to be of age,' of women, Plat. 
 Rep. 461 B, Tcbv ev rjXiKla ywaiKoov ; of men, 'of age for service,' Thuc. 
 VI. 24. 3, oi ev rfi r,\LKia, so VIII. 75. 3; Xen. Hell. I. 6. 24; cf. Mem. 
 IV. 2. 3; Plat. Charm. 154 A, dXX' ovirw ev ^XtKta fy, 'he had not yet 
 come out,' cf. B; Lach. 200 C; Legg. 924 E, edv ev i^Xikio, irpds dXX^Xous 
 uaiv; Isae. II. 6; Aeschin. I. 63, 155; Dem. 17. 28; 42. 7; 141. 40; 
 287. 177; 361. 65; cf. 545. 95, earpaTevpevos airaaas tcls ev lzi i)\u<ia arpa- 
 re'ias, etc. Cf. Plat. Ep. 316 C, ev riXiida peay re kcu KadeaTT]Kvia. 139 
 
 ev ibpa, Plat. Meno 76 B, eu>s av ev copa coat, 'while they are in their 
 prime'; Rep. 474 D, xavres oi ev &pa ; cf. 475 A; Phaedr. 240 D. But 
 ev &pa also adv. v. infra, p. 183. But ev copaup . . . fiiov, Eur. 
 Phoen. 968 refers to old age, although a similar expression might have 
 been used for the bloom of life, avrbs <5', ev chpaico yap earapev fiiovj 
 Qvr\<jKeiv eroipos Trarpidos eiikvTrjpiov. 140 
 
 Of old age, ev raj yrjpa, Plat. Rep. 329 C et al. 
 
 d. General phrases of time: 
 
 eyjatldw], in all their life-time,' Bacchyl. XII. 61. 141 
 
 ev apxy, apxais, sing, 'in the beginning,' also rarely pi. v. infra. Cf. 
 e£, airb ; Kara w. pi. Eur. Med. 60, ev apxfl ~irr)pa Kovbeirw peaoi. Thuc. 
 
 I36 v. Aesch. Sept. 666 supra, p. 172. 
 
 137 Later than 77,877, about forty, the prime of strength and achievement, rather 
 than of youthful beauty. Cf. kv aKfifi elvai, Thuc. IV. 2. 1, wplv tov arlrov elvai ev 
 aKixfj, 'before the grain was ripe'; but cf. eir' aK/xrjs eiixi . . . ISelv, Eur. Hel. 
 897, T am on the point of seeing.' 
 
 138 So the MSS. Blass cum Apsin. e^' TyXiiaas. 
 
 139 Cf. Thuc. II. 36. 3, oi vvv en ovrts nahio-Ta. iv 7-77 KadeaTrjKviif. r)\iKiq., 'those of 
 middle age,' as above. 
 
 140 Elliptical, and a disputed passage; although dv-qo-Keiv belongs directly w. 
 fToifxos it is felt also w. ev wpcuw . . . (3Lov, 'in a ripe season of life,' i. e., 'my 
 time of life is ripe to die.' 
 
 141 For text see edd., Jebb, etc. 
 
174 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 I. 35. 5, tiairep kv apxfl virdiroixtv ; Isocr. IV. 40, ol kv apxfl 
 hyKa\k<ravT€s = qui primi; VI. 103; XII. 21, 239, 266; XIII. 1; XV. 
 63; XIX. 46; Plat. Symp. 197 B; Phaedr. 237 C c. gen.; 253 C, 258 A, 
 266 D; Alcib. II. 140 D, 148 B; Euthyd. 291 B; Prot. 344 C; Rep. 
 453 B; Tim. 28 B; Legg. 792 C; Dem. 213. 8; 215. 14; 397. 178; 441. 
 311; 522. 23; 644. 74; 734. 108; 973. 23; 1098. 60; 1109. 26; 1415. 46 
 et al.) pi. Plat. Legg. 671 A, Kal oirep 6 Xoyos kv apxals k^ovXr]9y ; Ep. 
 344 B, orep kv apxals elirov. For kv apxals 'in power,' 'in office,' v. 
 supra, p. 166. 
 
 kv yap.co, 'at the time of her marriage,' Bacchyl. XVI. 115. 
 
 kv eiprjvy, often in 'time of peace,' but sometimes = adv. 'peace- 
 fully,' Bacchyl. V. Col. 11. 200, cf. XII. 188 (Jebb). Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 
 22, k%dv 6' rjfxlv kv eiprjvri iroXiTeveadaL, cf. 3. 2. 9; 4. 4. 1; 5. 1. 13, icairep kv 
 eipvv V ; Plat. Theaet. 172 D; Symp. 189 B; Lach. 179 C; Rep. 333 A 
 (cVs) 142 ; cf. 575 B; Legg. 640 B; Dem. 390. 156, etc. Cf. kv ttoX^co, 
 supra, p. 152. Cf. also kv airovdals, Thuc. III. 56. 2, KaraXafx^avovras 
 kv airovdals Kal irpoa'eTi lepofj,r]via, 'trying to seize our city in a time of 
 peace and further at a holy season'; Thuc. VII. 18. 2, kv airovbals 
 'in the time of truce' et al. 
 
 kv rfi /jiovr), Xen. An. 5. 1.5, oca p.oi ovv 8onei Kcupos elvai iroielv kv t"q 
 ixovfi, Tavra kpu ; w. the verbal noun cf. artic. inf. An. 3. 3. 12, kirtibr} 
 ecopwv i)ij.as kv tw \ikvtiv k<xko>s jxkv Ta<rx° VT ^- 
 
 kv rats 4>vyals, Ar. Eccl. 243, kv rats 4>vyals juera ravdpos wktjct' kv ttvkv'l, 
 'at the time of the flight' (of the country people of Attica into the 
 city in the Pelopon. war), here used with a familiar tone; note also 
 pi. for sing., as kv oeumns Soph. O T 779 supra, p. 151 n. 60, cf. sing. 
 kv <pvyi) v. kv iroKk/xui, p. 152. 
 
 e. Pronominal: 
 
 kv rwbe, Eur. Phoen. 1429, kv rude p.y]rr\p y\ raXatva TrpocnrlTvet., 'at 
 this moment'; so 1465, but the text is doubtful. 
 
 kv Tola i, Hdt. 2. 161, kir' erea wkvre Kal e'Uoai ap£as, kv Tolai 
 re, 'within, during these years.' 
 
 kv 8au>, 'while,' or 'until,' v. infra, p. 203. So also kv u>, v. p. 203. 
 
 f. W. participle in adverbial force: 
 
 kv tw vvv TrapaireirTooKOTL, Plat. Legg. 857 C, cos ye kv too vvv Trapaireiv- 
 tukotl Xkyeiv, 'as I may say in passing.' 
 
 142 But Rep. 372 D=adv. 'peacefully,' 'quietly,' so prob. Ar. Pax 439, kv dprjvj) 
 Siayayelv top f3Loi>, v. Sobol. Praep. p. 23. The two meanings are so closely asso- 
 ciated as to make distinction sometimes difficult and some of above passages may 
 be better adv. 
 
PART V ev 175 
 
 ev to} ivapaTvxoPTL, Thuc. III. 82. 7, 'in a favorable opportunity,' 
 i. e., 'when chance offered'; V. 38. 1, r) pr)v ev re to} irapaTvxbvTi apvvelv 
 too beopkvoo, 'to defend the one in need as circumstances required,' cf. 
 irpos to irapaTvyxa-vov, Thuc. I. 122. 1. 
 
 ev to} irapt(JT<j)Ti., Plat. Rep. 452 B, yeXolov yap av, cos ye ev to} irapea- 
 tojtl (pavtir), 'at any rate under present conditions.' 
 
 ev to) irapovTi, very frequent, sometimes, 'under present circum- 
 stances,' more often, 'for the present,' 'now,' 'at present,' 'at the 
 moment.' Frequently an intruding 8'e, so 8' ovv, occasionally yap, ye ; 
 also used w. modifying temporal adv., Tore (Thuc. 1. 95, 7), most 
 often w. vvv (Plat. Phaed. 67 C opp. to ev to) eirena ; Cratyl. 400 C, 
 etc.). Also used adjectively, Plat. Menex. 240 D, rr)v ev to} irapovTi. 
 aojTripLav). Cf. e/c toov TrapovToov supra, p. 74; also Tpos. In late Greek 
 eirl tov irapovTos 'for the present,' also occurs, ev to} irapovTi, Hdt. 1. 88; 
 2. 161, 172; 3. 75; 8. 14. Thuc. twenty-eight times or more, 143 I. 
 95. 7, Kai a4>iaLV ev to} Tore irapovTi errLTTjBelovs. Andoc. I. 1.5; IV. 29. 1; 
 Lys. 30. 25; frg. 75; Isocr. about eighteen times, 144 VI. 15, ev yap to} it. ; 
 Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 12 (ev 8e to} tt.): Symp. 8. 4; An. 2. 5. 8; Cyr. 3. 1. 29; 
 4. 5. 15; 5. 4. 30; Plat, saepe, fifty-five or more times; 145 Phaed. 73 A, 
 oil yap a4>68pa ev too irapbvTL fj.ep.vrip.ai ; 76 B, ovk exo) . . ■ ev to} t. 
 eXeadat. 'at the moment'; Parm. 135 C, ev ye to} t. ; Phileb. 20 A, oov pr) 
 ovvalpeQ'' av lnavr)v airbupLGiv ev to} t. 8i86vai aoi, 'at the moment,' 'off- 
 hand,' cf . Charm. 158 C et al. ; Hipp. Min. 372 E, vwl 8e ev to} tt. 'for the 
 moment'; Menex. 248 B, ei 8el TeXevrav ev to} w. 'now'; Rep. 532 D, 
 ev to} vvv tt. et al.; Tim. 50 C, 'ev 8' ovv to} tt. ; Aeschin. II. 118, 122; 
 Dem. 193. 12; 196. 22; 232. 21; 286. 176; 427. 269; 527. 40; 1169. 7; 
 1236. 3; 1250. 12; 1422. 2; 1439. 2; 1444. 1; 1458. Hyper, frg. 71, 
 etc. 1!,; 
 
 ]43 Thuc. I. 32. 3, 41. 1, 132. 1, 136. 4; II. 62. 2, 63. 2, 64. 5, 88. 1; IV. 1. 3, 11. 4, 
 59. 4, 64. 5; V. 11. 1, 41. 2, 63. 4; VI. 18. 4, 24. 3, 29. 1, 35. 2; 88. 1, 2; VII. 42. 3, 
 75. 6; VIII. 1. 2, 48. 7, 53. 3, 71. 1, 87. 4. 
 
 144 Isocr. II. 26; V. 153; VI. 15; VII. 38; VIII. 18, 121, 142; IX. 80; XI. 2; XII. 
 4, 61, 103, 128; XV. 55, 164, 231; XVI. 39; Ep. 7. 10. 
 
 146 Plat. Crito46 C, Phaed. 67 C, 73 A, 76 B, 91 A (6m), 95 E, 114C, 115 C, Cratyl. 
 400 C, Theaet. 158 B, 188 A, 197 A, 200 D, Soph. 260 A, Pol. 277 D, Parm. 
 135 C, Symp. 176 E, 177 C, 193 D, 200 C, D, Phaedr. 230 E, 252 A, Charm. 158 C, 
 Euthyd. 287 B, Meno 71 C, Hipp. Mai. 297 E, Hipp. Min. 372 E (6m), Menex. 
 240 D, 248 B, Rep. 379 A, 392 A, 398 C, 435 D, 454 A, 509 C, 532 D, 536 B, 
 584 B, 611 C, Tim. 38 B, 43 C, 50 C, Legg. 642 A, 696 A, 754 B, 768 D, 770 A, 
 838 A, 887 B, wepi & P erijs 376 A. 
 
 146 Cf. « to. irapovTa. Arr. Anab. 1. 13. 5 et al. lb. 5. 22. 5, juaXiora 7rpos to. wa- 
 pbvTO. if Kaipai ol t<f>aiveTO. 
 
176 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 g. With articular adverb without xpbvw : 
 
 kv rib apn, of time just past (dprt more commonly of the present, in 
 late writers also of the future): Plat. Meno 89 C, dXXd (sc. I fear lest) 
 prj oi'K kv rui dprt (jlovov dey avro boKelv kolKws \kyeadcu, dXXd kcu kv t<~o vvv 
 nal kv tco eireuo.. 
 
 kv ™ cLinka, Thuc. III. 82. 7; IV. 108. 6; VII. 42. 2; VIII. 27. 5, etc. 
 
 kv rw evrctra, Plat. Meno 89 C {supra); Rep. 498 A; cf. Phaed. 67 C. 
 
 kv rd> vvv, Plat. Meno 89 C {supra); Phileb. 23 D; Legg. 643 A, 
 685 A, 752 B. 
 
 kv tu irapavriiia; Thuc. II. 11. 7; VII. 71. 7; Xen. Cyr. II. 2. 24; 
 Plat. Phaedr. 240 B; Rep. 558 A, 'for the moment.' 
 
 kv tw Tore, Thuc. I. 92 ; III 36. 6, tco re 8rjp.u> irapa 7roXi> kv ra> rbre indavco- 
 tcltos; IV. 12. 3; VIII. 86. 5; Andoc. II. 21. 14, 15; Plat. Phaedr. 
 241 A; Legg. 678 E; 699 D, etc. 
 
 h. W. artic. adverb partly temporal, partly spatial, kv raj, rots 
 irpoadev. Temporal: mainly in Plato, commonly 'before' of an ear- 
 lier point in the discussion or argument: Plat. Theaet. 200 E, Polit. 
 265 A, oirep kv tw irpoadev k\'eyop.ev et saepe; Phileb. 25 C, 32 B, cf. 35 A, 
 'neither now nor before,' ^t kv ru> vvv xpovw . . . m 7 ? 7 "' ' ev T V 
 irpbo-de; Phaedr. 255 A, 273 A; Charm. 162 C; Each. 193 D; Meno 
 93 A; Rep. 423 C, 502 D, 519 C, 521 E, 533 D; Legg. 778 B, rip 
 v'eav Kal acLnrjTov kv tlo irpbcrdev irohiv, 'heretofore,' 'formerly,' 
 cf. Ep. 345 C. Plural: kv rots irpboQev may usually be explained by 
 supplying elprjpkvoLs, but is so familiar in Plato that the ellipsis was 
 doubtless forgotten: 147 Plat. Phaed. 86 E, 94 C; Cratyl. 410 D, 438 
 A; Theaet. 182 B, 191 E, 193 D, 197 D, 199 C; Soph. 264 D; Polit. 
 302 E; Phileb. 39 D, 41 B, dXXd p.i]v e'iwop.ev . . . 6\iyov kv rots 
 irpoadev, 'a little while since,' a pure adv. no different in meaning from 
 epnrpoo-dev alone in 41 D; cf. Theaet. 207 B, kv rots irpbade; Alcib. I. 
 134 D; Gorg. 481 B (intrusive ye, so also elsewhere), 489 B, 492 A; 
 Meno 98 A; Rep. 391 E, 465 E, 478 D, 485 B, 576 A; Tim. 40 B, 64 B, 
 65 C, 67 C, (cf. 67 C, kv rots varepov \exQri(rop.'evois which might have 
 developed into a similar phrase, omitting the ptc. if it had been 
 frequently used); Critias 110 A, 113 B, Minos 321 B; Legg. 707 D, 
 709 E, 733 C, 797 A, 896 C, 918 A. Cf. kv ™ ep-irpoadev, Plat. Euthy- 
 phro 15 C; Crito 46 B, 49 A; Phaed. 108 A; Prot. 328 E; Gorg. 477 C, 
 etc. kv rots e/jLTpoadev, Isocr. XII. 191; Plat. Apol. 28 A; Phaed. 
 86 E, 103 D; Cratyl. 394 D; Polit. 279 B; Euthyd. 279 D; Prot. 
 326 E; 332 E, 359 E, 361 A ; Gorg. 473 A; 513 E; Rep. 502 B, 507 A; 
 
 147 Thirty-seven or more times. 
 
PART V kv 177 
 
 Legg. 881 B. Spatial: Thuc. VI. 67. 1, kv r<p irpbodev, 'in the van'; 
 VII. 78. 4 (sc. xupico) 'in the country which lay before them'; cf. 
 78. 5, 81. 3; Lysias XIII. 37 c. gen., bvo be rpare^ai kv rw irpbaQev twv 
 TpiaKovTa eKtladrjp 'there were two tables set before the Thirty'; Xen. 
 Hell. 7. 2. 7 c. gen., ol ToXepiot kpaxovro kv tw Tpoadev twv els rr\v ttoXlv 
 (pepovcuv wvXibv ; so Cyr. 5. 3. 52; but ib. 57 without gen. 'because 
 the enemy were in front'; Plat. Prot. 315 B (c. gen.), evXafiovvro 
 prjbkiroTe kpirobwv kv tu> Tpoadev elvcu Tipurayopov, 'in front of Prot.'; 
 Rep. 614 C opp. kv tu) oirio-dev, 'in front' and 'behind,' here usually 
 translated 'on their foreheads' and 'on their backs.' W. ev tw irpbaQev 
 loc. cf. other adv. phr. of direction infra, p. 192. 
 
 VII. Adverbial 
 
 a. With nouns: 
 
 ev alaa, Aesch. Suppl. 545 148 'fitly,' 'duly' (Schol. ev elpappevp) 
 cf. ev polpa, infra, p. 181. 
 
 ev apxv, v. sub temporal phr. p. 173 f. 
 
 ev aaxoXla, Plat. Theaet. 172 D, ol be ev aaxoXla re ael Xeyovai 
 (cf. and contr. eirl axoKijs just preceding); Rep. 406 B, ev daxoXta 
 . iravTwv, cf. kv w. abstractions infra. 
 
 kv beovri, kv tw beovTL, Hdt. 2. 159, kv tco beovn, Lat. opportune, 'in 
 good time'; so, without art. Eur. Ale. 817, oin r/XOes kv beovri bk^aadai 
 bopoLs ; so, (w. neg.) Hipp. 923; (affirm.) Med. 1277; Or. 212, cos 77611 
 pot Tpocrij'hOes kv beovri ye ; so in Diels, Vorsokr. 2 644. 25; 645. 1 (w. art.) ; 
 Ar. Pax 272; Thuc. II. 89. 8; Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 20 (w. art.). Plat. Rep. 
 414 B; wepl biKalov 375 A (w. art. four times, so also ib. B); Dem. 
 271. 133, kv ov beovn; Prooem. 52. 1458, kv beovn ; Isocr. III. 19, kvru 
 beovn. Cf. els bkov freq. w. the same meaning, v. supra, p. 110. Cf. ev 
 Katpco, kv KaXcp, pp. 178, 188 f . Cf . Com. Frg. Adesp. 248 K, Xypels kv ov 
 beovn /catpw 0tXocro</)6Of. 
 
 kv bripoaloLs opp. kv t5tots, 149 Plat. Legg. 910 E et saepe. Cf. sing, 
 without prep. Thuc. I. 141; 3. 45 et at.; kv rco bripoalu of the public 
 treasury Andoc. 1. [79]. Cf. en Andoc. 1. 41, 92, etc. Cf. kv kolvw, 
 etc., infra, p. 189. 
 
 kv blur,, Lat. iuste. Pind. 01. II. 18; VI. 12; Nem. V. 14; Py. V. 14 
 (cf. kv aXadela 01. VII. 69; fiovXals kv bpQalai 01. II. 83); in Aesch. Ag. 
 1615, kv bixxi is ambiguous and may mean either 'justly,' or 'before the 
 court' as in Cho. 987; Soph. Tr. 1069 'justly,' so Ar. Eq. 258; Nub. 
 
 148 This is the MS. reading, but Tucker rejects it. 
 H9 Cf. kclt' iSiav 'in private,' 'privately' Plut. 2. 120 E. 
 
178 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 1332, Kcnro^avco ye vrj Aia/cbs 'ev Si/07 a ervrrrov, so 1333, 1379, cf. 1380 
 where adv. dinaioos is used in precisely the same way in the same 
 connection; Pax 628; Thesm. 830- Vesp. 421; Plat. Euthyphro 4 
 B (bis); 6 A; 150 Cratyl. 419 D; Soph. 220 A; Phaedr. 266 A, 275 E, 
 277 D; Rep. 475 C, 478 E, 605 B; Tim. 62 D; Legg. 682 D balanced 
 w. adv., ov kclKus ov8' kv 8Uy; 768 A, 777 E, 929 A (bis), 945 D, but 
 949 A 'in a law-suit.' Cf. ev vop.ot.s infra, p. 182. 
 
 ev riavxlg., 151 begins in Horn. h. Merc. 356. Eur. Or. 1284, ri peAAefl' oi 
 Kar' oIkop ev rjo-vx'<-q-/o-<j>ayLa fyoiviooeiv ; cf . infra other cases of transference 
 of local meaning to an abstraction, p. 196. Eur. frg. 775. 56, exeiv 
 XPV I 'ardfx' ev rjavxio-', but Hdt. 5. 92. y.,TOvro elxov ev rjavx't-V, 'kept it 
 quiet/ i. e., 'did not speak of it'; 5. 93, elxov ev yo-vxiy <r0eas avrovs, 
 'they kept quiet,' i. e., were silent; Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 8, 6 Kplrcov ev 
 ■fiavxia f>v; Plat. Phaedr. 229 A, ev rjavx't-a Kadi£r]cr6[ieda; Rep. 575 B, 
 eav 8' ev eip-fjvri re nai rjavx'i-a yevuvrai ; Dem. 143. 46, to 5' ev rjavx'i-a 
 8LayeLv; lb2 but Thuc. 3. 12, ev rfi rjavxia 'in time of peace' opp. toe^ rep 
 7roAepco. Cf. C. §td, eirl, Kara, perd. Cf. cV rjavx'i-VS elvai 'to keep quiet,' 
 Hdt. 1. 206, etc. Cf. w. adj. Soph. O C 82, ev fi<rvxv 'in quiet case' 
 nearly = r)<jvxois. But in O C 197, ev rjavxaia is an adj. and belongs w. 
 /Sacret fiaoiv apuoacu two verses below. 153 
 
 ev Kaipco, Lat. opportune: cf. els p. Ill, eiri, Kara, ivapa. C. dat., irpos, 
 avv (late). 154 Pind. frg. 168 (150). 5, : qv8ia.Kplvaii8bvTa-Ko\\6sevKaipoo 
 xpbvos ; (cf. Kara Kcupov, Pind. three times, so naipov alone Py. I. 80; 
 opp. irapa naipov three times); Bacchyl. (Jebb) frg. 21, irpaaaovras ev 
 /caipw 'faring opportunely,' cf. ev TpaTreuv; Aesch. Pr. 379, 'in season'; 
 Soph. O C 809, ravTo. 8' ev /caipco Ae7ets ; Eur. Bacch. 1287, cos ev ov 
 Kaipco Trapei ; Rhes. 443, rj\6ov ev napa) ] frg. 745, 6 yap ev Kaipco /j.6xdos = 
 KtxLpios; Ar. Ran. 358; Democr. frg. 229, Diels, Vorsokr? 426. 7; Thuc. 
 I. 121 ; 155 IV. 59. 3, pi) ev Kaipw, 'unseasonably'; V. 61. 2; VI. 9. 3; 
 Andoc. I. 145; Isocr. III. 50; IV. 9; Ep. 3. 3; Xen. Hell. 4.3.2, kv 
 Kaipco yevoLTO ; 5. 1. 18; 7. 4. 8; cf. c. gen. Apol. 7., ev Kaipco ttjs ^XiKias ; 
 
 150 But Apol. 38 E 'before the court,' oitre yap kv 5ikj? out kv iro\k^w. 
 
 15I Cf. metaph. use of yaXrjvri the stillness of the sea for calm, quiet, Soph. El. 
 899, cos 5* kv yaXrjvr] iravr' k8epKop.r)v rbirov (sc. ovra), 'but when I saw that all the 
 place was in stillness, i. e., was quiet.' 
 
 162 Contr. kv rapaxfi ylyveadai, Dem. 144. 51. 
 
 W3 kv rjavxia MSS.: corr. Reisig. 
 
 154 0pp. to airo, avev, irapa c. ace, irpo. 
 
 165 Thuc. III. 56. 5 looks a little like a phr., but is not, kv Kaipols oh o-xaviov -f\v 
 Tuv 'EWijvwv Tiva aperrjv rfi Eepijov dwap.ei avrira^aadai, 'at a time when it was rare,' 
 etc. 
 
PART V kv 179 
 
 An. 3. 1. 39, Tra^ii kv Kcupco ; Cyr. 3. 3. 8, ol kv tlo Kcupco ttovol ; cf. 6. 1. 38; 
 cf. Plat. Crito 44 A, KivSvvevets kv Kcupco tlvl ovk kyelpai pe; kv naipw, Soph. 
 260 A; Polit. 307 A; Rep. 370 C; cf. Legg. 916 D; "Opoi 413 E; irepl 
 bmaiov 375 B (w. art.); Dem. 27. 30; 260. 102; 1169. 7, cf. kv *aXco, 
 Skovri. 
 
 kv Ke<f>a\aL<x>, Kec/mXcuois , cf. c. <5id, kiri. kv alone or cos kv ; cf. w. 
 nearly the same meaning, cos kv tuttco, kv tvttco, tvttco dwelv : 'to speak 
 in summary, summarily,' 'to sum up': sing.: Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 18, 
 to wXrjdos rip.lv irpwrov elirk kv necfiaXaLcp ; cf. Plat. Soph. 232 E; Symp. 
 186 C, cbs kv Ke<f)a\aico eiirelv et a!.; 196 E; Phaedr. 267 D; Euthyd. 
 280 B ('we agreed in general that this is so'); 281 D; Hipp. Min. 366 
 B; Ion 531 E; Rep. 522 C; Tim. 52 D; Ep. 312 C; Aeschin. I. 177; 
 Dem. 108. 76; 507. 163; 640. 63; 701. 5; 1483. 37, etc. PL: Thuc. 
 VI. 87, kv necfiaXaLois viropvrjaavTes ; Lys. XIII. 34, vp.lv kv Ke4>a\alot.s 
 airodeL&LV : Isocr. II. 9, kv ue<f)a\aioLs . . . irepikafiwp.ev ; Xen. Ages. 
 11.1; Plat. Phaedr. 228 D, kv Ke4>o.\aLois kfa^rjs 8Leipi; Tim. 19 A, 26 C; 
 Dem. 845. 7, vvv 5' cos kv Ke<pa\aloi.s d^Koare. Cf. Plat. Rep. 414 A, 
 cos kv tvwco, p-q <5i' d/cpt/3etas eipr)(rdo.L, 'in outline,' 'in general'; so Ar. Pol. 
 1323. a 10. V. infra, p. 208. 
 
 kv Koo-pw, 'in an orderly manner,' Plat. Prot. 315 B; cf. Symp. 
 223 B, ovKeTi kv Koapco oi<8evl ; Legg. 898 B, prjd' kv Koapco pr]5' kv rd^et ; 
 but cf. Dem. 1400. 36, kKeivots tclvt av eh\ pdXtcr' kv Koapco nai ripfi, 
 'this would be the greatest credit and honor to them.' Cf. kv rd^et, 
 infra, p. 181. Cf. Kara Koauov; cf. use of dat. adv. Koapco without 
 prep. Aesch. Ag. 521. Cf. ecs p. 111. 
 
 kv kvkXco, Ar. Av. 118, 'all around,' 'round about'; Lys. 267; Plut. 
 679, 708 (cf. without prep. kukXco Thesm. 662); Soph. Ai. 723; Thuc. 
 III. 18. 4; c. gen. 74. 2 156 ; Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 8; Plat. Soph. 286 E etal.; 
 Prot. 315 B; Tim. 63 A; Critias 117 E; Metagenes, 6. 11. K.; Eubul. 
 108 K., kv 8e kukXco. Cf. et's p. 111. 
 
 kv peXeL (frdkyyeaOai, 'in tune,' 'harmoniously,' Plat. Soph. 227 D; cf. 
 7rapd peXos id. Phileb. 28 B, Legg. 696 D 'out of tune,' 'inopportune- 
 ly,' cf. Pind. N. 7. 69. 
 
 kv pkptL, poipa, rd£ei are classed here because of their adv. uses, 
 since in general it has proved more convenient to place together the 
 various uses of the same word. They are grouped together because 
 of their similar use c. gen.: 
 
 kv pkpei, Lat. vicissim, per vices: Aesch. Ag. 332 'in turn,' i. e. 
 'one after another,' 'by turns,' 'in succession'; so 1192; Cho. ?>2>2, 
 
 156 Thuc. III. 74. 2, kfxirnrpa.cn rds ol/cios ras kv kvk\<$ rrjs ayopas. 
 
180 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 k\v6l . . . vvv kv p'epei; Eum. 198, 436, 586; (not in Soph.); Eur. 
 Andr. 216; Hec. 1130; Her. 182; Cycl. 180; Rhes. 473 (cf. Or. 452 w. 
 art. kv tw pkpei 'in one's turn,' so Hdt. 5. 70); Phoen. 1433; Ar. Vesp. 
 1319, 'one after another' = Ka6' enaoTov, but Av. 1228, anpoarkov vplv 
 kv p'epei twv KpeiTTOvuv 'you in your turn,' similarly with the article 
 apparently metri causa Lys. 540; so Ran. 32 'in your turn', 497 'in 
 my turn.' Diels, Vorsokr. 182 fr. 26 Empedocles, kv /xepet; Hdt. 1. 
 26; 7. 212; cf. kv tu p.kpei 5. 70; Thuc. IV. 11. 3, kv rco p'epei 'by turns,' 157 
 so VIII. 86. 3; without art. 93. 2; (w. art.), Andoc. I. 16. 123; 
 without art. Lysias II. 33; Isocr. IV. 96, 164; Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 5; 
 7. 1. 14 {bis); An. 3. 4. 23, kv tw pikpei 'each in turn'; 7. 6. 36, kv tC$ p. 
 nal irapa to p.kpos 'in and out of turn'; Cyr. 2. 3. 18, kv pkpei; Plat. 
 Theaet. 179 E, 189 E, 190 C; Cratyl. 410 D; Soph. 242 E; 252 B; 
 Pol. 265 A; Symp. 214 B; Prot. 347 D, kv pkpei . . . KOfrn'uas ; 
 Gorg. 474 A, B (w. art.); 496 B (ter); often strengthened by e/cacrros 
 as Rep. 520 D, Uaaroi kv p. ; so 540 B, 577 C, 581 C; 615 A, 617 C; 
 Legg. 819 B, kv pkpei nal kcpe^s kclI cbs Te<pvKa<ri yiyveadai ; 876 B, tuare- 
 pov kv pi.; so 947 B et al.; Parm. 150 A, kv 6Xco . . . kv p.kpei; 
 Demodoc. 383 E; Isae. IX. 24; Aeschin. II. 41; III. 2, 4; Dem. 
 25. 24; 907. 1 (w. art.). Nicomach. 1. 40 (K. Ill p. 387); Com. 
 Frg. Adesp. 568, 1249 K, kv tw pkpei. But kv p.kpei c. gen. and a verb, 
 TidkvaL, iroLeZcrdcu, KaraOkadaL, \aj3elv, etc., is almost a periphrasis, 'to 
 put in the category, the class of . . .', 'to consider as,' so kv poipq., 
 kv pepioL, kv -raijei, kv \6yco TidkvaL, iroeladai q. v. Also w. elvai or without 
 vb. 'in the category of, Isocr. IX. 24, -qyovpevovs ovx olbv t elvat 
 tov tolovtov tt)v (pxidiv kv ibiwTov pkpet Siayayelv ; Plat. Rep. 347 A, 
 cos kv piadov pkpei elprjKas (ttjv ^-qp'iav) ; 348 E, el kv apeT-qs nal aocplas 
 Tidrjs p.kpei tt]v abuiiav ; cf . as variant 349 A, kireibri ye nal kv apery avTo 
 nal oocpiq kToXprjaas Oelvai; 370 B (no verb), prj kv wapkpyov p'epei (cf. 
 kv irapkpyw p. 182); 424 D, cos kv Tcucnas ye p!epei; Aeschin. I. 126, 
 kv GKwppaTos p'epei 'by way of a joke'; 158 ib. 151, kv ebxns p'epei tov 
 epcoTa -woiovpevos 'as a prayer'; Alexis, 240. 2. K, wore p.y]T kv avdpwirov 
 p.kpei i 'p.r}T kv deoii $r}v ; Hyper. V. 10, kv irpoadrjKrjs p'epei 'as an appendage,' 
 SO Dem. 154. 8; 159 37. 31, kv vwrjpeTOv Kai Tcpoadi]K7]s p.kpei yeykvrjade, 
 
 157 Cf. Pind. kv aixeL(3ovTi. supra, p. 161. Cf. kv weptTpoTrfi, 'by turns,' 'one after 
 another' (lit. a turning about, changing) : Hdt. 2. 168, rade 5k kv wepiTpoirfi knap-Kovvro 
 'they reap the fruit of these lands in turn,' so 3. 69. 
 
 I68 So Diog. L. II. 111. 
 
 I69 Cf. Dem. 22. 14, S F B, kv p\kv irpoadriKri /xep'is, vulg. wpocrdrjK-qs p.kpei, Rehdantz- 
 Blass, Gram. u. Lexik. Index S. 71, vielleicht kaum zu sichern durch kv Trpo<r6r]Ky 
 yeveadcjv, Aristeid. 1. 663 Dind., kv wapaKaradriKji v rdXavra Polyb. 33. 12. 2. 
 
PART V kv 181 
 
 SO 175. 31; cf. 207. 19, kv Karriyoplas pkpet roLeiadai ; cf. 286. 176, 
 clvtoIs us kv rfi tCiv kxOpuv ovglv peplbi ; cf. 323. 292, kv tco t&v kvavrloiv pepei 
 Teraxdai; 465, 27, 8L8ot' kv npjjs pepei ravra, 'as an honor'; cf. 568. 
 165 ; 160 cf. 166 (vb. expressed), tovt' kv evepyeaias apiQpr\ae\. pepei; 161 
 638. 56; 668. 148 (bis), ov riQ-qpi kv aSiK-qparos pepei. 162 Dem. 23. 18, 
 kv ovdevds dvat. pepei tov tolovtov, 'such a man was as no one'; 163 1095. 
 64, kv TeKjxriplov pepei Toieladai ; cf. Tideadcukv, p. 198, iroielo-Qai kv, p. 197 f. 
 
 kv potpp = adv. as in Horn: II. 19. 186; Od. 22. 54, 'rightly,' 'fitly,' 
 cf. Kara polpav in Horn., Plat. Legg. 775 C. But more commonly c. 
 gen. like kv pepei Plat. Phileb. 54 C (w. art.), kv tt} tov ayadov poipa 
 kxelvo kori. 'is to be considered in the light of a good,' i. e., 'as a good'; 
 Dem. 639. 61, kv woXepiov poipa; c. cos or woirep Plat. Legg. 656 B, 
 ipkyy 8e <hs kv 7rcu<5ias poipa, Lat. tamquam per lusum. cf. Rep. 424 B; 
 cf. Plut. de lib. ed. 6 E, ctXX' cos kv </>appd/cou poipa tovto iroLrjrkov earl, 
 'by way of remedy'; Luc. Zeux. 2. 840, wairep kv Tpoad-qK-qs poLpa (cf. 
 supra kv itpoad-qK-qs pepei). 
 
 kv ra^eL has three uses: a. most frequently quasi-technical as a 
 military term; b. equiv. to adv. like kv Koapw supra; c. metaph. 
 c. gen. 'in the rank of,' 'position of like kv pepei, kv poipg. c. gen. 
 (a.) 'in battle array,' 'in order,' also 'at his post' in the line of battle. 
 This is really an adverbial use and the transition from the military 
 sense to the general meaning 'in order,' is so easy that sometimes it is 
 difficult to draw a sharp line between them. Thuc. IV. 72. 2; V. 
 66. 1; VI. 34. 4; VII. 78. 1; VIII. 69. 1; Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 42; 4. 43; 
 7. 2. 22; Oec. 8. 8 (quater); An. 5. 1. 2, kv rd£ei &v 'in line of battle'; 
 4. 24, 8. 13; 7. 1. 22, dkade ra 07rXa kv T<i£ei cos Taxi-era, 'in battle array'; 
 Cyr. 3. 3. 57; 4. 2. 24, 33; 5. 2. 1, 3. 1, 53, 57; 8. 3. 34; Plat. Lach. 
 182 A 'in battle array'; 190 E, kv tt\ rd£ei pe^co^ 'remaining at his post,' 
 so 191 A; Dem. 558. 133, 'in battle array'; but 331. 320 'each at his 
 post'; 1394. 24 (bis) 'at their post'; 164 but Plat. Rep. 617 D, 620 D 
 'in order' of orderly succession; Theaet. 153 E, 'in order' may con- 
 tain a suggestion of the military notion 'at its post,' 'in its appointed 
 place,' rfbr} yap av e'ir] re br\Tvov kv rd£ei nai pevoi Kal ovk 'av kv yevkaei 717- 
 volto; Legg. 898 B, p-qo' kv Koapw prjd' kv Tti£ei ; 165 637 E is a clear case 
 
 160 Cf. as variant, Dem. 650. 89, kv dupeias rifei. 
 
 m Rehdantz-Blass cf. Cic. Phil. 11. 1. 3, mors in beneficii parte numerctur. 
 
 le2 Rehdantz = Hyp. f. Eux. C. 36. 25, kav to. yeyovora kv ASiK-rj/jLari 
 
 4/y)4>Lar]odt elvai. 
 
 163 Cf. Paus. 10. 28. 4, xpvabv nev Kal apyvpov kv ovdevos ptpibt. kwoLrjaavro. 
 
 1,4 Cf. ptc. phr. kv tw Tera.yp.kvu supra, p. 161. 
 
 165 Cf. without prep, as a military term, k6<th<? K£ " T a-&h Thuc. IV. 126. 6. 
 
182 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 of the (b.) adverbial use, xP^ VTaL Ka ' L Ta ~<s oXXais TpvQals kv 
 
 rdijei 8k fxaWov tovtcov 'in a more orderly manner;' here it has become 
 a pure adv. and is compared by means of the adv. modifier fiaXKov. 
 (c.) c. gen. Dem. 229. 13, kv eTrjpeLas Td£ei, 166 'by way of insult'; 481. 
 81. r)\6ev kv kxOpov rdi^i 'he came as an enemy'; cf. 246. 63; 650. 89, 
 ev owpeids . . . Ta^ei (cf. ev pkpei 568. 165); (w. art.) Hyper. III. 
 XL. 30, lSiwttjv 8' ovtcl npiveLs ev rfj tov pTjropos rd£ei. 
 
 ev M €rpoj, Plat. Rep. 380 C, 601 B; Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 21, etc. Cf. 
 ev rip p-erpui, Aeschin. I. 141; ev to'ls perpois, Isocr. XV. 47. Cf. kv 
 pvd/jLu, infra. 
 
 ev pcipa, v. supra, p. 181. 
 
 kv vdfxoLs, 'according to the laws,' 'legal,' 'legally,' Plat. Critias 
 121 B; (w. art.) Lycurg. 1; Dem. 504. 154 et at. But cf. Plat. Prot. 
 327 C, twv ev vo/jlols Kal avdpooTOis redpa/ipLevosv (J., 'those who have been 
 brought up in laws and humanities'). Cf. ev Wei. 
 
 ev re 7rai<5iaZs /cat ev awovdals, 'in jest and in earnest,' Plat. Legg. 
 647 D; Cratyl. 406 C, ev ivaibia 'in jest,' but Legg. 798 C, ev rats 
 7rai<5iaZs 'in their games.' Cf. /card c. pi. Legg. 732 D; cf. a7rd <titov8tjs 
 'in earnest,' 'seriously,' II. 7. 359; 12. 233, so perd <rirovbf)s, cf. opp. kv 
 rats 7rai<5ials Xen. Symp. 1. 1. 
 
 ev wapepytp, 'as a bye-work,' 'a secondary, subordinate matter,' 
 Lat. obiter, Ger. nebenbei. Soph. Ph. 473, dXX' ev Trapepyw dov pe 
 (very idiomatic), 'give me a passing thought' (cf. infra, Tideadau kv 
 p. 198) =ev wapepyov p-'epei, Plat. Rep. 370 C; Eur. I. T. 514, cos kv 
 irapepyu) ttjs epijs dva-rrpa^ias ; cf. Thuc. 6. 69. 3 (L. and S. sc. Wevro); 
 Plat. Theaet. 184 A, e'lre rts kv irapepyoo ou'eypeTai ; Symp. 222 C, cbs 
 kv irapepyco 8rj X^coj' eiri TeXevTrjs avro ed-qnas ; Tim. 89 E, to 8' ev irap- 
 epyco . . . eiro/jievos contr. cV anpiftelas . . . 8ie\6elv ; cf. Legg. 
 921 D. Cf. k K p. 67, first in Thuc. I. 142. 9. Cf. Arist. Pol. 1336. b 
 24, ev Trapa8poiJ.fi iroieiadai tov \byov, 'cursorily,' Lat. obiter. So €/c 
 irapoSov, Arist. Coel. 306. b 27, G. A. 757. a 12. Cf. de sensu et sensili 
 444. a 28. 
 
 kv pvdfxco, cf. kv perpcp supra. Verg. in numerum: Xen. Symp. 2. 8; 
 An. 5. 4. 14; 6. 1. 8, 10, 11; Cyr. 1. 3. 10; Plat. Rep. 397 C; cf. 
 601 B; Legg. 670 B, paiveiv kv pvO/xw, etc. 
 
 kv 8k <rirov8fi, 'in haste,' Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 13, so dat. adv. without 
 prep. Cf. otd Eur. Bacch. 212. 
 
 1M Cf. Com. Fr. (Kock I 672) Ameips. 9, /car' ewripeiav 'in a spirit of wanton 
 insolence,' 'insolently.' 
 
PART V ev 183 
 
 ev crxtPV, 'in a line,' 'continuously,' 'uninterruptedly,' Pind. Nem. 
 
 I. 69 ; 167 XL 39; Is. V. (VI.) 22. <rxtp6s found only in this phrase. 168 
 Cf. epic adv. 'einoxepw. 
 
 ev rd£et, v. supra, p. 181 f. 
 
 ev Tdx«t, confestim, Pind. Nem. V. 35; Aesch. Pr. 747 'at once'; 
 Ag. 1240, 1448; Soph. O C 500; Ai. 804; El. 16, 387; frg. 808; Eur. 
 El. 641, irapearat 5' ev rdx" 169 6oiv V v eirc; Ar. Vesp. 1439; Thuc. I. 79, 
 ■KoXejirjTka elvai ev rdxei ', 86, n//coprjrea ev to-x^ nal iravri aQ'evei; 90. 5; 
 
 II. 101. 5; III. 29. 1; IV. 106. 1, 123. 4; V. 57. 1, 64. 1; VI. 33. 3; 
 91. 4, 92. 1; VIII. 95. 2 (cf. in same sentence /card rdxos); Xen. Cyr. 
 6. 1. 12; Ages. 1. 18, et al. Cf. airb, otd, eis, Kara, perd, avv w. this noun. 
 
 ev reXet, Eur. Bacch. 860, etc., v. supra p. 167. Cf. ev reKevrfi ; 
 cf. w. other preps, v. ets, pp. 86, 111. ev reXevrfi, Pind. O. VII. 27, 
 tovto 6' ap.axavov evpelvJ'oTL vvv ev nai reXevra 4>epraTOV avdpl rvxtiv- 
 But c. gen. without idiomatic force, Aesch. Sept. 937, veUeos ev reXevrq., 
 cf. 578. Cf. ev reXet; cf. w. other preps, v. els, pp. 86, 112. 
 
 ev tvxv, Aesch. Ag. 685, yXuiaaav ev rvxq- v'eixwv 'guiding the tongue 
 by good hap'; 170 Eur. Hel. 1374, KdXXicrra 677 rdo' riprap' ev tvxv nbais 
 'in good fortune'; Thuc. IV. 73. 3, oik av ev tvxv yiyvecrdai acfricnv, 
 etc. Cf. airo, otd, Kara. 
 
 ev upa, Lat. tempestive, 'in due time,' 'in good season,' (first in 
 Horn. Od. 17. 176, v. supra, p. 140); Pind. 01. 6. 28; Hdt. 1. 31; 
 Ar. Vesp. 242, 171 689; Pax 122; Nub. 1117; Eccl. 395, ovtus ev cipa; 
 cf. Xen. Oec. 5. 4; Plat. Phaedr. 240 D. But cf. c. gen. of vp, Nub. 
 1008, vpos ev cipa, 'in the spring-time,' so with other names of seasons. 
 Cf. also p. 173; cf. els, p. 107. 
 
 b. With adjectives: 
 
 1. A frequent and interesting use is ev c. earl, expressed or under- 
 stood, and a neut. adj., e. g., 'it is opportune, easy, holy, safe,' etc., 172 
 a favorite usage of Euripides. Soph. El. 384, vvv yap ev koXco (frpovelv, 173 
 
 I67 But v. Fennell ad loc. for discussion of MSS. reading. 
 
 168 Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 912, haxepu, etc. 
 
 169 Text doubtful. 
 
 l70 But Soph O T 80, slightly different, kva£ "AiroWov, el yap tv rbxn 7< ry/ 
 aurfipi $air) Xa/jurpos ihcnrep 6p.p.ari, Jebb: kv tv\V nearly =pera rvxys, 'invested by, 
 'attended by.' 
 
 "'Apparently here either 'exactly at the season,' or 'early in the morning.' 
 
 172 A characteristic group of these phrases will be discussed separately, but 
 others will be cited under specific adjectives. 
 
 l73 Schol. ewaipov; so Soph. Ph. 1155 Ka\6v = Kaipt.ov, O T 78 ets Ka\6v = KaipLb}S 
 Jebb. 
 
184 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 'now is the time to be wise,' so Eur. Her. 971, o'vkovv It kariv kv koKw 
 Sovvcu b'lK-qv; cf. Ar. Eccl. 321 (a difficult case to distinguish, but 
 probably of time and idiomatic); Plat. Rep. 571 B, Ovkovv, jj 8' 6s, 
 ct' kv koKw ; cf. p. 188 f. Eur. I. A. 969, kv evp.apel re 8pav re nal //17 
 8pav kcl\ws (sc. earl), 'it is easy'; 174 Eur. Hel. 1277, kv eiW/3eZ yovv v6/j.tp.a 
 ni] KkkirTHv vtupwv, 'it is holy,' i. e., 'it is a matter of piety.' A rare 
 and peculiar instance of the same idiom is Eur. El. 550, dXX' evyeveis 
 ixkv, kv 8k /ct/35r/Xo) r68e, 'but this may be false.' To be compared with 
 these phrases, 175 is Soph. Ant. 1097, to t eUadelv yap 8uvbv, avTiaravra 
 Se/arj] 7rard£cu 6vp.6v kv 8zivw -irapa.. (Jebb: 'tis a dire choice.') 176 Cf. 
 further kv a8rj\oTkpu> Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 8; (v. 6.8r)\cp), kv airopw Democr. 
 frg. (v. p. 185, awopto), kv dc^aXel q. v., kv law Eur. I. A. 1199, etc. 
 2. Adj. c. Troieladai kv, ridecrdaL kv, etc., 'to hold, regard, consider 
 a thing in a certain way.' For similar phr. w. nouns v. infra, pp. 197, 
 198. Soph. Ph. 498, Tovp.bv kv ap.LKpw p.kpos/iTGLovp.€voL 'holding in slight 
 account'; 177 Hdt. 1. 118, ovk kv eXa<£pa> kirouv^-qv, T did not count it a 
 light matter,' i. e., T bore it ill'; but 3. 154, 'counting it a light matter, 
 i. e., making light of it, he maimed himself,' kv k\a4>pq> iroLrjaanevos. 
 Soph. Ph. 875, Tavra ravr' kv evxepel/Wov, 'thou didst count all these 
 things easy'; Eur. Hec. 806, ravr ovv kv aiaxPV dkp.evos, 'counting this 
 shameful' An interesting variation of verb, and of number from 
 sing, to pi., is seen in Soph. T 287, dXX' ovk kv dpyols ov8k rovr 
 kirpa^afxriv. It appears as if this phr. started with T did not fail to do 
 this,' 'did not leave it among the things undone' and was fused with 
 such idioms as those cited above, 'I did not treat even this as a neg- 
 ligible thing.' 178 
 
 174 Cf. Lat. in promptu est, Tac. Agr. 19. 5, Ov. M. 2. 86; 13. 161, but Tac. H. 
 5. 5. 2 'in readiness'; cf. Theocr. 22. 61, kv kToin<#[koTi\. Cf. Ar. Meteor. 356. 19, 
 kv irpoxeipv yap tovtov rr/v alriav ibelv (sc. «tti), 'it is easy.' Cf. also Lat. Plaut. 
 Capt. 336, in proclivi, Ter. Andr. 701; but ex proclivo, Plaut. Mil. 1018. Cf. 
 other cases of this Gk. idiom in Tac. in aperto esse, Agr. 1. 2; 33. 5; Hist. III. 56; 
 in ambiguo fuit, Agr. 5. 3. 
 
 176 Cf. further Epicur. Sentent. select. 1 ap. Diog. X. 139 (p. 71 Us.)R P §469, 
 a, kv acrOevel yap wav to tolovtov, 'involves weakness'; cf. superl. (w. art.) Thuc. 
 III. 52.3. 
 
 176 Jebb's explanation seems to be the right one: 'it is open to me as a dread- 
 ful alternative,' lit. as a thing in the region of to buvbv, a fusing of irapeo-Tiv and 
 kv Seivip kcFTiv. For textual conjectures v. Jebb crit. n. But kv dewy ovra Thuc. 
 VII. 8. 1 (pi.); 48. 4 (pi.) means simply 'being in danger,' so Xen. An. 2. 3. 22; 
 3. 2. 10 (pi.), Kav kv deivols &ai. 
 
 177 But cf. without woulaOai, Theocr. 22.212, ovtu TwdapLSais ivo\eni$kntv o(ik kv 
 k\a<f>pw. Cf. Lat. in levi habitum, Tac. H. 2. 21; Ann. 3. 54. 
 
 178 So Jebb, q. v., for use of wpaaaeaOai (midd.) and apyols. kv apyols occurs only 
 here. 
 
PART V kv 185 
 
 3. Other adv. phr. with adjectives: 
 
 kv a8r]\cp, Lat. in obscuro, Antiphon V. 6, to. kv a.8i]\cp It 6vtcl 
 
 'being uncertain'; cf. (compar.) Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 8, evd' 
 
 teal rols To\ejj.ioLs ev a8r)\oTkptp 6 tl irpa.TTot.To 'where the enemv were 
 more uncertain as to what he would do'; Thuc. 1. 78, owoTepus lo-Tai 
 kv d.8r)\w Kiv8vveveTcu ; Plat. Rep. 460 C (v. sub a.iroppi]Tw). Cf. e£, p. 69. 
 
 kv alaxPV, v. supra, p. 184. 
 
 kv ap.4>cal3r]TriaiiJ.ui, Dem. 274. 139, owcer' kv d/i(ptcr/3ryrr/at/xa) to. irpa.yp.aT' 
 r)v, 'doubtful.' 
 
 kv d/.tc/>t/56Xa>, Thuc. II. 76. 3, /cat kv dpc/>t/36Xw u.a\\ v yiyveadai, 
 'they would be more exposed (or attacked) on both sides,' i. e.,= 
 Eng. 'between two fires'; cf. Aesch. Sept. 298, rot 5' kw' apfyifioXoiaiv / 
 la-KTovaL 7roXtrcus/xwdo' oKpLoeaaav 'on either hand'; but cf. Luc. 
 dial. mort. 1. 1. kv d,uc/u/36Xa> aoi en 6 7cXcos -qv 'your laughter was doubt- 
 ful,' like kv ap.<f)L(r(3r}Trialij.co. Cf. ets Thuc. IV. 18. 
 
 . kv airopprjTw, 'in secret,' 'secretly,' Andoc. I. 45 ; 179 II. 19, 21; Lys. 
 XIII. 21; Plat. Theaet. 152 C; Rep. 460 C, kv aTopprjTU) re /cat a8r]\cp 
 (sc. totw); Dem. 1372. 80; 179 Xen. An. 7. 6. 43, kv airopp^Tw iroL-qaape- 
 vos 'forbidding him to speak of it.' Cf. (pi.) Plat. Phaed. 62 B; Arist. 
 Oec. 1348. 1, \6yovs kwoLTjaaTO . kv airopprjTOis ; id. frg. 612. 
 
 1581. a 42, kv airoppy]TOLs (j)v\a.TTHv 'to keep as a secret.' Cf. otd, p. 26. 
 
 kv airopcp, frg. Democr. Diels, Vorsokr. 2 388. 12 (R P, §204), 
 eTerjL olov 'iaaaTov yiyvcovKeLV kv airopoot eari 180 (cf. neut. adj. c. ecrn 
 supra, p. 183); Thuc. I. 25. 1, kv airbpu elxovTo dkadai to irapov, 'they 
 were at a loss how to manage the present conditions'; III. 22. 6, 
 dXX' kv airopco i\aav eucdo-at to yt.yv6p.evov, cf. kv airoplq. exe<70cu, elvai, 
 p. 193. But Thuc. II. 62. 5, k\irL8t, . . . tjs kv tw airopw ij laxvs 
 (sc. ecrrt). But (pi.) Xen. An. 7. 6. 11, clkovcov (iipas) kv airbpots tlvai, 
 'hearing that you were in great straits,' so Cyr. 1. 6. 3. 181 
 
 kv air poa8oKi]Tco, with e£ air poa8oK7]Tov supra, p. 69, cf. Luc. Tox. 
 41, et /cat kv rep airpoo-8oKr]Tcp tot€ inrepko-xov. 
 
 kv apyols, v. p. 184. 
 
 kv to) aadeveo-TaTco, Thuc. III. 52. 3, c. et^at, 'already they were in 
 the last stage of weakness' (so Smythe, who compares Dio C. lxxiv. 
 
 179 Lutz overlooks these cases and states that the expression is found in the 
 
 Orr. only in Andoc. II. 19, 21 and Lys. XIII. 21. 
 
 180 Ap. Sext. Math. VII. 137, ytvdxrKeiv kv enrbpu hurl 'it is difficult to know.' 
 
 181 Cf. Alex. 234 K., eviropovs/ kv rots airopois, but texts differ; another reading is 
 
 (vir6povs,/kv 5' diropiais fitewovTas ets adXioirkpovs. 
 
186 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 12. 52, ev tw aadeveuTaTOJ eyevovro, Paus. IX. 7. 6, es to aadevkoraTov 
 it por)x6rjO av .) 
 
 ev aa4>a\el, cf. other adj. c. elvai, ylyveadat ev and similar verbs. 
 ev aa^aXel means a. 'it is safe,' cf. supra neut. adj. c. eoTi, p. 183 f. 
 b. More frequently, 'in safety,' 'in a safe place, occasionally 'in time 
 of safety.' c. c. gen. of artic. inf. usually w. neg., 'safe from,' etc. 
 It is used both w. and without art., but the latter twice as freo^ently. 
 Xen. has compar. three times and superl. twice without art. (a.) Eur. 
 Hec. 981, x^P^ 7 "'' tv acr^aXel yap t/<5' epripiLa ; I. T. 762; Hipp. 785, 
 to. 182 iroXXa irpaaaeiv ovk ev dcr^aXel (3Lov 'to act the part of a busybody, 
 i. e., to be officious, is not safe;' here the idiom is confused by the use 
 of /3tou so that it seems to be a cross between two uses, 'is not safe' 
 and 'is not in safety of life'; Thuc. I. 137. 4, eireibi) ev tw aofyahel ixev 
 epLoi, eKeLvu) 8e ev eiriKivovvui irakiv r) airoKOjucr) eyiyvero, 'was safe for me, 
 but dangerous for him'; Andoc. II. 21, ebe^ap.rjv 6' av avH itclvtuv 
 XP'QP-O-twv elvai ev ao-cjyakeZ 4>paaai irpbs vp.as a Kal rfi /SouXtj ev airopp-qTW 
 elar,yyei\a ; cf. Antiphanes 204. 14 K. Dem. 388. 152; 425. 262, ecos 
 ovv It ev do-^aXei, (f>v\a£aade 'while it is still safe', but a personal verb 
 might be supplied = 'while you are still in safety.' Cf. Xen. Hell. 7. 
 5. 8 (compar.) 183 (b.) Eur. Her. 397, iroia . . ./ev aacpaXel re 
 rrjad' IdpvaeTaL xQovos, 'in safety,' 'safely'; Thuc. IV. 126. 6 = 'in time 
 of safety,' 'when there is no danger'; VIII. 39. 4, o>s ev do-<£aXeZ ovTes 
 (personal, 'in safety,' i. e., 'safe'); 184 similar are Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 28 
 (with article); 7. 4. 21; An. 5. 6. 33; Cyr. 6. 1. 23; Ages. 2. 13 (w. 
 art.); Cyr. 7. 1. 21 (comp.), so An. 3. 2. 36 'in a safer position'; 
 (posit, w. art.) An. 4. 7.8; Cyr. 7. 5. 6; 8. 7. 27; Cyr. 7. 1. 16 (superb); 
 so An. 1. 8. 22; Plat. Legg. 892 E, 893 A; Hyper. VI. XL 31, ev t$ 
 aa(f>akel yeyevijo-dai (cf. ev aacjxxXeia III. XLV. 36, some texts ev d(7(£aXeZ). 
 Cf. ev 'exvptp infra, (c.) Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 31 eldores otl ev d<r<£aXe! eioi 
 tov ix-qbev iradelv 'safe from suffering anything', ib. 2. 4. 13, ev avcpaXel 
 elvai tov p.r) avTos ye virox^i-pios yevecdai; cf. Menand. Samia 25 (Capps), 
 the same constr. in the affirm., ev aacfyaXei/ 'elvai vop-icraaa tov \a\elv 'safe 
 in talking'. (Capps: 'the gen. defines the scope of the safety'). 
 
 ev acfravel, opp. ev tw 4>avepw infra, p. 191. Thuc. I. 42, ev a<pavel 
 en kcZtcu; 138. 3 (w. art.), so III. 23. 4; VII. 75. 4, irepi tcov ev a^avel 
 
 182 L. t6. 
 
 183 This might be either 'where it (i. e., the camp) was safer' or 'was in a safer 
 place,' but the parallelism with ev adrjXorepw indicates the neut. adv. use, evO' ev 
 aa(j)a\e<TTtpct> re rjv 77 el e^co earpaToiredeveTo ko.I rots ToXep.iois ev dSrjXorepw 6 tl irpaTToiro. 
 
 184 Cf. Hiero 2. 10, 6 5e rvoavvos ov5' ev o.klv5vvci> karlv. 
 
PART V tv 187 
 
 5e<5i6ras ; but Plat. Legg. 954 D, tav 6' . . . tv aipavtl KtKrrjTai, 
 'secretly'; cf. Lat. Liv. Praef. in obscuro sit. Cf. w. noun Antiphon 
 5. 59, ffv 8' tjxt tv a(pavtl Xoycp ^r]Ttls airoXtaai. Cf. e/c, p. 70; eis, 
 p. 113. Adv. dc/mvcos. 
 
 tv fipaxt'h (ipaxtvi, fipaxvTtpoLS, (3paxvTa.TU), Ppa.xvTa.TOLS : Pind. Py. 
 I. 82 'in brief compass' (sc. Xoyco or p.vdu, although the phr. is appar- 
 ently so well established as not to need the expression of the noun) ; 
 Pind. also has superl., Is. V. (VI.) 59, dprjatTai ira k tv /3paxi0"rois ; 
 Aesch. Pers. 713 expresses Xoyco, — iravTa yap, AapeZ, aKovay pvOov tv 
 jSpaxel Xoyco; 185 Soph. El. 673, tv /3paxei ^wOtls Xtyo: 'in brief com- 
 pass'; but O C 586 must be taken in connection with the following 
 line, GH. dXX' tv fipaxel or) Tr)v8t fi' t^aiTtl xapu'./OI. opa yt firjV ov 
 aniKpos, ovx, ayuv 68t, 'But this is a small favor which you ask of 
 me,' i. e., is in small compass.' 'Yet see, this contest is no slight 
 one.' 18 " 5 C 1581, ovd 1 6 p.v8os tv /3paxeZ/c/>pdcrcu iraptaTiv. Eur. Hel. 
 1522, cos av iv Qpaxel p.adr,s ; Suppl. 566; I. A. 829; Or. 734; frg. 28, 
 the same lines assigned to Eur. in Ar. Thesm. 177, ogtis tv |3paxet/ 
 iroXXovs kclXws olos rt avvTtfjivtLV Xoyovs ; Xen. Ages. 7. 1, cos tv /3paxet 
 €t7rel^ ; 187 Dem. 1459. Prooe. 53. (cf. Eur. Phoen. 917, tv fipaxei Xoyco, 
 Suppl. 478, tK fipaxt-bvwv). tv (Spa-xetrt, Dem. 258. 95, bit^tXdtlv, /ecu tout 
 kv /3paxetri;304.229;594.3;703. 10. tv Ppaxvr'tpois, Plat. Prot. 334 E; 
 so Gorg. 449 B. 188 tv ppa X vTaT V , Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 15; 8. 2. 5, tov tv 
 (3pa.xvTa.TU) SiaTpLfiovTa. tv (3pa.xvTa.TOLS, Antiphon I. 18, COS tV (SpaXfTOLTOtS, 
 (sc. Aoycns); so Dem. 1009. 5. (Cf. 5id ppax^cov, etc., p. 26 f. Also 
 corresponding adv. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 5, /3paxecos aTroXoytladai. Cf. 
 also in similar meaning, tv oXLyois, tXayjaTco, tXaxicrTOLs) . 
 
 But temporal, Hdt. 5. 24. 3, tv ppaxel (sc. xpbvw); so Thuc. III. 
 46. 2, tv /3pax^rdrcp ; cf. Plat. Symp. 217 A, coare Tvoir\Ttov thai tv 
 Qpaxtl o tl ntXtvoi ScoK'pdrTjs. Cf. tv oXiyw. 
 
 tv btlvw, v. supra, p. 184. 
 
 tv eXat/>pco, v. supra, p. 184. 
 
 tv eXaxtorco, eXaxtoTtns, Hdt. 2. 24, cbs p!tv vvv tv eAaxtfTco 5r?Xcocrai, 
 cf. tv (jpaxti, fipaxvTaTco, etc., supra, so pi. Isocr. V. 154. But purely 
 
 185 But M has xpofco which Sidgwick retains. 
 
 185 v. Jebb ad loc. 
 
 187 Cf. Diels, Vorsokr.- 605. 4. Antiph. fr. 91, «m Ppaxd &ptI tov air\6is ko.1 iv 
 Ke4>a\al<joi. 
 
 188 For similar thought expressed by iv and an abstraction, cf. Plat. Prot. 335 B, 
 (cat iv pa.Kpo\oylq nai iv 0pa\v\oylif. olds r el crvvovaias iroielaOai. 
 
188 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 lit. local use Thuc. VII. 70. 4. (Cf. ev dXiyco in same sentence); cf. 
 Isocr. I. 40. 189 
 
 kv tu> ep0avet, Thuc. 2. 21. 2; Xen. An. 2. 5. 25. Cf. els, p. 113, 
 ex, p. 70. Like ev tw (fravtpw, q. v. Adv. ep0avcos cf. Kara^avet, etc. 
 
 kv kirrjKoui, Xen. An. VII. 6. 8, nai kv kirrjKocp dari]Kti lx^ v eppTjvea. 
 Cf. eis kwiiKoov, v. supra, p. 113. Also later, e£ kir-qnoov, Luc. Contempl. 
 20; ets id. conv. 21; ets c. superl. and art. Icarom. 23, v. p. 113. 
 
 kv kiTLKivdvvco, v. supra, p. 186. 
 
 kv kTLirkdu), v. infra, p. 191. 
 
 kv evpapet, v. supra, p. 184. 
 
 ev evaefiel, v. supra, p. 184. 
 
 ev ei>4>v\a.KTU), v. supra, p. 165, ev c/>uXa/q7, ftn. 111. 
 
 ev evxepel, v. supra, p. 184. 
 
 ev exupw> allied to ev dcr0aXei 9. fl. p. 186, Thuc. VII. 77. 6, 77677 
 voptfere ev tu exupco etvat, 'in safety'; Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 27, to kv kxvpco 
 etvat; cf. Oec. 9. 3; Cyr. 1. 6. 26, raura 7retpcbpe0a cos ev exupcoT&rco 
 TToietcrflat. Adv. exupcos. 
 
 ev rjcrvxco, v. supra, p. 178. 
 
 ev dap<Ta\ku>, Thuc. II. 51. 6, 5td to ir potibkv ai re /cat ai)TOi 77677 ev ry 
 dapcrakku) elvai ; Lys. XII. 94, upets vuv ev tw flappaXecp ovres, so id. XXI. 
 25. Adv. 0appaXecos. 
 
 kv t(707re5co, v. infra, p. 191. 
 
 ev icrcy, Eur. I. A. 1199, ev i'erco 7&p rjv rob' , 'this would have been 
 fair,' cf. neut. adj. c. karl, supra, p. 183 f. But Thuc. I. 133, Trpori- 
 p.-f)deLr) 5' kv t'crco rots ttoXXoIs tcov otcucovcov awodaveiv, 'he had been select- 
 ed as a victim equally with many'; II. 53. 4, 7rdvras ev iVco 
 (b-oXXupevous, 'all perishing alike' (cf . ev dpoicp in same passage) ; ib. 
 60. 6, ev tVco «ai et ; 61. 4; IV. 65. 4; VI. 78. 1; 87. 3; (w. art.) IV. 10. 
 4; 106. 1; Xen. An. 1. 8. 11, 770-DX77 ev law kcu /3pa<5ecos irpoafiaav, 'they 
 advanced evenly, i. e., in even line, in (equal) step, and slowly' (some 
 commentators sc. ^pan, but it seems unnecessary. Note juxtaposi- 
 tion of dat. adv., prep, phr., and adv. Cf. also in similar connection, 
 adv. opaXcos ib. 8. 14, to pev (Sap^apt/cov arpdreupa 6/j.a\ibs 7rpo7Jet) ; cf . 
 Cyr. 7. 1. 4; ib. 8, ev tVco tovtco to 1-k-kikov excov avpurapkirov. Cf. airo, 
 p. 45, e£, p. 71, kiri, kclto. (Hom.), ets, p. 113. 
 
 ev KaXco, a. c. eo-rt impers. v. supra, p. 184. b. Temporal, like 
 kv /catpw, Seovn, etc., Lat. opportune, Eur. I. A. 1106, ev /caXco <t' e£co 
 86fio)v/r]vprix, 'well met'; Or. 579, ev oi> /caXco pev kp.vi)aQr\v 0ecov ; 'in a 
 
 189 But Ar. Eth. N. 1131. a 15, tern 5e to icrov kv eXaxio-roisSixrlv, 'equality is between 
 two things at least.' 
 
PART v kv 189 
 
 favorable place or under favorable circumstances,' Thuc. 5. 59, 4; 
 60. 2; c. purely local: Ar. Thesm. 292, wov irov KaOk^cop kv koKco 
 (sc. tottco); so Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 25; 4. 3. 5; c. gen. 6. 2. 9, kv koXco (fo's) 
 . kv KaWlarco) ; Ages. 2. 3; cf. Plat. Com. frg. 183 K, kv koXco, 
 'in a fine situation' (of the tomb of Themistocles) ; 190 Com. Fr. Adesp. 
 340. 5 K. c. gen. (in a passage praising Athens) 'has a fine situation 
 as regards climate.' 191 kv koWlovl, Dem. 185. 28, ov8apov yap kv koX- 
 
 X'lOVL CTCO^OLTO TT\ IToktL, Cf. CtS KCXKOV , etC, p. 113. f 
 
 kv tco Karaepavel, cf. kv tco tpavepcp, kpcpavel. Adv. Karacfiavcbs Xen. 
 Cyr. 7. 1. 5, cos 8' kv tco KaTacfiavel iravres aWr)\oLS kykvovro, 'visible.' 
 
 kv Ktvols, nearly = nevus, Soph. Ai. 971, irpos tclvt' '08vcrcrevs kv Ktvols 
 UjSptferw. 192 Cf. 8lcl nevrjs, p. 26. 
 
 kv kl^8t]\co, v. supra, p. 184. 
 
 kv kolvco, 'in common.' a. In a fig. and id. expression, Pind. 01. 
 XIII. 49, kyco ok fiSios kv kolvco (rraXets, (v. Gildersleeve). Idiomatic, 
 Eur. Or. 27, kco tovt' derates kv kolvco crKoirelv, Eng. 'leave it an open 
 question.' 193 b. Other adj. and adverbial uses: Eur. Ale. 265, oh 
 8-fj Tevdos kv kolvco ro8e, 'a common grief; frg. 362. 43, kKelvo 6' ov to 
 trXelcrTOV kv kolvco pkpos ] 901. 10, aXoxov kv kolvco re Xvirrjs r)8ovr]s t ex ei,/ 
 pkpos. lb. 636. 2, Kal yap kv kolvco xf/kyetv/ airaai ntladai 8varvxks kovk 
 ebTvxks. Cf. Andoc. II. 20. 6 (w. art.); Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 8. Cf. Dem. 
 331. 320, ktpaplXXov ttJs eis tt)v 7rarpi5' eiivoias kv kolvoo irdai KeLpkvrjs. 
 Cf. kv pkacg Keiadai, supra, p. 158 f. Cf. Isocr. VI. 3; Id. XI. 35, vvv 
 8 1 kv kolvco tcov wpaypaTCOV ovtcov ; Plat. Gorg. 490 B, rjp.lv f\ kv kolvco 
 7roXXd o-LTla Kal Trora; Isae. XL 50; Dem. 317. 273, dei 5' kv kolvco to 
 oupthkpov rj toXls TrpovrWeL <TKoirelv. c. But with the art. and some- 
 times without, kv kolvco is used of the public treasury: Hdt. 7. 144, 
 yevopevcov xpvpo-tlov peyaXcov kv tco kolvco ', so Thuc. 6. 6. 3, kv tco kolvco 
 
 190 Cf. Rhett. Spengel I. 182. 8, xP'h 5e -rots iv 7roAe/ua> reXevT&ffiv ds Ta<pr)v tl 
 \upiov 8rjiJ.6ffi.ov iv KaXu irpo rr)s 7r6Xecos a.4>ct}piff/j.evov, 'in a fine situation. 
 
 191 Cf. further, Diels, Vorsokr. 2 II. 640. 25 Dialexeis, kv /caXw not in the sense of 
 'opportunely,' but 'in the category of beautiful things' (if the text is genuine = 
 irpbs r)8ovr)v.) Cf. Theocr. 15. 73, 74, dapcrti yvvaf iv Ka\<x> dp.es/ Prax. /eels &pas, 
 nf/KeLTa, <£i\' avSpuv, iv kclKui e'iris, / app.e irepiffriWuv. (Lang): Courage, lady, all is 
 well with us now.' (they are through the worst of the crowd). Prax. 'Both 
 this year and forever may all be well with you, my dear sir, for your care of us.' 
 
 lm h> tw Kevu>, as Ktvov with other preps., is used tech. of the void. v. Arist. on 
 Leucipp. Diels, 2 p. 344. 25, etc. 
 
 193 So Arist. Met. 987. b 7, afalvav iv klhvw fjjreip. So in Lat. Cic. Coel. 20. 48. 
 totv.m in medio rclinquam; Sail. Cat. 19, nos cam rem in medio relinquemus, i. e., 
 'leave it undetermined.' 
 
190 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Kal ev tols Upols; cf. 6. 8. 2; 8. 1. 2; Ar. Eq. 775, cf. Eccl. 661; Dem. 
 690. 209;Dinarch.I. 101 (bis); Arist. Pol. 1271. b 11; but Xen. Hell. 
 7. 4. 34, publico in concilio, i. e., by the Ten Thousand. Also of 
 the public treasury, without the art. Thuc. 1. 80 contr. w. k t&v 
 Idltcv ; cf. 1. 141. 3, ovre I8la ovt ev kolvco xpr\ixa.Tak<JTi.v avroh 'neither 
 have they private nor public money' (transitional bet. the two 
 uses). For contrast 'in public' ... 'in private' cf. Dem. 464. 
 24; also Andoc. IV. 33. 35, eyu to'lvvv ev re tw koivw KeKp(.p.(.iai Terpa- 
 kis, i8la re, etc. Cf. els, p. 114, a-irb, p. 45, e/c, p. 72. 
 
 ev &vu, allied to ev kolvu : Pind. Py. IX. 93 (101), to 7' ev £vvu> 
 ■KeTTovr\pkvov ev 'in the common interest,' 'for the common weal,' but 
 frg. 124 (89). 2 = in communi conventu. 
 
 ev bXlyco. a. temporal, v. supra, p. 172; b. spatial: Hdt. 8. 11, 
 ev 6X170; irep airoXap.(f)6evTes (sc. x&PV), 'although they were shut up 
 within a small space'; cf. 9. 70 (x&pco is here expressed); Thuc. II. 
 84. 3, al vijes ev 6X170; rj8r] ovaai ; 86. 5, rqv ev 6X170; vavpax'i-av ; cf. IV. 
 26. 3; so 96. 3; VII. 67. 3; 70. 4 (cf. in same sentence and same use 
 ev eXaxlo-roo) ; Xen. An. 3. 3. 15, ev oXlyco 'within a short distance.' 
 C But pi. sc. A0701S, Hdt. 4. 36, ev bXlyoiai yap eyu 8rj\u<TO>, cf. supra, 
 ev eXaxlcrrco, eXaxicrrois p. 187 f, and ev fipaxel, etc., p. 187. d. But 
 Isocr. XV. 155=Lat. in tenui re, 'in straitened circumstances,' 
 6Xo>s p.ev olv ovdels evpedriaerai tuv KaXovpevoov cro(j)t,crTcbv 7roXXd xPW aTa 
 avXXe^apievos, dXX' ol p,h 'ev bXlyocs, ol 8' ev raw /xerploLs (notephr. 'in very 
 moderate circumstances') rbv $lov 8iayaybvTes. e. Usually, however, 
 ev bXlyois, 'one among few' = 'exceedingly,' 'remarkably,' Hdt. 4. 52, 
 ebvra irorapbv ev oXiyoLcn p.'eyav; 9. 41, 6s ev ohiyoicn Tlepaeojv r\v avqp 
 86iap.os irapa 'Eep^y and later 194 . But Plat. Rep. 431 C, ev bXlyots 
 simply 'among a small number,' 'among few.' 
 
 ev tu) d/jLoXcp, v. infra, p. 191. 
 
 ev bp.olw, Hdt. 7. 138. 1, ol "EXX?7fes ovk ev 6/xoio> iravres ravra eiroievvro; 
 so 8. 109. 3 (cf. TTOLelaOat ev c. other adj. p. 184 and c. nouns p. 197 f.). 
 Cf. Thuc. II. 53. 4, decov 8e 4>6j3os 77 avdpwwwv vbpos ovdels a-welpye, to 
 nh Kplvovres ev o/jlo'lco Kal crefieiv Kal /ii) e/c tov wavras bpav ev iVco airoXXv- 
 n'evovs (cf. ev 'icro)); II. 49. 5, Kal ev tw bpiolw KadeiaTrjKet. to re irXeov Kal 
 eXaaaov totov, 'equally' (Jowett: 'thirst, which was not in the least 
 assuaged whether they drank little or much'); IV. 106. 1 (cf. h ra 
 icrw in same passage); VI. 11. 1; 16. 4; 21. 2, 'to fight with equal 
 advantages'; but VIII. 58. 7, ev dfxolco KaTaXveadai 'to make peace on 
 
 1M So iv dXLyais Heliod. 3. 1; 6\iyois, Plut. Lucull. 28. 13; id. Pomp. 10. 4; 
 Galba 19. 2, etc., w. same meaning aw oXIjols eTrat.vedrjvai Plut. Galba 3. 
 
PART V ev 191 
 
 the same terms.' Allied phrases, but purely spatial; Xen. Hell. 
 6. 4. 14, ov iravv ev eirLirebco, dXXd rpbs bpdiu, 'not quite on a level.' 
 lb. 7. 5. 11, ev re laoirebcp fxaxeloOai ; (w. art.) Cyr. 1. 6. 41, note paral- 
 lelism with kn tov k/jLtpavovs. cf. Thuc. V. 65. 4, ev tQ> bjj.a\op rqv /jlolxW 
 iroieladai. 
 
 ev w'Kelovi, Thuc. I. 72, dXX' ev wXeLovi aneKrkov. Cf. Hdt. 2. 25, 
 cbs be ev ir\eovt \bycp SryXcoo-cu. Cf . els, p. 96. k, p. 74. and use of other preps. 
 C. 7rXeIoj\ 
 
 ev ripe/xa Tpoaavrei, 'on a gentle slope,' Plat. Phaedr. 230 C. 
 
 h ttviucltcc, Soph. O C 1675, 'at the last,' i. e., 'at his death.' Cf. 
 ev Te\evTrj, p. 183; cf. II. 11. 65, ev TvpiaTOLGL 'in the rear.' 
 
 ev apLKptp, v. supra, p. 184. 
 
 ev avvoTTTco, Aeschin. Ep. 1. 4, cos <5e ev (tvvotttu 'qp.ev r\br\ 'as we were 
 within sight of land,' cf. e£ cltowtov, Soph. Ph. 467 supra, p. 69. Cf. 
 later ev airb-KTw e\eiv 'in sight' Arr. An. 2. 10. 3; cf. Joseph. A. J. 13. 
 14. 2, eaTuc/xevos ev aw. in conspicuo loco. Cf. 'ev awb\pei 
 
 yivopteda Anth. P. 9. 412; Strabo 256, elal <5' . . . ev awb^/ei. waaai. 
 
 'ev varepco, later.' Thuc. III. 13; VIII. 27. 2; 68. 2. Cf. be p. 72. 
 
 ev tu> (fravepw, adv. <j>avepihs, 'openly,' manifestly,' etc.; usually w. 
 art., but without art. in the following instances: Thuc. IV. 73. 2, 
 ev 4>avep£) ebet^av ; Xen. Ages. 5. 7 (Lat. in propatulo, 'in the open'); 
 also Aristot. Rhet. 1372. a 24; 1384. a 35; 1385. a 8; Isocr. II. 30, ras 
 rip.as ev rip (fxivepcp . . . yt.yvop.evas ; but XL 27, ev rots qbavepols 
 is different, a mere substantive use of the neut. adj.; ev tco (fravepu, 
 'openly' Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 43; 5. 3. 16; 6. 4. 16 (cf. h p.e<ru> Plat. Rep. 
 558 A quoted above, ev p.e<ru> 3. b. p. 158); Mem. 1. 1. 10 (of Socrates) 
 enelvbs ye ael p.ev r\v ev rco (fravepui (Lat. in propatulo); An. 1. 3. 2\,ovbe 
 evravda r\Kovaev ovbels ev ye tu 4>avepu), 'at any rate openly,' 'in public ; 
 Cyr. 7. 5. 55; Eq. Mag. 5. 7. opp. els to aor)\ov ; Dem. 306. 235, oi>5' ev 
 tco cfiavepti fiovXevbfxevos ; Aristot. H. A. 510. a 9; ib. 533. a 4; Poet. 145 2 b . 
 12. Cf. Lat. in aperto esse. Cf. awb, p. 45, eis, p. 117, en, p. 73, 
 also C. ewi, Kara. Cf. supra, ev rco ep.cf>avel, Kara4>avel. 
 
 c. With articular adverbs (v. also sub adv. phr. of direction) : 
 ev tu> Trapaxpijp-a. (wapaxpypa. itself a prep. cpd. for wapa to xPW a )y 
 'on the spot,' 'offhand,' 'immediately,' 'for the moment.' Antiphon 
 V. 73 (opp. to phr. ev rco ewiaxelv); Andoc. II. 22. 19; Xen. Cyr. 
 2. 4. 13, aweXduv ev rw jr. ev dcrc&aXel elvai ; Plat. Pol. 310 C; Phileb. 21 
 C, T?js t ev 7co 7T. T)hovr\s irpocnrnrTovo-qs, 'for the moment,' 'momentary, 
 immediate pleasure,' Lat. in praesentia; so Prot. 353 D; 354 B; 
 Menex. 235 B {bis) -qyoiipevos ev rco w. peifav nal yevvaibrepos nal KoXKiwv 
 
192 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 yeyov'evai .... aep-vorepos kv rw tv. yiyvofxai, 'at once'; Rep 
 408 B, 455 A; Legg. 799 D; 915 D; Lat. ilico. Cf. otto, p. 45, els, p 
 117, he, p. 75. 
 
 d. Adverbial phrases of direction: 
 
 kv 8e£ia, Eur. Bacch. 943, but Cycl. 682 c. gen. kv 5e£i<x aov ; Hdt 
 7. 217; Thuc. I. 24. 1; II. 19. 2; 98. 2; III. 24. 1; 106. 1; V. 71. 1 
 VII. 1; Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 11; 6. 5. 27; An. 1. 5. 1, 5; 2. 2. 13; 4. 3. 17 
 5. 2. 24 (Ms); 7. 5. 12; Cyr. 2. 1. 16 (w. art.); 2. 4. 2; 3. 2. 5; 7. 1. 3 
 Plat. Phaed. 89 A c. gen.; Phaedr. 266 A; Critias 110 E; Legg. 749 
 E; 795 A, et al. 
 
 kv apLarepa, Hdt. 7. 42; 217; Thuc. II. 81. 3; 98. 2; 100. 4; III. 
 106. 1; VI. 62. 2; VII. 1; VIII. 101. 1 (cf. III. 107. 4, kv ™ eiWu/xw); 
 Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 2; 4. 4. 11; An. 2. 4. 28; 4. 3. 16, 17; 5. 2. 25; 6. 1. 
 14; Cyr. 2. 1. 16 (w. art.); 3. 2. 5; 7. 1. 3; Plat. Euthyd. 273 B; Critias 
 110 E; Legg. 794 E; 795 A et al. 
 
 kv rw avTLTepas, Thuc. VIII. 101. 2 c. gen. 
 
 kv tu avco, Plat. Rep. 614 C. 
 
 kv tu eireKetva, Thuc. VII. 58. 1; VIII. 104. 5 c. gen. 
 
 kv too naravTei, Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 37, 'down-hill' = adv. Karavra ; so 
 cltto, p. 46, els, p. 118, kirl Plat. Tim. 77 D. 
 
 kv tw KaravTLKpv, Plat. Lys. 203 B, Euthyd. 274 C, Tim. 62 D; cf. 
 Prot. 315 C. Cf. pp. 76, 118. 
 
 kv tu> oinodev, Plat. Rep. 614 C, cf. kv raj irpbadev, supra, p. 177. 
 
 kv tu> irkpav, Xen. An. 4. 3. 11, 29. 
 
 VIII. Periphrasis type 
 Under this general heading are included a large number of uses 
 of nouns with elvai kv, yiyveaOai kv and other colorless verbs, some of 
 which are clearly periphrasis for which an equivalent verb may be 
 readily substituted, others which are nearly but not quite periphrasis, 
 and still others which are more conveniently placed here because of 
 their use with this class of verbs. Some cases have been already 
 noted under earlier groups. It is not always possible to draw a sharp 
 distinction, elvai kv with abstractions varies from periphrasis directly 
 equivalent to a verb, or to an adverb, through less clear cases, to a 
 mere transference of the local use to abstractions. With verbal nouns 
 the preposition usually adds some evident force (e. g., elvai kv irXcp, 
 kv 6piJ.fi 'on the point of sailing, starting, etc.). Certain other verbs 
 occur frequently with kv in periphrasis and allied phenomena with 
 more or less idiomatic tone. 
 
PART V kv 193 
 
 1. a. Abstractions with elvai kv, ylyveaOai kv, etc., 
 
 kv a^poTrjTi, v. infra, sub alax vv V- 
 
 kv abiK-qixaTi, Hyper. Eux. XXXVI. 25, kdv . . . . rd . . . 
 yeyovbra kv d8LKi)fj.aTL \pr](blar]ade el^at = pred. adj. 
 
 kv aOvfila, ThllC. VI. 46. 2, kv advpla riaav ; cf. VII. 55. 1, kv iravrl 
 5t) advplas fiaav, (v. p. 159); Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17, kv ddvpla ovtos <f>l\ov 
 'when his friend is in despair.' 
 
 kv atvr}, Hdt. 9. 16. 4, toIcti p.er' knelvov kv alvy kovai Uepvkoiv ; cf. 
 3. 74; 8. 112, e^ a'lvrj peylary ku>v ; cf. ey 8iaf36\rj yevopevos Lys. XIX. 34, 
 cf. XXV. 6; Plat. Ep. 318 C. 
 
 6i> alaxwv, etc., v. also m/ra, p. 196. Two striking and some- 
 what peculiar instances in Eur. are Phoen. 1276, AN. alSovped' ox^ov. 
 10. ovk kv aiaxvvy to. ad, 'your situation does not permit of shame' 
 (probably slightly colloquial); so Ion. 1397, Ifi. alya <jv iroXhrj xai 
 irapoidev i]aQd juoi./KP. ovk kv cnwivfi rapa. The nearest parallel to these 
 expressions is I. A. 1343, ovk kv afiporriTi Kelaai Tpbs rd vvv TreinwKOTa 
 'thou dost not lie in luxury with reference to the present plight.' 
 Editors also compare Phoen. 1265, ovk kv xoptlais ov8e irapdevevpaoi/ 
 vvv col irpoxwpei dcufxovcov /cardo-racis. 195 But neither of these are exact 
 parallels. 
 
 kv avayKy, Lysias 6. 8, vp.lv kv dvdy ktj karl fiovXevaaadai ; Xen. 
 Hell. 6. 4. 22, kv avayKy kykveade; cf. An. 2. 5. 21, kv dvdyKy kxopkvuv 
 'constrained by necessity,' 'compelled,' et al. 
 
 kv a^LcopaTL, Thuc. VI. 15. 3, &v yap kv a&copari viro twv acrruv 
 'being held in high esteem by his fellow-citizens.' Cf. kv 86^r] elvai, 
 supra, p. 148 ; 196 cf. ol kv d^uopari tech. p. 166. 
 
 kv airopla, cf. kv airbpu, etc., supra, p. 185, 'to be in perplexity, 
 doubt, difficulty, distress, straits': Hdt. 4. 131, Aapelos re kv droplr]<n 
 ei'xero ; 9. 98. 1, kv airoply re e'ixovro 6 tl iroLecoai; cf. (w. adj.) Antiphon 
 V. 65; Lys. XIII. 11 (like Hdt. 4. 131 supra); Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 29, 
 kv airopla r/cav, cf. 6. 2. 8 (w. mod. adj.), so An. 3. 1. 2; [Plat.j'Av- 
 Ttpaoral 135 A; Lach. 200 E, Legg. 919 A; Euthyd. 306 D, kv airopla 
 eipl, t'l 8el avrols xPW^^dai. cf. Phaed. 108 C; Gorg. 522 B. Cf. 
 as variant pi. without prep. w. verb compounded w. kv Hdt. 1. 190, 
 Kvpos 8e cnroplriai kvelxero. 
 
 kv apxais, of being in power, in office, v. tech. phr. p. 166. 
 
 kv anpla, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51, v. p. 153. 
 
 195 Powell translates ev here and in 1276 'there is no help in.' 
 19, Cf. Plat. Phaed. 117 E, 'ev eixprjulg. xPV TeXevrav. 
 
194 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 kp /3Xdj3jj, Thuc. V. 52. 2, oh f/p kv p\afij) reLXLadkp , 'to whom the 
 fortification would have been injurious.' 
 
 kv Svpa/jieL elvaL, Plat. Rep. 328 C, v. p. 166. 
 
 kp bvcrpevela, Soph. El. 1124, ov yap tos/kv bvapeveia y 1 ova 1 e7ratTeirai 
 rabe. 
 
 ep WeL, Thuc. II. 64. 2, raOra yap kv WeL Trjbe rfi 7r6Xet irpbrepop re r\p 
 'this was formerly the custom of the city,' cf. Diod. 13. 83. 4; cf. 
 Aeschin. I. 25, vim wapres ev WeL irparropep; cf. Rhett. Graec. Spengel 
 III. 59. 17, kol yap 6 oo\oLKLop.6s e^aWayrj tov ev WeL karip, et al. 
 
 ev ev8elaLs, etc., Isocr. VIII. 90, ovt ev ev8eiaL$ ovt ev vTepftoXals 
 ovres. 
 
 ev eTTLdv/jia, Plat. Prot. 318 A, ep kirLdvpia cop] Legg. 841 C, cf. 
 pi. Rep. 429 D, cf. ev advpla supra. 
 
 ev kprjpia, Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 19, dXXd /cat dirore ev kpypla elev (opp. to 
 birbre virb tup avdpccircov bpcovTo) ; but with more idiomatic tone, ib. 
 2. 2. 14, elra ep kprjpia 4>l\cop 6.pa4>apfis. 
 
 ep eviradelrjaL, Hdt. 1. 22, ep evTadeirjaL eopras 'enjoying themselves,' 
 'making merry,' so 191; cf. 8. 99, avToi r)aap ep dvairjai re nai eviradeiriGL. 
 
 ep evpvxupia, Plat. Theaet. 194 D, kv evpvxupia opra, 'having plenty 
 of room.' 
 
 kv evcfrpoavpaLs, Xen. Ages. 9. 4, kp peaaLs rats eixfrpocrvp atj apaarpe- 
 <i>eadai. 
 
 kp OaXiycrL, Hdt. 3. 27, fjaap ep daXirjaL, this noun has come to mean 
 'festivities' in pi., (cf. Hes. Th. 65) but the phr. is allied to kv evira- 
 deiflaL elpaL, supra. 
 
 kp 6avp.aTL, dcbpan, Hdt. 1. 68, kv 6cop.o.TL f\p ; id. 3. 3; 7. 218. 2; 
 9. 11; cf. 8. 135. 3, /cat tovs pep eivop'epovs tlov QriftaLtov kv QoipaTL ex^crdaL 
 aKovovras (3ap(3apov y\cc(xar]s ; cf. 7. 128 (w. adj., so 9. 37); Thuc. VIII. 
 14. 2; but cf. Xen. Symp. 2. 1, cb? kv davpaTi; cf. kv davpaTL iroieladaL 
 Plut. Pomp. 14. Cf. ets p. 122. 
 
 kv dvaLrjaL, v. supra, kp eviraOelyjaL. 
 
 kp KaraaKevf), v. wapacrKevfj. kv KaraxPW^h Proleg. Plat. Phil. V., 
 eiyapfjv kv KaraxpriaeL 'misuse' (of a word), kv voools, v. Trepta, p. 195. 
 
 kv bvelbeL, Plat. Symp. 189 E, kv bpeibeL bpopa Keipepop ; cf. ws kp 
 bpelbeL, p. 208. kp owia., Dem. 118. 30, kp ovaia iroXXfi yeyopdos. 
 
 kp TapaaKevfi, Thuc. II. 80. 3, to pep pavrLubp. kp irapa- 
 
 aKevfi f\p 'was in preparation,' cf. 101. 2; VI. 26. 2; Aeschin. II. 103; 
 cf. c. gen. Thuc. VIII. 14. 3 'in preparation for war'; cf. VIII. 5. 1, 
 kv Karaanevrj tov iro\epov ; II. 17. 5, ol pev kp tovtco TrapaaKevr)s r)aap 
 'they were in this state of preparation.' But cf. Plat. Gorg. 477 B, 
 
PART v ev 195 
 
 kv xp^drcof KaTaauevfi (L. and S. 'in the matter of money'); ib. ev 
 awparos KaraaKevfi. Cf. further, Ar. Rhet. 1382. 3. 
 
 ev irevla, Plat. Rep. 613 A, eav t' ev irevia ■yiyvrjrai eav t kv voctols. 
 ev irodw, (periphr., idiom.) Soph. C 1678, cbs paXier' av ev irodu) 
 Xd/3ots, 'just as thou mightest wish.' ev aito-jry, v. aioxvv-Q p. 193. 
 
 kv aicerpei, Plat. Legg. 858 A, dXX' avrovs ev onepei. yevopevovs. ev 
 acoT-qply elvai., Hdt. 6. 104. ev Tipupla, Plat. Gorg. 525 B, TrpoaqKei be 
 
 TTCLVTL TCO \v TljUCOpiO, OVTL. h (friXLa, Xen. CyT. 1. 6. 9, CCOS eTL tV (/uXltl 
 
 eap'ev, etc. ev (ppovripari, Thuc. V. 40. 3, dXX' ev cfrpovrjpaTi. ovres rf/s 
 UeXo-!rovvr](xov rjyqaeadaL, 'aspiring to be leaders of the Peloponnese.' 
 
 ev (ppovrLSt, Hdt. 2. 104, cos he p.01 ev 4>povrL8i ey'evero [to it p-qy pa] , 
 'as I was thinking of the matter,' but also of a person, Xen. Cyr. 
 5. 2. 5., 6 p.ev 8ij Kiipos ev 4>povri8i r\v\ cf. 6. 2. 12; Hell. 6. 5. 33; cf. 
 Hdt. 1. Ill, 'qaav 8e ev 4>povt'l8l ap^orepoi aWrjXwv ivepi ; Diphilus 108 K., 
 oov ev (ppovrLcnv (note pi.). But cf. ev 4>povtL8l deadat, 'lay to heart' 
 Porphyr. vit. Pythag. 40 ( R P §94), like eis 6vp.6v fiaXeiv, ev dvpco /3dX- 
 Xeadai, etc., v. supra, p. 149. 
 
 ev xop^cus, v. alaxvvrj, p. 193. ev ^i>£ei, Plat. Tim. 85 D, alp.aros 
 ev \pv^ei re ovros, i. e., 'congealed.' ev cb0eXeia, Xen. Vect. 4. 35, ravra 
 ev Co4>e\ela earai 'this will be useful, advantageous.' 
 
 With these usages cf. Lat. Plaut. Trin. 278, Neque tibi ero in 
 mora; Ter. Andr. 467, ne in mora Mi sis; Verg. Aen. 12. 10, etc. 
 Cf. idiomatic and adv. uses of adj. c. elvai, etc., p. 183 ff. 
 
 b. Similarly verbal nouns and expressions: 
 
 ev KaTa\r]\peL, Thuc. III. 33. 3, cbs 5' ovueri ev KaraXvxlei ec^aivero 
 (sc. elvai), 'no longer did it appear within his grasp.' 
 
 ev KLvqaei, Thuc. III. 75. 2, Trevre . . . vavs . . . nara- 
 XLirelv, cVcos r\a<ybv tl ev mvqoei ibaiv ol evavrioL, 'that the enemy might 
 be less inclined to stir.' 
 
 ev opfxfi, Xen. An. 2. 1. 3, ev 6pp.fi dvrwv 'on the point of starting.' 
 Cf. Arist. Rhet. 1393. a 3, ev 6pp.fi elvai rov iroielv. 
 
 ev ru> Tadelv, Thuc. VI. 38. 2, irplv ev rco iradelv upev 'before we 
 suffer.' 
 
 ev iravXy, Thuc. VI. 60. 2, ovk ev iravXy e^alvero, 'there seemed to 
 be no end of it.' ev irepnraru), Xen. An. 2. 4. 15, ervxov ev irepnraru) 
 ovres cf. els, p. 128. 
 
 ev CKeiry, c. gen. Hdt. 7. 172. 2, 'Lva ... 17 avprraaa r} 'EXXds 
 rov TroXepov, 'in shelter, protection from,' so 7. 215; cf. 1. 143, rjaav ev 
 aKeirji rov 4>6fiov. (Cf. Ael. N. A. 9. 57, ev aKewri rov upvovs.) 
 
196 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 c. kv rkxvQ and allied phrases with kv of a pursuit or calling: 
 slightly idiomatic, Soph. O T 562, tot ovv 6 p.clvtls ovtos r\v kv rfi Texvy ', 
 so Plat. Meno 91 E, TeTTapanovTa 8k kv rfi Texvy gvtcl, 'he practised his 
 profession forty years'; Prot. 317 C (Protag. of himself as a ao<pi<rTr]s) , 
 7roXXa ye err] 7)017 elp.1 kv Ty rkx^TI > c ^- Prot. 319 C, irepl fxkv ovv wv o'lovrai 
 kv rkx^v elvaL, 'matters of professional interest'; cf. Hdt. 2. 82, twv 
 'EWrjvccv ol kv tolt](T6i yevop,evoL ; Thuc. III. 28, ol kv rots irpdyp.ao'L ; 
 so Dem. 125. 56; cf. ol kv reXet, etc., supra, p. 167. Isocr. III. 18, 
 oi kv tclZs 6\i7ctpxicus /cat 6r?//o/cpartais (meaning the administrators 
 thereof) ; Plat. Phaed. 59 A {et saepe) chs kv c/>t\oaoc/>ia ijpcov ovtoov ; 
 63 E; 68 C; Theaet. 174 A; Rep. 489 B; cf. 561 D; Epist. 311 E, etc., 
 Legg. 762 A, toov kv tolls yecopyiaLs. Really not different from the fol- 
 lowing class. 
 
 2. Local use transferred to Abstractions; (mostly kv of circum- 
 stance or condition) : 
 
 kv aiaxvvji, Dem. 736. 115, kv at<rx<W? tw, but cf. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 36, 
 kv alcrxwy 8eLvcos exovra; cf. also Eur. Phoen. 1276 v. p. 193. But cf. 
 Eur. Suppl. 164, kv p.ev alaxvvaLs ayco, 'among shameful things,' i. e., 
 'I count it a shameful thing,' cf. rldeadaL kv. 
 
 kv a(f>poo-vvji, Soph. Ant. 383, /cat kv atfipoavvy nadehovTes, 'taken in 
 folly.' 
 
 kv kXiriaLV, Soph. Ant. 897, kv eXrlcrLv Tpk<pa)/4>l\r) p.ev i]£eLV irarpl 
 (periphr. = /capr' e\7rtfw); Eur. El. 352, kv kXiriaLv tout' aadevris 
 (frevyuv avrjp, 'this rests on hope'; 197 Eur. frg. 412, kv eXwiaLv XPV ™vs 
 o-o0ous ex^LV P'lov; (cf. sing. w. elvaL c. inf.) Thuc. IV. 70. 2, \kycov kv 
 €\it'l8l elvaL avaXaj3elv Nlo-cllolv ; cf. Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 43; 7. 2. 10. 
 
 kv rjavxla, v. supra, p. 178. 
 
 kv kclkols, familiar phr. of tragedy, Aesch. Ag. 1612, vfipii;eiv kv 
 klxkoIo-lv ob (T€/3co ; but ib. 765 c. gen., ved/^ovaav kv /ca/cots fipoTcov/vfipLv ; 
 Soph. T 127, 'in our troubles; El. 308, lv rot/ca/cols, 335 198 cf. Eur. 
 Ale. 772, apa tov £kvov / arvyce ot/cata>s, kv /ca/cots d^ypevov ; Hec. 663; 
 but Soph. Ant. 495, x& Tav * v naKolai tls/6l\ovs, 'when one is caught 
 in wickedness.' 199 Cf. kv Xvttclls, etc., Plat. Rep. 429 D, to lv re 
 \vttclls ovtcl cHaacof ecrflat avrriv Kai kv rjdovals /cat kv kirLOvplaLS Kai kv c/>6/3ots. 
 
 197 Cf. Shakespeare, Merch. of Ven. Act 1 Sc. 3, 'Yet his means are in supposi- 
 tion.' 
 
 198 Cf. further, Soph. El. 1056, 1287, cf. 1329; O C 592; Ai. 272, cf. 532; 1118, 
 1151; Ph. 313, 471; cf. Ant. 463; 495; cf. 540, 1076; 1326; frg. 530. 3; 600; 842; 
 866 (Nauck). 
 
 199 But cf. Democr. frg. 173 (Diels, Vorsokr. 2 I. 417), ov 8'iKaiov kv ko.koI<jl to. 
 Toiahe Kpivuv, dXX' kv ayadoZaiv &v, 'to count as evils, among evils.' 
 
PART V kv 197 
 
 Cf. kv rovco, irovois and similar expressions: Pind. N. 10. 78, 
 iravpoi 8' kv ttovco itkxtoI fiporwv ; 200 Soph. O T 1205, kv ttovois; cf. 1319, 
 kv roaolabe irrjpao-tv, cf. C 1358, kv rovu ; cf. Thuc. VI. 34. 2; Xen. 
 Cyr. 4. 2. 1, ovt kv tovols ovt' kv klv8vvols, etc. 
 
 Comparable also are some of the uses of kv ecrxdrots, Lat. in ex- 
 tremis: Plat. Legg. 881 A, davaros pevovv ovk ecmv eax aT0V i 0L 8e kv "Ai8ov 
 tovtolcl \eyopevoi tvovol en re tovtojv 201 eial fj.d\\ov kv kaxa-Tots, i. e., 'are 
 far worse'; Dem. 287. 178, cbs kaeivuv ovtwv kv rols kaxarois ; but Plat. 
 Rep. 523 D (sing.) is simply local of the end of the finger, kav re kv 
 (j.ko~u) bparai kav r kv kaxb.no. 
 
 Cf. kv irkvdei, (cf. II. 22. 483, crriryepco kvi Trevdel): Soph. El. 270, 
 co Svadeov p'tarjpa, vol povy iraTi)p / TeOvquev ; aXXos 5' ovtls kv irkvdei Pporcbv, 
 'hast thou alone lost a father, and is there no other mourner in the 
 world?' but in 847, kcpavr) yap peXkrwp / 'apcpl rbv kv irkvdei., it refers to 
 the dead man, 'an avenger appeared for the one in grief; Eur. Hel. 
 1325, piirrei 8' kv irkvdei./ irkrpiva Kara 8pia To\vvi<f)ea' 'she flung herself 
 in her grief,' etc. Cf. Plat. Rep. 605 D, 'Opn'ipov . . . pipov- 
 pi'evov Tiva rihv ripdoccv kv irkvdei ovra; cf. 395 D, yvvawa kv 
 
 i-vp.(f)opais re /cat irevdeai /cat 6pr)voiS exopkvrjv. Cf. kv crvpcpopals, etc. 
 Soph. Ant. 1229, kv rco avpfopas 6tec60dp??s 'in what calamity hast 
 thou lost thy reason?' but here kv really = 'by' or 'because of (cf. 
 causal and instr. kv ); cf. Soph. Ai. 314, /caliper' kv tco irpayparos Kvpol 
 irore, 'I asked in what strange plight he was'; Eur. Hel. 1195, kv tco 8k 
 KelaaL cup0opds ; Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 4, kv avpcpopals yevopevwv ; cf . (sing.) 
 Dem. 413. 230. 
 
 kv a-wavi, Hdt. 5. 58, KOTe kv oiravi fivfiXuv 'in lack of papyrus'; 
 cf. Dem. 389. 153, xPVM aT<J °v r kv airavei . . . avrbv KaraaTriaeiv. 202 
 Cf. KadLo-TTjpi. kv, p. 199. kv Tkxv\], etc., v. p. 196. kv x^petct, Thuc. 
 II. 45, ocrat vvv kv xypti-a- 'kcrovrai 'as many as shall be in widowhood.' 
 
 3. Affinity of certain other verbs for kv in periphrasis and allied 
 phenomena: 
 
 a. Abstractions c. ex^v, iroieladai, etc., 'to hold, regard, consider 
 as': Hdt. 9. 42. 2, kv a8eit] 8e ov iroievp.evuv to \eyet.v, 'not considering 
 it safe to speak'; cf. 8. 120, cos kv dSetjy kcov. Hdt. 5. 106. 2, kv atria 
 
 200 Cf. Theogn. 79, iravpovs evprjaeis . . . avopas kralpovs /ttkttovs kv xa-^tTrols 
 Trpr)yp.a.cn yivofxkvovs. 
 
 201 The meaning of tovtwv is debated, v. Ast and Stallb. who contests Ast's 
 interpretation and maintains that tovtuv refers to davaros, the pi. being used in a 
 general sense, for which he refers to Matthias, Gr. Gr. §472. 5. 
 
 202 Cf. adj. w. art. used as abstraction, Ar. Rhet. 1429. b 32, ai roiavrai irpa£eis 
 kv tw cnravicc yeyovaaiv, o'ias 8i ah Xiyeis, ttoWolkis, 'are rare,' cf. adj. c. tlvai kv. 
 
198 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 ex«y ; Thuc. I. 35 (v. sub legal phr. p. 165); Thuc. II. 59. 1, ical tov 
 p.ev Ikpi/cXea kv atria elxov, cf. V. 60. 2, 4, 5; 65. 5; VII. 81. 1; Xen. 
 Mem. 2. 8. 6, etc., Hdt. 2. 141, kv a\oylr]o-L txav 'to have no regard, 
 respect for,' cf. 6. 75. 3, avTO to aXaos kv akoyiy excov kveirprjae ; 7. 226, 
 kv aKoylr] iroLevpevov to twv Mr)8u>v ttXt^os. 203 Hdt. 3. 3, TOLcbvde pkvTOL 
 kp.e iraldojv prjTepa kovaav Kvpos kv aTLpixi ex e h T W 5e dx' Ai7i>7ttou 
 eiriKTrjTOf kv TLpy rideTaL. ev 6a.viAa.TL iroi.oviJ.evos, Plut. Pomp. 14. Hdt. 
 2. 1215, ei' Kepde'i iroLevpkvovs c. inf.; so 6. 13. 2 (Lat. Hor. /tfcro a^»- 
 ponere, C. I. 9. 15). Hdt. 1. 131, kv vbp\w TOLevpkvovs c. inf. 'consider- 
 ing it as legal' (v. also kv vbp.0Ls, p. 182). Thuc. 4. 5, Tvvvdo.v6p.evoL 
 kv ohLycopia kiroLovvTo 'they took no heed,' so 7. 3. 1. Thuc. II. 21. 3, 
 tov UepLKXka kv bpyy elxov, 'they were angry at Pericles,' so Dem. 14. 
 16, ttoWlxkls vpels ov tovs o'lt'lovs, dXXd tovs vvtcltovs irepi twv irpay- 
 PCltcov elrrovTas kv bpyfi 7roi.eur#e. 204 Thuc. II. 89. 1, ovk cx^lccv to. p.r) 
 8eLva kv oppcobla exuv. Hdt. 1. 88, kv woWfi wpopridLy elxe. Lys. IV. 
 18, kv vTroXoyco ravTas tlxs ivpoKkrjo-eLs woLeiadaL ; Aeschin. I. 10, kv TrXetcrrjj 
 
 VTTOypLQ TTOLOVp.eVOS. 
 
 b. TLdkvaL, TiOeadaL kv, 'reckon, regard, consider as.' The earliest 
 case is Tyrt. 10. 1, ovt' kv \byco dv8pa TLdeipirjv ap. Plat. Legg. 660 E, 'I 
 would not consider a man of any account' (v. kv \bya>, p. 149 f.); 
 Aesch. Prom. 239, Qvtjtovs 8' kv o'lktco Bkpevos ; Soph. Ph. 473, dXX' kv 
 ivapepyco 6ov pe (v. kv irapepyco, p. 182) ; 205 Hdt. 3. 3, tlvo. kv rt/ijj TidecrdaL 
 (v. kv TLpfi, p. 153, opp. kv aTLplrj exeLv) ; 8. 99, Map86vLov kv oIt'ltj TLB'evTes 
 (v. p. 165); Thuc. 1. 35. 3, kv dSi/c^juari dr)aovTo.L, cf. Dem. 668. 148, 
 ov Tidrjp.' kv a8LKf)paTOS p'epeL (v. kv pepeL a gen. p. 180) ; cf . Xen. Mem. 
 1. 4. 15, dXXd pbvov <rk k^aLpovvTes kv djueXeta KOTOTLd'evTOL 'treat you 
 negligently'; Plat. Rep. 349 A, kv apeTrj avrb nal aocpia kroKprjaas delvat 
 'in the category of (a variant of kv pkpeL c. gen. p. 180); cf. Aeschin. 
 III. 202, kv apeTtj TOvd J vpwv pr)8eis KaToXoyL^kaOcc, 'let no one of you 
 consider this a virtue,' 'impute it to yourselves as a virtue;' cf. Plat. 
 Rep. 475 D, cos 7' kv </)tXoa60ots TLdkvaL (tlvo) ; Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 4, 
 ovs kv tols 4>'l\ols edeaav ; cf. Plat. Lys. 223 B, nal kpe yap kv vplv TidrjpL 
 T reckon myself among you, in your number.' Menander, frg. 160 
 K., av 5' avTos ttoltjs /TaiveLvbv avTO ( = to obv tuam condicionem) nal tlO-qs 
 kv p.7]8evL. Cf. els Plat. Soph. 235 A, cf. 264 C, etc. 
 
 203 Cf. other similar expressions c. iroieladai kv, vv. adj. v. p. 184, w. \6yu, v. p. 149, 
 w. 6/uoiw, v. p. 190. W. ix^Lv in periphrasis cf. Tac. Ger. 5, in prclio habenl. 
 
 204 But cf. Isocr. Ep. II. 11 (active) -oi<i k\6povs kv k\nl<n ideyaXais iroiijetis, 
 'fill the enemy with great hopes.' 
 
 sn6 Cf. w. adj. Soph. Ph. 875; Eur. Hec. 806 supra, p. 184. 
 
PART V kv 199 
 
 c. KadiarriiJiL kv : Trans, 'to bring into a certain state,' like els 
 supra, q. v. Antiphon V. 61, kv ayuvi nal klvSvvco iueya\u) KaradT-qaavTi 
 
 kxelvov ; Isocr. IX. 30, kv aacfrakeia Karaar^eras ; cf . Hyper. III. 
 XLV. 36, v., p. 186; Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 27, 29, <re ... kv klv8vv V 
 KadeaTavcu contr. tovs <t>L\ovs kv aKLvdvvcp 206 KadLaTa.cn ; Plat. Menex. 242 A, 
 rijvbe rqv irbXtv . kv iro\kfxu) toIs "EXXryai KaTearrjae, etc. Intr. 
 
 'to come into, virtually = to be in a certain state': Hdt. 7. 138. 2, 
 kv SeifiaTi p.eya\u) KarkaTacrav ; 8. 36. 1; Dem. 471. 49, tovs p.ev kv kiv5vvu> 
 KaOeGTrjKOTas contr. tovs o' kv airao-Q xadeaTavaL doxovvTas ebt)aip.ovia, 
 practically = elvat. Cf. Menand. Perik. 165 (Capps) v. kv 7roXe/za>, 
 p. 152. 
 
 d. kv vbu> exav, frequent: 'to have in mind, intend': Hdt. 1. 10, 
 27, 77; 3. 64; 4. 125; 6. 44, 48; 7. 157. 1; 8. 7. 2; 8. 8. 1; 9. 11, 52, 
 93. 2; Thuc. IV. 8. 5; 22. 2; 85. 5; V. 45. 3, etc. Xen. An. 3. 3. 2; 
 5. 13; Cyr. 6. 1. 3; Plat. Apol. 20 B; Crito 50 A; Symp. 188 E, 189 C, 
 214 E; Alcib. I. 104 D, 113 C, 120 A, 123 C (bis), 124 A; II. 143 A, 
 150 B; Euthyd. 272 B, E, 274 A, 282 D; Prot. 311 C, D; Rep. 344 
 D (bis), 362 D; Legg. 712 B, et al. Cf. c. elvai instead of ex^v, Hdt. 
 1. 109, t'l o~ol kv vow hart ttouhv ; 'what do you intend to do?' c. 
 yiyveadcu id. 9. 46. But vbco ex^v without kv, 'to keep in mind,' Hdt. 
 5. 92 7? 1 ; Plat. Rep. 490 A, etc. Cf. kirl, Hdt. 1. 27, at Tap tovto deoi 
 iroL-qaeiav kwi vbov vrjaLUTyai kXOelv, 'would that the gods would put it 
 into the minds of the islanders to come'; so 1. 71; 3. 21. Cf. also 
 /card vbov. Cf. w. kv vow exeiv, Hdt. 3. 78, ervxov to. and 
 Tlprj^aaireos yevbp.eva kv fiov\fi exovres. 207 
 
 e. tLtt€lv kv. Pind. Is. III. 41, kv vttvw 208 yap irkaev cf. old Eng. 
 'fall on sleep'; so simply virvco, Aesch. Eum. 68. Cf. also els, p. 126. 
 iriiTTeiv kv 'to fall violently upon,' 'to attack,' Soph. Ai. 375, kv o' 
 eKUeaai/^oval Kai kXvtoIs ireawv aliroXiois ; cf. Ant. 781. Cf. kirl, irpbs, 
 also Horn. II. 13. 742. 
 
 IX. N oteworthy uses of preposition : 
 1. Instrumental: 
 
 Aesch. Suppl. 935, to velnos 5' ova kv apyvpov Xafirj/'eXvaev 'in, i. e., 
 by the taking of silver.' 
 
 208 Cf. e/c tov AkivSwov, Thuc. III. 40. 4. 
 
 207 Cf. Karrtnivo's kv d&KQ), 'sitting in council,' Hdt. 6. 63; 9. 94. 1. 
 
 208 Cf. for if ijirvio, Hdt. 9. 44. 1, Kai ixaKiara oi avdpwiroi flvat ivvirvui, also, 'in 
 sleep,' 'in a dream,' Eur. I. T. 44; Plat. Rep. 476 C; b> toU virvois ib. 572 B; Isocr. 
 IX. 21. 
 
200 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Soph. Tr. 886, (XTovbevros kv to/j.5. aidapov 'by the stroke of the 
 sword that causes sorrow.' 
 
 Soph. T 654, kv bpnco jikyav 'strong in his oath,' i. e., by means 
 of,' 'in virtue of' = <5id tov bpnov (half causal); 209 cf. Ai. 488, adevbvTos 
 kv 7tXo6tco, and for pi. Eur. Suppl. 1229, nai rbvb' kv opkois feu£o/xcu. 
 
 Instrumental and plastic: Aeschin. II. 76, bebepkvov kv xecJcHs, et al. 
 
 Soph. Ai. 732, Xr/yeL 5' epis bpapovaa tov TpoawTarco / avbpcbv yepbvTcov 
 kv ZwdWayfi Xbyov, 'the strife is brought to an end by the recon- 
 ciling words of the elders,' 210 cf. without prep. Eur. Suppl. 602, 
 5td 8op6s eZ7ras, fj \byuv %vva\\ayals ; 2U but in a different sense of 
 crvvaXKayai, Soph. T 34, avbpccv be irpdrov ev re avp.(f)opals (3lov / uplvov- 
 res ev re baipbvuv aw aWayals, 'in the dealings of men with immortals' 
 contrasted with the ordinary chances of life. 212 
 
 Cf. further for instr. kv : Soph. Ph. 1393, tL 5??t' av impels bpupev, 
 el a'e y' kv XoyoLs/Treiaeiv bvv-qabpeda ptjbev &v XeYa; ; SO id. 60, kv Xircus, 
 'by prayers'; 102, kv bbXco 'by guile,' etc. 
 
 2. Circumstantial, but mainly causal, Thuc. VII. 16. 1., oxcos pr\ 
 fibvos kv aadeveia TaXcuiraipoLr]. 
 
 Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 26, kv vvkt'l re /ecu kv 4>b/3u> ainbvTes ; etc. 
 
 3. kv of attendant circumstance: 
 
 Soph. Ph. 1134, dXXou 5' kv yueraXXcryd / m ir6\vpr)xa.vov avbpbs kpkcraei, 
 'in a change of ownership thou art plied, i. e., wielded, by a man 
 of many wiles.' 
 
 Eur. H. F. 932, 6 <5' owed' clvtos f/Vj/aW' kv arpo^alaiv bpparoiv 
 kcpdappkvos, 'with rolling eyes,' (abv might have been used, or no 
 prep.) Edd. cf. Bacch. 1166, kv bLaarpbcfrois /bao-ois. 
 
 4. ey = Lat. coram: 
 
 Thuc. IV. 59. 2, kv eibbcn. 'in the presence of those who know,' 
 (substantive use of ptc. without art. slightly idiomatic). 
 
 209 Jebb: cf. without kv, Eur. Tro. 674, wXovtu re navdpelq. fxeyav, and for kv, 
 Soph. Ph. 185, ev t odiivais 6p.ov /\ip.u> t oUrpos, 'piteous alike in his torments and 
 his hunger.' 
 
 210 Cf. Aesch. Ag. 482, eireir' /'ev aWayq. \6yov Kapelv, 'to suffer in change of 
 report'; but the text is very doubtful; this is Klausen's reading, the MSS. put 
 kv in the following line where Porson and others delete it. 
 
 211 L. and S. quote this with prep, for which there appears to be no MS. authori- 
 ty. It is possible that the preposition is used or omitted simply metri causa. 
 
 212 Cf. without prep. O T 960, iroTepa SoXoiaiv, fj vbaov ^waWayfj, 'by intervention 
 of disease'; Tr. 845, oXedpiaioi crwaWayah, 'in fatal converse.' 
 
 !13 Cf. in a different sense, of changes in nature, Epicharmus, Diels, Vorsokr 2 . 
 I. 90 (B.2), 6 /xev yap av^ed', 6 be 7a p.ev 4>9ivei. / ev fieraXXayal 8e iravres hrlwavTa tov 
 Xp6vov. 
 
PART V ev 201 
 
 Ar. Nub. 892, 7roXi> 7 dp paWov a' /ev rots itoWolai \eycov drroXco, 
 'before this large audience' (Merry); so Eur. Hipp. 610, rd rot /cdX' 
 ev iroWolai kclWlov Xeyecv. 
 
 Andoc. I. 37, ev vplv r\aav 61 \6yoi, 'in your presence.' Cf. ev to.<tl. 
 
 Probably related to this in origin are such cases as, Lys. XII. 6, 
 kv rots TpiaKovra 1 at the meetings of the Thirty,' etc., cf. 69, kv rots 
 avrov to\Ltcus. 
 
 5. Closely akin to kv = coram is what Jebb calls the forensic kv 
 denoting the tribunal or company before whom one is judged. 
 
 Soph. Ant. 459, tovtwv eyco ovk epeWov, avSpos ov8evos /(frpovqpa 
 bdcraa ', kv deolai tt\v oIkt]v /8ooaet.v, cf. 925; so T 677, ev 8e Tola8' 'Laos 
 'but in the sight of these I am just'; and, more boldly, O C 1213, 
 anatoavvav (frvKaaacov ev kpoi (me indice) /cardS^Xos earai ; so, Eur. Hipp. 
 988, ol yap ev aocf)ols /4>av\oi Trap' oxXw povain&Tepoi \eyetv ; ib. 1320, av 8' 
 ev r eKeivo) nav kpol cf>aiveL /ca/cos ', Plat. Legg. 916 B, ota<5t/cafeo-0co 8e ev Tiai 
 tuv larpcbv) Gorg. 464 D, el 8'eoi ev -Kauri 8iaywvit; eadat ; 214 Lys. XIII. 
 35, 6 8e Stj/jlos ev tu> 8u<a(TTr]piu> ev SiaxtKioLs" ei/^c/u oro ; cf. Isocr. XVII. 
 29, tovs aycbvas tovs ev vp.lv) Dem. 1303. 14, ovt' e86drj rj i/^os ev airaai., 
 'the vote was not taken in a full house'; so of submitting a case to 
 or settling it by the arbitration of friends, Andoc. I. 16. 122, SUrjv 
 8' ev rots c/uXots SovvaL pot twv ireiroLrjpevwv ; Dem. 864. 2, ev rots c/uXots 
 8ia8iKaaa<jdaL rd Tpos ep'e. 
 
 6. ey = Lat. penes, 'it is in one's power,' 'depends upon some one 
 or some thing.' These expressions do not fall strictly under our 
 definition of phrases, but the use of the prep, in other than a physical 
 sense easily glides over into a prep. phr. and such cases must have been 
 felt as familiar. 
 
 Soph. O T 314, ev aol yap kap'ev 'we are in thy hand'; C 247, ev 
 vppc yap (hs dew/neipeOa rXdfioves ; cf. 392, 422, 1443; Ai. 519, ev aol irda' 
 eycoye awfouat ; Ph. 963, ev aol /cat to irXelv rjpas, ava^,/i]8y] 'am 'it de- 
 pends on thee'; Eur. Ale. 278, ev aol 8' kap.ev /cat {ijv /cat pi] (note personal 
 use as in Soph. O T 314; O C 247); I. T. 1057, /cat Tap.' 'ev vp.lv kaTLv; 
 Phoen. 1250; cf. Med. 228. 215 An extension of this use with an ellip- 
 sis of the verb is seen in Soph. O C 153, dXX' ov pav ev y' kp.ol / 'it poa- 
 dijaeL rda8' dpds, 'so far as depends on me,' 'at least if I can help it'; 
 cf. Eur. Hel. 996; 1425; I. A. 1273, kXevdepav yap 8el vtv oaov ev aol, 
 TeKvovjKdpol yeveadai; cf. 1379; Hdt. 3. 85; 6. 109. 3; 8. 60. a; cf. 
 
 214 Cf. ev waidlois Gorg. 521 E. 
 
 216 But differently Eur. Rhes. 859, kv aol 5' ap &pxw,ue<T0ci ; 'should we begin with 
 thee?' Lysias frg. 15, to 8i aov (ykvos) ev aol 7rauercu. 
 
202 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Dem. 622. 4; Thuc. I. 74, kv tclIs vaval tcov ^EWrjvcov to. irpaypaTa kyk- 
 ptTo;™ Andoc. I. 4. 39; Xen. Oec. 7. 14; Cyr. 8. 7. 11; cf. Plat. Prot. 
 313 A; 354 E; Dem. 292. 193, kv yap ru deo? to tovtov TeXos r\v, oi)K 
 c/xoi. 217 Cf. Diels, Vorsokr? 642. 2 (Dialexeis), rds owrr)pia$ kv xp^pacui' 
 koiiaas 'dependent upon money'; cf. Lysias XXVII. 3, biroTav kv 
 xpypaav g. a8 Cf. Lat. Plaut. Capt. 670 et al. 
 
 7. Of the object of the action or feeling: Soph. Ant. 551, aXyovaa 
 pkv 5rjT,' et 7eXd> y' , kv ooi yekw ; cf. Aesch. Cho. 222, dXX' kv KaKolai to'ls 
 kfiols 7eXdj/ 6k\tLs, (usually kiri c. dat. in the sense of 'laugh at,' or dat. 
 alone, also eis Soph. Ai. 79); cf. Soph. Ai. 1092, pi] . . ,/etr' avTos 
 kv davovaLv u/3pio-Ti)s ykvei, 'an outrage against the dead'; 1315, kv kfxol 
 dpaavs. 
 
 8. Idiomatic, a. Instead of kx. A peculiar use is cited in some of 
 the lexicons for Xen. An. 6. 1.4, iriv).v kv iroT-qpiu but most edd. read 
 1-kivov hi KepaTlvwv iroTripiuv and there seems to be no sufficient 
 authority for kv. Xen. elsewhere uses he, Cyr. 5. 3. 3, so Plat. 
 Euthyd. 299 E, Rep. 417 A, which was the regular usage until later 
 Greek. Ath. XL 476 C quotes Xen. An. 6. 1. 4 c. dat. without prep. 
 Later kv is used like the common Fr. idiom, boire dans un verre, 
 Luc. dial. deor. 6. 2, 6 5e yTei kv avTw kKelvco (i. e., kKTrcofxaTL) ttUlv; de 
 mere. cond. 26, det kv apyvpw fj xpww Trivecv ; also Diog. L. 1. 104. 
 b. Xen. An. 5. 2. 15, KaTadkp.evos to. 07rXa kv x<- T u>vi povov avkfir). 219 
 Cf. kv 0op/3et4, Ar. Vesp. 582, v. p. 168. 
 
 9. Plastic: Pind. 01. II. 69 (63), kv x^pos d«pa, 'in strength of 
 hand'; cf. Aesch. Pers. 1060 (without prep.), aKpy xtpuv; cf. also Pind. 
 Is. VII. (VIII. ). 37, anpfi irodcbv (but Christ reads an-pav irobdv). 
 
 Soph. Ai. 1038, otco 5k prj tcl8' koTiv kv yvdopy cf>L\a. (pleonastic and 
 plastic). Aesch. Eum. 679, kv 8k Kaphiq/ypr)4>ov (pkpovTes opuov aiSelade, 
 is a little more than plastic. 
 
 X. Pronominal Expressions 
 
 1. Personal pronouns, v. supra, p. 201 f. IX. 6 kv = Lat. penes. 
 Colloquial and familiar: Plat. Prot. 309 A, cos 7' kv avTols r\plv dpr)<jdai 
 'between ourselves.' 
 
 2. Demonstratives: 
 
 216 Contrast Thuc. II. 64, vvv re y.i) kv vp.lv Ku\v6r). 
 
 217 But Plat. Apol. 28 A is quite different, oiiSev 5« bavbv, fxi) kv kpol arfj, 'there is 
 no danger lest it stop in my case.' 
 
 218 This is one of the meanings of kv mentioned by Aristot. Phys. 210\ 21 £L 
 219 Cf. expressions in the Orr. cited by Lutz, p. 33. 
 
PART V kv 203 
 
 Soph. Ant. 39, ei rd5' kv tovtols, 'in these circumstances'; 220 cf. 
 Xen. Hell. 5. 1. 4; Cyr. 3. 1. 1; 3. 3. 43 e/ a/, ey tovtco, 'meanwhile,' 
 as an introductory tag constant in Thuc. (more than 25 cases have 
 been noted) cf. 7. 30, and Xen. (thirty-five times and more), Mem. 
 2. 1. 27, etc.; also Dem. 390. 156, etc. Ar. Plut. 399, ovk Uti irco to. 
 irpaffxar' kv tovtco, 'at this pass.' Thuc. VII. 33. 6, ktreidriTrep kv tovtco 
 rvxr]s eiai, 'since they are at this point of fortune.' Dem. 127. 65, 
 kcutoi p,rj ykvono p.kv, co avdpes 'AOrjvalot, to. wpay^ar' kv tovtco, 'and yet, 
 heaven grant that your affairs may not be in this condition'; etc.; 
 'at this point,' Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 36 (cf. Thuc. 2. 8); cf. Plat. Prot. 
 310 D, el yap . . . kv tovtco elrj, 'would that it were at this point, 
 or, 'that it depended on this thing'; 'at this time' Thuc. IV. 14. 2; 
 Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1, 4; 5. 1. 7; 'hereupon,' Plat. Euthyd. 275 E, 276 E, 
 Prot. 317 E, 350 D, et a!, kv Toltrde, 'under these circumstances,' 
 Soph. O T 893; (cf., w. noun 1319, kv Toaoltroe wrip.atnv). kv tlo Toicohe, 
 'under such circumstances,' Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 35, 38, etc. So, fre- 
 quently, kv tolovtols, Soph. El. 307; Andoc. I. 15. 118, kv tols tolovtols ; 
 Lys. XX. 12; Plat. Rep. 524 A, B; Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 7 (no art.), etc., 
 w. correl. kv oh following, Dem. 1483. 35 et at. kv tolovtco, kv ru 
 tolovtco, often vaguely, with the same meaning, 'under such circum- 
 stances, 'in such a condition,' 'in such a strait or plight': Thuc. 
 III. 81; VII. 69. 2; cf. Ant. V. 93; Lys. XII. 13; Xen. An. 1. 7. 5; 
 Cyr. 1. 4. 22; 6. 41; 4. 2. 21; Plat. Theaet. 198 E, Phileb. 38 A; 42 E; 
 Lysis 212 C(bis); Rep. 470 D, 492 C, 563 A, 571 C, 572 A, 590 A; 
 Legg.676 B, etc. (cf. kv otto infra). Of place: Xen. Ages. 6. 7; Eq. 
 4. 1, etc. 
 
 3. Relatives: 
 
 kv oglo, 'while,' Ar. Pax 943, cf. Thuc. III. 81. 2; VIII. 61. 1; 87. 2, 
 4; Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 16; 7. 5. 4; Dem. 50. 37; 1212. 18; Antiphanes 
 136 K.; Sosipat. 21 K.; etc., 'until,' Thuc. III. 28. 1; 52. 3, etc. 
 
 kv co, 'while,' Hdt. 6. 97 ct saepe. (Cf. ib. 7. 26. 1 w. correl. kv 
 tovtco following, so Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 13; 5. 2. 29; et al.) Thuc. VII. 
 51. 1; Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 1; An. 1. 10. 10; 2. 2. 15; 4. 2. 19; 5. 1. 17; 
 7. 1. 15 (cf. An. 1. 2. 20 'during this time,' note lack of agreement 
 w. logical antecedent r)p.epas rpels); Cyr. 2. 2. 21; 4. 2. 18; Plat. Phaed. 
 67 A, kv co av £cop.ev. 
 
 220 Jebb: the phr. kv tovtois means either 'in these circumstances,' as here and 
 in Plat. Phaed. 101 C, or 'meanwhile', 'inter haec, as Plat. Symp. 220 B. The 
 singular iv tovtu usually = 'meanwhile,' more rarely, 'in this case' (Thuc. 1. 37), 
 cf. 1. 81, or 'at this point' (id. 2. 8). 
 
204 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 kv $, instr. Xen. An. 2. 5. 17, 'by means of which.' 
 
 kv o'lu, Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 12, vvv 8e bpare drj kv oi'co kark, 'in what 
 sort of plight you are,' etc. 
 
 4. kv tols with superlatives, etc.: 
 
 Hdt. 7. 137, tovto poi kv rolai deLOTaTop (fialvtTcu yevkaQai, 'one of the 
 most marvelous things'; Thuc. I. 6. 3, kv roh irpuToi 'among the first'; 
 VII. 19. 4; VIII. 89. 2; cf. p. 160; cf. VII. 24. 3, nkyurrbv re nai kv 
 rols irpuTOV eKanwae to arparevpa, 'one of the greatest and severest 
 blows'; cf. Dinarch. I. 91. 11, kv rols tt pore pop ; used w. feminine nouns 
 with no change of gender, Thuc. III. 17, h roh xXeZcrrai 8ii vijes, 
 'about the greatest number of ships'; 82. 1, 8l6tl kv roh irpcoTr] kykvero 
 (sc. fi cttckhs). 
 
 Also with adverbs: Thuc. VIII. 90, kv toIs pdXioTa, Lat. tit qui 
 maxime, so Plat. Crito 52 A (bis); Theaet. 186 A; Symp. 173 B. 
 kv rols paXiara to>v Tore; Thuc. VII. 71. 3, kv tols xaX€7rdbrara ; cf. 
 Plat. Crito 43 C; Meno 93 E; Epist. 358 C. 221 
 
 XI. Local Designations 
 
 1. Noun of place omitted: 
 
 a. Sc. xup'<-y '■ Archil. 26, kv irahivaKiw; Thuc. II. 81. 4, ecos karpa- 
 To-n-edevo-avTO kv €7rtrr?5eta) ; so VI. 64. 1; cf. IV. 97. 3, kv @6(3rfku>, 'in an 
 unconsecrated place'; Xen. An. 4. 8. 26, kv <jKh-qpw, 'in a rough or 
 uneven place'; 222 Cyr. 3. 3. 28, ol nev 'Aaavptot . . . kaTparo- 
 tredevovro . . . kv TepLrera^pevpePui pep KaTacjmvel 8k, 6 5e Kvpos cos 
 kdvvaro kv a.4>a.peo-Ta.Tu>, et al. b. Sc. x&pq- '• Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 4, ovb' 
 kp rfi iavToiv ; cf. Plat. Euthyd. 279 B; Xen. An. 7. 7. 33, cbs kv TroXepiq. ; 
 Cyr. 2. 1. 15, i) pels nai e(f)VTe kv rfi avrfi riplv nai krpix^>t]7t; et al. c. Sc. 
 kX'lvxi, of which the only suggestion is in the verb and the context and 
 the gender of the art.: Plat. Symp. 185 D, kv rfi kotco 7dp ainov t6v 
 larpov 'Epv&paxov KaraKtladai, 'for Eryximachus the physician was 
 reclining on the couch below him.' 
 
 2. Half phrases or tags (slightly familiar) : 
 
 kv 65co, Hdt. 1. 114, i=7rcufe 5e per' aKXwv tiXlkuv kv 6d<2; a little dif- 
 ferent is Thuc. II. 12, bpuvres o-(f>as rjbt) kv 68u> ovtols, so 13. 1; Xen. 
 Cyr. 4. 3. 13; 5. 3. 54 (bis), kv rfi wapodu, Thuc. I. 126. II. 223 
 
 221 In late pr. also with positives, h> rols na\a, 7rdi>i;, a<f>68pa, etc. Dion. H. Ant. 
 1. 19, iv toIs -n-avv nkya re nai apxalov, cf. 1. 60. v. H. §652; Kuhn.-G. 349, b, 7, 
 i. Matth. Gr. Gr. §289. 
 
 222 Cf. Menand. Epitrep. 25 (Capps), kv tco Sdaei; here the adj. really = a noun. 
 In many such cases it is unnecessary to supply the noun. 
 
 223 Cf. Polyb. 5. 68. 8; Kara rr\v irapobov id. 22. 27 12, and as an adv. phr. =Lat. 
 obiter, 'by the way,' 'cursorily,' U wapodov, kv Trapadpop.r\ v. p. 182. 
 
PART V kv 205 
 
 kv rptjSoj, Hdt. 8. 140. 2, 8etpaivw virkp vpkcov kv Tpl^to re pdXtcrra 
 olKriij.kv(xiv tCiv avfj.na.xuv ravTcov, 'since you, most of all the allies, live 
 on the high road, the highway.' Cf. Dion. H. 6. 34, <r<pL<n <rvp.fj.axelv 
 
 €V Tpt/3cd TOV ToXk/JLOV Ktl/lkvOlS. 
 
 kv iropo), 'in the passage-way' (of ships): Hdt. 7. 183, kov kv iropu) 
 pdXtcrra ; so Thuc. I. 120; VI. 48, kv iropu) yap pdXtara Kal 7rpo<x/3oXjj 
 elvai avTovs rrjs 2t/ceXtas (L. and S. kv irpoafioXfi elvat, 'to be a general 
 place for ships to touch at'); cf. Hdt. 8. 76 (where the battle was 
 fought), kv yap 8rj Topco [r?js] vavfj.axi-ys- 
 
 Cf. kv aTi(3co, which might easily have become a phr. but did not: 
 Eur. Ion 351, r\v ok araXaYpds kv (TTlfiu) tls atparos (purely lit.); cf. I. T. 
 67, 6pa, 4>v\ao~a6 p,rj tls kv aTifi<x> ftpoTwv, 'look, watch, that no one be in 
 the path.' But /card aril3ov w. slight id. touch, 'to be on the path 
 of some one,' i. e., 'in pursuit,' Hdt. 5. 102; cf. 4. 122; 9. 59 et al. 
 (cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1253 al.) 
 
 kv oxXw, 'in a crowd,' Xen. Symp. 2. 18; An. 5. 4. 34, 'kv rt 7dp 
 6%Xa) ovres kiroiovv airep (av) avdpooiroi kv kp-qpla iroL-qaeiav ; Plat. Gorg. 
 458 E, 459 A (bis), etc., cf. kv TrX^et 456 C. 
 
 Ar. Eq. 771, naTanv-qo-Qdriv kv purrcorw, (nearly lit.). 
 
 3. Places in the Athenian market colloquially named from the 
 articles sold: 224 kv rots lxQv<nv, Ar. Vesp. 789; Antiphan. 125 K.; 
 Alexis 56 K.; id. 78 K. Cf. Ran. 1068 irepl (or 7rapd) tovs LxQvs. kv 
 rols XaxavoLaLv, Ar. Lys. 557, v. infra; Alexis 46 K. kv rots \vxvoi<n, 
 Cratin. 196 K. kv rats pvppivais, Ar. Thesm. 448. kv tlo p.i>pco, Ar. 
 Eq. 1375; Pherecr. 2 K.; Polyzelus 11 K.; Alexis 60 K. kv rots 
 (jTecfravois, Antiphan. 83 K. kv rots arecjiavcofiaaLV, Ar. Eccl. 303. 
 Pherecr. 2 K. kv ralat x^rpats Kal rots XaxdratcrtJ', Ar. Lys. 557. 
 
 Similiter of the theatre: Dem. de Cor. 234. 28, dXX' kv rolv 8vo?v 
 6(3o\olv kdtiopovv av, 'in the two-obol seats.' 
 
 4. Omission of article: (w. familiar and frequent nouns of place, 
 mainly tags). 
 
 kv ayopa: Ar. Ach. 21, ot 5' kv ayopa XaXoOcrt, cf. 533, (but w. art. 
 728, 838, 848, 855); Eq. 293, kv ayopa Kaych reflpappai ; cf. 1009, 1245, 
 (but 677, 1258, 1373 w. art.); Nub. 1055, elr' kv ayopa ttjv 8i.aTpifiriv 
 i£eyeis; Vesp. 492, 225 1372; Plut. 787, frg. Ill; Thuc. V. 47. 11 (cf. 
 
 224 Cf. other preps., eis v. p. 131, e/c, v. p. 81, v. Blaydes ad Ar. Eq. 1375, Vesp. 
 789. For the custom cf. "Shoe Lane" in modern Athens. 
 
 225 v. Starkie for criticism of the statement of Meisterhaus, Gram. Inschr. p. 187, 
 'attische Lokalnamen, vvelche die Geltung von Eigennamen haben, stehen in der 
 klassischen Zeit gewohnlich ohne Artikel, so Ayopa, axpoTroXis, iiov\evri)piov, vtiopiov, 
 
206 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 w. art. in same paragr.); Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 29, kv rjj kv ayopa aroq.; 
 Plat. Apol. 17 C; Gorg. 447 A; Hipp. Min. 368 B, kv ayopa k-rrl TaTs 
 Tpa-rckt; ots ; Rep. 371 C, Kadrjpevos kv ayopa (with a slight suggestion in 
 the Greek of sitting idle); cf. D, l8pvp.hovs kv ayopa; Legg. 762 C, 
 874 A, 881 C, 917 B, 935 B. Antiph. 190 K.; 253 K, ttocu roh idipv&v 
 kv ayopa tpaaai (ti) ; Hyper. V. IX. 19; Dem. 446. 330; 1068. 57; 
 1258. 7; 1266. 31; Dinarch. I. 95. 43; Philemon 100 K., etc. 
 
 kv aypu, Ar. Pax 1249; frg. 387. 2 K.; Lysias I. 20; XX. 11; XXXI. 
 8; Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 4, 77 tl aXko rwv kv aypw yt,yvop.eva)v xp-qo-'ipuv irpbs 
 top piov; Plat. Rep. 372 C (pi.); Legg. 844 C; Dem. 1247. 4 (ter); 
 1276. 17; 1278. 23; 1319. 65; Anaxilas 16 K. rpkfyw yap kv aypu 
 xcoplov; Philemon 71. 6 K.; 103 K., etc. kv alyiaXu, Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 
 25, also kv \L/j.kvi. 
 
 kv aKopoiroXeL, Andoc. I. 6. 42; Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 20; Plat. Meno 
 89 B; Isae. V. 42; Dem. 741. 129; 771. 4 et al. (Frequent in inscrr. 
 Dittenb. Syllr 88. 21 et saepe). 
 
 h aorei, Ar. Av. 494; Andoc. I. 7. 45; Isocr. VII. 68, twv kv aara 
 neivavTuv (tech. of the oligarchical party at the time of the expulsion 
 of the Thirty, so often in Lysias, etc.); Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 24; 3. 5. 9; 
 Plat. Phaedr. 227 B; Legg. 844 C, 848 E, 849 A, 954 D; Epist. 324 C; 
 Dem. 1238. 8; 1276. 17; Isae. V. 29; VI. 33; VIII. 35; XL 44; Aeschin. 
 I. 43, (tech.) ALovvaia ra kv ao-rei, et al.; ib. 98; III. 41, 46; Dinarch. 
 I. 99. 69, etc. 
 
 kv (3ov\evTr)pLu>, Plat. Gorg. 452 E, etc. kv PovXfi, Ar. Eq. 722 et al. 
 kv yaia, Ar. Av. 1064; kv yy, Plat. Soph. 265 C; Pol. 271 B, 274 A; 
 Rep. 529 C; Tim. 52 B, et saepe al. 
 
 kv Sarkdw, 'on the floor' (cf. Od. 11. 577, 'on the ground'), Xen. 
 Oec. 8. 17. kv SiKao-TrjpLa), Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 2, 22; Plat. Phaed. 63 B; 
 Gorg. 452 E; Legg. 935 B; Aeschin. I. 45, 65, etc. 
 
 kv bbp.ois, Aesch. Pers. 776; Ag. 606, 1397; Cho. 101, 348, 537, 654, 
 805; Eum. 723, etc. kv bbp.oio-iv, Ar. Ach. 543, etc. Cf. o'Uco, infra. 
 kv S&fiaai, Pind. Py. IV. 113; Bacchyl. V. Col. 11. 173. 
 
 kv kKKXrjaia, Xen Hell. 2. 2. 16; Plat. Gorg 452 E, 456 B et al. 
 
 7r6Xis (in der Bedeutung Burg von Allien), irpvTavelov '. Starkie notes that this is 
 too broad a statement, for they invariably take the article except after local prepo- 
 sitions, and even then, in Comedy motives of convenience dictated whether the 
 article should be present or absent. He adds a complete account of the evidence in 
 Aristophanes; but his citation of kv ayopa Eq. 1371 should be 1373 and the text is 
 is doubtful, R has the article; to 7r6Xis ( = Acropolis) should be added kKirdXeus, 
 Eq. 1093. He finds no instance in Ar. of the art. vv. 7r6\is in this sense after a local 
 prep. v. also Gildersleeve, Syntax, Pt. II. §569. 
 
PART V ev 207 
 
 kv 6a\a.TTy, Ar. Ach. 534 (so ib. ev rjTreLpw); Eq. 610; Xcn. Cyr. 1. 
 6. 21; Plat. Ion 540 B; Rep. 529 C; Legg. 707 A; Aeschin. Ep. 1. 4 
 et saepe. 
 
 ev /.leaoyeia, fxeaoyaiq., Xen. Hell. 4. 7. 1; VII. 1. 8; Plat. Phaed. 
 Ill A. ev naKapuv vqaois, Ar. Vesp. 639; Plat. Menex. 235 C (which 
 Starkie thinks a reminiscence of Vesp. 639); Rep. 519 C. (Cf. 
 e/c, eis, Gorg. 523 B et al.) 
 
 kv okia, Ar. Ach. 975; Xen. Oec. 8. 18; Cyr. 7. 5. 34; 8. 5. 7; Plat. 
 Legg. 808 A, 931 A, (bis); Anaxandr. 28 K., etc. 
 
 kv o'ixw, o'Uols, sing.: Archil. 62. 5, p^re vcK-qdeh ev o'Uw Karaireachv 
 bbvpeo ] Hes. Op. 364, ovbe to 7' elv o'lkw Karandiievov avepa /c^Set. Aesch. 
 Cho. 579, tolv o«w; Antiphon II. A. 0. 8; Xen. Hell. 1. 5. 16, ol 8e ev 
 o'lkw 'kd-qvaZoi; so 7. 1; Cyr. 1. 6. 12, ol ev o'Ckco oiKerai, etc., pi.: Aesch. 
 Sept. 773; Eum. 417; Soph. O T 112, ev olnois r) 'v aypols, etc. 
 
 ev bpaTcp, Plat. Phaed. 80 C, to p.ev bparbv avrov, to aihp.a, nal ev oparu) 
 KeL/jLevov ; Rep. 529 C. 
 
 h Travrjyvpei, Aesch. Ag. 845. 
 
 ev Uetpael, Ar. Pax 145, 165, et al. ev IletpateZ, freq. in Orr., Lys. 
 XIII. 82, etc.; Plat. Ep. 324 C; Din. I. 99. 69, etc. 
 
 h wpvTaveLu, Ar. Pax 1084; Plat. Apol. 36 D, 37 A; Dem. 446. 
 330; Din. I. 95. 43; 103. 101, etc. 
 
 toIs ev irpuipa. . . . toIs ev TpvpLvy, Xen. An. 5. 8. 20. 
 
 ev Ylvdol, Plat. Gorg. 472 A, etc. 
 
 h tvkvL, Ar. Eccl. 243 (but els w. art. 281, 283, 384). 
 
 h ttuAcus, Aesch. Sept. 160, 213, 249, 376, cf. t P 6s c. dat. 377, 456, 
 462, 500, 570, cf. 56, xpos ■jrv'kas; e/c 476; expansion, 33, 58, 7ruXcoi' 
 €7]-' e£6<5cns, so Eur. Rhes. 514; ev c. dat. Eubul. 15 K. 
 
 Xen. Symp. 2. 18, /cat x^M^os \xev ev vTeyxi ('in my chamber') 
 yvp.vaaojjLa.1, oto.v he ayav Kavp,a fj, ev cr/aa ('in the shade'). 
 
 ev orTpaTLa, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 17 e/ al. 
 
 tovs ev /xcu-pai Teixei, Andoc. I. 7. 45. 
 
 'ev 4>pearroI, tech. of a court in the Peiraeus for trial of homicides, 
 in which the defendants were on board ship, the judges on shore, 
 Dem. 645. 77, OLKacrT-qpiov a\Ao . . . to ev fppearroZ ; cf. 646. 78; 
 Arist. Pol. 1300. b 29. 
 
 5. Fig. and semi-tech, of citation of an author or his work: 
 
 h Alcxv^v, Ar. Lys. 188; ev 'Odvaaela, Plat. Phaed. 94 D et al. 
 ev 'IXtd5t, Plat. Ion 539B (cf. e£ in D). Cf. Diels, Vorsokr. 2 642. 12, 
 ev -rraXcu raOra, of a quotation from an ancient author. 
 
 6. Descriptive prep, phr.: 
 
208 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
 
 Plat. Gorg. 516 E, MiAndcV 8e tov kv MapaduvL, Miltiades, the 
 hero at Marathon.' 
 
 tolv 2d;uco, Ar. Vesp. 283, nai/rav Sdjuw irpwTos KaTeLiroi 'he was the 
 first to tell you what was going on at Samos,' a type of phr. of which 
 a few examples will serve as illustrations. Cf. rairl Qp&K-qs, which is 
 more of a phr. historically, Vesp. 288 (v. Starkie, kiri QpaKYjs, of the 
 Thracian border), Av. 1369, cf. Pax 283, etc. Cf. tolv OpaKy, Dem. 
 391. 161, etc., 226 and similar expressions cited above XI. 4. ra kv 
 ■rrakaL<TTpa Xen. Reip. Lac. 2. 
 
 XII. Phrases of Comparison 
 &o-irep kv is frequent to mark the field of metaphor, so sometimes 
 cbs kv, olov kv : 
 
 a. From the field of games: Eur. Suppl. 409, \v p.ev t68' w'lv, 
 cbawep kv ireaaols, biSoos / upelaaov 'you have given our side a better 
 piece, as at chess.' Cf. Arist. Pol. 1253. a 7, afu£ &v coo-rrep kv irtTrols 
 (this passage is not yet satisfactorily explained, v. Newman ad loc). 
 Cf. as a variant Ar. Eccl. 987, 988, rui j3ov\op:kvco ye, Kara tov kv wer- 
 toIs vopLOV./aW ov8e Seiirvels kclto. tov kv ireTTols vbjxov. 
 
 ibaTep kv TTcocreL Kvficov, Plat. Rep. 604 C. 
 
 b. From painting: Aesch. Ag. 241, irpkirovaa 6' <hs kv ypa<t>als; 
 so Eur. Ion 271, 5t5cocri 5', cocrxep kv ypa<j}j) vop,L£ ercu ; so Eur. Phoen. 
 129, yiyavTi. yriyeveTa Trpocr6p,OLOs / acrTepooirbs kv ypa(f>al(rLV. 
 
 c. From various fields: 
 
 Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 4, &o-irep kv av\iw arjKaadkvTas. 
 
 Plat. Rep. 421 B, &o-irep kv iravqyvpei. dXX' ovk kv irokei eortdropas 
 eudaip-ovas, 'as at a festival,' etc. Cf. 641 E, olov kv iravr]yvpei Kara- 
 aKr]vaadaL. 
 
 Plat. Phaedr. 255 D, &cnrep 8e kv KaToirrpco kv tCo kpuvTi eavTov 
 opcov \k\ride, etc. 
 
 d. cos kv introducing an expression with adv. force: 
 
 Plat. Gorg. 512 C, cos kv oveiSei airoKaKkcrais av p,7]xavoiroi6v , 'you 
 would call him an engineer as a term of reproach,' 'sneeringly'; cf. 
 Rep. 431 A, cbs kv oveldei \}/kyuv. Cf. kv bvelbei supra, p. 194. Cf. 
 Rep. 389 B, cbs kv c/mp/xd/coi; eu)ei 'by way of medicine' (quoted without 
 cbs, 459 D); cf. Rep. 414 A, cbs kv tvitw, p) 8i' anpiPdas, 'in outline,' 
 'in general,' cf. Arist. Pol. 1323. a 10, Eth. N. 1129. a 11 et al. v. supra, 
 p. 179, so cbs kv K€0aAcuco v. p. 179, etc. 
 
 226 v. Gildersleeve, Syntax, Pt. II, §554. 
 
PART v tv 209 
 
 XIII. Expansions and tags 
 Phrases for 'in battle,' 'in the crisis' or 'the rout of battle': 
 Aesch. Ag. 439, h (J.axv 8op6s (cf. Soph. Ant. 674, avv /mxft dopos, 227 
 and Eur. Cycl. 5, a.[x<f>l yrjyevrj iiaxqv dopos). Aesch. Ag. 1237, cocnrep 
 ev vaxr)s rpoirr) (cf. other cases of tiairep ev to mark a metaphor, p. 208); 
 Soph. Ai. 1275, ev rpoirfi Sopos, i. e., 'in the rout caused by the spear,' 
 so Eur. Rhes. 82; different is 116 of one army definitely in rout, 
 7r<is yap Trepaaet, gkoXottcls ev rpoirfi arparos ) Soph. Ant. 670, 8op6s tv 
 xei/iaJw 'in the storm of battle.' 
 
 227 Text doubtful; some read avu/jtaxov. 
 
BIBLIOGRAPHY 
 
 Grammar and Etymology 
 Brugmann, Karl, Griechischc GrammaHk, 3te Aufl. pp. 429-57. Mlinchen, 1900 
 
 (MiillerHandbuch). 
 Brugmann, Karl, Grundriss der vergleichenden Grammatik, (v. Bibliography, 594.) 
 
 Bd. II. Teil II. 2te Aufl. pp. 758-930. Strassburg, 1911. 
 Brugmann, Karl, Kurze verglcichende Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen. 
 
 pp. 457-80. Strassburg, 1905. 
 Gildersleeve, Basil L. (Coop. C. W. E. Miller), Syntax of Classical Greek from Homer 
 
 to Demosthenes, Part II. American Book Company, 1911. 
 Hadley-Allen, Greek Grammar. 
 Goodwin, W. W., Greek Grammar. 
 Kuhner-Gerth, Ausfiihrliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache, Part II, Vol. I, 
 
 p. 448 ff. Leipzig, 1898. 
 Monro, D. B., A Grammar of the Homeric Dialect. 
 
 Prellwitz, Walther, Etymologisches Worterbuch der griechischen Sprache, Gottingen, 1905. 
 Walde, Lateinisches Etymologisches Worterbuch, 2te Aufl. Heidelberg, 1910. 
 
 Aeschylus 
 Lalin, Esaias, De pracpositionum usu apud Aeschylum. Upsala, 1885. 57 pp. 
 
 Part I, de pracpositionibus cum dativo coniunctis. (No more published.) 
 Menge, Hermann, De pracpositionum usu apud Aeschylum. Part I. (No more 
 
 published.) Gottingen, 1863. 86 pp. 
 
 Aristophanes 
 
 Montijn, J. F. L., De pracpositionum usu apud Aristophanem, diss. Troj. ad Rhenum. 
 1887. 
 
 Sobolewski, Sergyei, De praepositionum usu aristophanco. diss. Moscow, 1890. 
 
 Vogelreuter, O. De praepositionibus quae cum ternis casibus conslruunlur apud Aristo- 
 phanem. diss. Regimonti, 1884. 
 
 Euripides 
 Schumacher, J., De pracpositionum cum tribus casibus coniunctarum usu curipideo. 
 Part I. (No more published.) diss. Bonn, 1884. 
 
 Herodotus 
 Helbing, Robert, Die Praposilionen bei Hcrodot und andern Historikern. Wurzburg, 
 1904. 
 
 Homer 
 Ansems, Bernard, Bedeutung und Gebrauch von 5ta bei Homer, diss. Munchen, 1883. 
 
 79 pp. 
 Haggett, A. S., On the uses of prepositions in Homer. In Studies in Honor of Basil L. 
 
 Gildersleeve. pp. 181-87. 
 Oswald, Michael M. F., The use of the prepositions in Apollonius Rhodius compared 
 
 with their use in Homer, diss. Notre Dame, Ind., 1904. 
 
BIBLIOGRAPHY 211 
 
 Orators 
 Blackert, August, De praepositionum apud oratorcs alticos usu quaestiones selectae. 
 
 diss. Marpurgi Catt., 1894. 
 Koch, Max, DerGebrauchderPrii positional bei Isokrates. Part I. (No more published.) 
 
 Berlin, 1889. (Die einfalligen Priip. mit Einschluss der Prapositions-Adverbia.) 
 Lutz, Leonhard, Die Prdpositioncn bei den attischen Rednern. Neustadt, 1887. 
 
 Plato 
 Lina, Theodor, Dc praepositionum usu Platonico quaestiones selectae. Marburg, 1889. 
 73 pp. 
 
 Thucydides 
 Golisch, E. J., De praepositionum usu Thucydideo. Five parts. I. is, II. iv, III. atrd, IV. 
 
 tK, V. clvtI, irpo, kva, £vv , juerd, viro. Schweidnitz, progr. 1859-1877. 
 Holmes, David Hull, Die mit Prdpositionen zusammengesetzten Verbal bei Thucydides. 
 Pp. 47. Johns Hopkins diss. Berlin, 1895. 
 
 General 
 Adams, F. A., Greek Prepositions, studied from their original meanings as designations 
 
 of space. New York, 1885. 
 Auden, H. W., Greek Prose Phrase-book based on Thucydides, Xenophon, Demosthenes, 
 
 Plato. London, 1899. 
 Brugmann, K., Der Kompositionstypus, tv-6tos. IF XVIII. 1, 2, pp. 127-129. 
 Delbceuf, Joseph, Des prepositions en grec. Rev. de 1'instruction publ. en Belgique 
 
 XXXVI, 5 pp. 301-15. Also separately. Gaud., 1893. 
 Fuegner, F., De nominibus Graecis cum praep. copulatis capita selecta. Leipzig, 64 pp. 
 Geyer, Mauritius, Observaliones epigraphicae de praepositionum graecarum forma et 
 
 usu. Altenburgi, 1880. 34 pp. 
 Giinther, Richard, Die Prae positional in den griechischen Dialektinschriften. Strass- 
 
 burg, 1906. 163 pp. 
 Harrison, Gessner, A treatise on the Greek prepositions and on the cases of nouns with 
 
 which they are used. Philadelphia, 1858. 
 Kuhring, Gaulterus, De praepositionum Graecarum inchartis Aegypliis usu quaestiones 
 
 selectae. Bonn, 1906. Pp. 57. 
 Mommsen, Tycho, Ba'trdge zu der Lehre von den griechischen Prdpositionen, (fxera, 
 <rw, aixa). Berlin, 1886-1895. 
 Rossberg, Conr., De praepositionum Graecarum in chartis Ptolemaeorum aetatis aegyptiis 
 
 usu. Jena, 1909. 
 Solmsen, Felix, Prdpositionsgebrauch in griechischen Mundarten. Rh. Mus. 61, (1906) 
 
 491-510. 
 Vigeri, Francisci, De praecipuis Graecae dictionis idiotismis liber. Ed. Hermann. 
 
 Leipzig, 1834. 
 Wrede, Franz, De Praepositione tls. Part I (No more published.) Koln, 1887. 
 
 pp. 1-15. 
 v. Jahresbericht, 1912. 157 159, 10 and 11. S. 303-305. 
 
14 DAY USE 
 
 RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 
 
 LOAN DEPT. 
 
 This book is due on the last date stamped below, or 
 
 on the date to which renewed. 
 
 Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 
 
 * 20Sep&lT)f 
 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 
 SEV 1 4 - 
 
 
 SEP 12 1974 3 
 
 3 
 
 REC'DCIRC DOM IBAK J*'|4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tt-.o,a -a o >ci General Library 
 L / oi r^ - ?^;?'-! 1 University of California 
 (C1795sl0)476B Berkeley 
 
U, CBERKELEY LIBRARIES 
 
 COMfl^lbSMfl 
 
 \ <, c 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
■pi 
 
 '